
Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06744;
          2 Mar 92 5:03 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09798;
          2 Mar 92 5:01 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09794;
          2 Mar 92 5:01 EST
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <14888-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 03:38:19 +0000
Message-Id: <9203020938.AA24377@cs.wisc.edu>
Received: from surver.surfnet.nl by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 2 Mar 92 03:38:07 -0600
Received: from localhost.surfnet.nl by surver.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <14015-0@surver.surfnet.nl>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 10:37:37 +0100
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    RARE Working Group 1 <RARE-WG1@verw.switch.ch>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Subject: Re: Routing Coordination V4.1
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 28 Feb 92 00:56:19 +0100. <2077*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Organisation: SURFnet BV
Address: Godebaldkwartier 24, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Mon, 02 Mar 92 10:37:24 +0100
From: "Erik Huizer (SURFnet BV)" <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

Urs, Rob,

I still propose that it goes forward as an experimental RFC. I don't know about RFC 1111
but the definition is (as it currently stands, taken from rfc12xx, soon to be published):

------------
The "experimental" designation on a TS (Technical Specification) permits widespread
dissemination (through usual rfc procedures) with explicit caveats: it may specify
behaviour that has not been thoroughly analysed or is poorly understood; it may be
subject to considerble change; it may never be a candidate for the formal standards track;
and may be discarded in favour  of some other proposal.

Any TS that is not an immediate candidate for Internet standardization is appropriate for
publication as Experimental. Interested parties are thereby given 5the opportunity to
gain experience with implementations and to report their findings to the community of
interest, but the specification is explicitly not recommended for general production use.
----------------

This makes an experimental rfc just a bit more then an informational. The informational
can be regarded as a real standard, but made outside of the rfc community, so published
as an FYI. The experimental status indicates that we don't want manufacturers to adopt
this, because we expect better solutions to come up. (X.500?).

So I strongly suggest experimental,

Erik


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab06936;
          2 Mar 92 5:53 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10499;
          2 Mar 92 5:51 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10495;
          2 Mar 92 5:51 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 03:55:17 +0000
Date: Mon, 2 Mar 1992 03:55:17 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..088:02.02.92.09.55.17]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 03:55:16 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2088*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    RARE Working Group 1 <RARE-WG1@verw.switch.ch>
Subject: Experimental Status for 'Routing Coordination V4'

Erik, I had to base the 'Status of this Memo' according the currently valid
RFC1111. I fully agree with you that the experimental status would be more
appropriate.

Rob, you have to contacts and submitted the doc. Is it possible to modify
the status?
I also have a revised version ready by tomorrow: 
 90% of the typos and other bugs removed 
 Some sections rephrased to make it more understandable
 BNF reformatted
 Update info in the docs

Urs.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11047;
          2 Mar 92 15:45 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02347;
          2 Mar 92 15:35 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02342;
          2 Mar 92 15:35 EST
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16987-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 14:33:12 +0000
Received: from localhost by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15009-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 11:00:26 +0000
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    RARE Working Group 1 <RARE-WG1@verw.switch.ch>
Subject: Re: Experimental Status for 'Routing Coordination V4'
In-reply-to: Your message of "Mon, 02 Mar 92 04:00:43 GMT." <2088*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Date: Mon, 02 Mar 92 11:00:20 CST
From: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Message-ID:  <9203021535.aa02342@NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US>


Erik - agree with experimental.

Urs - Let me know when you have final draft ready to be submitted as internet
draft.

Rob


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11581;
          2 Mar 92 16:45 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04861;
          2 Mar 92 16:40 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04852;
          2 Mar 92 16:40 EST
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16993-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 14:34:29 +0000
Received: from localhost by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15185-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 2 Mar 1992 11:54:26 +0000
To: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
cc: RARE-WG1@switch.ch, IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: a suggestion for the agenda
In-reply-to: Your message of "Fri, 28 Feb 92 08:02:29 GMT." <"22924182202991/90417 INFN*"@MHS>
Date: Mon, 02 Mar 92 11:54:19 CST
From: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Message-ID:  <9203021640.aa04852@NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US>


> 
> Last year I prepared a document discussione how to map, to be more exact,
> how to deal with, Mail-11 (DECnet phase IV) addresses into x.400.
> 
> That document was revised by WG1 meeting, and its last version will be
> published in May as a RARE Techincal Report. I'll send out the final
> version with the latest corrections I had from WG1 and Steve H-Kille
> next week. 
> 
> I'd like to have also IETF X.400 ops opinions before finalizing the
> document; being it quite short, will a 10-15 minutes slot be available
> for it? 
> 
> would it be woth to publish it as an RFC, also if it deals HEPNET/SPAN and
> X.400 ? I believe so, as Internet is also to be considered into the X.400
> side of the world.  
Hi,

Please do send the document around to the list. We can put it on the agenda.
As far as RFC publication goes, if it serves the community to publish, then
I think it should be done. We can discuss this more at the IETF.

NOTE TO ALF - consider this a request to put onto the agenda - thanks

Rob


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00426;
          3 Mar 92 5:27 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01507;
          3 Mar 92 5:18 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01497;
          3 Mar 92 5:18 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 3 Mar 1992 03:58:08 +0000
Date: Tue, 3 Mar 1992 03:58:08 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..588:03.02.92.09.58.08]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 3 Mar 1992 03:58:08 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2096*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: RARE Working Group 1 <RARE-WG1@verw.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Routing Coordination, March 3 1992

Dear colleagues,

here followes the 'final' version right in time beforethe IETF meeting.
There won't be any changes till after IETF.
I do think it is worth to throw away any older version and read this one.
A lot of typos have been removed. I added tutorial sections on priorities
and delays. The appendix should match now the document definitions. The term
MHS subtree has been introduced. I applied for the experimental specification 
status.
I did not change the sequence of the fields in the connection info line.
 The proposed sequence follows the logic of the presentation address.
I also did not add the super WEP functionality. All WEPs of a community 
 should therefore still be interconnected where possible. Other MTAs can 
 connect to a WEP nearby.

I promise, for the next three weeks you won't get any newer versions.

Kind regards and many thanks four your support,

Urs.

8<-------------------------------------------------------------------->8

X400 Operations Group                                     U. Eppenberger
Internet Draft                                                    SWITCH
                                                            March 3 1992

             Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services 
          within a  multi protocol / multi network environment

Status of this Memo

    This memo defines an experimental specification on how the routing 
  of X.400 services within the Internet community and other networking 
  communities can be managed. The distribution of this memo is 
  unlimited.


1. Introduction

    The usage of the X.400 Message Handling System (MHS) is growing 
  rapidly, especially in the academic and research community. New 
  networks and new addresses come into use each and every day. The 
  underlying technology for different X.400 networks can vary depending 
  on the transport network and the X.400 MHS implementations used. As a 
  large number of X.400 implementations now support multiple stacks, 
  this offers the chance of implementing a world wide message handling 
  service using the same electronic mail standard and, therefore, 
  without the need of gateways with service reduction and without the 
  restriction to a single common transport network. This, however, leads 
  to several problems for the MHS manager however, two of which are:
  - Where do I route new X.400 addresses and
  - How do I connect to a MHS domain that uses an underlying technology 
    that I do not support.
  
    This document proposes how these problems can be solved in the 
  short term. It proposes a strategy for maintaining and distributing 
  routing information and shows how messages can travel over different 
  networks by using multi stack MTAs as relays. Document formats and 
  coordination procedures bridge the gap until an X.500 directory 
  service is ready to store the needed connectivity and routing 
  information.

    Many experts from IETF X.400-Operations Group and RARE Working 
  Group 1 on Message Handling Systems have read drafts of this document 
  and contributed ideas and solutions. I would especially like to thank 
  Harald Alvestrand, Erik Huizer, Marko Kaittola and Paul-Andre Pays. 
  Tom Oliphant did an excellent proofreading job.
  
2. Terminology
  
  MHS community
  One or more MHS domains form together an MHS community. Mail exchange 
  between these MHS domains is defined by the coordination procedures 
  within this document. An example of an MHS community is the global 
  X.400 MHS service.



Eppenberger                                                    [Page  1]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  MHS domain
  One or more MHS subtrees form together an MHS domain. This is a purely 
  administrative grouping of MHS subtrees. It is helpful, if someone is 
  responsible for several MHS subtrees, to refer to an MHS domain 
  instead of listing all the subtrees.
  
  MHS subtree
  An MHS subtree consists of the total of the mailboxes addressable 
  within a subtree of the X.400 OR address space.
  Example:
  C=CH; ADMD=ARCOM; PRMD=SWITCH; O=SWITCH;
        MHS domain of SWITCH in Switzerland, consisting of all 
        mailboxes with C=CH; ADMD=ARCOM; PRMD=SWITCH; O=SWITCH; in the 
        OR address.
  
  WEP
  Well known Entry Point, an X.400 MTA serving one or several MHS 
  domains.
  
  COSINE-MHS
  The COSINE-MHS community is mainly formed by European X.400 service 
  providers from the academic and research area, each of which is a 
  member of RARE. The COSINE-MHS community is used in the annex as an 
  example for the usage of this document in a multinational environment.
  
3. Requirements
  
    X.400 MTAs can communicate using different transport and network 
  protocol stacks. For this document the stacks used in a WAN 
  environment need to be considered:
  
                       Stack 1     Stack 2     Stack 3     Stack 4
  
  Transport Layer 4    TP0         TP4         RFC1006     TP0
  Networkservice 1-3   X.25        CLNS        TCP/IP      CONS
  
    A common protocol stack is not the only requirement to enable 
  communication between two MTAs. The networks to which the MTAs belong 
  need to be interconnected. Some well known networks are listed 
  together with the stacks they use.
  
  Network                                 Stack       Abbreviation
  
  Public Switched Packet Data Networks      1         Public-X.25
  International X.25 Infrastructure IXI     1,4       RARE-IXI
  RARE connectionless pilot                 2         RARE-CLNS
  Internet                                  3         Internet
  
    Note that several stacks may be supported over a single network. 
  However communication between MTAs is only possible if the MTAs share 
  at least a common stack AND a common network.


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  2]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992

  
    Unlike SMTP/TCP/IP systems, there is no directory service available 
  which would allow an MTA to look up the next MTA to which it should 
  submit a message. Routing within X.400 will continue to be table based 
  until a solution using X.500 directory services is available. 
  Furthermore it is not generally allowed to connect to any MTA even on 
  the same network without being registered on the destination MTA. 
  These restrictions require a large coordination effort and carefully 
  configured and updated systems.
  
4. Outline of the proposal
  
    This proposal offers a solution for describing information about 
  X.400 message routing within an MHS community in WEP and DOMAIN 
  documents. Basic information on the MHS community is documented in 
  the corresponding COMMUNITY document. A future X.500 based solution 
  may need extended information to overcome still unsolved problems 
  like optimal routing or traffic optimization for messages with 
  multiple recipients. The information collected for the intermediate 
  solution however is very basic. All established coordination 
  procedures will help and even speed up the future introduction of an 
  X.500 based solution.
  
4.1 The COMMUNITY document
  
    For each MHS community there exists one single COMMUNITY document 
  containing basic information. First the contact information for the 
  central coordination point can be found together with the addresses 
  for the file server where all the documents are stored. It also lists 
  network names and stacks to be used in the WEP and DOMAIN documents. 
  An MHS community must agree on its own set of mandatory and optional 
  networks and stacks.
  
4.2 The WEP document
  
    Every MHS domain in the community may designate one or more MTAs as 
  WEPs. These WEPs accept incoming connections from the WEPs of the 
  other MHS domains and in return are allowed to send messages to these 
  WEPs. A WEP is documented with all the needed connection information 
  in the corresponding WEP document.
  
4.3 The DOMAIN document

    An MHS domain has a responsible person who sets up the routing 
  entries for the domain in the DOMAIN document. The WEPs listed in the 
  DOMAIN document as serving this MHS domain must, TOGETHER, offer at 
  least connectivity to all networks and stacks listed as mandatory in 
  the COMMUNITY document.
    An MHS domain may also decide not to operate a WEP. It will then 
  only need agreements with one or more WEPs from other MHS domains 
  which will relay for this domain. The domain itself, however, must 
  always create a DOMAIN document.


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  3]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


    The structure of the DOMAIN document is very straightforward. It 
  starts of with one or more MHS subtrees, each on its own line. 
  After the domains follows a line indicating the responsible person 
  for the MHS subtrees mentioned. Finally the relaying WEP(s) are 
  listed with appropriate priorities.
  
4.4 Coordination
  
    This approach requires an identified coordination point. It is up to 
  the MHS community to decide on the level of coordination and support 
  to be provided and on the funding mechanisms for such activities. 
  Basic information can be found in the COMMUNITY document. The 
  following list of support activities is considered mandatory for an 
  operational service:
  - New WEPs joining the service are tested and support is given to 
    create the WEP document.
  - New MHS domains joining the MHS community get assistance to set up 
    WEP(s) and find appropriate relaying WEP(s) and to create DOMAIN 
    documents.
  - Updated documents are announced to the WEP managers.
  - All the WEP and DOMAIN documents are made available on a file 
    server together with the COMMUNITY document. The file server must 
    at least be reachable via email. MHS communites with a big number 
    of documents may consider additional access methods like ftp and 
    FTAM.
  - Tools should be made available to manage routing tables for the 
    X.400 software used on the WEPs. The format of the documents has 
    especially been choosen to enable the use of automated tools.
  
4.5 Routing
  
    The proposal addresses MHS communities spanning several 
  organisations. But it may also be used to manage routing within a 
  single organisation or even a global MHS community. Common to each 
  community is that each WEP is connected to each other WEP where 
  technically possible. This creates a meshed network with as few hops 
  as possible and the possibility of integrating backup WEPs to avoid 
  single points of failure.
    The WEP managers must be aware that a large number of WEPs in an MHS 
  community may require significant operational recources to keep the 
  local routing tables up-to-date and to constantly monitor the correct 
  functioning of the connections.
    MHS communities may decide on additional mandatory requirements for 
  the operation of a WEP. These may include a hot line, echo services, 
  exchange of statistics, response time to problem reports, uptime of 
  the WEP, etc. This will ensure a certain quality of service for the 
  end users.
    Each MHS community must define update procedures for the routing 
  based on the documention. Automated update has to be studied 
  carefully.
    An MHS community should also define procedures for new WEPs and MHS 


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  4]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  domains joining the service. Since the usage of X.400 is growing 
  rapidly a flexible but well coordinated way of integrating new 
  members into an MHS community is needed.
  
5. The documents

    The definition is given in BNF-like syntax. The following 
  conventions are used:
    |    means choice
    \    is used for continuation of a definition over several lines
    []   means optional
    {}   means repeated one or more times
    'CR' is a Carriage Return and means that the next section starts on 
         its own line.
  
    The definition is complete only to a certain level of detail. Below 
  this level, all expressions are to be replaced with text strings. The 
  format and semantics should be clear from the names of the 
  expressions and the comments given. Expressions without more detailed 
  definition are marked with single quotes '.
  
    Comments may be placed anywhere in the document but only on separate 
  lines. Such a comment line must start with a '#' sign followed by a 
  space.

    If the information on a line in a document exceeds 80 characters, it 
  is suggested to do line wrapping according RFC822: Continue on the 
  second line with a leading space.

5.1 Basic Definitions
  
  <X.400 routing coordination document set> ::= \
                          <COMMUNITY-document> \
                          { <WEP-document> } \
                          { <DOMAIN-document> }
  
  <Community-Identifier> ::= "Community: " 'community name' 'CR'
  # The 'community name' is a string identifying the MHS community to 
  # be used in the first line of all documents.
  
  <UniqueMTAkey> ::=      "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
                          [";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' ] \
                          [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
                          ";MTAname=" 'MTAname'
  # A unique key is needed to identify the WEP. In addition to the MTA 
  # name itself, it is proposed to use OR address attributes of the 
  # management domain where the WEP resides. ADMD and PRMD fields are 
  # both optional and may be used to guarantee uniqueness of the key. 
  # The values used are irrelevant. Even non-printable characters like 
  # @ or ! are acceptable. The result is not an address but a key 
  # string.


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  5]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  <X.400 address> ::=     "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
                          ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
                          [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
                          [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                          [ { ";OU=" 'OrganizationalUnit-name' } ] \
                          ";S=" 'surname' \
                          [ ";G=" 'given name'] 'CR'
  # This is a restricted subset of the possibilities allowed by the 
  # Standard for an OR address. 

  <EMail> ::=             "Address: " <X.400 address> 'CR'

  <tel-no-list> ::=       <tel-number> [{"; " <tel-number>}]

  <tel-number> ::=       {"+" <int-pref> " " <area> " " \
                          <local-tel-no>}

  <int-pref> ::=          'international prefix'

  <area> ::=              'area code'

  <local-tel-no> ::=      'local telefone number'

  <Phone> ::=             "Phone: " <tel-no-list> 'CR'
  # One or more phone numbers
  
  <FAX> ::=               "FAX: " <tel-no-list> 'CR'
  # One or more FAX numbers
  
  <Mail> ::=              "Mail: " 'postal address information' 'CR'
  # The items of the postal address are separated by '/' wherever 
  # the next item goes onto the next line for the label.
  # Example:
  # Mail: SWITCH Head Office/Urs Eppenberger/Limmatquai 138/
  #  CH-8001 Zurich/Switzerland
  # results in the following mailing label:
  # SWITCH Head Office
  # Urs Eppenberger
  # Limmatquai 138
  # CH-8001 Zurich
  # Switzerland












Eppenberger                                                    [Page  6]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  <Update-info> ::=       "Update: DATE=" 'yymmdd' \
                          ["; START=" 'yymmdd'] \
                          ["; END=" 'yymmdd'] 'CR'
  # The date of the last update of a document is given in the 
  # form 'yymmdd'.
  # An optional start date can be set. A document can be published this 
  # way before the information in it is valid. (This is especially 
  # useful in absence of automated tools. WEP managers get more time to 
  # prepare their systems.)
  # An end date is used to set an expiration date for the document.
  

5.2. The COMMUNITY document

  <COMMUNITY-document> ::=<Community-Identifier> \
                          <Update-info> \
                          <COMMUNITY-document-body>
  # At this place the Community-Identifier is specified. It is 
  # recommended to add a few comment lines to describe the members of 
  # this MHS community.
  
  <COMMUNITY-document-body> ::= <Coordination> {<Connections>}
  
  <Coordination> ::=        <EMail> <Phone> <FAX> \
                          <Mail> <File-server>
  # Set of contact information for the coordination point
  
  <File-server> ::=       <email-server> [{<FTP-server>}] \ 
                          [{<FTAM-server>]}
  # All documents must be available at least to the managers of the MHS 
  # domains and the WEPs through an email server. If FTAM and FTP are 
  # also  available, the generation of automated update tools is much 
  # easier.
  # It is suggested to have a single server. If there is only one, 
  # knowing a single X.400 OR address will allow you to reach the 
  # server. However for FTP and FTAM more system addresses may be 
  # possible depending on the number of available network connections 
  # (or service types as they are called in this document).
  
  <email-server> ::=      "Mail-server: "<X.400 address> 'CR'
  # The email address of the file server.
  
  <FTP-server> ::=        "FTP-server: " 'domain name' "; " 
                          'account-name' ["; " 'password'] 'CR'
  # In addition to the domain name of the server, an account name 
  # and a password is given. In most cases this will probably be 
  # something like "anonymous" and "guest".
  
  <FTAM-server> ::=       "FTAM-server: " 'P-address' "; " \
                          <account-name> ["; " 'password'] 'CR'
  


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  7]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  <P-address> ::= 'String encoded Presentation Address'
  # The format of this string follows RFC1xxx, a string encoding 
  # of Presentation Address.
  
  <Connections> ::=       {<mandatory-service>} \
                          {[<optional-service>]}
  # At least one service type is mandatory.
  
  <mandatory-service> ::= "Mandatory-Service: " <Service-type> 'CR'
  
  <optional-service> ::=  "Optional-Service: " <Service-type> 'CR'
  
  <Service-type> ::=      <Network-name> "/" \
                          <Network-service> "/" \
                          <Transport-Protocol> 

  <Network-name> ::=      'Name of a network'
  # The network-name string identifies a network. A well known 
  # key word should be choosen. (No '/' character is allowed.)
  # Examples: Public-X.25, Internet, RARE-IXI, RARE-CLNS, WIN, 
  
  <Network-service> ::=    "X.25" | "CONS" | "CLNS" | "TCP"
  # One of the four values identiefies the 'network service' used. 
  # (TCP is considered a network service together with RFC1006)

  <Transport-Protocol> ::= "TP0" | "TP2" | "TP4" | "RFC1006"
  
  # The service type consists of a string with three parts concatenated 
  # with a "/": 
  # Network-name/Network-service/Transport-Protocol. 
  # Since network and stack information forms one string, it identifies 
  # in an easy way a connection possibility between to WEPs. The 
  # community document defines the strings to be used in the WEP and 
  # DOMAIN documents. Some examples:
  # Internet/TCP/RFC1006
  # Public-X.25/X.25/TP0
  # RARE-IXI/CONS/TP0
  # RARE-CLNS/CLNS/TP4
  # (It is probably important to mention here that this string has 
  # nothing to do with the format of a presentation address as defined 
  # by Steve Hardcastle-Kille in RFC1278. The problem of networks using 
  # the same address structure (X.121 DTEs, 4 Byte Internet addresses) 
  # but not beeing connected is not addressed in RFC1278 but solved by 
  # using the proposed service identifier above in addition to the 
  # presentation address. As long as there are network islands, there is 
  # no other way than the addition of an 'island'-identifier. As soon as 
  # all systems have an NSAP and are connected to a global OSI network, 
  # this problem will disappear.)
  




Eppenberger                                                    [Page  8]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


5.3. The WEP document
  
  <WEP-document> ::=      <Community-Identifier> \
                          <Update-info> \
                          <WEP-document-Identifier> \
                          <WEP-document-body>
  # A WEP document contains the full description of a single WEP. 
  # Only one community is allowed. Since some of the information 
  # is community dependent, it would not be easily possible to 
  # have a single WEP document used in different communities.
  
  <WEP-document-Identifier> ::= "WEP:  <UniqueMTAkey> 'CR'
  
  <WEP-document-body> ::= <connection-info> <contact-info>
  # More than one set of connection information may be present for 
  # WEPs supporting several networks and protocol stacks.

  <connection-info> ::=   <password> \
                          {<called-connection> <calling-connection>} \
                          [<system>]
  
  <password> ::=          "Password: used" | "Password: not used" 'CR'
  # The usage of passwords significantly increases the effort to 
  # establish a connection. The password is not documented but must be 
  # exchanged during connection configuration by other means. This line 
  # just expresses wether a password is used at all.
  
  <called-connection> ::= "C: " <Service-type> "; " <P-address> "; " \ 
                          <MTS> 'CR'
  # Very short key word to save space! For easier usage all 
  # information related to the connection is placed in one entry. 
  # However multiple lines may be used if, for example, X.400(84) 
  # and X.400(88) are supported.
  
  <MTS> ::=               "MTS-T" | "MTS-TP" | "MTS-TP-84"
  # MTS-T:     mts-transfer
  # MTS-TP:    mts-transfer-protocol
  # MTS-TP-84: mts-transfer-protocol-1984
  # See ISO 10021-6, Section 3, chapter 11.1 for more details on this 
  # matter. X.400(84) systems only support mts-transfer-protocol-1984.
  
  <calling-connection> ::="R: " <Service-type> "; " <P-address> 'CR'
  # Since called and calling network addresses may differ in 
  # certain configurations and some X.400 systems do validation 
  # on calling network addresses, it is important to have this 
  # information in the WEP document also.
  
  <system> ::=            "System: COM=" 'wep computer type' "; " \
                          "OPS=" 'wep operating system' "; " \
                          "MHS=" 'wep MHS  software' 'CR'
  # It is optional to provide HW/SW information. Experience,


Eppenberger                                                    [Page  9]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  # however, has shown that a number of communication problems 
  # were more easily identified and solved with this information 
  # present and up-to-date.
  
  <contact-info> ::=      {<Name> <EMail> <RFC822> <Phone> \
                          <FAX> <Mail> <Operation>}
  # It is important to have the name of a 'real' person. 
  # For email, however, distribution lists and aliases 
  # (i.e. postmaster, WEP-manager, ...) may be used.
  
  <Name>  ::=           "Name: " 'name of person' 'CR'
  # The name of the WEP manager is given. The issue of the character set 
  # problem is not addressed in this document. In general one should 
  # restrict itself to IA5.
  
  <RFC822> ::=            "RFC822: " <RFC-822-address> 'CR'
  # This is the RFC-822 address of the WEP manager. It is often a big 
  # help to know the RFC822 address of the WEP manager, for example if 
  # the X.400 system is not reachable. 

  <Operation> ::=        "Reachable: "  {<time> "-" <time> "; "} \
                         <Time-zone>

  <time> ::=             'hh:mm'

  <Time-zone> ::=        "UTC+" | "UTC-" 'hours'
  # The operation information is needed to know the time a WEP manager 
  # is reachable. This information is especially important for 
  # communities spanning several time zones.
  
  5.4. The DOMAIN document
  
  <DOMAIN-document> ::=   <Community-Identifier> \
                          <Update-info> \
                          <DOMAIN-document-body>
  
  <DOMAIN-document-body>::= {<MHS-subtree>}  <responsible> \
                          {<relay-WEP>}
  
  <MHS-subtree> ::=       "Domain: " \
                          "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
                          ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
                          [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
                          [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                          [ { ";OU=" 'OrganizationalUnit-name' } ] 'CR'
  # Note that it is not allowed to have equal <MHS-subtree> lines in 
  # different DOMAIN documents belonging to the same MHS community. An 
  # MHS subtree can only appear in one DOMAIN document.
  




Eppenberger                                                    [Page 10]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  <responsible> ::=       <Name> <EMail> <RFC822> <Phone> \
                          <FAX> <Mail>
  # This is the contact information of the person responsible for the 
  # listed domains. His task is to get the agreement of the relaying 
  # WEPs and keep this entry up-to-date. This person is the only one 
  # authorized to make changes to this document.
  
  <relay-WEP> ::=         "WEP: " \
                          'UniqueMTAkey' "; " \
                          <Default-Priority> "; " \
                          <Delay> 'CR' \
                          [ { "Net: " <Service-type> "; " \
                          <P-address> "; " <Priority> 'CR' } ]
  # A WEP has a  default priority and a delay field. The priority is 
  # used to define the sequence in which different WEPs may be tried in 
  # case of failure. 
  # The delay defines how long a sending WEP needs to wait until it is 
  # allowed to select this WEP in case the connection to the preferred 
  # WEP has failed. 
  # It is also possible to set different priorities on each network 
  # type. This may be chosen, for example, to distribute the load 
  # amongst different networks according to their available bandwith.
  
  <Default-Priority> ::=  <Number 0..infinite>
  <Priority> ::=          <Number 0..infinite>
  <Delay> ::=             <Minutes 0..infinite>
  # The exact meaning of these values and how they should be used 
  # is explained in the next section.
  
  
6. Routing rules
  
  ** 1 **
  Every WEP must accept connections on its documented service types 
  (network and protocol stacks) from all other WEPs in the MHS 
  community.
  
    The relaying of the messages between the MHS domains is done using 
  the WEP infrastructure. All WEPs with authorization mechanisms must 
  guarantee that all incoming connections from the other WEPs are 
  allowed.
  
  ** 2 **
  Every WEP must accept messages originating in any of the MHS domains 
  of the MHS community to which it belongs.
  
    All the users within the MHS community have the right to send 
  messages to each other. The general agreement is that the WEP 
  infrastructure is used. More direct connections based on bilateral 
  agreements are fully accepted.
  


Eppenberger                                                    [Page 11]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  ** 3 **
  Every WEP must forward messages to the recipients listed in the DOMAIN 
  document.
  
    The responsible person for an MHS domain must get an agreement from 
  the relaying WEPs prior to publishing the DOMAIN document.
  
    The result of the first three rules is that messages sent from one 
  MHS domain to another are replyable.
  
  ** 4 **
  A message arriving at a WEP must either be sent to the next WEP based 
  on the DOMAIN documents of the MHS community or it is sent to an MTA 
  closer to the destination based on local know-how. The following 
  algorithm must be used when relaying a message to the next WEP:
  
  1. Match the Recipient address in the message with the longest 
     fitting MHS subtree from the DOMAIN documents. (The value on the 
     line starting with the key "Domain:".) Also get the list of WEPs 
     relaying to this MHS subtree.
     If your own WEP appears in this list, this indicates one of the 
     following:
     - You offered relay services for another WEP with higher priority. 
       Continue with step 2 to decide on the next WEP.
     - Your WEP is the final destination according the DOMAIN document 
       of your community. You need to forward the message to the final 
       destination according local routing information.
  2. From the list of WEPs for the obtained MHS subtree select those 
     that can be reached directly. (Based on the information in the WEP 
     documents beginning with "C:".)
  3. Select from this reduced set of WEPs the one with the highest 
     default priority. If there is more than one WEP having the same 
     priority, then select a WEP at random. If your own WEP appears in 
     that list then you are not allowed to send to a WEP with lower or 
     equal priority.
  4. If there are no other lines indicating which service type to use 
     you, you are free to choose the service type for connecting to the 
     WEP. However, if there are specific priorities set then select the 
     network with the highest priority.
  
  5. If the connection fails then try other connections in the sequence 
     of descending priority.
  
  6. If no connection works for the selected WEP, then check in the list 
     for the one with the same priority, if possible, or else select one 
     with the next lower priority. Start over at step 3, if the list is
     exhausted. Retry establishing the connection to the first WEP until 
     the number of minutes indicated in the delay field for the second 
     WEP has passed, then switch to the second WEP. Go to step 4 to 
     proceed with the selection of the connection type.
  


Eppenberger                                                    [Page 12]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


6.1 How to use priorities

    An example helps to explain the usage of priorities. 
  Internet/TCP/RFC1006 and Public-X.25/X.25/TP0 are mandatory service 
  types in the community REMOTEmail. The MHS domain 
  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE operates WEP-B, only connected to public 
  X.25. A second WEP which is connected to both, Internet and public 
  X.25 is needed to offer relay services. A connection using Internet is 
  considered cheap, somebody else pays the leased lines. Both service 
  types are available at WEP-A. Since WEP-B is the only WEP responsible 
  for relaying messages to C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE to the final 
  destination it must have the highest prioriy.
  
  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=RELAYX;MTAname=WEP-C; 5; 120
  
                                        ___________________________
       +-------+    X.25     +-------+ (                           )
       | WEP A +-------------+ WEP B +-(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       +-------+             +-------+ (___________________________)
                \           /        
          TCP/IP \         /X.25               
                  +-------+                 
                  | WEP-C |                 
                  +-------+
            
  WEP-A needs to relay a message for C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE. 
  Rule **4** is evaluated step by step:
  1. WEP-B and WEP-C are possible destinations
  2. WEP-B and WEP-C are reachable from WEP-A
  3. WEP-B has the highest priority.
  4. WEP-B doesn't have specific service type lines documented. WEP-A 
     chooses public X.25, since it is the only possibility to connect to 
     WEP-B.

    The organization running WEP-A could save money by sending messages 
  for the MHS domain C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE via WEP-C. Since the 
  connection between WEP-C and the destination WEP-B is also expensive, 
  the organization running WEP-C would have to pay for external relay 
  traffic. Setting a lower priority for WEP-C forces the other WEPs with 
  public X.25 connectivity to take their share of the cost.
  









Eppenberger                                                    [Page 13]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


6.2 How to use delays
  
    Two WEPs offer real backup connectivity for the MHS domain 
  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE. It is therefore possible to set the delay 
  to zero for both WEPs. WEP-B will be the preferred one since it has 
  the higher priority. If the connection to WEP-B fails, a sending WEP 
  may immediately try to connect to WEP-C.
  
  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 8; 0
  
                                        ___________________________
       +-------+             +-------+ (                           )
       | WEP-A +-------------+ WEP-B +-(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       +-------+             +-------+ (___________________________)
                \                     /  
                 \           +-------+                 
                  -----------+ WEP-C |                 
                             +-------+                 
  
    
    The next case is the same as in section 6.1. By setting the delay 
  to 120 minutes for WEP-C the sending WEP retries establishing a 
  connection for two hours until it is allowed to send messages to 
  WEP-C.
  
  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=RELAYX;MTAname=WEP-C; 5; 120
                                        ___________________________
       +-------+    X.25     +-------+ (                           )
       | WEP A +-------------+ WEP B +-(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       +-------+             +-------+ (___________________________)
                \           /        
          TCP/IP \         /X.25               
                  +-------+                 
                  | WEP C |                 
                  +-------+                 
  
    Here it is important to have a high delay entry for WEP-C. Else it 
  would act as a remote spooling system for WEP-B, storing all the 
  messages sent to the MHS domain by the rest of the MHS community! A 
  high delay entry forces the sending WEPs to spool the messages 
  themselves which distributes the usage of resources. 
    In the case where WEP-C acts as a relay server for the TCP/IP stack 
  which is not supported by WEP-B it does not harm the service to have 
  a high related delay entry. A sending WEP with only this stack will 
  select WEP-C anyhow because it is the WEP with the highest priority 


Eppenberger                                                    [Page 14]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


  it can reach directly.
  
6.3 Load Sharing

    It is possible to set equal priorities to do some sort of load 
  sharing. However, most implementations are not able to do random 
  selection of WEPs with equal priorities but have a fixed 
  configuration. If load sharing is really needed then it is suggested 
  to split up the  MHS domain into several subdomains and document them 
  separately with a set of WEPs with different priorities.

    An example is provided for illustration of the first possibility 
  with equal priorities:

  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 9; 0
      _               ___________________________
       )  +-------+  (                           )
       )--+ WEP-B +--(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       )  +-------+  (___________________________)
       )            /  
       )  +-------+/                
       )--+ WEP-C |                 
      _)  +-------+                 

    And here is an example where the MHS domain 
  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org is documented with its own 
  DOMAIN document: Note that both WEPs serve as backup WEPs.

  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 8; 0

  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 8; 0
      _               ___________________________
       )  +-------+  (                           )
       )--+ WEP-B +--(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       )  +-------+  (___________________________)
       )           \/
       )           /\ _____________________________________
       )  +-------+  (                                     )
       )--+ WEP-C |--(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org)
      _)  +-------+  (_____________________________________)




Eppenberger                                                    [Page 15]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


    A third example shows a similar load sharing agreement as the 
  previous one but it uses different delay values since WEP-B doesn't 
  have direct connectivity to the MHS domain 
  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org.

  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 8; 0

  Community: REMOTEmail
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-C; 9; 0
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=WEP-B; 8; 60
      _               ___________________________
       )  +-------+  (                           )
       )--+ WEP-B +--(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE)
       )  +---+---+  (___________________________)
       )      |     /
       )      |    /  _____________________________________
       )  +---+---+  (                                     )
       )--+ WEP-C |--(C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=REMOTE;O=Big-Org)
      _)  +-------+  (_____________________________________)

7. Open issues
  
    Currently there are about 30 WEPs within the COSINE-MHS service. A 
  rough guess is that a network with about 50 WEPs is still manageable. 
  If there are more MTAs applying for WEP status in an MHS community, 
  then either an X.500 based solution should be ready or a core set of 
  about 30 well operated super-WEPs should form a backbone, documented 
  within a specific MHS community.
    Since the WEP document contains information about the supported 
  X.400 version (84 or 88), it is possible for an X.400(88) system to 
  select with higher priority an (88)WEP. The rules in chapter 6 could 
  be modified to select X.400(88) systems first if the sending WEP is 
  an (88) system itself. The issue of how to establish an X.400(88) WEP 
  infrastructure within an MHS community is for further study.
  
  













Eppenberger                                                    [Page 16]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


Appendix A Document examples for the COSINE-MHS community
  
  Instead of creating artificial documents to show an example document 
  set this appendix contains extracts from a real operational X.400 
  service. The research and development community in Europe uses X.400 
  since several years. This proposal has initially been written to 
  address this community only and solve the urgent routing and 
  coordination problems. Contributions from different experts made it 
  more flexible and therefore hopefully useful for other MHS 
  communities.
  
Appendix A1 The COMMUNITY document
  
  Community: COSINE-MHS
  # The COSINE-MHS service is a MHS community formed by the European 
  # academic and research networks with additional contacts in all 
  # other continents.
  #
  # The coordination is done by the COSINE-MHS project team.
  # Another solution must be found at least by the end of 1992.
  Update: DATE=920302
  Address: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;
   OU=COSINE-MHS;S=Project-Team;
  Phone: +41 1 2623143
  FAX: +41 1 2623151
  Mail: SWITCH Head Office/COSINE-MHS Project Team/Limmatquai 138/
   CH-8001 Zurich/Switzerland
  #
  Mail-server: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;OU=NIC;
   S=COSINE-MHS-SERVER;
  FTP-server: nic.switch.ch; cosine-mhs; 'your email address'
  #
  Mandatory-Service: Public-X.25/X.25/TP0
  # The public X.25 network. X.25 is supported in most X.400 
  # applications and mandatory in X.400 anyhow.
  Mandatory-Service: Internet/TCP/RFC1006
  # The Internet, standing for the global TCP/IP network of the 
  # research and development community
  # RFC1006 is considered a solution to ease migration to OSI. It will
  # be replaced by TP4/CLNS as soon as a reliable service is available.
  Optional-Service: RARE-CLNS/CLNS/TP4
  # The RARE Connectionless pilot service. Current participants are
  # NORDUnet, SURFnet, CERN, NSFnet and SWITCH.
  Optional-Service: RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0
  # The International X.25 Infrastructure covering most countries in 
  # Europe. The absence of volume tariffs make it a preferred choice.
  





Eppenberger                                                    [Page 17]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


Appendix A2 Example of a WEP document

  Community: COSINE-MHS
  Update: DATE=920302
  #
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=vms.switch
  Password: not used
  C: Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; Int-X25(80)=22847971014110; MTS-TP-84
  R: Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; Int-X25(80)=22847971014
  C: Internet/TCP/RFC1006; Internet-RFC-1006=130.59.1.1; MTS-TP-84
  R: Internet/TCP/RFC1006; Internet-RFC-1006=130.59.1.1
  C: RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432830000110;
   MTS-TP-84
  R: RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432830000
  System: COM=DEC VAX4000-300; OPS=VMS 5.4; MHS=DFN-EAN V2.2+
  #
  Name: Christoph Graf
  Address: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;S=Graf;
  RFC822: Graf@switch.ch
  Phone: +41 1 2565454
  FAX: +41 1 2618133
  Mail: SWITCH Head Office/Christoph Graf/Limmatquai 138/
   CH-8001 Zurich/Switzerland
  Reachable: 08:30-12:00; 13:30-17:00; UTC-1
  #
  Name: Urs Eppenberger
  Address: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;S=EPPENBERGER;
  RFC822: Eppenberger@switch.ch
  Phone: +41 1 2565454; +41 1 2618112
  FAX: +41 1 2618133
  Mail: SWITCH Head Office/Urs Eppenberger/Limmatquai 138/
  Reachable: 08:30-12:00; 13:30-17:00; UTC-1
   CH-8001 Zurich/Switzerland
  #
  

















Eppenberger                                                    [Page 18]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Routing Coordination for X.400 Services   February 1992


Appendix A3 Example of a DOMAIN document
  
  Community: COSINE-MHS
  Update: DATE=920302
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SANDOZ;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ABB;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=UBS;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ISREC;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ALCATEL;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ITU;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=OSILABMAIL;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=WHO;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=CERN;
  Domain: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=CERBERUS;
  Name: Christoph Graf
  Address: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;S=Graf;
  RFC822: Graf@switch.ch
  Phone: +41 1 2565454
  FAX: +41 1 2618133
  Mail: SWITCH Head Office/Christoph Graf/Limmatquai 138/
   CH-8001 Zurich/Switzerland
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=vms.switch; 9; 0
  Net: RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; 9
  Net: Internet/TCP/RFC1006; 9
  Net: Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; 8
  WEP: C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;MTAname=chx400.switch.ch; 8; 10
  Net: RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; 8
  Net: Internet/TCP/RFC1006; 8
  Net: Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; 7







Author's Address
  
  Urs Eppenberger
  SWITCH Head Office
  Limmatquai 138
  CH-8001 Zurich
  Switzerland
  
  Phone: +41 1 261 8112
  
  EMail: Eppenberger@switch.ch
         C=CH; ADMD=ARCOM; PRMD=SWITCH; O=SWITCH; S=Eppenberger;



Eppenberger                                                    [Page 19]


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01359;
          3 Mar 92 12:46 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10473;
          3 Mar 92 12:47 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10459;
          3 Mar 92 12:46 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 3 Mar 1992 10:53:10 +0000
Date: Tue, 3 Mar 1992 10:53:10 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..539:03.02.92.16.53.10]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 3 Mar 1992 10:53:07 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"12156130302991/93681 INFN*"@MHS>
To: RARE-WG1@switch.ch, IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Mail-11 / X.400 Mapping document, Revised version 2.0

Here comes the document I promised to send out in its revised version.
A Mac WORD (RTF) format or a PostScript versions of it are also available
to print it in a more legible format. 
Have a nice reading.

Claudio


-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   COSINE S2.2					Claudio Allocchio
   Draft v2.0					I.N.F.N. - Italy
						March 2nd, 1992
						Allocchio@elettra-ts.infn.it


	Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)


   Status of this Memo:

      This document describes a set of mappings which will enable 
   inter working between systems operating the CCITT X.400 
   (1984/1988) Recommendations on Message Handling Systems, and 
   systems running the Mail-11 (also known as DECnet mail) 
   protocol. The specifications are valid within DECnet Phase IV 
   addressing and  routing scheme. The complete  scenario of X.400 
   / RFC822 / Mail-11 is also considered, in order to cover the 
   possible complex cases arising in multiple gateway translations.
   
   This document cover mainly the O/R address to DECnet from/to 
   address mapping (and vice versa); other mappings are based on 
   RFC1148 and its updates.
   
   Distribution is unlimited.
   
   
   
   
   
   (c) notice:
   Mail-11, DECnet, VMSmail, VAX/VMS, DEC are trademarks of Digital 
   Equipment Corporation;
   Jnet is a trademark of Joiner Inc.
   
   
   
   
   
   Chapter 1 - Introduction
   
   
   1.1.  X.400
   
      The standard referred shortly into this document as "X.400" 
   relates to the CCITT 1984 and 1988 X.400 Series Recommendations 
   covering the Message Oriented Text Interchange Service (MOTIS). 
   This document covers the Inter Personal Messaging System (IPMS) 
   only.
   
   
   1.2. Mail-11
   
      Mail-11, also known as DECnet mail and often improperly 
   referred as VMSmail, is the proprietary protocol implemented by 
   Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) to establish a real-time 
   text messaging system among systems implementing the DECnet 
   Phase IV networking protocols.
   
   
   1.3. RFC 822
   
      RFC 822 was defined as a standard for personal messaging 
   systems within the DARPA Internet and is now diffused on top of 
   may different message transfer protocols, like SMTP, UUCP, 
   BITNET, JNT Grey Book, CSnet. Its mapping with X.400 is fully 
   described in RFC1148. In this document we will try to consider 
   its relations with Mail-11, too.
   
    1.4. The user community.
   
      The community using X.400 messaging system is currently 
   growing in the whole world, but there is still a number of very 
   large communities using Mail-11 based messaging systems willing 
   to communicate easily with X.400 based Message Handling Systems. 
   Among these large DECnet based networks we can include the High 
   Energy Physics network (HEPnet) and the Space Physics Analysis 
   Network (SPAN).
   
      These DECnet communities will in the future possibly migrate 
   to DECnet Phase V (DECnet-OSI) protocols, converting thus their 
   messaging systems to OSI specifications, i.e. merging into the 
   X.400 MHS; however the transition period could be long, and 
   there could always be some DECnet Phase IV communities around.
   
      For these reasons a set of mapping rules covering conversion 
   between Mail-11 and X.400 is described in this document.
   
      This document also covers the case of Mail-11 systems 
   implementing the "foreign mail protocol" allowing Mail-11 to 
   interface other mail systems, including RFC 822 based system.
   
   
   
   
   Chapter 2 - Message Elements
   
   
   2.1. Service Elements
   
   Mail-11 protocol offers a very restricted set of elements 
   composing a Inter Personal Message (IPM), whereas X.400 
   specifications support a complex and large amount of service 
   elements. Considering the case where a message is relayed 
   between two X.400 MHS via a DECnet network this could result in 
   a nearly complete loss of information. To minimise this 
   inconvenience most of X.400 service elements will be mapped into 
   Mail-11 text body parts. To consider also the case when a 
   message originates from a network implementing RFC 822 protocols 
   and is relayed via Mail-11 to and X.400 MHS, the applied mapping 
   from X.400 service elements into Mail-11 text body part the 
   rules specified in RFC1148 and their updates will be used, 
   producing an RFC822-like header.
   
   
   2.2. Mail-11 service elements
    
      All Mail-11 service elements are supported in the conversion 
   to X.400:
   
      - From
      	maps to Originator
   
      - To
      	maps to Primary Recipient
   
      - Cc
      	maps to Copy Recipient
   
      - Date
      	maps to Submission Time Stamp
   
      - Subj
      	maps to Subject
   
   Any eventual RFC822-like text header in Mail-11 body part will 
   be interpreted as specified into RFC1148 and its updates.
   
   
   2.3. X.400 service elements
   
      The following X.400 service elements are supported directly 
   into Mail-11 conversion:
   
      - Originator
      	maps to 'From'
   
      - Primary Recipients
      	maps to 'To'
   
      - Copy Recipients
      	maps to 'Cc'
   
      - Submission Time Stamp
      	maps to 'date'
   
      - Subject
      	maps to 'Subj'
   
      The following X.400 service element is partially supported 
   into Mail-11 conversion:
   
      - Blind Copy Recipient
      	maps to Mail-11 'Cc' element, with a (BCC) comment note 
   aside it.
      	The other recipients of the message are hidden as 
   required by the
      	BCC element itself.
   
      Any other X.400 service element support is done accordingly 
   to RFC1148 including the mapped element into the RFC822-like 
   header into Mail-11 body part.
   
   
   
   Chapter 3 - Basic Mappings
   
      The basic mappings indicated in RFC987, RFC1148 and their 
   updates should be fully used.
   
   
   
   Chapter 4 - Addressing
   
   
   4.1. Mail-11 addressing
   
      Mail-11 addressing can vary from a very simple case up to 
   complex ones, if there are other Mail-11 to "something-else" 
   gateways involved. In any case a Mail-11 address is an ASCII 
   string composed of different elements.
   
   
   4.2. X.400 addressing
   
      On the other hand, An X.400 O/R address is a collection of 
   attributes, which can anyway be presented as an IA5 textual 
   representation as defined in chapter 4 of RFC1148.
   
   
   4.3. Mail-11 address components
   
      Let us start defining the different parts composing a Mail-
   11 address. We can consider any Mail-11 address as composed by 3 
   parts:
   
      [[route]::] [[node]::] local part
   
      where 'route' and 'node' are optional and only 'local part' 
   is compulsory. Here comes a strict definition of these elements
   
     node = *(ALPHA/DIGIT) / *DIGIT / *DIGIT "." *DIGIT
   
     route = *(node "::")
   
     local part = username / nickname / for-protocol
   
     username = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)
   
     nickname = <printablestring - <" " and HTAB>>
   
     for-protocol = (f-pref f-sep <">f-address<">)
   
     f-pref = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)
   
     f-sep = "%" / "::"
   
     f-address = printablestring / rfc822-address / X400-text-address
   
     X400-text-address = <textual representation of an X.400 O/R addr>
   
   Please note that in x-text-address both the ";" notation and the 
   "/" notation are equivalent and allowed (see examples in 
   different sect.)
   
   
   some examples:
   
   route           node    local part
   ----------------------------------------------------------
                           USER47
                   MYNODE::BETTY
   BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
                           IN%"M.T.Rose@Dicdum.cc.edu"
           UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB"
                   MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
           CCUBVX::VS3100::Jnet%"IAB3425@IBAX23L"
                           MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
                   MAINVX::IN%"path1!path2!user%dom"
                   GWX400::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=aaa;PRMD=ppp;S=Lee;"
                   GX409A::x400%"/C=xx/A=aaa/P=ppp/S=Lee"
   
   
   
   Chapter 5 - Mapping
   
   
   5.1. Mapping scheme
   
      DECnet address field is somehow a 'flat land' with some 
   obliged routes to reach some hidden areas. Thus a truly 
   hierarchical  mapping scheme using mapping tables as suitable 
   for RFC822 is not the appropriate solution. A fixed set of rules 
   using DDAs support is defined in order to define the mapping.
   
      Another important aspect of the problem is the coexistence 
   of many disjoint DECnet networks, using the same DECnet address 
   space, i.e. 'area' and 'node' numbers. A possible case exists 
   when we have a common X.400 and/or RFC 822 mailing system acting 
   as glue to connect different isolated Mail-11 islands. Thus, to 
   identify uniquely each DECnet network we must also introduce the 
   concept of 'DECnet network name', which we will refer shortly as 
   'net' from now onwards. We define as 'net' a unique ASCII string 
   identifying the DECnet network we are connected to. Some 
   possible examples are:
   
      net = 'HEPnet'	the High Energy Physics DECnet network
      net = 'SPAN'	the Space Physics Analysis Network
      net = 'Enet'	the Digital Equipment Corporate Network
   
      The need of labelling each DECnet network with its name 
   comes also from the requirement to implement the 'intelligent' 
   gateway, i.e. the gateway which is able to understand its 
   ability to connect  directly to the specified DECnet network, 
   even if the O/R address specify a path to a different gateway. A 
   more detailed discussion of the problem is in 5.3 and 5.5.
   
      In order to keep the mapping rules very simple, avoiding the 
   need to analyse Mail-11 addresses to distinguish the 'route', 
   'node' and 'local part', we will define only the minimum set of 
   DDAs strictly needed to cover the mapping problem.
   
   
   5.2. Mail-11 --> X.400
   
   We define the following Domain Defined Attributes to map a Mail-
   11 address:
   
      DD.Dnet
      DD.Mail-11
   
   We thus define the mapping rule
   
      route::node::localpart
   
   maps into 
   
      C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
      DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;
   
   with
   
      xx  = country code of the gateway performing the conversion
      yyy = Admd of the gateway performing the conversion
      zzz = Prmd of the gateway performing the conversion
      ooo = Organisation of the gateway performing the conversion
      uuu = Org. Unit(s) of the gateway performing the conversion
      net = name of the DECnet network (e.g. HEPnet, SPAN,...)
   
   ('zzz','ooo','uuu' being used or dropped appropriately in order 
   to identify uniquely within the X.400 MHS the gateway performing 
   the conversion).
   
   The following defaults also apply:
   
   if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 originator 
   (From) then 'node' defaults to the DECnet node name of the 
   gateway (gwnode);
   
   if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 recipient 
   (To,Cc) then 'node' defaults to the DECnet node name of the 
   'From' address.
   
   if 'DD.Dnet=net' is missing, then it defaults to a value 
   defined locally bythe gateway: if the gateway is connected to 
   one DECnet network only, then 'net' will be the name of this 
   unique network; if the gateway is connectedto more than one 
   DECnet network, then  the gateway will establish a 'first 
   choice' DECnet network, and 'net' will default to this value.
   
   In case 'local part' contains 'x400-text-address' see also 
   section 6.4.3;
   
   In case 'local part' contains 'rfc822-address' see also section 
   6.4.4.
   
   
   5.2.1. Examples
   
   Let us suppose that:
   
     the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
     the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
     the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr'
     (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
     within the x.400 MHS).
   
    USER47
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::USER47;
   
    MYNODE::BETTY
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MYNODE::BETTY;
   
    BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=BOSTON::GOOFY1::MARY34;
   
    UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34:MYC3::BOB"
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
     DD.Mail-11=UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::(q)MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB(q)
   
    MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal;
   
    MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
     DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe(q)
   
    MAINVX::In%"path1!path2!user%dom"
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
     DD.Mail-11=MAINVX::In(p)(q)path1(b)path2(b)user(p)dom(q)
   
   
   5.3. X.400 encoding of Mail-11 --> Mail-11
   
      In order to assure path reversibility in case of multiple 
   Mail-11/X.400 gateway crossing we must distinguish two cases:
   
   - DD.Dnet=net is known to the gateway as one of the DECnet 
     networks it is connected to. In this case the mapping is trivial:
   
        C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
        DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;
   
   (see sect. 5.2 for explication of 'xx','yyy','zzz','ooo','uuu','net')
   
     maps into
   
        route::node::localpart
   
   - DD.Dnet=net is NOT known to the gateway as one of the DECnet 
     networks it is connected to. In this case the mapping rule 
     described into section 5.4 apply:
   
        C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=www; DD.Dnet=net;
        DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;
   
     maps into
   
        gwnode::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=yyy;PRMD=www;DD.Dnet=net;
        DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;"
   
   
   5.3.1. Examples
   
   Let us suppose that:
   
     the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
     the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
     the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
     (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
     within the x.400 MHS).
   
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
     DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay(q)
       MRGATE::"C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay"
   
     C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=EASYNET; DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;
       X4TDEC::gw%"C=it;ADMD=garr;DD.Dnet=EASYNET;
       DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;"
    
   (in the above example 'EASYNET' is supposed to be not connected 
   to our gateway located on X4TDEC DECnet node).
   
   
    5.4. X.400 --> Mail-11
   
      The mapping of an X.400 O/R address into Mail-11 is done 
   encoding the various attributes into the X400-text-address as 
   defined in chapter 4 of RFC1148, and including this as 'f-address'. 
   A 'f-pref' and a 'f-sep' are added completing 'local part'. 
   'gwnode' is included as the DECnet node name of the  gateway.
   
   Thus
   
      x400-text-address
   
   will be encoded like
   
      gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"
   
   having spaces separing attributes as optional.
   
   
   5.4.1. Example
   
   Let us suppose that:
   
     the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
   
   Thus
   
      C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=ucl; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;
   
   will be encoded like
   
      X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=ucl/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"
   
   or its equivalent with the ";" notation
   
      X4TDEC::gw%"C=gb;ADMD=Gold 400;PRMD=AC.UK;O=ucl;OU=cs;G=Paul;S=Smith;"
   
   
   5.5. Mail-11 encoding of X.400 --> X.400
   
   It can happened that Mail-11 is used to relay messages between 
   X.400 systems; this will mean multiple X.400/Mail-11 gateway 
   crossing and we will encounter Mail-11 addresses containing 
   embedded X.400 information's. In order to assure path 
   reversibility we must then distinguish two cases:
   
   - the embedded X.400 address belongs to a domain whose naming 
   and routing rules are known to the global X.400 MHS.  In this 
   case the mapping is trivial:
   
        route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"
   
   maps into
   
        x400-text-address
   
       'route' and 'gwnode' are mapped into X.400 Trace service elements.
   
   - the encoded x.400 domain does not belong to the global X.400 
   name space. In this case the mapping rule described into 
   section 5.2 apply:
   
        route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"
   
   maps into
   
        C=xx; ADMD=yyy; DD.Dnet=net;
        DD.Mail-11=route::gwnode::gw(p)(q)x400-text-address(q);
   
   The latter case  is deprecated and must be regarded as a 
   possible temporary solution only, while waiting to include into 
   the global X.400 MHS also this domain.
   
   5.5.1. Examples
   
   Let us suppose that:
   
     the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
     the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
     the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
     (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
     within the x.400 MHS).
   
     X4TDEC::gw%"C=fr;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ifip;O=poly;S=Moreau;"
       C=fr; ADMD=atlas; PRMD=ifip; O=poly; S=Moreau;
   
     X4TDEC::gw%"C=zz;ADMD= ;PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;"
       C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
       DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::gw(p)(q)C=zz;ADMD= ; 
       PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;(q)
   
   (in the above example  C=zz is unknown to the global X.400 MHS)
   
   
   
   
   Chapter 6 - Complex mapping
   
   
   6.1. The protocol triangle
   
      The bilateral mappings described in chapter 5 must be 
   extended in order to cover also the case in which also RFC 822 
   addressing is involved,  and the following triangular situation 
   occurs:
   
             x.400
              /  \
             /    \
            /      \
       Mail-11----RFC822
   
    
      The X.400 - RFC 822 side is fully covered by RFC1148, and 
   the previous chapters in this document cover the Mail-11 - X.400 
   side. There is no specification covering the mail-11 - RFC 822 
   side, but a number of implementations can be considered as a de 
   facto mapping scheme.
   
   
   6.2. RFC822 mapped in Mail-11
   
      The 'rfc822-address' is usually included in 'local part' as 
   'f-address' using  the Mail-11 foreign mail protocol syntax:
   
        route::gwnode::gw%"rfc822-address"
   
   an example
   
        NVXA23::SMTPGW::in%"M.T.Rose@CS.UCLA.edu"
   
   
   6.3. Mail-11 mapped in RFC822
   
      There are different styles in mapping a Mail-11 address in 
   RFC 822; let's have a short summary.
   
   - Mail-11 address encoded in "Left Hand Side" (LHS) of RFC 822 
   address, using "%" syntax or "::" syntax;
   
        route::node::localpart
   
   maps to
   
        localpart%node%route@gw-domains
   
   or
   
        "route::node::localpart"@gw-domains
   
   where 'gw-domains' identify uniquely the Mail-11 / RFC822  gateway.
   
   - Mail-11 address maps partly to LHS and partly to 'domain' 
   part of RFC822 address:
   
        node::localpart
   
   maps to
   
        localpart@node.gw-domains
   
   - Mail-11 address is completely hidden by a mapping table / 
   directory and the resultant RFC822 address contains no trace at 
   all of the original address.
   
   As you could notice, in any of the quoted cases the resultant 
   RFC822 address is not distinguishable from a genuine RFC822 
   address.
   
   
   6.4. Multiple conversions
   
      Let us now examine briefly the possible situations which 
   involve multiple conversions, having one protocol as a relay 
   between the other two. This summary suggest some possible 
   enhanced solutions to avoid heavy and unduly mappings, but the 
   'step by step' approach, considering blindly one conversion as 
   disjointed to the other, as described in the previous sections, 
   can always be used.
   
   
   6.4.1. X.400 --> RFC 822 --> Mail-11
   
      We apply the RFC1148 rules to the first step, obtaining an 
   RFC 822 address which can be mapped in Mail-11 using the 'f-
   address' field, as described in section 6.2.
   
   an example:
   
      C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;
   
   maps accordingly to RFC1148 to
   
      Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK
   
   and finally becomes
   
      SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"
   
   where 'SMTPGW' is the DECnet node name of the machine running 
   the RFC 822 to Mail-11 gateway.
   
   
   6.4.2. Mail-11 --> RFC 822 --> X.400
   
      Some of the possible mapping described in section 6.3 apply 
   to the Mail-11 address, hiding completely its origin. The 
   RFC1148 apply on the last step.
   
   an example:
   
      RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY
   
   could map into RFC 822 as
   
      BETTY%MYNODE@RELAY.dnet.gw1.it
   
   and accordingly to RFC1148
   
      C=it; A=garr; P=dom1; O=gw1; OU=RELAY; S=BETTY(p)MYNODE;
   
   where 'dnet.gw1.it' is the domain of the machine running the 
   Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway.
   
   
   6.4.3. X.400 --> Mail-11 --> RFC 822
   
      The X.400 address is stored into Mail-11 'f-address' element 
   as described in sections 5.3 and 5.4; then if the Mail-11 to RFC 
   822 gateway is able to understand the presence of a 'x400-text-
   address' into the Mail-11 address, then it applies RFC1148 to 
   it, and encodes 'route' and 'node' as 'Received:' elements into 
   RFC 822 message header. Otherwise it applies the rules described 
   in 6.3
   
   an example:
   
      C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;
   
   will be encoded like
   
      X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"
   
   If the Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway recognise the x400-text-
   address, then
   the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1148
   
      Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK
   
   and the following RFC 822 header line is added
   
      Received: from X4TDEC with DECnet (Mail-11) on xx-xxx-xxxx.
   
   Otherwise one of the dumb rules could produce
   
      gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"@X4TDEC.domains
   
   
   6.4.4. RFC 822 --> Mail-11 --> X.400
   
      The RFC 822 address is encoded in Mail-11 f-address element 
   as described in sect. 6.2; then if the Mail-11 to X.400 gateway 
   is able to understand the presence of an 'rfc822-address' into 
   the Mail-11 address, then it applies RFC1148 to it, and encodes 
   'route' and 'node' as 'trace' elements of the message header. 
   Otherwise it applies the rules described in 5.2 and 5.5.
   
   an example:
   
      Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK
   
   will be encoded like
   
      SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"
   
   If the Mail-11 to X.400 gateway recognise the rfc822-address, 
   then the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1148
   
      C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;
   
    and a 'trace' record is added into the X.400 P1 data, stating 
   that a node named SMTPGW was crossed.
   
   Otherwise dumb rule produces
   
      C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
      DD.Mail-11=SMTPGW::In(p)(q)Paul.Smith(a)cs.UCL.AC.UK(q)
   
   
   6.4.5. RFC 822 --> X.400 --> Mail-11
   
      We apply RFC1148 to the first conversion, obtaining an X.400 
   address. Then the rules described in sections 5.3 and 5.4 are 
   used to store the X.400 address as 'x400-text-address' into the 
   Mail-11 'local part'.
   
   an example:
   
      Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK
   
   maps accordingly to RFC1148 to
   
      C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;
   
   and finally becomes
   
      SMTPGW::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"
   
   where 'SMTPGW' is the DECnet node name of the machine running 
   the X.400 to Mail-11 gateway.
   
   
   6.4.6. Mail-11 --> X.400 --> RFC 822
   
      The Mail-11 address is encoded as specified in sections 5.2 
   and 5.5; then RFC1148 is used to convert the address in RFC822.
   
   an example:
   
      RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY
   
   maps into X.400 as
   
      C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY;
   
   and accordingly to RFC1148
   
      "/C=it/A=garr/DD.Dnet=HEP/DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY"@gw2.it
   
   where 'gw2.it' is the domain of the machine running the RFC1148 
   gateway.

   
   Acknowledgements
   
      I wish to thank all those people which read the first draft 
   and contributed a lot with their useful suggestions to the 
   revision of this document, in particular RARE WG1 members and S. 
   Hardcastle-Kille.
   
   
   References
   
     CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.430," Message Handling
     Systems: Red Book, October 1984
   
     CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.420," Message Handling
     Systems: Blue Book, November 1988
   
     D.H. Crocker, "Standard of the Format of ARPA Internet Text
     Messages," RFC 822, August 1982.
   
     S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400 and RFC 822," UK Academic
     Community Report (MG.19) / RFC 987, June 1986.
   
     S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400(1988) / ISO 10021 and RFC
     822," RFC 1148, March 1990.
   
     Digital Equipment Corp.;, "VAX/VMS Mail Utility"
   
     Joiner Associates Inc., "Jnet User's Manual"
   
     PMDF User's Guide.
   



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01666;
          9 Mar 92 15:45 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14645;
          9 Mar 92 15:46 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14641;
          9 Mar 92 15:46 EST
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <19237-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 9 Mar 1992 14:26:19 +0000
Received: from localhost by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <08192-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 9 Mar 1992 14:26:08 +0000
To: ietf-osi-x400 <ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu>, rare-wg1 <rare-wg1@switch.ch>
Subject: FYI - new internet drafts
Date: Mon, 09 Mar 92 14:26:01 CST
From: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Message-ID:  <9203091546.aa14641@NRI.Reston.VA.US>


------- Forwarded Messages

Return-Path: <owner-ietf@ISI.EDU>
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24132-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 5 Mar 1992 01:56:13 +0000
Received: from venera.isi.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 5 Mar 92 01:55:57 -0600
Received: by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) id <AA14985>;
          Wed, 4 Mar 1992 13:05:43 -0800
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) 
          id <AA14979>; Wed, 4 Mar 1992 13:05:38 -0800
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23625;
          4 Mar 92 15:58 EST
To: IETF <ietf@ISI.EDU>
From: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Reply-To: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Subject: ID ACTION:draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt
Date: Wed, 04 Mar 92 15:58:05 -0500
Sender: cclark@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Message-Id: <9203041558.aa23625@NRI.Reston.VA.US>


A New Internet Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts 
directories. This draft is a work item of the 
X.400 Operations Working Group of the IETF.

       Title     : Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services        
                   within a multi protocol / multi network environment
       Author(s) : U. Eppenberger
       Filename  : draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt
       Pages     : 19

This memo defines a specification on how the routing of X.400 services
within the Internet community and other networking communities can be 
managed.                                                              

Internet-Drafts are available by anonymous FTP.  Login with the	
username "anonymous" and password "guest".  After logging in,
Type "cd internet-drafts".
     "get draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt".
 
Internet-Drafts directories are located at:	
	                                                
     o  East Coast (US)                          
        Address:  nnsc.nsf.net (128.89.1.178)	
	                                                
     o  West Coast (US)                          
        Address:  ftp.nisc.sri.com (192.33.33.22)
							
     o  Pacific Rim                              
        Address:  munnari.oz.au (128.250.1.21)	
	                                                
     o  Europe                                   
        Address:  nic.nordu.net (192.36.148.17)	
	                                                
Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.	
	                                                
Send a message to:  mail-server@nisc.sri.com. In the body type: 
     "SEND internet-drafts/draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt".
							
For questions, please mail to internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us.
						

------- Message 2

Return-Path: <owner-ietf@ISI.EDU>
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24762-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 5 Mar 1992 04:07:26 +0000
Received: from venera.isi.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 5 Mar 92 04:07:10 -0600
Received: by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) id <AA14976>;
          Wed, 4 Mar 1992 13:05:37 -0800
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) 
          id <AA14969>; Wed, 4 Mar 1992 13:05:33 -0800
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23608;
          4 Mar 92 15:57 EST
To: IETF <ietf@ISI.EDU>
From: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Reply-To: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Subject: ID ACTION:draft-ietf-x400ops-mapmail-00.txt
Date: Wed, 04 Mar 92 15:57:52 -0500
Sender: cclark@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Message-Id: <9203041557.aa23608@NRI.Reston.VA.US>


A New Internet Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts 
directories. This draft is a work item of the 
X.400 Operations Working Group of the IETF.

       Title     : Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 
                   (DECnet mail)                                      
       Author(s) : Claudio Allocchio
       Filename  : draft-ietf-x400ops-mapmail-00.txt
       Pages     : 12

This document describes a set of mappings which will enable inter 
working between systems operating the CCITT X.400 (1984/1988) 
Recommendations on Message Handling Systems, and systems running the 
Mail-11 (also known as DECnet mail) protocol.  The specifications are 
valid within DECnet Phase IV addressing and  routing scheme. The 
complete  scenario of X.400 / RFC822 / Mail-11 is also considered, in 
order to cover the possible complex cases arising in multiple gateway 
translations.                                                         

Internet-Drafts are available by anonymous FTP.  Login with the	
username "anonymous" and password "guest".  After logging in,
Type "cd internet-drafts".
     "get draft-ietf-x400ops-mapmail-00.txt".
 
Internet-Drafts directories are located at:	
	                                                
     o  East Coast (US)                          
        Address:  nnsc.nsf.net (128.89.1.178)	
	                                                
     o  West Coast (US)                          
        Address:  ftp.nisc.sri.com (192.33.33.22)
							
     o  Pacific Rim                              
        Address:  munnari.oz.au (128.250.1.21)	
	                                                
     o  Europe                                   
        Address:  nic.nordu.net (192.36.148.17)	
	                                                
Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.	
	                                                
Send a message to:  mail-server@nisc.sri.com. In the body type: 
     "SEND internet-drafts/draft-ietf-x400ops-mapmail-00.txt".
							
For questions, please mail to internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us.
							



------- End of Forwarded Messages



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00696;
          24 Mar 92 10:03 EST
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08781;
          24 Mar 92 10:05 EST
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08749;
          24 Mar 92 10:04 EST
Received: from localhost by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <05484-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 24 Mar 1992 09:04:13 +0000
To: ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: New Internet Draft: The Simple OSI Stack
Date: Tue, 24 Mar 92 09:04:07 CST
From: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Message-ID:  <9203241004.aa08749@NRI.Reston.VA.US>


------- Forwarded Message

Return-Path: <owner-ietf@ISI.EDU>
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <03968-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 23 Mar 1992 20:21:43 +0000
Received: from venera.isi.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 23 Mar 92 20:21:29 -0600
Received: by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) id <AA00300>;
          Mon, 23 Mar 1992 12:49:39 -0800
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-3) 
          id <AA00295>; Mon, 23 Mar 1992 12:49:35 -0800
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14092;
          23 Mar 92 15:32 EST
To: IETF <ietf@ISI.EDU>
From: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Reply-To: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Subject: ID ACTION:draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.txt, .ps
Date: Mon, 23 Mar 92 15:31:50 -0500
Sender: cclark@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Message-Id: <9203231532.aa14092@NRI.Reston.VA.US>


A New Internet Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts 
directories. This draft is a work item of the 
OSI Directory Services Working Group of the IETF.

       Title     : The Simple OSI Stack                               
       Author(s) : S. E. Hardcastle-Kille
       Filename  : draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.txt, .ps
       Pages     : 29

This document specifies a mapping of protocols defined by the Abstract
Service Description Conventions onto Connection Oriented Transport 
Service, Connectionless Transport Service, TCP, and UDP [MHS88b].  
This mapping will support all ROS (Remote Operation Service) based 
protocols, such as directory, both with and without use of RTS 
(Reliable Transfer Service), and all of the X.400 services [ISO88, 
CCI88, MHS88a].            

Four example applications of the Simple OSI Stack (SOS) are 
given in appendices.  These are all ``real'' examples,
which will are quite likely to evolve into formal specifications.  
They are intended to show that specification of SOS applications is 
very straightforward and useful.  These examples will be dropped from 
future versions of this document, and perhaps be replaced by 
artificial examples.                                                  

Internet-Drafts are available by anonymous FTP.  Login with the	
username "anonymous" and password "guest".  After logging in,
Type "cd internet-drafts".
     "get draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.txt" or 
     "get draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.ps" 
 
Internet-Drafts directories are located at:	
	                                                
     o  East Coast (US)                          
        Address:  nnsc.nsf.net (128.89.1.178)	
	                                                
     o  West Coast (US)                          
        Address:  ftp.nisc.sri.com (192.33.33.22)
							
     o  Pacific Rim                              
        Address:  munnari.oz.au (128.250.1.21)	
	                                                
     o  Europe                                   
        Address:  nic.nordu.net (192.36.148.17)	
	                                                
Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.	
	                                                
Send a message to:  mail-server@nisc.sri.com. In the body type: 
     "SEND internet-drafts/draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.txt" or 
     "SEND internet-drafts/draft-ietf-osids-simple-stack-00.ps" 
							
For questions, please mail to internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us.


------- End of Forwarded Message



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00394;
          10 Apr 92 5:01 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03295;
          10 Apr 92 5:04 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03288;
          10 Apr 92 5:04 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 04:03:43 +0000
Date: Fri, 10 Apr 1992 04:03:43 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..232:10.03.92.09.03.43]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 04:03:43 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2348*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rare-wg1 <rare-wg1@switch.ch>
Subject: San Diego minutes unchanged.

I have received no comments to the minutes I sent out on April 6, so
they will go unchanged to the IETF secretariat.

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00514;
          10 Apr 92 7:56 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06191;
          10 Apr 92 7:59 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06187;
          10 Apr 92 7:59 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 06:45:24 +0000
Date: Fri, 10 Apr 1992 06:45:24 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..720:10.03.92.11.45.24]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 06:45:23 
                      +0000;
From: "Serge Aumont - CICB Rennes 99.84.71.47" <Serge.Aumont@cicb.fr>
Message-ID: <199204101146.AA01793@mailimailo.cicb.fr>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rare-wg1@switch.ch
In-Reply-To: "92 3:51 pm":
References: 71645190402991/110549 INFN:
Subject: RFC-1148.gateway table usage and mapping with DDA
X-Mailer: MEL [version 2.3-MEL PL8]

ALLOCCHIO@ELETTRA-TS.infn.it ecrit (writes):
>
>
> Serge, it is a more complex case. it is NOT the INFN-garr gateway table which
> has been distributed, it is the cosine gateway services one.
> and this serviceis intended to offer anybody the possibility to use DDAs to
> map any possible rfc822 domain. It does not matter if the real addres is then
> an x.400 one. It will be the gateways to understand it and remove idle i
> nformations from the message.
>
> The you can simply decide not us load the table, but why should we not
> send it around?

 Because we are mixing two different goals :

 - how inform our community about your offer of a gateway service
 - how force the mapping 2 I want for my domain (using DDAs)

 The first one is informative, it's not part of my understanding of
the looooong discussion on DDAs. The second one is depending on the gateway
procedures. The distributed gateway rule "fr#PRMD$internet.ADMD$red.C$fr#"
mean : this is the way to rewrite rfc domains (if no longer rule match).
In the WEP document, you'll find a connectivity indication "#X C=fr;ADMD=red;"
this mean this WEP offer a gateway service.

 If we accept that rfc1148.gateway file is a kind of international stock
exchange for openned gateways, then you'll have the way to distribute your
offer (and i'll do the same), but in this case without doing anythink
I dont have any way to specificy the mapping for about 150 french domains.


 Ok ! Now we want to reach both goal, so I propose you to introduce explicite
mapping with DDAs in RFC-987.mapping2 distribution. The only differents
bewing a mapping with DDA and a mapping without DDA is anecdotal : when
there is RFC-822 DDA's I don't need reverse mapping.
 So thoses rules will have to follow excatly the procedures defined for
mapping from rfc to X400 and in particular, "do not distribute mapping 2 for
a RFC domain (LEFT part of the rule) unless you have autority over this domain
(or a agreement with this autority.) This procedure rule is part of Claudio
DNS proposition : french manager can't introduce mapping rule in the DNS under
".it" top level domain for exemple. Good !

 Then we can use rfc1148.gateway in your way of understanding to specify
"I propose you to route several rfc domains using this O/R adress form" an
we can use rfc-987.mapping2 to specify "my rfc adress must be rewrited by
cooperative gateway using this O/R adress form"

 Then let's try to find a syntaxe to introduce mapping with DDA in
rfc-987.mapping2  table :

<rfc domain>#DD$<type of the dda>.PRMD$.....

Exemples :

it#DD$rfc-822.OU$cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$it#
fr#DD$rfc-822.PRMD$internet.ADMD$red.C$fr#

 It should be enough to distribute mapping with Mail-11 DDA's type or
anyother type with a wellknown semantic (ie defined in a RFC for exemple).

 Serge



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00595;
          10 Apr 92 9:05 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08752;
          10 Apr 92 9:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08746;
          10 Apr 92 9:08 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <13800-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 07:08:11 +0000
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 10 Apr 92 07:08:01 -0500
Received: from surfnet.nl by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23972-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Fri, 10 Apr 1992 14:07:54 +0200
Received: from localhost by survival.surfnet.nl (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA07704;
          Fri, 10 Apr 92 14:07:42 +0200
Message-Id: <9204101207.AA07704@survival.surfnet.nl>
To: "Serge Aumont - CICB Rennes 99.84.71.47" <Serge.Aumont@cicb.fr>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rare-wg1@switch.ch
Subject: Re: RFC-1148.gateway table usage and mapping with DDA
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 10 Apr 92 13:45:29 +0200. <199204101146.AA01793@mailimailo.cicb.fr>
Organisation: SURFnet BV
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Fri, 10 Apr 92 14:07:34 +0200
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

Serge,

I don't understand a bit what you are trying to argue. I cannot follow your
reasoning to want DDA mappings in table 2 instead of in a separate table.
Anyone else who understands Serges arguments?

Erik


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02540;
          13 Apr 92 11:24 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03898;
          13 Apr 92 11:28 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03883;
          13 Apr 92 11:28 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:26:55 +0000
Date: Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:26:55 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..680:13.03.92.15.26.55]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:26:54 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920413102641*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, rare-wg1@switch.ch
Subject: (fwd) NEARnet ticket system

Hi, the message below was sent to the IETF list.  I am forwarding it
to the x400ops, wg1, and managers lists because the topic of trouble
ticket tools has come up in discussions.

Apologies in advance for the multiple copies.

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

Delivery time: Apr 12, 1992 19:59:39 
From: " (Scott Bradner)" <c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=sob(a)hsdndev.harvard.edu> 
To: c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=ietf(a)ISI.EDU 
Subject: NEARnet ticket system

In my role as the chair of the NEARnet technical committee I'm pleased
to forward this announcement of the availability of the code for the 
ticket system that NEARnet has been using for a while now.

			Scott Bradner for NEARnet

--------------------cut--------------------cut------------------


Bolt Beranek and Newman is pleased to announce the availability of

                The NEARnet Trouble Ticket System.

The NEARnet Trouble Ticket System allows problems and their related working
notes to be maintained in a coordinated fashion, and provides for automatic
distribution of ticket information via electronic mail.

The system is built on the Informix Relational Database running on a SUN
Sparcstation.  It uses Embedded-SQL (in C) package to interface to the mail
system (currently MMDF).  The system includes the necessary definitions for the
Informix "forms" front-end, which is used for ticket data entry and searching.
The system also includes C code to provide finger-based access to tickets in
the database.

The system grew out of a weekend hack (as most useful things do).  It has
evolved as people have requested new features.  As such, it suffers from a lack
of "clean design" and has a fair amount of NEARnet/MMDF-specific stuff in it.
There are several things I would have done very differently if I'd known
other folks would be looking at the guts of it :-).

In practice, however, this system has been immensely useful to us and has
helped NEARnet gain a reputation for, among other things :-), persistent and
thorough problem resolution.  I hope that this system, while it may not be
immediately useful in your environment, will at least serve as a model for the
kind of thing that can be built around an off-the-shelf database package.

The current release package was prepared by Leo Dopson and John Curran.  It
contains several descriptive documents in the "docs" directory and an
easy-to-use installation script that will customize the system to your
network's requirements (in "bin/install_ticket_system").

In the future, we hope to provide improvements to the system, including making
the package more tailorable, adding Sendmail support, and adding more of the
features proposed by the IETF User Connectivity Problems Working Group.  To
facilitate this process, please feed any improvements you make to this package
back so we can all benefit.

The system is available via anonymous FTP on nic.near.net in the file:
        pub/nearnet-ticket-system-v1.2.tar.

Bug reports, discussion, fixes, improvements, questions should be addressed to:
        tt@nic.near.net.

To join this list, mail to:
        tt-request@nic.near.net

Enjoy,

Dan Long
Senior Network Analyst
BBN Systems and Technologies


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03053;
          13 Apr 92 12:39 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07710;
          13 Apr 92 12:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07701;
          13 Apr 92 12:43 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:49:34 +0000
Date: Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:49:34 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..778:13.03.92.15.49.34]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 13 Apr 1992 10:49:34 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"23847131402991/111771 INFN*"@MHS>
To: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: mmmmhhhh... suspect...

Hallo Allan, Rob (Hi anybody)...
I'm sending this message to the whole list just as a check... 
I just got last Allan's message only ONCE... while I was expecting it TWICE
(from x400-ops and WG1)... If I DO NOT get this one back from the list either
it means that for some reason I've disappeared from x400-ops DL.

Could you please check and eventually re-insert me in it?

thanks indeed.
regards
Claudio



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00327;
          14 Apr 92 4:52 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00867;
          14 Apr 92 4:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00862;
          14 Apr 92 4:56 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 14 Apr 1992 02:45:21 +0000
Date: Tue, 14 Apr 1992 02:45:21 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..526:14.03.92.07.45.21]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 14 Apr 1992 02:45:20 
                      +0000;
From: kaufmann@dfn.dbp.de
Message-ID: <920414094359*/S=kaufmann/PRMD=DFN/ADMD=DBP/C=DE/@MHS>
To: Serge Aumont <Serge.Aumont@cicb.fr>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rare-wg1@switch.ch
In-Reply-To: <199204101146.AA01793@mailimailo.cicb.fr>
Subject: RE: RFC-1148.gateway table usage and mapping with DDA

Serge,

the whole stuff isnt such easy. If You (and others) dont provide
mapping from RFC to X400-SAA for certain parts of the naming tree
we need, for example, to define such mapping by ourselves.

As discussed lenghtly there are X400-implementations without
DDA. Thus our service offer is based on the usage of Standard Attributes
instead of DDA.

Peter


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00333;
          14 Apr 92 5:06 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01343;
          14 Apr 92 5:10 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01338;
          14 Apr 92 5:09 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 14 Apr 1992 04:08:59 +0000
Date: Tue, 14 Apr 1992 04:08:59 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..947:14.03.92.09.08.59]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 14 Apr 1992 04:08:58 
                      +0000;
From: "Serge Aumont - CICB Rennes 99.84.71.47" <Serge.Aumont@cicb.fr>
Message-ID: <199204140909.AA13510@mailimailo.cicb.fr>
To: kaufmann@dfn.dbp.de
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rare-wg1@switch.ch
In-Reply-To: "92 7:44 am":
References: <920414094359*/S=kaufmann/PRMD=dfn/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
Subject: RE: RFC-1148.gateway table usage and mapping with DDA
X-Mailer: MEL [version 2.3-MEL PL8]

kaufmann@dfn.dbp.de ecrit (writes):
>
> Serge,
>
> the whole stuff isnt such easy. If You (and others) dont provide
> mapping from RFC to X400-SAA for certain parts of the naming tree
> we need, for example, to define such mapping by ourselves.
>
> As discussed lenghtly there are X400-implementations without
> DDA. Thus our service offer is based on the usage of Standard Attributes
> instead of DDA.
>
> Peter
>
>

 Hi Peter
May I report WG1 conclusions on DDAs :

extract from  minutes RARE WG1 Meeting Zurich, Switzerland June 5-6, 1991
                                                           ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

>    2.  We recognize that support of DDAs is required for full use of
>        the X.400 service.
>
>    3.  We recommend that X.400 equipment support DDAs.
> ....
>    6.  We recommend that ENV41201 and ENV41202 be modified to have the
>        support of DDAs classified as "G" (Generatable).

 So please, don't argue from old non X400* software to throw out any
evolution. If there is no evolution on X400, a migration from X400 to
SMTP will start.

 * I say "non X400" because DDAs are well defined since 84)

 Serge

PS  : We decided also that each network had to declare a date after witch any
      software in that network should support DDAs. In france to my knowledge
      there is only one MTA of that kind (UCLA mail 400) there was a plan to
      introduce DDAs in that software, I don't known about the result.




Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00371;
          15 Apr 92 3:28 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01778;
          15 Apr 92 3:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01774;
          15 Apr 92 3:31 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <03685-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 15 Apr 1992 02:30:54 +0000
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 15 Apr 92 02:30:46 -0500
Received: from surfnet.nl by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29144-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Wed, 15 Apr 1992 09:30:03 +0200
Received: from localhost by survival.surfnet.nl (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA10021;
          Wed, 15 Apr 92 09:30:01 +0200
Message-Id: <9204150730.AA10021@survival.surfnet.nl>
To: Rare WG1 <rare-wg1@switch.ch>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Finally, RFC-11458bis approved
Organisation: SURFnet BV
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Wed, 15 Apr 92 09:29:57 +0200
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

My apologies that it tookso long. Rest assured I have done the utmost to
progress these as Proposed Standards. Now lets show them guys that these
papers deserve to be full standards by deploying it as widely as possible.

Erik

------- Forwarded Message

Date:    Tue, 14 Apr 92 16:57:55 -0700
From:    braden@isi.edu
To:      ietf@isi.edu
cc:      iab@isi.edu, iesg@isi.edu
Subject: IAB Standards Actions



The IAB has accepted the IESG recommendation that the two specifications:

    "Mapping between X.400(1988)/ISO 10021 and RFC-822" and

    "Downgrading X.400(1988) to X.400(1984)"

be entered into the standards track as Proposed Standards.

__________

Bob Braden for the IAB


------- End of Forwarded Message



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02126;
          17 Apr 92 15:23 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02211;
          17 Apr 92 15:27 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02207;
          17 Apr 92 15:27 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 17 Apr 1992 14:26:21 +0000
Date: Fri, 17 Apr 1992 14:26:21 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..006:17.03.92.19.26.21]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 17 Apr 1992 14:26:20 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920417142602*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: new IETF working group on MIME-MHS Interworking

Hi, this was recently announced on the IETF mailing list.  I thought
that it would be of interest to the group.  Apologies to those
receiving multiple copies.

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

Delivery time: Apr 17, 1992 00:45:48 
From: "Greg Vaudreuil" <c=us/prmd=xnren/o=CNRI/pn=gvaudre> 
To: c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=ietf(a)ISI.EDU 
Subject: WG ACTION: MIME-MHS Interworking
Cc: c=us/prmd=xnren/o=CNRI/pn=gvaudre 
 c=nl/admd=400net/prmd=surf/o=surfnet/pn=mime-mhs 
Org: Corp. for National Research Initiatives
Phone: (703) 620-8990 ; Fax: (703) 620-0913

A new Working Group has been formed jointly in the OSI Integration Area
and the Applications Area of the IETF.  For more information please
contact the working group chair Steve Thompson, or the OSI Integration
Area directors, Erik Huizer <huizer@surfnet.nl> or David Piscitello
<dave@sabre.bellcore.com>, or the Applications Area Director Russ Hobby
<rdhobby@ucdavis.edu>.

Greg Vaudreuil
IESG Secretary


MIME-MHS Interworking (mimemhs)

Charter 
 
Chair(s):
     Steve Thompson  <sjt@gateway.ssw.com>
 
Mailing lists: 
     General Discussion:mime-mhs@surfnet.nl
     To Subscribe:      mime-mhs-request@surfnet.nl
     Archive:           

Description of Working Group:

MIME, (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) currently an
Internet-draft, is expected to become an Internet proposed standard.
MIME redefines the format of message bodies to allow multi-part textual
and non-textual message bodies to be represented and exchanged without
loss of information.  With the introduction of MIME as a proposed
standard it is now possible to define mappings between RFC-822
content-types and X.400 body parts.  The MIME-MHS Interworking WG is
chartered to develop these mappings, providing an emphasis on both
interworking between Internet and MHS mail environments and also on
tunneling through these environments. These mappings will be made in
the context of an RFC-1148bis environment.

Goals and Milestones: 
 
   Apr 92 Post an Internet Draft describing MIME-MHS Interworking.             

   Apr 92 Post an Internet Draft describing the "core" set of Registered 
          conversions for bodyparts.                                           

   Jul 92 Submit a completed document to the IESG describing MIME-MHS 
          Interworking as a Proposed Standard.                                 

   Jul 92 Submit the "core" bodyparts document to the IESG as a Proposed 
          Standard.                                                            


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01566;
          28 Apr 92 11:26 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23033;
          28 Apr 92 11:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23029;
          28 Apr 92 11:31 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02694-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 28 Apr 1992 10:30:25 +0000
Received: from bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 28 Apr 92 10:30:18 -0500
Received: from glenlivet.cs.ucl.ac.uk by bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk with local SMTP 
          id <g.15948-0@bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Tue, 28 Apr 1992 08:35:48 +0100
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: list: ;
Subject: X.400 Gateways
Phone: +44-71-380-7294
Date: Tue, 28 Apr 92 08:35:42 +0100
Message-Id: <463.704446542@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>

A serious activitiy to sort out gatewaying SERVICE for X.400 (General Commercial,
 esp in US) and the Internet, wuld have substantial practical use, 
and would be a good task to undertake for this WG

Steve

------- Forwarded Message

From:    1159-DIRECTOR/OVERSEAS OPS <nauen@MIL.ARMY.WRAIR-EMH1>
To:      Multiple recipients of <X400-L@EARN.FINHUTC>
Subject: RE: X.400 mail from BITNET
Date:    Mon, 27 Apr 1992 09:16:00 EST
Comments: To: x400-l <x400-l@uga.cc.uga.edu>
	 cc: u17375 <u17375@uicvm.uic.edu>

 
> Please forgive me if this is not the right place to ask, but...
>
> I have a user who wants to send to the following x.400 address and I have
> *no* idea where the mail should be routed. Could someone please help?
>
> The address is:
>
> c=us/a=infonet/p=state street/o=MFPNET/ou=MFPMAIL/s=FINNEGJIM
 
Only better place I could think of to ask might have been the Info-Nets list.
 
Unfortunately, it's been my experience that the Sprint.COM gateway will rarely
accept mail for any ADMD other than telemail.  An attempt I made early this
mopnth to reach infonet was rejected.  Than I found an Internet address
for this company and queried them directly, receiving the negative answer
attached below.
 
Ric <nauen@wrair-emh1.army.mil>  <nauen%wrmain.decnet@detrick-emh1.army.mil>
           ~~~~~Walter Reed Army Institute of Research
        U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command
 
- -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
 
Date: Thu, 2 Apr 92 10:54:00 PST
From: dehaven@infonet.com (Jenny DeHaven)
To: nauen@wrair-emh1.army.mil
Subject: internet to x400
 
Ric,
 
Regarding your request for Internet access to Infonet's x400
service to:
	(S=Smith/G=Steve/ADMD=Infonet/PRMD=Reach/O=Reach-USA/C=US)
 
Currently there is no link between the Internet and our X.400 service.
 
Jenny DeHaven

------- End of Forwarded Message



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03546;
          29 Apr 92 0:51 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05254;
          29 Apr 92 0:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05250;
          29 Apr 92 0:56 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04069-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 28 Apr 1992 23:55:28 +0000
Received: from merit.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 28 Apr 92 23:55:21 -0500
Return-Path: <mak@merit.edu>
Received: from fox.merit.edu by merit.edu (5.65/1123-1.0) id AA04470;
          Wed, 29 Apr 92 00:55:12 -0400
Received: by fox.merit.edu (4.1/client-0.9) id AA06353;
          Wed, 29 Apr 92 00:55:24 EDT
From: mak@merit.edu
Message-Id: <9204290455.AA06353@fox.merit.edu>
To: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: X.400 Gateways
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Tue, 28 Apr 92 08:35:42 BST." <463.704446542@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
Date: Wed, 29 Apr 92 00:55:24 -0400

Hi. The Sprint.COM gateway accepts mail for these admds only:

# Route other domains through neighbor MTAs
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=TELEMAIL/C=US/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=beta.sprintmail/C=US/, next_mta = "XM791" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=TELEDEMO/C=US/, next_mta = "M400" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=TMAILUK/C=GB/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=BELLSOUTH/C=US/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=ATI/C=JP/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
	{ x400_domain = /ADMD=SOVMAIL/C=SU/, next_mta = "XM3375" }

--Mark (postmaster, sprint.COM)


> From:    Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>
> To:      ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
> CC:      list:;@merit.edu

> 
> 
> A serious activitiy to sort out gatewaying SERVICE for X.400 (General Commerc
ial,
>  esp in US) and the Internet, wuld have substantial practical use, 
> and would be a good task to undertake for this WG
> 
> Steve
> 
> ------- Forwarded Message
> 
> From:    1159-DIRECTOR/OVERSEAS OPS <nauen@MIL.ARMY.WRAIR-EMH1>
> To:      Multiple recipients of <X400-L@EARN.FINHUTC>
> Subject: RE: X.400 mail from BITNET
> Date:    Mon, 27 Apr 1992 09:16:00 EST
> Comments: To: x400-l <x400-l@uga.cc.uga.edu>
> 	 cc: u17375 <u17375@uicvm.uic.edu>
> 
>  
> > Please forgive me if this is not the right place to ask, but...
> >
> > I have a user who wants to send to the following x.400 address and I have
> > *no* idea where the mail should be routed. Could someone please help?
> >
> > The address is:
> >
> > c=us/a=infonet/p=state street/o=MFPNET/ou=MFPMAIL/s=FINNEGJIM
>  
> Only better place I could think of to ask might have been the Info-Nets list.
>  
> Unfortunately, it's been my experience that the Sprint.COM gateway will rarel
y
> accept mail for any ADMD other than telemail.  An attempt I made early this
> mopnth to reach infonet was rejected.  Than I found an Internet address
> for this company and queried them directly, receiving the negative answer
> attached below.
>  
> Ric <nauen@wrair-emh1.army.mil>  <nauen%wrmain.decnet@detrick-emh1.army.mil>
>            ~~~~~Walter Reed Army Institute of Research
>         U.S. Army Medical Research and Development Command
>  
> - -=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
=-
>  
> Date: Thu, 2 Apr 92 10:54:00 PST
> From: dehaven@infonet.com (Jenny DeHaven)
> To: nauen@wrair-emh1.army.mil
> Subject: internet to x400
>  
> Ric,
>  
> Regarding your request for Internet access to Infonet's x400
> service to:
> 	(S=Smith/G=Steve/ADMD=Infonet/PRMD=Reach/O=Reach-USA/C=US)
>  
> Currently there is no link between the Internet and our X.400 service.
>  
> Jenny DeHaven
> 
> ------- End of Forwarded Message
> 


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00794;
          29 Apr 92 10:25 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02181;
          29 Apr 92 10:30 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02167;
          29 Apr 92 10:29 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 29 Apr 1992 09:09:03 +0000
Date: Wed, 29 Apr 1992 09:09:03 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..267:29.03.92.14.09.03]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 29 Apr 1992 09:09:01 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2417*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <9204290455.AA06353@fox.merit.edu>
Subject: Re: X.400 Gateways

Mark writes:

> Hi. The Sprint.COM gateway accepts mail for these admds only:
> 
> # Route other domains through neighbor MTAs
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=TELEMAIL/C=US/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=beta.sprintmail/C=US/, next_mta = "XM791" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=TELEDEMO/C=US/, next_mta = "M400" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=TMAILUK/C=GB/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=BELLSOUTH/C=US/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=ATI/C=JP/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
>         { x400_domain = /ADMD=SOVMAIL/C=SU/, next_mta = "XM3375" }
>
> --Mark (postmaster, sprint.COM)

This is useful information. Can you also confirm that this gateway
is participating in the international coordination procedures
managed by the COSINE MHS Project team?

(this has to do with among other things, exchange and implementation of
globally coordinated address mapping tables).

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01402;
          29 Apr 92 12:13 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09479;
          29 Apr 92 12:17 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09474;
          29 Apr 92 12:17 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 29 Apr 1992 10:07:55 +0000
Date: Wed, 29 Apr 1992 10:07:55 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..400:29.03.92.15.07.55]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 29 Apr 1992 10:07:54 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2418*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <463.704446542@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
Subject: X.400 Gateways

Steve writes:

> A serious activitiy to sort out gatewaying SERVICE for X.400 (General Commercial
> ,
>  esp in US) and the Internet, wuld have substantial practical use,
> and would be a good task to undertake for this WG
> 
> Steve

It is my feeling that gateways between Internet Mail and X.400 in Europe 
is well managed by the operational procedures agreed upon in the COSINE
MHS Service. In short this means: "According to RFC 1148bis, with additional
address mapping coordination".

As we have seen from Mark, inn addition to the XNREN gateway in Wisconsin,
there is at least one other gateway operational in the U.S., and it is my
understanding that address mapping is not implemented.  Am I right Mark?

If I am right, we should determine if the MERIT gateway operators have
plans to implement the address mapping tables, or if they will continue
the operation of a gateway with no international coordination. In the latter
case we should discuss the consequences of having some coordinated
gateways in parallel with un-coordinated gateways.

In the ideal case, the Internet X.400 project in Wisconsin should take care
of the U.S. coordination of such gateways. However, this project may end
after this summer, and if there is no follow-up project or if nobody
stands up and takes on the responsibility for the U.S. coordination, I think
we have a problem. And it is a task for this WG to propose solutions
to such problems.

Best regards,
Alf H


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01842;
          1 May 92 12:26 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27120;
          1 May 92 12:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27116;
          1 May 92 12:31 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11468-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 1 May 1992 11:30:24 +0000
Received: from bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 1 May 92 11:30:05 -0500
Received: from glenlivet.cs.ucl.ac.uk by bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk with local SMTP 
          id <g.16770-0@bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Fri, 1 May 1992 16:31:42 +0100
To: mak@merit.edu
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: X.400 Gateways
Phone: +44-71-380-7294
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 29 Apr 92 00:55:24 -0500. <9204290455.AA06353@fox.merit.edu>
Date: Fri, 01 May 92 16:31:26 +0100
Message-Id: <1487.704734286@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>

How about startingto maintain a table of X.400 ADMDS and PRMDs, and public
access points from the Internet?    We should list all the MDs we know about,
including the inaccessible ones.   Your list is a good start.

Steve


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00596;
          2 May 92 17:58 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00207;
          2 May 92 18:03 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00203;
          2 May 92 18:03 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <13780-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 2 May 1992 17:02:52 +0000
Received: from bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 2 May 92 17:02:45 -0500
Received: from glenlivet.cs.ucl.ac.uk by bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk with local SMTP 
          id <g.24299-0@bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Sat, 2 May 1992 22:53:24 +0100
To: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: X.400 Gateways
Phone: +44-71-380-7294
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 29 Apr 92 15:07:55 -0100. <"2418*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
Date: Sat, 02 May 92 22:52:39 +0100
Message-Id: <1322.704843559@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>

Alf,

Let me express the PRACTICAl problem that I think needs adressing.  

I somtimes get given X.400 addresses - really!  If I get an Internet address
there is uausally no problem.  If I simply send an X.400 address to MHS
Relay down the road, it will often fail to get through due to poor X.400
connectivity.  (For example, I sent a message today to a PRMD attached to
telemail in the US.  This did not get routed correctly to the PRMD, although
it did get to the US).    

You could argue this as an X.400 problem.  In practice, having information
to select an optimum gateway would be very useful.  This could also be
shared by WEPS etc, in optimise traffic reliability in light of ADMD
connectivity


Steve


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02694;
          6 May 92 11:29 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24465;
          6 May 92 11:34 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24458;
          6 May 92 11:34 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23847-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 6 May 1992 10:33:45 +0000
Received: from bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 6 May 92 10:33:39 -0500
Received: from glenlivet.cs.ucl.ac.uk by bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk with local SMTP 
          id <g.24866-0@bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Wed, 6 May 1992 16:30:40 +0100
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Phone: +44-71-380-7294
Date: Wed, 06 May 92 16:30:17 +0100
Message-Id: <5283.705166217@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@cs.ucl.ac.uk>


------- Forwarded Message

From:    UCL-CS MTA <postmaster@uk.ac.ucl.cs>
To:      S.Kille@uk.ac.ucl.cs
Subject: Delivery Report (failure) for x400-osi-ops@edu.wisc.cs
Date:    Wed, 6 May 1992 16:25:15 +0100


- ------------------------------ Start of body part 1

This report relates to your message: Subject: Re: A guideline for the use of character sets in X.400,
  Message-ID: <5220.705165488@UK.AC.UCL.CS>,
  To: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.alvestrand@no.sintef.delab>
        of Wed, 6 May 1992 16:18:25 +0100

Your message was not delivered to   x400-osi-ops@edu.wisc.cs
        for the following reason:
        Unknown Address
        MTA 'cs.wisc.edu' gives error message 
        <x400-osi-ops@cs.wisc.edu>... User unknown: No such file or
        directory 

***** The following information is directed towards the local administrator
***** and is not intended for the end user
* 
* DR generated by: mta bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk
*         in /PRMD=uk.ac/ADMD=gold 400/C=gb/
*         at Wed, 6 May 1992 16:22:55 +0100
*
* Converted to RFC 822 at uk.ac.ucl.cs
*         at Wed, 6 May 1992 16:25:15 +0100
*
* Delivery Report Contents:
*
* Subject-Submission-Identifier: [/PRMD=UK.AC/ADMD=GOLD 400/C=GB/;<5220.705165488@UK.AC.UCL.CS>]
* Content-Identifier: Re: A guideli...
* Subject-Intermediate-Trace-Information:  /PRMD=uk.ac/ADMD=gold 400/C=gb/arrival Wed, 6 May 1992 16:18:25 +0100 action Relayed
* Subject-Intermediate-Trace-Information:  /PRMD=UK.AC/ADMD=GOLD 400/C=GB/arrival Wed, 6 May 1992 16:18:08 +0100 action Relayed
* Content-Correlator: Subject: Re: A guideline for the use of character sets in X.400,
*                   Message-ID: <5220.705165488@UK.AC.UCL.CS>,
*                   To: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.alvestrand@no.sintef.delab>* Recipient-Info: x400-osi-ops@edu.wisc.cs,
*         /S=x400-osi-ops/OU=CS/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/ADMD= /C=us/;
*         FAILURE reason Unable-To-Transfer (1);
*         diagnostic Unrecognised-ORName (0);
*         last trace (ia5 text (2)) Wed, 6 May 1992 16:18:08 +0100;
*         converted eits ia5 text (2);
*         supplementary info "MTA 'cs.wisc.edu' gives error message 
*         <x400-osi-ops@cs.wisc.edu>... User unknown: No such file or
*         directory";
****** End of administration information 

- ------------------------------ Start of forwarded message 1

Received: from glenlivet.cs.ucl.ac.uk by bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk with local SMTP 
          id <g.23029-0@bells.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Wed, 6 May 1992 16:18:30 +0100
To: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.alvestrand@no.sintef.delab>
cc: Borka Jerman-Blazic <jerman-blazic@yu.ijs>, rare-char@dk.dkuug, 
    rare-wg1@ch.switch, x400-osi-ops@edu.wisc.cs
Subject: Re: A guideline for the use of character sets in X.400
Phone: +44-71-380-7294
In-reply-to: Your message of Thu, 30 Apr 92 13:28:44 -0100. <6725*/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
Date: Wed, 06 May 92 16:18:08 +0100
Message-ID: <5220.705165488@UK.AC.UCL.CS>
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@uk.ac.ucl.cs>

This is  a good and useful document.   I now understand a number of things
that confused me before.    

I'd like to see some real use of extended character sets get moving.
What do we need to do to enable this?   

An issue that needs adressing somehow is use of national IA5 variants.
This seems to be a pragmatic solution in many environments.

Steve

- ------------------------------ End of forwarded message 1

------- End of Forwarded Message



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03380;
          6 May 92 13:02 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00472;
          6 May 92 13:07 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00466;
          6 May 92 13:07 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23944-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 6 May 1992 10:58:52 +0000
Received: from ppp.dbc.mtview.ca.us by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 6 May 92 10:58:42 -0500
Received: from localhost (localhost.ARPA) by dbc.mtview.ca.us (4.1/3.1.090690) 
          id AA01250; Wed, 6 May 92 08:58:20 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: An amusing question
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Wed, 06 May 1992 08:58:19 -0700
Message-Id: <1249.705167899@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
From: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>

I want to send a note to someone whose X.400 address is something like:

	c=GB a=gold400 p=icl o=icl ou=bra0401 ...

so, which gateway do I bounce it through?

Thanks,

/mtr


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03467;
          6 May 92 13:48 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03182;
          6 May 92 13:54 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03176;
          6 May 92 13:54 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 6 May 1992 12:42:58 +0000
Date: Wed, 6 May 1992 12:42:58 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..282:06.04.92.17.42.58]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 6 May 1992 12:42:58 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <"/S=genovese/OU=ophelia/O=nersc/PRMD=esnet/ADMD= /C=us/"@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <9205061742.AA02454@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us
Subject: Re: An amusing question

> I want to send a note to someone whose X.400 address is something like:
> 
> 	c=GB a=gold400 p=icl o=icl ou=bra0401 ...
> 
> so, which gateway do I bounce it through?
> 

	This brings to mind a "local" requirement at least for my prmd.
We have discussed in the past that we did not want to offer the user a
view of x.400 addresses of:

	"/pn=Tony.Genovese/o=nersc/prmd=esnet/admd= /c=us/"@owi-west.es.net

But, for the casual or occasional user like marshall, that is not registered
with a prmd, should we offer this service?  Or is this by default being 
offered by those prmds running PP or EAN and not being advertised?

tony.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03697;
          6 May 92 15:02 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07272;
          6 May 92 15:07 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07267;
          6 May 92 15:07 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 6 May 1992 12:41:12 +0000
Date: Wed, 6 May 1992 12:41:12 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..269:06.04.92.17.41.12]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 6 May 1992 12:41:11 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <355*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <1249.705167899@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: An amusing question

mmhhmm there is a space between gold and 400 as far as I know.

ADMD=gold 400;

Kind regards,

Urs.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03836;
          6 May 92 15:43 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09853;
          6 May 92 15:48 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09847;
          6 May 92 15:48 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 6 May 1992 14:47:33 +0000
Date: Wed, 6 May 1992 14:47:33 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..434:06.04.92.19.47.33]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 6 May 1992 14:47:32 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"74431260502991/120913 INFN*"@MHS>
To: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: explicit routing to rfc1148 gateways


Hallo,
well, any rfc1148 gateway actually should be able to accept a left hand
side containing an x.400 address. Of course then there is the problem
of knowing explicitly which gateway a pure rfc822 user shoud address
the mail. I've seen some sendmail implementations configured as

      "x400-address"@x400

and there is a rewrite rule hiding the users the real rfc1148 gateway.
Could it be an idea to make life simpler for rfc822 users when they
get an x.400 address and nothing else? on the opposite side we have
the DDAs solution.

Well it is just a late evening idea!

regards
Claudio



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04314;
          6 May 92 17:05 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14476;
          6 May 92 17:10 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14472;
          6 May 92 17:10 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24551-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 6 May 1992 16:02:15 +0000
Received: from localhost by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04233-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 6 May 1992 16:02:04 +0000
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: New version of prmd requirements paper
Date: Wed, 06 May 92 16:01:59 CDT
From: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Message-ID:  <9205061710.aa14472@NRI.Reston.VA.US>

There is a new version available. This version contains the changes discussed
in the San Diego IETF. As discussed in San Diego, this version will be
submitted to the area director for publication as an RFC. Please take a 
moment to review this latest version.

It can be found on mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu, anonymous FTP in the pub/ietf
directory:

	-r--r--r--  1 ftp         86532 May  6 15:57 pub/ietf/prmdreq.ps
	-r--r--r--  1 ftp         29449 May  6 15:57 pub/ietf/prmdreq.txt

Rob

ps. I will be unavailable for the next 2 weeks. Alf Hansen will field any
questions regarding this latest version.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04911;
          6 May 92 22:13 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa28439;
          6 May 92 22:19 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa28430;
          6 May 92 22:19 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24839-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 6 May 1992 21:18:17 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 6 May 92 21:18:13 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa12022; 6 May 92 19:04 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa05014; 6 May 92 15:22 PDT
To: Jon.Stranger%gosip-uk.hmg.gold-400.gb@mhs-relay.ac.uk, 
    Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, Willie Black JNT <BLACK@ve.rl.ac.uk>
Subject: An example from my aliases file...
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 06 May 1992 15:22:38 -0700
Message-Id: <5012.705190958@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Marshall - Here is an example that has worked in the past.

I don't know if you can intuit the required mapping for your case.

Good luck!  (Jon, Please ack with help if you can!)

Jon.Stranger%gosip-uk.hmg.gold-400.gb@mhs-relay.ac.uk

Cheers...\Stef

------- Forwarded Message

From: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: An amusing question
Date: Wed, 06 May 1992 08:58:19 -0700

I want to send a note to someone whose X.400 address is something like:

	c=GB a=gold400 p=icl o=icl ou=bra0401 ...

so, which gateway do I bounce it through?

Thanks, /mtr

------- End of Forwarded Message


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05307;
          7 May 92 1:34 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06409;
          7 May 92 1:40 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06398;
          7 May 92 1:40 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25052-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 7 May 1992 00:27:04 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 7 May 92 00:27:00 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa26428; 6 May 92 22:06 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa05514; 6 May 92 20:38 PDT
To: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>, 
    Jon.Stranger%gosip-uk.hmg.gold-400.gb@mhs-relay.ac.uk, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, Willie Black JNT <BLACK@ve.rl.ac.uk>
Subject: Re: An example from my aliases file...
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 06 May 1992 15:22:38 -0700. <5012.705190958@nma.com>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 06 May 1992 20:38:51 -0700
Message-Id: <5512.705209931@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com


For whatever it is worth, here is an attempt to decode 

		Jon.Stranger%gosip-uk.hmg.gold-400.gb

	/S=Jon/G=Stranger/O=GOSIP-UK/P=HMG/A=GOLD-400/C-GB/

Where HMG = Her Majesty's Government...\Stef


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01138;
          7 May 92 4:49 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05079;
          7 May 92 4:55 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05070;
          7 May 92 4:55 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 03:54:20 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 03:54:20 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..652:07.04.92.08.54.20]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 03:54:19 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <362*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: address mapping lookup tool

For those of you interested in how addresses are mapped in Switzerland, then
just telnet to our gateway into the account mailaddr and check the addresses
you are interested in.
The gateway uses the COSINE-MHS coordinated tables.

Kind regards,

Urs.
========================================================================
Here follows an example session showing a problem reported by /mtr.

host:  nic.switch.ch
login: mailaddr

SWITCH RFC-822 <=> X.400 Mail Address Conversion Service

Enter RFC-822 or X.400 mail address to receive its conversion.
Example RFC-822    : D.User@verw.switch.ch
Example X.400 (PP) : /I=D/S=User/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/
Example X.400 (EAN): <I=D;S=User;OU=verw;O=switch;PRMD=SWITCH;ADMD=ARCOM;C=CH>
(Single return to quit)

/C=GB/ADMD=gold 400/P=icl/S=test/
    RFC-822    : test@icl.gold-400.gb
    X.400 (PP) : /S=test/PRMD=icl/ADMD=GOLD 400/C=GB/
    X.400 (EAN): <S=test;PRMD=icl;ADMD=GOLD 400;C=GB>


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01150;
          7 May 92 5:32 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06521;
          7 May 92 5:37 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06517;
          7 May 92 5:37 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:19:01 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 04:19:01 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..824:07.04.92.09.19.01]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:19:00 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2461*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <1249.705167899@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: An amusing question

Marshall,

According to the official address mapping tables, you should use the
following RFC 822 address (from Internet) to reach the X.400 address
you gave us:

    user@bra0401.icl.gold-400.gb

(I assume that you ment ADMD=gold 400; and not ADMD=gold400;)

I cannot tell you if ..gb works well in the internet, but since it is
in the mapping tables, I assume it does. Try it and see what happens.
Please keep us informed about your progress.

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01156;
          7 May 92 5:32 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06528;
          7 May 92 5:37 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06517;
          7 May 92 5:37 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:07:42 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 04:07:42 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..757:07.04.92.09.07.42]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:07:42 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2461*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <1249.705167899@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: An amusing question

Marshall,

According to the official address mapping tables, you should use the
following RFC 822 address (from Internet) to reach the X.400 address
you gave us:

    user@bra0401.icl.gold-400.gb

(I assume that you ment ADMD=gold 400; and not ADMD=gold400;)

I cannot tell you if ..gb works well in the internet, but since it is
in the mapping tables, I assume it does. Try it and see what happens.
Please keep us informed about your progress.

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01162;
          7 May 92 5:32 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06563;
          7 May 92 5:38 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06559;
          7 May 92 5:38 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:21:30 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 04:21:30 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..824:07.04.92.09.21.30]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:21:24 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2462*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <1249.705167899@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: An amusing question

To all:

Just in case, I include the section covering Marshalls question from the
document "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the
GO-MHS Community". The new version of this doc. was as you have seen just
published from Rob Hagens hand:


-----------------
3.3.2.  Specification of X.400 addresses seen from the  RFC-
822 world

If an X.400  organization  has  a  defined  RFC-822  address
space,  RFC-822  users  will  be able to address X.400 reci-
pients  in  RFC-822/Internet  terms.  This  means  that  the
address  of  the X.400 user, seen from an RFC-822 user, will
be on the form:

    Firstname.Lastname@some.place.edu


where the some.place.edu is a registered Internet domain.

This implies the necessity of maintaining  and  distributing
address  mapping  tables  to all participating RFC-987 gate-
ways. The  mapping  tables  shall  be  globally  consistent.
Effective  mapping table coordination procedures are needed.
The procedures defined in [4] shall be followed.

If an organization does not have a defined  RFC-822  address
space,  an escape mapping (defined in [3]) shall be used. In
this case, the address of the X.400 user, seen from an  RFC-
822 user, will be on the form:

    "/G=First name/S=Lastname/O=orgname/PRMD=foo/ADMD=bar/C=us/"@
                                 some.gateway.edu


Note that [7] specifies that quoted left-hand side addresses  |
must  be  supported  and that these addresses may be greater  |
than 80 characters long.

This escape mapping shall also be used for  X.400  addresses
which do not map cleanly to RFC-822 addresses.

It is recommended that an organization with no defined  RFC-
822  address  space, should register RFC-822 domains at SRI-
NIC. This will minimize the number of addresses  which  must
use the escape mapping.

If the escape mapping is not used, RFC-822  users  will  not
see  the  difference between an Internet RFC-822 address and
an address in the GO-MHS Community.  For example:

The X.400 address:

    C=us; ADMD=ATTMail; PRMD=CDC; O=CPG; S=Lastname; G=Firstname;


will from an RFC-822 user look like:

    Firstname.Lastname@cpg.cdc.com

--------------

If the ..gb I suggested in my previous message does not work, the form

  "/G=First name/S=Lastname/O=orgname/PRMD=foo/ADMD=bar/C=us/"@
                                 some.gateway.edu

has to be used, and in this case Marhall and all other internet users
must be informed about which gateway to use. As far as I know .gb
is now properly registered and should be in the DNS, and work well.

Please scream if it doesn`t.

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01184;
          7 May 92 6:10 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07689;
          7 May 92 6:15 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07685;
          7 May 92 6:15 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25940-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:35:01 +0000
Received: from ecrc.de by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 7 May 92 04:33:32 -0500
Received: from scorpio.ecrc.de by ecrc.de with SMTP id AA19008 (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 
          for <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>); Thu, 7 May 1992 11:31:53 +0200
Received: by acrab25.ecrc (4.1/SMI-3.2) id AA02054; Thu, 7 May 92 11:31:27 +0200
Date: Thu, 7 May 92 11:31:27 +0200
From: Dave Morton <Dave.Morton@ecrc.de>
Message-Id: <9205070931.AA02054@acrab25.ecrc>
To: Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no, mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us
Subject: Re: An amusing question
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu

>According to the official address mapping tables, you should use the
>following RFC 822 address (from Internet) to reach the X.400 address
>you gave us:
>
>    user@bra0401.icl.gold-400.gb
>
>(I assume that you ment ADMD=gold 400; and not ADMD=gold400;)
>
>I cannot tell you if ..gb works well in the internet, but since it is
>in the mapping tables, I assume it does. Try it and see what happens.
>Please keep us informed about your progress.

Yes - good thinking - this maps to an MX record at mhs-relay.ac.uk
who (I suppose) know how to handle it.
Dave Morton


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01190;
          7 May 92 6:10 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07699;
          7 May 92 6:15 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07695;
          7 May 92 6:15 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25947-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:37:06 +0000
Received: from danpost.uni-c.dk by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 7 May 92 04:36:58 -0500
Received: from uts.uni-c.dk by danpost.uni-c.dk (5.65/1.34) id AA02819;
          Thu, 7 May 92 11:35:01 +0200
Received: by uts.uni-c.dk (/\../\ Smail3.1.14.4 #14.6) 
          id <m0lj6hn-0000q7C@uts.uni-c.dk>; Thu, 7 May 92 11:32 CET
Message-Id: <m0lj6hn-0000q7C@uts.uni-c.dk>
From: Erik Lawaetz <uniel@uts.uni-c.dk>
Subject: Re: address mapping lookup tool
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@verw.switch.ch>
Date: Thu, 7 May 92 11:32:10 CET
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <362*/S=Eppenberger/OU=verw/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>; from "Urs Eppenberger" at May 7, 92 8:54 am
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]

> For those of you interested in how addresses are mapped in Switzerland, then
> just telnet to our gateway into the account mailaddr and check the addresses
> you are interested in.
> The gateway uses the COSINE-MHS coordinated tables.
> 

Well, I find it even more interesting if this tool is/will be
available at the COSINE MHS server for usage at other sites.

Does it include a mail responder too?

--Erik L.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01196;
          7 May 92 6:16 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07884;
          7 May 92 6:21 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07880;
          7 May 92 6:21 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25922-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 7 May 1992 04:31:27 +0000
Received: from ecrc.de by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 7 May 92 04:31:16 -0500
Received: from scorpio.ecrc.de by ecrc.de with SMTP id AA18868 (5.65c/IDA-1.4.4 
          for <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>); Thu, 7 May 1992 11:28:53 +0200
Received: by acrab25.ecrc (4.1/SMI-3.2) id AA02045; Thu, 7 May 92 11:25:54 +0200
Date: Thu, 7 May 92 11:25:54 +0200
From: Dave Morton <Dave.Morton@ecrc.de>
Message-Id: <9205070925.AA02045@acrab25.ecrc>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us
Subject: Re: An amusing question

>I want to send a note to someone whose X.400 address is something like:
>
>	c=GB a=gold400 p=icl o=icl ou=bra0401 ...
>
>so, which gateway do I bounce it through?
>
No idea - but this seems to work for me:

Username@bra0401.wins.icl.co.uk

I don't mean to be provocative - in case anyone thinks so....

Best regards,
Dave Morton, 
European Computer Research Centre,		Tel. + (49) 89-92699-139
Arabellastr 17, 8000 Munich 81, Germany.	Fax. + (49) 89-92699-170
E-mail:						Dave.Morton@ecrc.de


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01457;
          7 May 92 8:28 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12987;
          7 May 92 8:34 EDT
Received: from mercury91.udev.cdc.com by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12969;
          7 May 92 8:34 EDT
Received: by mercury.udev.cdc.com; Thu, 7 May 92 07:30:18 -0500
Received: from tosca.er.sintef.no by mercury.udev.cdc.com id SMTP-0012a0922cc007518; Thu, 7 May 92 07:30:07 -0500
X400-Received: by mta tosca.er.sintef.no in /PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/; Relayed;
               Thu, 7 May 1992 13:59:25 +0200
X400-Received: by /PRMD=uninett/ADMD=/C=no/; Relayed;
               Thu, 7 May 1992 13:59:19 +0200
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 13:59:19 +0200
X400-Originator: Harald.T.Alvestrand@delab.sintef.no
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=uninett/ADMD=/C=no/;920507135919]
X400-Content-Type: P2-1984 (2)
Content-Identifier: 6809
From: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <Harald.T.Alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <6809*/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: Non Receipt Notification Requested <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Cc: Non Receipt Notification Requested <rare-wg1@switch.ch>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Meeting date, time and place is fixed
Reply-To: mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com

THURDSAY, May 14, from 14:00 to 18:00
Room "LIENZ" in the conference facilities.
Regards,

                Harald Tveit Alvestrand




Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01539;
          7 May 92 9:05 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14662;
          7 May 92 9:10 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14658;
          7 May 92 9:10 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 08:06:32 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 08:06:32 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..447:07.04.92.13.06.32]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 08:06:29 
                      +0000;
From: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <6809*/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: Non Receipt Notification Requested <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Cc: Non Receipt Notification Requested <rare-wg1@switch.ch>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Meeting date, time and place is fixed
Reply-To: mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com

THURDSAY, May 14, from 14:00 to 18:00
Room "LIENZ" in the conference facilities.
Regards,

                Harald Tveit Alvestrand




Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02057;
          7 May 92 10:15 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19327;
          7 May 92 10:20 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19313;
          7 May 92 10:20 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 7 May 1992 08:27:51 +0000
Date: Thu, 7 May 1992 08:27:51 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..581:07.04.92.13.27.51]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 7 May 1992 08:27:51 
                      +0000;
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <982*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: Dave Morton <Dave.Morton@ecrc.de>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    mrose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
In-Reply-To: <9205070925.AA02045@acrab25.ecrc>
Subject: Re: An amusing question

A bit of information that I hope will help.....

COSINE MHS participating networks have connections to the following public 
e-mail service providers:

ADA (AT), RTT (BE), ARCOM (CH), MENSATEX (ES), ELISA (FI), MAILNET (FI),
ATLAS (FR), MASTER400 (IT), 400NET (NL), TELEMAX (NO), MAIL (YU),
GOLD 400 (UK), IBMX400 (UK), INTERSPAN (UK), TMAILUK (UK)

Jim Romaguera COSINE MHS Project Team


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04313;
          9 May 92 11:50 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17546;
          9 May 92 11:55 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17542;
          9 May 92 11:55 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01595-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 9 May 1992 10:54:37 +0000
Received: from ppp.dbc.mtview.ca.us by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 9 May 92 10:54:30 -0500
Received: from localhost (localhost.ARPA) by dbc.mtview.ca.us (4.1/3.1.090690) 
          id AA17238; Sat, 9 May 92 08:48:50 PDT
To: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: An amusing question
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Thu, 07 May 1992 03:23:45 -0000." <"2461*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Sat, 09 May 1992 08:48:50 -0700
Message-Id: <17235.705426530@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
From: Marshall Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>

Thanks for the clearest instructions yet!

/mtr


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24832;
          12 May 92 14:43 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa25513;
          12 May 92 14:49 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa25499;
          12 May 92 14:48 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 12 May 1992 13:47:12 +0000
Date: Tue, 12 May 1992 13:47:12 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..257:12.04.92.18.47.12]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 12 May 1992 13:47:11 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920512134650*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: (fwd) Availability of JvNCnet's trouble ticketing system (netlog 2.0)

Hi, I thought that people might be interested in this.  My apologies
to those who receive multiple copies.

allan

======================================================================

Delivery time: May 12, 1992 08:30:27 
From: " (Vikas Aggarwal)" <c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=aggarwal(a)nisc.jvnc.net> 
To: c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=ietf(a)ISI.EDU 
 c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=noc-tt-req(a)MERIT.EDU 
 c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=net-ops(a)PA.DEC.COM 
Subject: Availability of JvNCnet's trouble ticketing system (netlog 2.0)
Cc: c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=vikas(a)jvnc.net 
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]

JvNCnet is pleased to announce that NETLOG v2.0, the JvNCnet
trouble ticketing system, is now available via anonymous ftp from
ftp.jvnc.net (~ftp/pub/netlog-tt.tar.Z).

This software runs on Unix systems, and is NOT based on any database. It
is fast, efficient and has been in use at JvNCnet since 1990. NETLOG uses
an open, update, close ticketing mechanism. The README file appended
below provides further details of the capabilities of NETLOG.

This software is part of the NOCOL (Network Operation Center On Line) 
package developed at JvNCnet. The other portion of JvNCnet's package,
"netmon" (for network monitoring) will be available shortly.

Both 'netlog' and 'netmon' will be demonstrated at INTEROP 92 in Washington.
Anyone interested in seeing these packages in action is welcome to stop
by booth #1125.  I will be there to answer questions, and look forward
to hearing your comments. 

-vikas							Network Engineering
vikas@jvnc.net						(609) 258-2403
...rutgers!jvncnet!vikas				(609) 258-2400
			JvNCnet, Princeton, NJ
---cut--------------------------------------------------------------cut---

README FOR NETLOG - A TROUBLE TICKETING SYSTEM v2.0
==============================================

'NETLOG' is a Trouble Ticketing system for Unix systems.  It is NOT based
on any database, but instead, stores all logs as ASCII text files and uses
its own indexing system to process the logs.

There is NO restriction on the length of a log entry.

Entries are categorised as OPEN, UPDATE, CLOSE or INFORMATIONAL. For OPEN or
INFORMATIONAL tickets, a ticket number is assigned automatically.  UPDATE's
are made to open tickets and when an open ticket is CLOSED, it is deleted from
the list of open tickets.

The software uses standard Unix tools to run. Speed and optimization has been
achieved via the 'grep' algorithm for searching and an indexing system for
accessing entries for a particular ticket number.  Due to all records being
stored as ASCII text, it is easy to maintain and troubleshoot. Consistency in
record updates has been achieved by Unix file locking (including NFS
environments). User responsiveness has been achieved by doing updates in the
background via a forked process. Considerable effort has been made to ensure
that entries are not lost. The software uses 'curses' to provide a  user
friendly interface. Modular design, and all those catch phrases...

The following functions are presently supported:

	1. Create Entry
	2. Edit Log
	3. Read Log
	4. List open tickets
	5. Search logs
	6. Process tickets
	

This program was developed much before RFC 1297, so it does not even attempt
to adhere to it. However, except for a few 'useful' features like alarms and
priorities, it covers the ticketing model very well. It has been in use at
JvNCnet on a Sun workstation for about 2 years. Adding 'alarms' is simple
and will hopefully be added in the future. (If anyone is interested in
implementing that ASAP, please send me email and maybe I can help you get
started).

See the INSTALL file for installation. Program has been tested on  Sparc
running SunOS4.1.1 and Ultrix.

All bug reports, comments, etc. to 'netlog-bugs@jvnc.net'. Send email to
'netlog-users@jvnc.net' if you use this software and want to get software
update notification.

The latest version of this software is available via anonymous ftp from
'ftp.jvnc.net' under 'pub/netlog-tt.tar.Z'.

Vikas Aggarwal
JvNCnet
May 8, 1992


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01471;
          13 May 92 11:22 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18640;
          13 May 92 11:28 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18636;
          13 May 92 11:28 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <00449-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 13 May 1992 09:03:45 +0000
Received: from mbunix.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 13 May 92 07:25:41 -0500
Received: from bistromath.mitre.org by mbunix.mitre.org (911016.SGI/4.7) 
          id AA07207; Wed, 13 May 92 08:25:37 -0400
Posted-From: The MITRE Corporation, Bedford, MA
Received: from localhost by bistromath (4.1/SMI-4.1-MHS-7.0) id AA26628;
          Wed, 13 May 92 08:28:56 EDT
Message-Id: <9205131228.AA26628@bistromath>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Participation of Universities and Non-Profit Organizations in OSINET
Date: Wed, 13 May 92 08:28:56 -0400
From: real@bistromath.mitre.org



   Participation of Universities and Non-Profit Organizations in OSINET


The OSINET organization is initiating a program to extend its membership 
and activities to univertities and non-profit organizations.

OSINET is a non-profit, international organization, established in 1984,
to foster the development, promotion, and deployment of Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) through activities related to interoperation tests
and testing.  OSINET members include industry user companies, government
user agencies, and supplier companies [see enclosure 1]. OSINET maintains
a public register of OSI products which have successfully conducted
interoperability testing.  This register currently contains over 130 
entries for over 50 X.400 MHS and FTAM products from 16 vendors.

Participation in the activities of OSINET offers the potential for technical
and research-oriented benefits to universities.  OSINET provides students
with an opportunity to obtain hands-on experience with the OSI protocols
they are studying in their courses on computer networking and communications.
It also provides a forum for high-quality exchange of technology and knowledge
with OSINET members.  OSINET provides students with an opportunity to gain
experience in abstract test creation and implementation using standard
notations such as TTCN and ASN.1.  It also offers them an opportunity to
contribute to and gain from a large, open user community for OSI, as well as
to contribute to and advance OSI technology.

For non-profit organizations, participation in OSINET can provide
valuable knowledge and experience with OSI products and interoperability
testing which is an important part of the OSI procurement and
deployment process.  This experience can provide many benefits to both the 
organization and its sponsors.

If you would like to learn more about this new program, please take 
a few moments to complete the attached survey [see enclosure 2]. The
survey is designed to generate feedback from universities and non-profits
to OSINET on how this new program should be structured to provide
beneficial participation in the activities of the organization.


                                        Yours truly,

                                        Marilyn S. Real
                                        Director, OSI Specialty Group
                                        The MITRE Corporation
                                        202 Burlington Road
                                        Bedford, MA 01730-1420
                                        MS: K331
                                        Phone: 617-271-8658
                                        Fax: 617-271-2423
                                        Email: real@mbunix.mitre.org


-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Enclosure 1

                              OSINET Membership
                                 April 1992



Allied-Signal
Amdahl
AT&T
Boeing Computer Services
Bull HN Information Systems
Concurrent
Control Data Corporation
Corporation for Open Systems
Cray Research
Data General
Digital Equipment Corporation
GE Aircraft Engines
Grumman Data Systems
GTE/Government Systems
Hewlett-Packard
IBM
Intergraph
Martin Marietta Energy Systems
The MITRE Corportation
National Communications Systems
NIST
Northern Telecom
Novell
PSC
Retix
Soft-Switch
Tandem
Unisys
Wang Labs
The Wollongong Group
Xerox

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                              Enclosure 2

                              Questionnaire


I.  Curriculum

1.  What is your current open systems curriculum, especially in the areas of
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) and Integrated Services Digital Networks
(ISDN)?  


2.  Approximately how many students are involved in these courses?



II.  Laboratory Facilities

1.  At a high-level, describe the school's laboratory facilities for OSI/ISDN
networking research.

- LAN/WAN/MAN technology
- Fiber-optic technology
- Systems and vendors
- Other


2.  Have you begun planning for the integration of OSI and ISDN into your
facilities?


3.  Do you have an X.25 public network connection?  If so, which service?



III.  Current Open Systems Research Projects

1.  Are you participating in any external OSI test projects, such as the PSI
X.500 Directory project, XNREN X.400 project, or IETF ODA projects?


2.  Are you conducting any internal research projects in open systems?



IV.  OSINET Participation

1.  What are the criteria under which you would consider participation in
OSINET?


2.  What benefits of participation would be of primary importance to you?


3.  In what areas would you be interested in working? (Check all that apply)

_____ Evaluating and providing feedback on OSINET interoperability test suites
_____ Defining new OSINET interoperability test cases and/or suites
_____ Conducting third-party OSINET pairwise interoperability testing
_____ Developing standard notation for interoperability testing
_____ Participation in OSINET demonstrations

_____ Participating in current test projects:
      _____ 1984 X.400
      _____ X.500
      _____ FTAM

_____ Participating in future test projects:
      _____ 1988 X.400
      _____ Network Management
      _____ Virtual Terminal
      _____ Dynamic IS-IS routing
      _____ Open Document Architecture
      _____ Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) for OSI services/protocols
      _____ Transaction Processing

_____ Initiating new projects 

Describe areas of interest

_____ Writing technical research papers on performance, QOS, interoperability,
      etc.

Describe areas of interest



V.   Follow-Up Information

Please note areas in which you would like to receive additional information.



VI.  References

	Do you know of other universities that are conducting open systems
research?


Name of Organization: ____________________________

Survey Completed By:  ____________________________

Position:             ____________________________

Contact Information:  ____________________________

                      ____________________________




Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02751;
          13 May 92 15:02 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01324;
          13 May 92 15:07 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01312;
          13 May 92 15:07 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01637-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 13 May 1992 14:05:47 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 13 May 92 14:05:36 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ag28804; 13 May 92 11:24 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa03691; 13 May 92 10:28 PDT
To: real@bistromath.mitre.org
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: Participation of Universities and Non-Profit Organizations in 
         OSINET
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 13 May 1992 08:28:56 -0400. <9205131228.AA26628@bistromath>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 13 May 1992 10:28:17 -0700
Message-Id: <3689.705778097@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com


What possible benefits would a university gain from joining OSINET
over and above what can be gained from being on the INTERNET?

At what cost?  Would Universities be expected to pay a fee to OSINET,
plus pay for an X.25 connection from one of the two authorized OSINET
X.25 providers?  Universities generally are looking for funding from
vendors for this sort of thing, rather than looking for ways to pay
for it.

So, I am very curious about the cost benefit ratios...\Stef


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03529;
          18 May 92 22:08 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09757;
          18 May 92 22:14 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09753;
          18 May 92 22:14 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <18049-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 18 May 1992 21:12:27 +0000
Received: from enet-gw.pa.dec.com by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 18 May 92 21:12:22 -0500
Received: by enet-gw.pa.dec.com; id AA26107; Mon, 18 May 92 19:10:53 -0700
Message-Id: <9205190210.AA26107@enet-gw.pa.dec.com>
Received: from tle.enet; by decwrl.enet; Mon, 18 May 92 19:12:20 PDT
Date: Mon, 18 May 92 19:12:20 PDT
From: "Jack Liu, ZKO2-1/Q18, DTN 381-2590" <jliu@tle.enet.dec.com>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: liu@tle.enet.dec.com
Apparently-To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Address change

Hi,

Would you please change my address to "jliu@tle.enet.dec.com" instead
of "liu@tle.enet.dec.com"?

Thanks,
Jack


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00510;
          27 May 92 8:29 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14682;
          27 May 92 8:36 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14678;
          27 May 92 8:36 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 27 May 1992 07:09:59 +0000
Date: Wed, 27 May 1992 07:09:59 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..004:27.04.92.12.09.59]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 27 May 1992 07:09:59 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2512*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, wg-msg@rare.nl
Subject: IETF-X.400-OPS Schedule, Boston.

Hi,

The schedule for the X.400 OPS meeting in Boston will be the following:

WEDNESDAY, July 15, 1992

1:30-3:30 pm     Afternoon Sessions I
                 OSI    X.400 Operations WG (x400ops)

4:00-6:00 pm     Afternoon Sessions II
                 OSI    X.400 Operations WG (x400ops)


Please send suggestions for agenda items to me before June 15. After that,
I will distribute the provisional agenda for the meeting.

One idea I have, is to use one of the sessions for documents, and the
other session for U.S. specific issues. My reason for this is that when
the Internet X.400 project in Wisconsin ends this fall, it is unclear how
the pilot X.400 service in the U.S. Internet will be organized. There are
several options:

  1) The The Internet X.400 project will continue to act as the focal point
     for the GO-MHS community in the U.S. (This means that the Wisconsin
     project will continue, with new plans).

  2) The active players in the U.S. GO-MHS community (CDC, NASA, ES-net, NSF,
     others) will form their own communities, and coordinate their activities  
     with the rest of the world separately.

  3) Some other entity (than the Wisconsin project) will step up and take the
     role of being the U.S. GO-MHS community coordinator.

Even if IETF is an international forum, I think it will be useful to use the
oportunity when so many U.S. experts are gathered, to discuss these things.

Please respond if you do not like this idea.

Rob Hagens is still co-chairing this WG. He has moved from Wisconsin to
Reston, VA, and as soon as he will be on line again, he will join us in
the planning for a successful Boston meeting.

RARE WG1 does no longer exist due to reorganization of the RARE structure.
Instead there is now a RARE WG on Mail & Messaging, chaired by Harald
Alvestrand. I have sent this message to this new WG also, to keep them
informed about our work.

Best regards,
Alf H


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01214;
          29 May 92 12:39 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27053;
          29 May 92 12:46 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27048;
          29 May 92 12:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 29 May 1992 11:45:45 +0000
Date: Fri, 29 May 1992 11:45:45 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..695:29.04.92.16.45.45]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 29 May 1992 11:45:45 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920529114527*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: important - latest version of X.400 mapping tables

Hi, the Cosine MHS Project Team just announced the new version of
RFC1148 mapping tables.  In PP, these correspond to the or2rfc,
rfc2or, and rfc1148gate tables.  If you are operating an X.400 to SMTP
email gateway, you should be using these tables.

Rather than flood the list with the tables, I point interested
parties to the Cosine MHS ftp server.

    ftp nic.switch.ch

    Name (nic.switch.ch:pp): cosine-mhs

    331 Guest login ok, send your e-mail address (user@domain) as password.
    Password: your-userid@your-domain

    ftp> cd mapping-tables

    ftp> prompt

    ftp> mget rfc1148*

    ftp> quit

Note that the new tables are supposed to go into effect on Monday, June
1st, 1992.

allan

======================================================================

Delivery id: cargille707131812.2argo.calypso
Delivery time: May 29, 1992 04:30:11 
Ip-msg-id: <c=CH/admd=ARCOM/prmd=SWITCH/o=switch/ou=cosine-mhs/pn=jh>54 
From: "Jeroen Houttuin" <c=CH/admd=ARCOM/prmd=SWITCH/o=switch/ou=cosine-mhs/pn=jh> 
To: "" <c=CH/admd=ARCOM/prmd=SWITCH/o=switch/ou=cosine-mhs/pn=rd-mhs-managers> 
Subject: Table update
Reply-to: "" <c=CH/admd=ARCOM/prmd=SWITCH/o=switch/ou=cosine-mhs/pn=project-team> 

Dear managers,

(one day late, due to Ascension day, ) the following three 
messages contain the new international RFC-1148 tables:

          - rfc1148-mapping1
          - rfc1148-mapping2
          - rfc1148-gate

which are to go into operation on Monday, 1-June-1992,
at 16.00 H CET.

Please remember to tailor rfc1148-gate for unique left
hand sides.

Regards,
JH


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01562;
          1 Jun 92 6:16 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19602;
          1 Jun 92 6:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19593;
          1 Jun 92 6:24 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 1 Jun 1992 05:23:11 +0000
Date: Mon, 1 Jun 1992 05:23:11 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..586:01.05.92.10.23.11]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 1 Jun 1992 05:23:11 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Message-ID: <459*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Subject: MACRO usage in the WEP documents

Dear colleagues,

I'm extending the routing document with the few additional comments I gor
since the last IETF meeting in San Diego.
-> support for a local domain always routed through the WEP
   (for echo, nosuchuser and routing tests)
-> Add a hook in the community documents for flexible extensions of the
   WEP and DOMAIN documents.
-> Add support for MACROS for the connection information

The first item was already well received and it's very easy.

The second one looks nice. It will complicate heavily the generation of
checking tools. Is it worth the effort or are we satisfied with the
functionality provided in the current specifiaction?

The third one has a minimum and a more flexible solution.
HTA proposed to define a limited set of macros in the routing document.
SHK proposed to distribute macro definitions in a separate file.
Any comments to the two proposals?

Many thanks for your help.

Kind regards,

Urs.


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04676;
          1 Jun 92 17:52 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29565;
          1 Jun 92 17:59 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29560;
          1 Jun 92 17:59 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 1 Jun 1992 16:45:13 +0000
Date: Mon, 1 Jun 1992 16:45:13 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..125:01.05.92.21.45.13]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 1 Jun 1992 16:45:12 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920601164448*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: new RARE WG-MSG working group and 1st minutes

Hi, I didn't see this on the x400ops list and thought people might be
interested.  Rare WG1 has been terminated.  The message below announces
the new RARE WG-MSG working group, and explains how to subscribe to the
new mailing list.

Apologies to those receiving multiple copies.

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

Date: Fri, 22 May 1992 07:15:53 +0000
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
To: RARE Working Group 1 <RARE-WG1@VERW.SWITCH.ch>
Subject: Draft minutes of the first RARE WG-MSG meeting
Autoforwarded: TRUE
Status: RO

Dear ex WG1 member,

here are the minutes of the first RARE WG-MSG meeting. At the end you'll
find the man pages to register to hte new discussion list.
You have to do it yourself. Registration of sublists is not yet supported.

Kind regards,

Urs Eppenberger, SWITCH

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          Draft minutes of the

          1st Meeting of the RARE Mail & Messaging Group WG-MSG

               Innsbruck Room, Congress Centre, Innsbruck

                      16:30 - 18:30, 10. May 1992

List of Participants
--------------------
Urs Eppenberger, SWITCH, Switzerland
Erik Lawaetz, UNI-C, Denmark
Eftimios Tsigros, ULB, Belgium
Jim Romaguera, Buess Computer Network Consulting, Switzerland
Wolfgang Jaretzki, DFN, Germany
Clemens Wermelskirchen, GMD, Germany
Jeroen Houttuin, SWITCH, Switzerland
Marjo Rottschaefer, SURFnet, The Netherlands
Mariana Cotet, FUNDP, Belgium
Paul-Andre Pays, INRIA, France

(no email addresses are given; name, organisation and country should be 
enough to look it up in a directory service.)

The chairman of the group, Harald Alvestrand, was not able to attend the 
meeting. Urs Eppenberger volunteered to chair the meeting and take notes.
Erik Huizer joined the meeting at the end. He is the assigned supervisor 
from RTC.


Agenda for the 1st meeting
--------------------------
The participants agreed on the following three items to be handled by the 
constitutional meeting:

1. Define the areas to be covered by this group
2. Define specific tasks and priorities
3. Define the organisation of the group


1. List of areas
----------------
Service requirements
Distribution strategies
Gateways and connectivity
User interfaces
Protocols
User Education and training
Promotion of email
Distributed Management *
Liaison with email service providers and user groups *

* New items added by the WG to the list provided by RTC

The list is not final. It will and should change with the requirements 
brought in by new members.


2. List of specific tasks
-------------------------
Automated mail routing
Automated mapping table update (at least daily)
Definition of mapping authorities and distribution of the authority
Definition of Routing authorities
Conformance testing procedures and minimum requirements for gateways
Definition of an X.400(88) pilot project
Definition of an X.400(88) migration plan for R&D networks
Policy routing, routing policies

The first three working items are considered top priority for the next six 
month. It is highly desirable to have first results at a second meeting in 
autumn this year.


3. Organisation of the group
----------------------------
Discussions will take place on the mailing list. WG-MSG requests the 
facility to register sublists in addition to individual members in the WG-
MSG distribution list.
Advertisement of the groups activities is considered crucial. Industry 
participation is important. The members get the task of using all local 
contacts to invite experts to participate in the email discussions and at 
the meetings.
The next meeting is planned to be held in Pisa before or after the EARN 
conference November 3-5. It will be either Sunday and Monday 1-2 Nov or 
Friday 6. Other RARE WGs are expected to have also meetings in Pisa.
RTC will provide material to be distributed to potential members of the 
group. Membership is open to anybody.
The WG-MSG will take ownership and change control for documents produced 
for the WG. This includes RTRs and also RFCs. (Erik, could you help us to 
phrase this the way it makes most sense and impresses those who should be 
impressed.


Action list
-----------
MSG-01-01 Urs Eppenberger to write and distribute the minutes.
MSG-01-02 All members to invite more experts to the next meeting in Pisa.
MSG-01-03 Erik Huizer to provide wordings concerning the document ownership
          business for the WGs charter.
MSG-01-04 All members to register to the email discussion list.




Appendix Collected information about the discussion list server
----------------------------------------------------------------

To register to the WG-MSG discussion list you send mail to

              mailserver@rare.nl
              S=mailserver;O=rare;P=surf;A=400net;C=nl

with the following text in the body part

SUBSCRIBE WG-MSG 'first-name' 'last-name'
RECIPIENTS WG-MSG


The mail server takes your email address from the originator field of your 
request and adds first-name and last-name as free form names for more 
readability. (It too helps the list manager to know who hides behind 
K123123@... .)
The second command generates a message with the current registered users so 
you learn who will read your messages sent to this list.


Here is also the help information of the server you get when sending a 
request for help to mailserver@rare.nl:

Everything appearing in [] below is optional; everything appearing
in <> is mandatory.

Recognised requests are:


help [request]
--------------
Without arguments, this file. Otherwise get specific information on the
selected topic.


set <list> [<option> <value>]
-----------------------------
Without the optional arguments, get a list of all current settings for
the specified list. Otherwise change the option to the new value for that
list.


subscribe <list> <your name>
----------------------------
The only way to subscribe to a list.


unsubscribe <list> (or: signoff <list>)
---------------------------------------
Remove yourself from the specified list.


recipients <list> (or: review <list>)
-------------------------------------
Get a list of all people subscribed in the specified list.


information <list>
------------------
Get information about the specified list.


statistics <list> [subscriber email address(es)]
------------------------------------------------
Get a list of subscribers along with the number of messages each one
of them has sent to the specified list. If the optional email addresses
are given, then statistics will be collected for these users only.


lists
-----
Get a list of discussion lists that are served by this server.


index [archive | path-to-archive] [/password]
---------------------------------------------
Get a list of files in the selected archive, or the master archive if
no archive was specified.


get <archive | path-to-archive> <file> [/password] [parts]
----------------------------------------------------------
Get the requested file from the specified archive. Certain subparts may
be obtained by specifying them as optional arguments.


release
-------
Get information about the current release of this listserv system.


which
-----
Get a listing of discussion lists to which you have subscribed.



Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01119;
          5 Jun 92 9:57 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12115;
          5 Jun 92 9:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12108;
          5 Jun 92 9:56 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 5 Jun 1992 07:45:41 +0000
Date: Fri, 5 Jun 1992 07:45:41 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..632:05.05.92.12.45.41]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 5 Jun 1992 07:45:40 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Message-ID: <495*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Subject: Time zone and daylight saving time in WEP documents

I had a small discussion about how to indicate the helpdesks operation time
in the WEP document in a global way.
At the moment the daylight saving time is not covered.
I send you my first response to Avgust Jauk who pointed out the problem
and his answers.
I'll appreciate also your comments. Maybe this was solved in an very elegant
way somehwere else and we could copy the solution. (I like to copy solutions
anyhow.)

Kind regards,

Urs.

========================================================================

From:Avgust Jauk <S=jauk;O=ijs;P=ac;A=mail;C=yu>
To:Urs Eppenberger <S=Eppenberger;O=switch;P=SWITCH;A=ARCOM;C=CH>
Subject:Time zone

Dear Urs,

> It is also true that we are now UTC+2 due to daylight saving time. To make
> it really correct, I would neet to have two lines, indicating also the
> dates when daylight saving time starts and ends. This can be totally different
> if we want also to consider WEPs in Australia.
> 
> The easiest solution is to enter the time without considering the daylight
> saving times. This gives us a one hour uncertainity. But we are anyhow
> longer in our bureaus than what we indicate in the WEP docs.
> 
> Do you think this sounds reasonable? Please let me know.

This could be a solution, but I would preffer having accurate information
in the documents. 

This can be solved, as you stated, with indication of starting and ending 
dates of the daylight saving time, or by introduction of special kodes for 
different daylight saving times. I believe there are not so many different
daylight saving times (at least in Europe there is only one - or two,
if UK has its own). In this case, we could have something like

      GMT+1; European-DST

Where one should be able to look into some table (rfc?) to find what does 
European-DST stand for.

As the second approach request a lot of additional work, I would vote
for the firt one.


Best regards,

  Avgust


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05437;
          10 Jun 92 16:41 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00353;
          10 Jun 92 16:40 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00324;
          10 Jun 92 16:40 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <18842-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 15:41:11 +0000
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 10 Jun 92 15:41:01 -0500
Received: from ietf.NRI.Reston.Va.US by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29343;
          10 Jun 92 16:29 EDT
Received: from [127.0.0.1] by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05319;
          10 Jun 92 16:29 EDT
From: IESG Secretary <iesg-secretary@nri.reston.va.us>
To: ietf@isi.edu
Cc: ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: WG ACTION: OSI General Working Group Concluded.
Date: Wed, 10 Jun 92 16:29:33 -0400
Sender: gvaudre@nri.reston.va.us
Message-Id: <9206101629.aa05319@ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US>

 
The OSI General Working Group of the IESG has concluded.  The charter
of this Working Group was to track general OSI issues and kick off new
work where deemed necessary.  Considering the non-activity of this
group, and the recent creation of multiple new working groups in the
OSI Integration Area, the chairman of this Working Group and the OSI
Integration Area Directors have decided that the OSI General Working
Group should be disbanded.
 
Greg Vaudreuil
IESG Secretary
 


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09616;
          10 Jun 92 22:13 EDT
Received: from venera.isi.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12891;
          10 Jun 92 22:12 EDT
Received: by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-6)
	id <AA08163>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 13:42:15 -0700
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-6)
	id <AA08158>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 13:42:12 -0700
Received: from ietf.NRI.Reston.Va.US by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29343;
          10 Jun 92 16:29 EDT
Received: from [127.0.0.1] by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05319;
          10 Jun 92 16:29 EDT
From: IESG Secretary <iesg-secretary@nri.reston.va.us>
To: ietf@isi.edu
Cc: ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: WG ACTION: OSI General Working Group Concluded.
Date: Wed, 10 Jun 92 16:29:33 -0400
Sender: gvaudre@nri.reston.va.us
Message-Id:  <9206101629.aa05319@ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US>

 
The OSI General Working Group of the IESG has concluded.  The charter
of this Working Group was to track general OSI issues and kick off new
work where deemed necessary.  Considering the non-activity of this
group, and the recent creation of multiple new working groups in the
OSI Integration Area, the chairman of this Working Group and the OSI
Integration Area Directors have decided that the OSI General Working
Group should be disbanded.
 
Greg Vaudreuil
IESG Secretary
 


Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09632;
          10 Jun 92 22:15 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12979;
          10 Jun 92 22:15 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12971;
          10 Jun 92 22:15 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <19611-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 21:13:23 +0000
Received: from cs.umb.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 10 Jun 92 21:13:20 -0500
Received: by cs.umb.edu (5.65c/1.34) id AA29279; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 22:13:10 -0400
Date: Wed, 10 Jun 1992 22:13:09 -0400 (EDT)
From: "Alan J. Zall" <azall@cs.umb.edu>
Subject: Unsubscribe!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
To: IESG Secretary <iesg-secretary@nri.reston.va.us>
Cc: ietf@isi.edu, ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <9206101629.aa05319@ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Message-Id: <Pine.2.4.55.9206102240.A29139@cs.umb.edu>




Received: from nri.nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10283;
          11 Jun 92 1:30 EDT
Received: from venera.isi.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18005; 11 Jun 92 1:29 EDT
Received: by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-6)
	id <AA24108>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 19:14:37 -0700
Received: from cs.umb.edu by venera.isi.edu (5.65c/5.65+local-6)
	id <AA24104>; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 19:14:34 -0700
Received: by cs.umb.edu (5.65c/1.34)
	id AA29279; Wed, 10 Jun 1992 22:13:10 -0400
Date: Wed, 10 Jun 1992 22:13:09 -0400 (EDT)
From: "Alan J. Zall" <azall@cs.umb.edu>
Subject: Unsubscribe!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
To: IESG Secretary <iesg-secretary@nri.reston.va.us>
Cc: ietf@isi.edu, ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <9206101629.aa05319@ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Message-Id: <Pine.2.4.55.9206102240.A29139@cs.umb.edu>




Received: from nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08287;
          15 Jun 92 13:35 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13529;
          15 Jun 92 13:35 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13525;
          15 Jun 92 13:35 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 15 Jun 1992 11:51:22 +0000
Date: Mon, 15 Jun 1992 11:51:22 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..412:15.05.92.16.51.22]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 15 Jun 1992 11:51:20 
                      +0000;
Conversion: Prohibited
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"2596*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Resending, Boston schedule.

Hi,

It suddenly struck me that when I sent this to the ietf-osi-x400ops
list long time ago, I did not get it back. Perhaps it disappeared
somewhere, so I am resending it.

Best regards,
Alf H.

==================

Delivery-date: Wed, 27 May 1992 14:09:17 UTC+0200
From:       Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
To:         <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, <wg-msg@rare.nl>
Message-ID: ietf-ops:183 2512*C=no;PRMD=uninett;O=sintef;OU=delab;S=Hansen;G=Al
            f
Subject:    IETF-X.400-OPS Schedule, Boston.

Hi,

The schedule for the X.400 OPS meeting in Boston will be the following:

WEDNESDAY, July 15, 1992

1:30-3:30 pm     Afternoon Sessions I
                 OSI    X.400 Operations WG (x400ops)

4:00-6:00 pm     Afternoon Sessions II
                 OSI    X.400 Operations WG (x400ops)


Please send suggestions for agenda items to me before June 15. After that,
I will distribute the provisional agenda for the meeting.

One idea I have, is to use one of the sessions for documents, and the
other session for U.S. specific issues. My reason for this is that when
the Internet X.400 project in Wisconsin ends this fall, it is unclear how
the pilot X.400 service in the U.S. Internet will be organized. There are
several options:

  1) The The Internet X.400 project will continue to act as the focal point
     for the GO-MHS community in the U.S. (This means that the Wisconsin
     project will continue, with new plans).

  2) The active players in the U.S. GO-MHS community (CDC, NASA, ES-net, NSF,
     others) will form their own communities, and coordinate their activities  
     with the rest of the world separately.

  3) Some other entity (than the Wisconsin project) will step up and take the
     role of being the U.S. GO-MHS community coordinator.

Even if IETF is an international forum, I think it will be useful to use the
oportunity when so many U.S. experts are gathered, to discuss these things.

Please respond if you do not like this idea.

Rob Hagens is still co-chairing this WG. He has moved from Wisconsin to
Reston, VA, and as soon as he will be on line again, he will join us in
the planning for a successful Boston meeting.

RARE WG1 does no longer exist due to reorganization of the RARE structure.
Instead there is now a RARE WG on Mail & Messaging, chaired by Harald
Alvestrand. I have sent this message to this new WG also, to keep them
informed about our work.

Best regards,
Alf H


Received: from nri.reston.va.us by ietf.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21516;
          16 Jun 92 15:40 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa22285;
          16 Jun 92 15:40 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa22281;
          16 Jun 92 15:40 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 16 Jun 1992 14:38:35 +0000
Date: Tue, 16 Jun 1992 14:38:35 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..328:16.05.92.19.38.35]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 16 Jun 1992 14:38:35 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920616143819*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Cc: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, 
    "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <"459 */S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/"@MHS>
References: <459*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Subject: Re: MACRO usage in the WEP documents

Urs,

Some late comments to your message of 1 June:

} I'm extending the routing document with the few additional comments I gor
} since the last IETF meeting in San Diego.
} -> support for a local domain always routed through the WEP
}    (for echo, nosuchuser and routing tests)
} -> Add a hook in the community documents for flexible extensions of the
}    WEP and DOMAIN documents.
} -> Add support for MACROS for the connection information
} 
} The first item was already well received and it's very easy.

Sounds good.

} The second one looks nice. It will complicate heavily the generation of
} checking tools. Is it worth the effort or are we satisfied with the
} functionality provided in the current specification?

My opinion is that this is not worth it at present.  Let's get this
working.  Hopefully X.500 work will progress fast enough to meet our
future needs.  Otherwise people can adapt the current scheme to
different levels of organization.

Writing out the spec in terms of communities at different levels would
get confusing very quickly.  I would wait to incorporate such
functionality into the current document until someone makes an
experimental solution and has some experience with using the same
documents in different levels of communities.

} The third one has a minimum and a more flexible solution.
} HTA proposed to define a limited set of macros in the routing document.
} SHK proposed to distribute macro definitions in a separate file.
} Any comments to the two proposals?

As an email administrator, I would prefer to see them in one document.
We need to identify what people must support *now*, not what macros
may be introduced by 1995.

One new proposal.  There was discussion before about adding the
"Super WEP" concept to the document.  There seemed to be enough
interest in this to warrant incorporating such support in the
document.

I would like to suggest a more general scheme which would could be used
to support the "Super WEP" concept.  The real issue is that in the
current proposal, every WEP which is documented *must* be connected
to.  Instead of limiting the proposal to a hub-routing concept of a
Super-WEP, I would recommend the following.

  o Allow WEPs to be classified as either OPTIONAL or MANDATORY.

  o Then the new connectivity rule would be:  a documented WEP *must*
    connect to every WEP which is classified as MANDATORY.  A
    documented WEP must accept connections from all other documented
    WEPs.  (Assuming that there is a network layer in common.)

  o Then the new routing documentation rule for every X.400 domain would
    be:  routing must be documented to a "Mandatory WEP" for each
    network layer in use.  Routing entries could also specify "Optional
    WEPs" for more optimal routing, but the routing would work if only
    "Mandatory WEPs" are used.

  o A "Mandatory WEP" which is handling traffic for a domain served by
    an "Optional WEP" must have a connection to the Optional WEP.

It would be up to the community whether Optional WEPs are used or not.

The current Cosine MHS structure could be continued by disallowing
Optional WEPs and classifying each WEP as a Mandatory WEP.

A star routing solution (with optional other connections) could be
implemented by allowing Optional WEPs in the community.  Then the
"Super-WEP" is the only Mandatory WEP, and the Super-WEP advertises
low-priority routing for the domains of all the Optional WEPs, and is
connected to all of them.

I like this scheme because it allows a community to keep the current
structure or introduce any other kind of general scheme.  Comments,
everyone?

Best regards,

allan


Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03381;
          23 Jun 92 7:40 EDT
Received: from nri.reston.va.us by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05225;
          23 Jun 92 7:41 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05221;
          23 Jun 92 7:41 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 23 Jun 1992 06:21:22 +0000
Date: Tue, 23 Jun 1992 06:21:22 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..506:23.05.92.11.21.22]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 23 Jun 1992 06:21:21 
                      +0000;
From: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.t.alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"7221*/I=t/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: wg-msg@rare.nl
Cc: rare-char@dkuug.dk, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, netf-mhs@nic.nordu.net
Subject: FYI: Draft RFC - X.400 use of extended character sets

Article: 1100 of nordunet.redist.ietf
Path: ugle.unit.no!sunic2!sunic!sunet-gateway!owner
From: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Newsgroups: nordunet.redist.ietf
Subject: ID ACTION:draft-ietf-x400ops-charactersets-00.txt
Message-ID: <9206190944.aa04987@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Date: 19 Jun 92 13:44:18 GMT
Sender: cclark@NRI.Reston.VA.US
Reply-To: Internet-Drafts@NRI.Reston.VA.US


A New Internet Draft is available from the on-line Internet-Drafts 
directories. This draft is a work item of the 
X.400 Operations Working Group of the IETF.

       Title     : X.400 use of extended character sets               
       Author(s) : Harald Alvestrand
       Filename  : draft-ietf-x400ops-charactersets-00.txt
       Pages     : 18

Abstract not provided.                                                

Internet-Drafts are available by anonymous FTP.  Login with the	
username "anonymous" and password "guest".  After logging in,
Type "cd internet-drafts".
     "get draft-ietf-x400ops-charactersets-00.txt".
 
Internet-Drafts directories are located at:	
	                                                
     o  East Coast (US)                          
        Address:  nnsc.nsf.net (128.89.1.178)	
	                                                
     o  West Coast (US)                          
        Address:  ftp.nisc.sri.com (192.33.33.22)
							
     o  Pacific Rim                              
        Address:  munnari.oz.au (128.250.1.21)	
	                                                
     o  Europe                                   
        Address:  nic.nordu.net (192.36.148.17)	
	                                                
Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.	
	                                                
Send a message to:  mail-server@nisc.sri.com. In the body type: 
     "SEND internet-drafts/draft-ietf-x400ops-charactersets-00.txt".
							
For questions, please mail to internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us.
							



















Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08855;
          24 Jun 92 12:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08851;
          24 Jun 92 12:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06391;
          24 Jun 92 12:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 24 Jun 1992 11:43:58 +0000
Date: Wed, 24 Jun 1992 11:43:58 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..954:24.05.92.16.43.58]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 24 Jun 1992 11:43:57 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920624114342*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, wg-msg@rare.nl
Subject: new version of Hagens/Hansen PRMD Requirements document

Hi, Alf Hansen and Rob Hagens have released a new version of their
PRMD requirements document.  The new version has been released in
ascii format as an Internet Draft.

Both ascii and postscript versions of the document are available by
anonymous ftp to mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu (128.105.8.53).  Login as
"anonymous", send your email address as the password.  The files are

    pub/ietf/prmdreq.v1-13.ps
    pub/ietf/prmdreq.v1-13.txt

Cheers,

allan


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07541;
          25 Jun 92 17:41 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07537;
          25 Jun 92 17:41 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29173;
          25 Jun 92 17:42 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 25 Jun 1992 16:41:03 +0000
Date: Thu, 25 Jun 1992 16:41:03 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..998:25.05.92.21.41.03]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 25 Jun 1992 16:41:03 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920625164049*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: (late CC) serious weakness with RFC987/1148/1327 mapping rules

[I meant to CC this to x400ops when I sent it out yesterday, but
forgot to.  Please restrict discussion to the ifip-gtwy list described
below.  You can mail me if you would like to see discussion which has
already occurred. -- allan]

Hi, I would like to raise what I see as a serious defect in the
RFC987/1148/1327 series of gateway definitions.  I talked about this
with Steve Hardcastle-Kille about 8 months ago and he did not agree,
but I still see it as a problem, so I wanted to discuss it in the
larger community.  I base these remarks on over a year's experience
managing a combined RFC822 and X.400 address space for domain
cs.wisc.edu (X.400 domain C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=xnren; O=uw-madison;
OU=cs).

Apologies to those receiving multiple copies.  I have distributed this
initial message broadly.  Please confine discussion to mailing list
ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu or newsgroup comp.protocols.iso.x400.gateway.
(email ifip-gtwy-request@ics.uci.edu to subscribe).

To summarize:  the problem is that there is no way to specify mapping
rules which map multiple 822 mail domains to one X.400 mail domain
(with one mapping rule).  Stated another way, there is no way to
prevent a mapping rule from being applied algorithmically.

The best way I can illustrate this problem is with an example from our
local environment.  Each research host inside our department is running
sendmail.  To mail another user in the department, one does not need to
specify the host that the user is on, just mail "person" and it is
routed to the appropriate machine by the /usr/lib/aliases file.
822 mail sent inside the department retains the hostname
("person@calypso.cs.wisc.edu", for example).  However, for 822 mail
sent *outside* the department, the hostname is deleted from the
sender's address (to "person@cs.wisc.edu").  Therefore most return 822
mail traffic is directed back through our mail hub supporting
cs.wisc.edu.  So I register rfc1327 mapping rules to map

    cs.wisc.edu <--> /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/

So far, so good.

The problem comes in because my *preferred* email address is
cargille@cs.wisc.edu, BUT I will also receive mail addressed to
cargille@ANYHOST.cs.wisc.edu, where ANYHOST is any research host in the
department.  So, you could also mail me as

    cargille@oka.cs.wisc.edu
    cargille@calypso.cs.wisc.edu
    cargille@parmesan.cs.wisc.edu

and many other addresses.  Hundreds of them.

Mapping rules are applied hierarchically, so when the above mapping
rules is applied to the 822 address cargille@HOST.cs.wisc.edu, the
resulting X.400 address is

    /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=HOST/S=cargille/

There are several bad effects from this:

a) there are multiple X.400 addresses for each user
b) hostnames are being embedded in X.400 addresses
c) either my local X.400 software has to accept all these different
   forms of my address, or my mail will bounce

Note that this is not a problem for sites which are either running one
central 822 mail hub, or are running a firewall router which only
allows incoming mail to one mail hub (or several).  In those cases,
the multiple 822 addresses used would be illegal, and therefore it is
fine to generate illegal X.400 addresses from them.  This "central
mail hub" idea makes it easy to enforce the use of only one 822 address
from outside the mail domain.

So the problem exists because I have many valid 822 addresses, but wish
to have only one X.400 address.  Steve's response was that sites should
clean up their 822 address space, and only have one legal 822 address,
which would then map nicely into an X.400 address.

I see several problems with his position:

a) many X.400 administrators will *not* have authority over the 822
   address space that they support/coexist with

b) it is my impression that many 822 address spaces already support
   multiple addresses for users (which will not want to change)

c) it should be possible to migrate from a "messy" 822 address
   structure to a cleaner X.400 address structure

I really don't think it will help the introduction of X.400 to tell
people, "to run an integrated 822 and X.400 address space, what you
really need to do is change your 822 mail administration all around.
Then you'll be all set to coexist with X.400."  Instead we need to be
able to transition with someone's current installed base and organization.

Under the current RFC1327 rules, I could support what I want by
introducing hundreds of mapping rules into the international tables
(200 to 400 of them) of the form:

    oka.cs.wisc.edu      --> /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/
    calypso.cs.wisc.edu  --> /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/
    parmesan.cs.wisc.edu --> /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/

but that would result in extremely large tables.  I don't think I would
be too popular with other X.400 managers!

I think it would be much better for RFC1327 gateways to support wildcard
mapping rules.  These rules would allow mapping to *not* be done
strictly algorithmically but instead would make it possible to discard
low-end address components.  I would like to be able to specify a rule
like

    *.cs.wisc.edu --> /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/

so that these addresses would map as follows:

  user@cs.wisc.edu      -->  C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/S=user/
  user@host.cs.wisc.edu -->  C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/S=user/

I don't think that this would add significantly to the complexity of the
gateways.  I think it would make integrating existing 822 address spaces
with X.400 address spaces much cleaner.

Now that I've described the general problem and my proposed solution,
I'll complicate things a little more by describing our actual
situation.  The above global addresses of "person@cs.wisc.edu" work
only for users on research hosts.  There are five instructional
machines in the department for which 822 mail must be addressed to
person@host.cs.wisc.edu.  The X.400 mapped address for users on this
machine will also include the hostname.  (I know, poor idea, oh well.)
So what I really need is to be able to combine specific host-rules and
a wildcard rule, where the best match should take priority:

    inst1.cs.wisc.edu --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=inst1/
    inst2.cs.wisc.edu --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=inst2/
    inst3.cs.wisc.edu --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=inst3/
    inst4.cs.wisc.edu --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=inst4/
    inst5.cs.wisc.edu --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/OU=inst5/
    *.cs.wisc.edu     --> C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=uw-madison/OU=cs/

where the last rule handles all other hosts in the department.

It is also possible that X.400 managers would want to be able to specify
wildcard rules in the other direction, like

    /C=us/ADMD= /PRMD=xnren/O=SomeOrg/OU=*/ --> some.org

I'd really like to see this change introduced in RFC1327bis.  Comments,
anyone?

Once again, please confine discussion to mailing list
ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu or newsgroup comp.protocols.iso.x400.gateway.

Cheers,

allan
--
Allan Cargille                Computer Sciences Department
Internet X.400 Project        University of Wisconsin-Madison
Fax +1 (608) 262-9777         1210 West Dayton Street
Voice +1 (608) 262-5084       Madison, WI   53706   USA
cargille@cs.wisc.edu          
X.400 C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=Cargille


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02819;
          2 Jul 92 8:02 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02815;
          2 Jul 92 8:02 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07652;
          2 Jul 92 8:03 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 07:02:08 +0000
Date: Thu, 2 Jul 1992 07:02:08 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..579:02.06.92.12.02.08]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 07:02:08 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2703*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: /S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/ </S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Revised Charter.

Hi,

One action from San Diego is for me to distribute an updated charter for
the IETF-OSI-X.400-OPS-WG, to this list. Here it is. The relevant
documents for this WG is added in the charter. Please note that the
documents

    "Mapping between X.400(1988)/ISO 10021 and RFC-822" and

    "Downgrading X.400(1988) to X.400(1984)"

are not in our list, but are proposed (by IESG and RTC) to be put into the
list of documents for the RARE WG-MSG.

The draft agenda for the Boston meeting will come out shortly (today or
tomorrow).

Best regards,
Alf H.
======================



                                Charter

                          OSI Integration Area

                      X.400 Operations Working Group

Co-chairs:

        Alf Hansen, Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no
        C=no;ADMD=" ";PRMD=uninett;O=SINTEF;OU=DELAB;S=Hansen;G=Alf

        Robert Hagens, <hagens@ans.net>
        C=us;ADMD=" ";PRMD=Internet;DD.RFC-822=hagens(a)ans.net


Mailing Lists:

        ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
        C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren;O=UW-Madison;OU=cs;S=ietf-osi-x400ops

        ietf-osi-x400ops-request@cs.wisc.edu
        C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren;O=UW-Madison;OU=cs;S=ietf-osi-x400ops-request

Description of Working Group:

        X.400 management domains are being deployed today on the Internet. 
        There is a need for coordination of the various efforts to insure that
        they can interoperate and collectively provide an Internet-wide X.400
        message transfer service connected to the existing Internet mail
        service.

        The work in this WG is closely related to work in 

             IETF-OSI-MHS-DS  and
             RARE WG-MSG
 
        These WGs cover additional aspects of X.400 Service Integration.
        

Goals and Milestones:

        The overall goal of this group is to insure interoperability between
        Internet X.400 management domains and to the existing Internet mail
        service. The specific task of this group is to produce and monitor
        the new documents needed for such interoperation. The following 
        documents are identified for this WG:

        OPS-1: "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the 
               GO-MHS Community".

        OPS-2: "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148 
               Address Mapping Tables and X.400 Routing Informations"

        OPS-3: "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a 
               multi protocol / multi network environment".

        OPS-4: "Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)"

        OPS-5: "X.400 use of extended character sets"

        OPS-6: "Address mapping table update procedures"


        The tentative timetable for this group is

        Feb    1991: Initial meeting, produce internal outline of OPS-1.
        Aug    1991: Working draft OPS-1, circulate to interested people.
        Spring 1992: Internet draft available of OPS-1. Identify and
                     work on new documents.
        Summer 1992: OPS-1 ready for publication.
        Autumn 1992/
        Spring 1993: Monitor and work on the other documents, and 
                     identify new ones.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03775;
          2 Jul 92 9:25 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03771;
          2 Jul 92 9:25 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11688;
          2 Jul 92 9:26 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 08:24:57 +0000
Date: Thu, 2 Jul 1992 08:24:57 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..806:02.06.92.13.24.57]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 08:24:56 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2704*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: 24th IETF info.

To those of you who have not seen this before, if you are planning to come 
to the IETF X.400 OPS meeting, this might be useful information. The
IETF agenda will follow in the next message.

Cheers,
Alf H.

==================

Delivery-date: Thu, 25 Jun 1992  8:44:57 UTC+0200
From:              <mdavies@nri.reston.va.us>
Authorizing-Users: <ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us>
To:                <ietf@ISI.edu>
Reply-To:          <ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us>
Importance:        normal
Message-ID:        boston:36 9206241606.aa12309(a)IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
Subject:           IETF MAILING 4: July 13-17, 1992/Boston


Enclosures:
 At-A-Glance
 RSVP
 Directions

Dear IETFers:

This is the FOURTH (almost final) mailing of logistics for the 
upcoming IETF meeting, (July 13-17, 1992).  The Agenda will be
mailed separately.

We have already pre-registered 410 attendees for the Boston Meeting.
Not quite as much as in San Diego, but it will still mean longer lines
and more congestion during registration.  To minimize the impact of such
a large number of people on the registration process the following actions
are recommended:

1.  Pre-register and pre-pay (via email). (most helpful)
2.  Pre-register (via email) but pay on-site.  (helpful)
3.  Attend Sunday Evenings' Registration/Reception. (helpful)

Thank You,

Megan

===========


24th INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE	     Mailing Date  : 6/24/92   
AT-A-GLANCE				     Mailing Number: 4 

DATES: July 13-17, 1992                      HOST(S): James Davin, MIT 
                                             Jeffrey Schiller, MIT  
                                             John Curran, NEARnet
                             
HOTEL/MEETING SITE: Hyatt Regency Cambridge
                     Overlooking Boston 
                    575 Memorial Drive 
                    Cambridge, MA 02139 
                    Phone: (617) 492-1234 {fax: (617) 491-6906}
		    CI 4:00 p.m.; CO 12:00 p.m. 
                    250 Rooms reserved until June 12, 1992
                    $99.00/single; $99.00/double (please add 9.7% tax)
                    Specify: IETF or 24th Internet Engineering Task Force  

ALTERNATE ACCOM:*   The Inn at Harvard
                    1201 Massachusetts Avenue (Harvard Square)
                    Cambridge, MA 02138
                    Phone (617) 491-2222 {fax: (617) 496-5020}
                    CI 3:00 p.m.; CO 12:00 p.m.
                    20 Rooms reserved until June 12, 1992
                    $105/single; $105/double (please add 9.7%tax)
                    Specify: GC-INTER 

                    The Royal Sonesta
                    5 Cambridge Parkway
                    Phone (617) 491-3600 {fax: (617) 661-5956}
                    10 Rooms reserved until June 12, 1992
                    $120 (single/double)
                    Specify: IETF Group
    
PRE-REGISTRATION:   Sunday, July 12, 1992 
		    6pm - 8pm (reception during)
                    Hyatt Regency Cambridge 
                    Room: Riverside 

REGISTRATION:	    Monday, July 13, 1992 
                    8am - 9am 
                    Hyatt Regency Cambridge 
                    Room: Outside Adams 

ATTENDANCE FEE:     PAYMENT BY: Credit Card or Check  
	            $130.00 if received BY June 12, 1992  
	 	    $150.00 if received AFTER June 12, 1992 

AIRLINE:            United Airlines (special rate roundtrip only)
                    1 (800) 521-4041 Meeting ID: 514VS (IETF)
                    We regret that discounted fares are not 
                    available for international flights.

CAR RENTAL:         Hertz Discounts available through United. 
AIRPORT:	    Logan International Airport 
PARKING:            Hyatt Regency: $12/day for guests 
SHUTTLE:            None available
==========


                            REGISTRATION FORM
             24th Internet Engineering Task Force - Page 1 of 2
                          July 13 - 17, 1992   
                               Boston, MA   

Please print or type:

Name (Mr/Dr/Ms)__________________________________________________________

Title____________________________________________________________________

Organization_____________________________________________________________

Address__________________________________________________________________

City_______________________________State______________Zip Code___________

Telephone______________________________Fax_______________________________

Email____________________________________________________________________


Please check a) and b) below so we can identify your organization type and
interest.

a)  Organization Type  ___HW/SW Vendor  ___Government  ___Network Provider

                       ___University  ___Other (_______________________)

b)  Your interest in 24th IETF Meeting:  ___Network Operator                 

                       ___Network User  ___Product Developer  ___Researcher

                       ___Other (________________)

Do you plan to attend the Sunday, July 12, 1992 evening reception? 
    YES___   NO___


$150.00 ($130.00 + $20.00 late fee) Registration postmarked after 
June 12, 1992.

Method of payment:  ___AMEX  ___VISA  ___MC  ___Diners  ___Check enclosed  

                    (U.S. dollars, drawn on a U.S. Bank), payable to:
                    Corporation for National Research Initiatives

Account No.____________________________ Expiration Date__________________

Cardholder Signature_____________________________________________________

Registration Forms can be sent via electronic mail, facsimile, or postal mail:

	Electronic:  ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us
	Facsimile:   +1-703-620-0913
	Postal:      Corporation for National Research Initiatives
        	     Accounting Department - 24th IETF Meeting
	     	     1895 Preston White Drive, Suite 100
        	     Reston, VA 22091-5434  USA


                              REGISTRATION FORM
                 24th Internet Engineering Task Force - Page 2 of 2
                              July 13 - 17, 1992
                                  Boston, MA  


IMPORTANT:

     1.   Register ONE person per form.  Substitutions are NOT allowed.  
     2.   Purchase orders are NOT accepted. 
     3.   DD Form 1556 IS accepted. 
     4.   Request for refunds must be received by July 10, 1992.
     5.   Refund policy:  Refunds are subject to a $20.00 service charge.   
                          Late fees will not be refunded. 
     6.   Your registration fee includes a copy of the Meeting's Proceedings,
		Sunday evening reception (cash bar), daily continental
                breakfasts and coffee breaks.
	
For additional information or assistance, please contact +1-703-620-8990, 
+1-703-620-0913 (Fax) or ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us.  Direct all inquiries 
to:  24th IETF Meeting - Boston. 

===========




                   24th Internet Engineering Task Force
                            July 13-17, 1992   
                          Boston, Massachusetts 


Directions from the Logan International Airport to the Hyatt Cambridge:  


Follow signs to Sumner Tunnel.  After leaving the tunnel, stay to the left 
and follow signs to 93 North.  Take Exit 26 onto Storrow Drive.  Look for 
signs: Kendall Square/Cambridge.  Follow Kendall Square signs to 
Memorial Drive/Route 3N (Route 3N and Memorial Drive are the same road at 
this point).  Turn right at the first traffic light (Amesbury Street).
(Although the hotel address is 575 Memorial Drive, the main entrance is
off of Amesbury Street.) 
   


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06890;
          2 Jul 92 13:13 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06886;
          2 Jul 92 13:13 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21649;
          2 Jul 92 13:14 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:52:29 +0000
Date: Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:52:29 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..494:02.06.92.16.52.29]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:52:28 
                      +0000;
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <1304*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: "Alf.Hansen" <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, wg-msg <wg-msg@rare.nl>
In-Reply-To: <"2708*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
Subject: IETF X.400 OPS WG meeting, Boston, draft agenda.

Alf,
You write:
>OPS-6: COSINE-MHS Project Team:
>       "Address mapping table update procedures".
>
>       Will there be a document to distribute before the Boston meeting?

A draft of OPS-6 "Address mapping table update procedures" should be out 
on the X.400 Ops list by midday (Europen Time) next Monday.

Best Regards
JIm

Jim Romaguera COSINE MHS Project Team


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07053;
          2 Jul 92 13:32 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07049;
          2 Jul 92 13:32 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa22390;
          2 Jul 92 13:33 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:30:33 +0000
Date: Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:30:33 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..398:02.06.92.16.30.33]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 2 Jul 1992 11:30:32 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2708*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: /S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/ </S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: WG-MSG@rare.nl
Subject: IETF X.400 OPS WG meeting, Boston, draft agenda.


------------------------------ Start of body part 1

Hi, 
I hope this agenda can lead to some traffic on the list before 
the meeting. See you in Boston!

Cheers,
Alf H.

------------------------------ Start of body part 2

Call for 5th meeting in the IETF X.400 Operations Working Group,
IETF, Boston, Massachusetts, U.S.A.

From:  Alf Hansen
Date:  07/02/92

MEETING TIME:

             WEDNESDAY, July 15, 1992      1:30-3:30 pm     1st session
                                           3:30-4:00 pm     Break
                                           4:00-6:00 pm     2nd session

HOTEL/MEETING SITE: Hyatt Regency Cambridge
                    Overlooking Boston
                    575 Memorial Drive
                    Cambridge, MA 02139
                    Phone: (617) 492-1234 {fax: (617) 491-6906}
                    CI 4:00 p.m.; CO 12:00 p.m.
                    250 Rooms reserved until June 12, 1992
                    $99.00/single; $99.00/double (please add 9.7% tax)
                    Specify: IETF or 24th Internet Engineering Task Force


General:

The concrete goals of this meeting is

  1) to review documents (1st session).
  2) to get a better understanding on how the Internet X.400 service 
     should be organized (in the U.S.) next year (2nd session).

The relevant documents and how they can be obtained:

Those marked as INTERNET-DRAFT, are available by anonymous FTP.  
Login with the username "anonymous" and password "guest".  After logging in,
Type "cd internet-drafts".
     "get filename".

Internet-Drafts directories are located at:

     o  East Coast (US)
        Address:  nnsc.nsf.net (128.89.1.178)

     o  West Coast (US)
        Address:  ftp.nisc.sri.com (192.33.33.22)

     o  Pacific Rim
        Address:  munnari.oz.au (128.250.1.21)

     o  Europe
        Address:  nic.nordu.net (192.36.148.17)

Internet-Drafts are also available by mail.

Send a message to:  mail-server@nisc.sri.com. In the body type:
     "SEND internet-drafts/filename".

For questions, please mail to internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us.


Those marked as UWISC are available via anonymous ftp from the 
directory ~ftp/pub/ on mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu (128.105.8.53). 

DOCUMENTS:

OPS-1: Hansen/Hagens:
       "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the
       GO-MHS Community", Revision: 1.13, June 19, 1992.

       INTERNET-DRAFT, filename: draft-ietf-x400ops-mgtdomains-01.txt
       UWISC, filenames: ietf/prmdreq.v1-13.ps   (postscript)
                         ietf/prmdreq.v1-13.txt  (text)
       Please note that the dates on the UWISC versions are a few days
       later that the official INTERNET-DRAFT version.

OPS-2: A.B. Bonito/C. Allocchio/S. Giordano:
       "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148
       Address Mapping Tables and X.400 Routing Informations"

       I will distribute my latest version: March 1992. Claudio: 
       Is there a later version? If so, can you distribute it?
       Why is this not in the INTERNET-DRAFT archive?

OPS-3: Eppenberger:
       "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a
       multi protocol / multi network environment", March 3 1992.

       INTERNET-DRAFT, filename: draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt

OPS-4: Claudio Allocchio:
       "Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)",
       March 2nd, 1992.

       INTERNET-DRAFT: draft-ietf-x400ops-mapmail-00.txt

OPS-5: Harald Tveit Alvestrand:
       "X.400 use of extended character sets", June 18, 1992.

       INTERNET-DRAFT, filename: draft-ietf-x400ops-charactersets-00.txt

OPS-6: COSINE-MHS Project Team:
       "Address mapping table update procedures".

       Will there be a document to distribute before the Boston meeting?


Please come prepared to the meeting.



Provisional agenda
==================


1ST SESSION, Documents.


1. Welcome.							10 min
-----------
   Secretary, roll call of delegates, agenda.


2. Review of revised charter.                                   10 min
-----------------------------
   Revised Charter has been distributed. Discussion.

   I would enjoy to hear if IESG and/or RTC could report from 
   progress in the integration process of RARE and IETF groups.


3. Action list from San Diego.                                  20 min
------------------------------
   Short review of status for each item and report from each action:

   John Sherburne (SPRINT) will work with Tony Genovese to figure out how US
   can provide an MTA that has X.25 connectivity.

   Urs will ask the COSINE MHS Project Team to submit the address mapping
   table procedures as a draft RFC.

   Stef - Start a discussion on X.400 OPS and WG1 lists about ADMD name in
   the US.  See section 3.1.2.

   Alf will send the updated charter to the list.

   Claudio will produce a draft document that will propose a method for using
   DNS to store X.400 to RFC 822 mapping and routing.

   Claudio will follow up the MAIL 11 mapping document.

   Harald will follow up the International Character set document.



4. Review of documents.                                        1 hr 20 min
-----------------------
   OPS-1: Has been updated according to comments from last meeting.
   Status: Internet Draft. Ready for status change?

   OPS-2: This is not yet an official Internet Draft. Will it be?
   Is there progress to report from the experimental implementations?
   Claudio?

   OPS-3: This is a stable document. 
   Status: Internet Draft. Has it been moved to "experimental RFC"
   status as recommended in San Diego?

   OPS-4: No updates noted since last meeting.
   Status: Internet Draft. Is it ready for status change?

   OPS-5: This is a new document,
   Status: Internet Draft. Harald presents. Review.

   OPS-6: I have not seen this document yet. Perhaps it will be
   distributed before the meeting.




2ND SESSION, Organizational issues.



5. Status on X.400 operations.                                35 min
------------------------------
   Allan Cargille, UWisc (Internet X.400 project) reports on project
   status and future plans.

   Perhaps a COSINE MHS Project Team member can report on COSINE MHS
   status, and furture plans for the post-COSINE period(?)


6. RFC 1327 (was 1148bis) gateway tracking.                   15 min
-------------------------------------------
   It has been proposed that this WG should keep track of existing
   gateways between the SMTP world and the X.400 world. The background
   for this is that it seems to be many strange behaving gateways
   out there, causing strange things to happen send from an end-user's
   point of view.

   Discussion and recommendation.


7. Major operational problem.                                  15 min
-----------------------------
   Identification of ONE major operational problem that has not yet
   been handled good enough by ourselves or other WGs.   

   Proposals for actions to speed up the solusion to THIS (and only 
   THIS) major problem.

   Candidates: Lack of one global RFC 822/X.400 SA address mapping, The manual
   mapping table procedures, The interpretation of the "1148gate" table,
   Character sets, New body parts, Service organization, Connectivity
   to public e-mail service providers, there are more ...

   Is it possible to agree on what the most major problem is, and start 
   solving it in a new way?



8. Future U.S. Internet X.400 organization.                    35 min
-------------------------------------------
   Is there a proposal on how X.400 in the U.S. Internet should be
   organized such that the operational requirements will be met in
   a most effective way?   

   Discussion and recommendation.



9. Summary of conclusions and actions.				 5 min
---------------------------------------
   The secretary presents the action list.



10. A(ny) O(ther) B(usiness) and plan for next meetings.         5 min
--------------------------------------------------------
    Next meeting: When is the next IETF?


------------------------------ End of body part 2


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02512;
          3 Jul 92 9:40 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02508;
          3 Jul 92 9:40 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09132;
          3 Jul 92 9:41 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 3 Jul 1992 08:40:02 +0000
Date: Fri, 3 Jul 1992 08:40:02 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..763:03.06.92.13.40.02]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 3 Jul 1992 08:40:02 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2718*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: WG-MSG@rare.nl
Subject: My version of OPS-2.

.. from March 92. Boston agenda item 4.
Claudio, if you have a later version ready, please distribute.

Alf H.


==================

Network Working Group                             A.B. Bonito
Request for Comments: DRAFT                      C. Allocchio
                                                  S. Giordano
                                                  GARR, Italy
                                                   March 1992
 
 
 
Using the Internet DNS to maintain
RFC987/RFC1148 Address Mapping Tables
and X.400 Routing Informations
 
Status of this memo
 
This memo proposes a method of storing in the Internet Domain Name 
System the information needed by RFC987/RFC1148 e-mail gateways to map 
RFC822 domain names into X.400 OR-names and viceversa. Mapping 
information can be managed in a distributed rather than a centralized 
way. Gateways can retrieve the mapping information querying the DNS 
instead of having fixed tables which need to be centrally updated and 
distributed. A proposal about storing also X.400 routing informations 
into the Internet DNS is also presented. This document does not specify 
a standard, or a policy of the IAB. Distribution of this memo is 
unlimited.
 
1. Introduction
 
Transformation of mail using X.400 series  of protocols into the RFC822 
mail protocol, and viceversa, is described in RFC987 and RFC1148. 
According to the address conversion mechanism defined by those RFCs, the 
addresses are translated using a set of rules which must be specified in 
statically defined conversion tables. This approach requires many 
efforts to maintain the correct mapping: all the gateways need to get 
coherent tables to apply the same mappings, the conversion tables must 
be distributed among all the operational gateways, and also every update 
needs to be distributed.  This static mechanism requires quite a long 
time to be spent in modifying and distributing these informations, 
putting heavy constraints on the time schedule of every update. In fact 
it does not appear efficient compared to the Internet distributed name 
service.
 
A way of using the Internet DNS to store, retrieve and maintain those 
mappings has been proposed by B. Cole and R.  Hagens. They introduce two 
new DNS resource record types:  TO-X400 and  TO-822 in order to have the 
two separate relations required by RFC987 to store the mapping database. 
The critical point of that proposal is the following: the Internet DNS 
nameservers wishing to provide this mapping information need to  be 
modified to support those new resource record types and a new address 
class. In the real Internet, those modifications cannot really be 
accomplished on a significant number of operational DNS servers within a 
reasonable time period.  This  new proposal tries to  bypass the above 
problem, assuming completely the motivations of the Cole-Hagens 
proposal.
 
The basic idea is to use an already defined, commonly available DNS 
resource-record type to store the mapping information. In addition, the 
use of a new domain name space is proposed in order to fully implement a 
"two-way" mapping resolution scheme.

The creation of the new domain name space also gives the chance to use 
the DNS to distrubute dynamically the X.400 routing informations, 
solving thus another efficiency problem currently affecting the X.400 
MHS implementations. 
 
In this paper we will adopt the RFC987/RFC1148  mapping rules syntax, 
showing how it can be stored into the Internet DNS. 
 
2. Proposal
 
Among the resource-record types that can be associated to a domain name 
in the DNS, the PTR is generically defined as a pointer to another part 
of the domain name space.  The only use of the  PTR record we aware of 
is in the IN-ADDR.ARPA domain space: in that context it provides the IP 
address to domain name resolution (or "inverse name resolution").  PTR 
is not actually used in other domain name spaces, altough its use is 
perfectly legal.
 
We therefore propose to use it to store RFC987/RFC1148 mapping 
information.
 
The PTR format, as defined in the RFC 1034, is as follows:
 
 
        +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
        /                 PTRDNAME                      /
        +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
 
where:
 
PTRDNAME       A <domain-name> which points to some location
               in the domain name space.
 
These RRs are used in special domains to point to some other location in 
the domain space. These records are simple data, and do not imply any 
special processing.
 
The PTR value,  as defined in the RFC 1034, must be a domain name, i.e.

<domain> ::= <subdomain> | " "
<subdomain> ::= <label> | <label>.<subdomain>
 
 
3. The "X400" top-level domain
 
Usual domain names (the ones normally used as the global part of an 
RFC822 e-mail address) and their associated information, i.e. host ip 
addresses, mail exchanger names, etc, are stored in the DNS as a 
distributed database under a number of top-level domains (EDU, COM, 
countries like UK, IT, FR, etc). The special top-level/second-level 
couple IN-ADDR.ARPA is used to store the IP address to domain name 
relationship.
 
Our proposal, which closely resembles the above model, is to store the 
RFC822 to X.400 mapping in the usual DNS name spaces (under the already 
defined top-level domains) using the PTR resource-record, while the 
reverse mapping, from X.400 to RFC822, and the X.400 routing 
informations should be stored in a special name space under a new top-
level domain named "X400". In particular in this new name space the PTR 
resource record will contain the X.400 to RFC822 mapping informations, 
and the MX record can be used to store the X.400 routing data. 
 
The usual name space and the X400 special name space are thus used to 
contain  completely the informations: the data required by an e-mail 
gateway to perform the X.400-RFC822  mapping can be easily found with a 
simple query to the nearest nameserver, thus avoiding a long search in 
complex, statically defined, mapping tables. Moreover there is no more 
any need to store, maintain and distribute manually those tables.
 
The special name space begins at the top-level X400 and should have a 
structure following the X.400 hierachical structure (country, ADMD, 
PRMD, organization, ...). The fully-qualified PTR value is constructed 
using the original X.400  address in the RFC1148 mapping table  format, 
and chaining the string ".X400" at the end.

Let's have some examples of these PTR records:

IT.		PTR	ADMD$garr.C$it.X400
INFN.IT.	PTR	O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$it.X400
STET.IT.	PTR	O$stet.PRMD$IUnet.ADMD$garr.C$it.X400
CS.WISC.EDU.	PTR	OU$cs.O$UW-madison.PRMD$xnren.ADMD$ .C$us.X400

and, in the new name space

ADMD$garr.C$it.X400.				PTR	IT
O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$it.X400.		PTR	INFN.IT
O$stet.PRMD$IUnet.ADMD$garr.C$it.X400.		PTR	STET.IT
OU$cs.O$UW-madison.PRMD$xnren.ADMD$ .C$us.X400.	PTR	CS.WISC.EDU
 
4. Finding mapping information
 
For example, an RFC1148 mail-gateway, when traslating messages from 
RFC822 to X.400, can get information about the the RFC1148 mapping 
string asking the DNS for a the PTR resource-record associated to the 
domain name CNUCE.CNR.IT. The DNS should contain a PTR record like this:
 
CNUCE.CNR.IT.	PTR	O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400.
 
On the reverse path, translating from X.400 to RFC822, the mail gateway 
should ask for O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400 and the DNS should 
contain:
 
O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400.	PTR	CNUCE.CNR.IT.
 
In this way the RFC1148 mapping information is stored in the DNS using 
the PTR field,  so that the translation rules of a X.400 OR-Name could 
be seen as a  part of the domain name space. For each domain name its 
X.400 representation will be found in a PTR resource-record.

If the mapping informations about an RFC822 domain is missing, i.e. the 
PTR record containing the mapping rule is missing, or it contains some 
other informations, then the mail gateway will act accordingly to 
RFC1148 specifications, defaulting to a more global mapping rule, if 
any, or storing the RFC822 address in the Domain Defined Attribute (DDA) 
DD.RFC-822 OR-address part. This behaviour also automatically solve the 
problem of any RFC822 domain not having a RFC1148 mapping rule defined. 
 
  special domain space      usual domain space
 
             |                    |
            X400                 IT
             |                    |
  --------------------           CNR
 |       |       | | |            |
C$IT    C$US     .....          CNUCE ==> O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400.
 |
O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR. ==> CNUCE.CNR.IT.
 
 
This above example shows the relationship among the special X400 
namespace and the usual domains and also how PTR are used as pointers in 
both directions:

CNUCE.CNR.IT. PTR O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400

points to the domain names tree having X400 as root, while the

O$CNUCE.PRMD$CNR.ADMD$GARR.C$IT.X400	PTR	CNUCE.CNR.IT.

points to the usual domain name space.
 
Searching the name-server which can authoritatively solve this address 
is automatically performed by the DNS distributed name-service.
 
The above model suppose that:

1- Authoritative information about the X400 top-level domain is
   maintained by the root-servers
2- a central nameserver in each country is delegated by the root-servers
   to hold the  "C$<country>.X400" new domain space.
 
Note that, supposing a X.400==>RFC-822  and RFC-822==>X.400 simmetrical 
mapping,  the central nameserver could either build its  mapping 
informations querying the nameservers along the usual domain space for 
PTR records, or further delegate to ADMD nameservers if they are in 
place. This solution will easy the construction of the true name servers 
hiearchycal tree in the X400 name space, offering an interim solution 
while the organization is set up.
 
In this way mapping information is maintained in the tree  structure and 
they  can  be obtained using the DNS distributed  name-service. Using 
the DNS has many advantages in storing, managing and updating 
information.  Unlike the  use of TO-822 and TO-X400 resource-record 
types in the Cole-Hagens proposal, the  use of PTR does not require 
neither the introduction of new types nor the modification of any 
operational nameserver.
 
 
5. Storing and finding X.400 routing informations

In the usual domain name space the MX records are used to store 
information for SMTP mailers; their content is a list of possible Mail 
eXchanger and a pure number stating the preferred order of these mailers 
(priority). As we created a new domain space under X400 top level 
domain, we can now use the MX records in it to store informations about 
routing in the X.400 MHS, using the same principles adopted for SMTP 
mailers. The X.400 MTA name or an equivalent nickname will replace the 
SMTP mailer host name and a priority number will give the MTA preferred 
order. In order to keep the X.400 routing informations under the new 
X400 name space, the postfix ".X400" is added to the MTA name or to its 
nickname. An example:

PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$it.X400.	IN MX	10	INFN.IT.X400
				IN MX	20	COSINE-GW.INFN.IT.X400
				IN MX	30	CNUCE-IT.X400

where INFN.IT, COSINE-GW.INFN.IT are real MTA names, and CNUCE-IT is a 
nickname of the real MTA name. 

The MTA nickname is introduced due to the fact that the real X.400 MTA 
name could contain illegal characters for an MX record.

In the usual domain name space the SMTP mailer name is then resolved via 
an "A-resource-record"; in an absolutely similar way the MTA name or its 
nickname must be resolved into the proper connection information. These 
data are well defined and formatted into the "W" line of the COSINE MHS 
WEP Document. We will thus suggest a format directly derived from it.

We must now identify one or more existing resource records in the X400 
domain name space where to store these informations. A possible existing 
record to store the MTA data is MINFO. 


<MINFO value> ::=       "MTA=" <MTA-name> "/ " \
                        ["SAA/ "] ["EAN/ " ] \
         -- Specifies whether this WEP can accept mail with Standard 
         -- Attribute Addresses (if "SAA/" is present) and EAN/V1 type of 
         -- addresses (if "EAN/" is present) .

                        ["MONO/ "] ["PASS/ " ]
         -- "MONO/" says that only monologue sessions are supported.
         -- "PASS/" says that a password is required. 

                        ["NET=" {"INTLX25" | "IXI"} "/ "] \
         -- "NET=" specifies the X.25 network to use. If NET is not given,
         -- the default is NET=INTLX25.

                        "CLDX121=" <X.121-address> "/ " \
         -- The called X.25 DTE address in international (X.121) 
         -- format, including the DNIC of the national network but
         -- excluding any leading "0's" or "1's" (the international
         -- prefixes which vary from country to country. 

                        ["CNGX121=" <X.121-address>"/ "]\
         -- The calling X.121 address can be used by secure MTAs
         -- to ascertain the identity of the caller, e.g. by
         -- associating an MTA name and an X.121 number. In the
         -- absence of such a calling address, the
         -- called X.121 address will be used.

                        ["CUDF=" <cudf-value> "/ "]
         -- The value of Call User Data Field (also known as PID, 
         -- protocol-ID) if required.

                        ["NET=TCPIP/ ADR=" <IP-address> "/ " \
                        "PRT=" <port-number> "/ " \
                        "HN=" <host-name> "/ "]
         -- Optional connection data for TCP/IP connection when using 
         -- RFC1006.
         -- IP-address is in dotted decimal format, e.g. 129.241.4.6
         -- Port-number is in decimal format, e.g. 4567
         -- Host-name is in fully qualified domain format, e.g.
         --  tosca.er.sintef.no

                        ["CLDTSAP=" <tsap-value> "/ "] \
         -- The value of calledTSAP identifier if required.

                        ["CNGTSAP=" <tsap-value> "/ "] \
         -- The value of calling TSAP identifier if required.
                        
Here is an example of MTA data:

AUN.UNINETT.NO.X400 IN  MINFO	MTA=aun.uninett.no/SAA/EAN/NET=IXI/
				CLDX121=2043424000222/CUDF="ean1"/
				NET=INTLX25/CLDX121=242253024222/ 
				CUDF="ean1"/NET=TCPIP/ADR=129.241.1.99/
				PRT=8006/HN=aun.uninett.no

The most proper way to store MTA data is however for further study.

6. Conclusion
 
The use of the PTR resorce-record promises to better provide a 
repository for mapping informations. The mapping information is stored 
in the DNS tree structure so that it can be easily obtained using the 
DNS distributed name-service. At the same time the introduction of the 
new "X400" domain name space allows us also to use the DNS to store and 
distribute the X.400 MHS routing informations. The use of the DNS has 
many advantages in storing, managing and updating information. Unlike 
the use of TO-822 and TO-X400 resource-record types, using the PTR and 
the MINFO do not require the introduction of new types. The only 
requirements are the creation of a new domain space tree starting with 
the top-level domain (X400), under which the information about solving 
an  X.400 OR-name and X.400 MHS routing can be stored and maintained, 
and the use of the PTR as pointer to this tree.
 
Software to query the DNS and then to convert between the textual 
representation of DNS resource records and the address format defined in 
RFC1148 needs to be developed only in the X.400-RFC822 mail gateways.



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03107;
          3 Jul 92 12:09 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03103;
          3 Jul 92 12:09 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12836;
          3 Jul 92 12:10 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 3 Jul 1992 10:54:49 +0000
Date: Fri, 3 Jul 1992 10:54:49 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..054:03.06.92.15.54.49]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 3 Jul 1992 10:54:48 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2719*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: WG-MSG@rare.nl
Subject: I am out ..

.. of office from now until Boston, and will not be able to reply to
messages regarding the meeting preparations, etc., except perhaps 
on Monday and Tuesday just before the meeting. Anyway, the
COSINE MHS project Team has promised to send out the OPS-6 document
on Monday next week, and there may be other document updates from
others.

Cheers,
Alf H.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09067;
          6 Jul 92 11:27 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09061;
          6 Jul 92 11:27 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07212;
          6 Jul 92 11:28 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11080-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 10:25:47 +0000
Message-Id: <9207061525.AA18738@cs.wisc.edu>
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 6 Jul 92 10:25:41 -0500
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by chx400.switch.ch 
          id <23443-0@chx400.switch.ch>; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 17:22:31 +0200
Subject: Co-ordination Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways
To: postel@isi.edu
Date: Mon, 6 Jul 92 17:22:25 MET DST
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Reply-To: project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Organisation: COSINE MHS
Address: Limmatquai 138, CH-8001 Zurich, Europe
Phone: +41 1 2623143
Fax: +41 1 2623151
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL0]
From: Jeroen Houttuin <houttuin@chx400.switch.ch>
Sender: houttuin@chx400.switch.ch


Hi,

as already announced on the ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu list,
here is the final (so we hope) version of this INTERNET-DRAFT.

Regards,
JH
----
    
    
    X400 Operations Group                     Urs Eppenberger
    INTERNET-DRAFT                            Jeroen Houttuin
                                              Paul Klarenberg
                                                Jim Romaguera
                                      COSINE-MHS Project Team
                                            Zurich, July 1992
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
                              
       Co-ordination Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    Status of this Memo
    
    
    
    
    
    This document defines the procedures to co-ordinate the
    collection and distribution of address mapping tables for
    RFC 1327 mail gateways used in the GO-MHS community. The
    preferred solution will be a highly automated one, e.g. by
    using DNS or X.500 to store and retrieve mapping
    information. Although there are efforts being made in
    these directions, there is no workable solution available
    yet. Until then, the procedures defined within this
    document will be used.
    
    Distribution of this memo is unlimited.









COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 1]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


 Contents

    1. Introduction                                      3
    2. Terminology                                       3
    3. Co-ordination Procedures                          5
    4. Correctness of the mapping tables                 7
    5. Table update schedule                             7
    6. Acknowledgements                                  8
    7. References                                        8
    8. Accessing the COSINE MHS information server       9
    9. Authors' Addresses                               10











































COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 2]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


 1. Introduction
    
    RFC 1327 defines a mapping between X.400(84/88) and RFC
    822. The requirement for co-ordinated mapping and gateway
    tables, to ensure smooth interworking, is stated in RFC
    1327.
    
    This document describes the co-ordination procedures to be
    used with RFC 1327 gateways connected to the Internet and
    the GO-MHS community. It is highly desirable that also
    other networks using RFC 1327 gateways use these
    procedures, for example
      
      - Y-net
      
      - JANET
      
      - BITnet/EARN
      
      - EUnet
      
      - UUNET
 
 2. Terminology
 
 2.1. RFC 1327 gateway
    
    An RFC 1327 gateway is used to gateway messages between
    X.400 (84/88) and RFC 822 mail systems. Such a gateway
    requires 3 types of address mappings. The correct
    functioning of the gateway requires the use of globally
    unique mapping rules. In the context of these procedures
    these mapping rules are stored in the following 3 global
    mapping tables:
      
      rfc1327map1Global mappings X.400 -> RFC 822 addresses
      
      rfc1327map2Global mappings RFC 822 -> X.400 addresses
      
      rfc1327gateGlobal mappings RFC 822 -> gateway X.400
                                            addresses
 











COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 3]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992



 2.2. Parties involved
    
    The parties involved in these procedures are
      
      - the global mapping table manager
      
      - the national mapping table manager
      
      - the gateway manager
 
 Global mapping table manager
    
    The global mapping table manager is responsible for the
    generation and distribution of the global mapping tables
    to all RFC 1327 gateway managers across the world.
    
    The role of the global mapping table manager is performed
    by the COSINE MHS project Team. The contact address for
    the COSINE MHS Project Team is
      
      RFC 822:   project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
      
      X.400:     C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;
      
                 OU=COSINE-MHS;S=mapping-tables;
 
 National mapping table manager
    
    The preferred situation is that each country has a
    national mapping table manager, who co-ordinates the
    address mappings in a country. The operational advantages
    of such an approach are, as a minimum
      
      - national languages can be used
      
      - time zone problems are minimised
      
      - national problems are solved at a national level
      
      - human resources involved in the process are
        distributed and shared
    
    If the MHS services within a country are not co-ordinated
    on a national level, one person per MHS, acting for all
    the gateway managers of that MHS, performs the tasks of a
    national mapping table manager instead. For the purposes
    of readability, within this document, such a person is
    also referred to as a national mapping table manager. The
    procedures in both cases are identical, except that
    national mapping co-ordination responsibilities are
    carried out by the global mapping table manager until a
    national mapping table manager is in place. Putting this


COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 4]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


    workload on the global mapping table manager does not
    scale at the global level and will result in capacity
    problems for the global mapping table manager if its use
    becomes pervasive.
    
    A national mapping table manager is the contact point for
    his country in address mapping matters. He is the
    responsible person for the country specific entries in the
    tables. Specifically, the tasks that need to be performed
    are
      
      - creation of a national component of all 3 global
        tables
      
      - submission of error free national components to the
        global mapping manager
      
      - national customisation, if required, of the 3
        distributed global tables
      
      - distribution of the nationally customised global
        tables to all gateway managers within his country.
    
    Every national mapping table manager receives the global
    mapping tables via the following ditribution list:
      
      RFC 822:   mapping-tables@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
      
      X.400:     C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;
      
                 OU=COSINE-MHS;S=mapping-tables;
    
    The national mapping table manager subscibes to the above
    list by sending a request to the global mapping table
    manager.
 
 Gateway manager
    
    A gateway manager is responsible for the operation and the
    configuration of an RFC 1327 gateway. The gateway manager
    should contact his national mapping table manager to
    inform himself how the mapping tables for his gateway can
    be obtained, and which national procedures are to be
    followed.
    
    A list of all national mapping table managers can be
    obtained by sending a request to the global mapping table
    manager.
 
 3. Co-ordination Procedures
    
    The gateway manager, the national mapping table manager
    and the global mapping table manager follow the procedures
    defined in this chapter.


COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 5]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992

    
    3.1. The global mapping table manager will send out one
    reminder on the mapping-tables distribution list for each
    table update. The reminder will be sent out 2 weeks ahead
    of the date when the tables will need to go into
    operation. A list of Internet top-level domains will be
    distributed along with the reminder.
    
    3.2. The national components of the global tables consist
    of three tables: national mapping table 1, national
    mapping table 2, and the national gateway table. Each
    national mapping table manager sends to the global mapping
    table manager only those tables that have changed. Before
    sending his updated tables, the national mapping table
    manager checks the updated tables on syntactic and
    semantical correctness as defined in "4. Correctness of
    the mapping tables". National mapping table 1, national
    mapping table 2, and the national gateway table are sent
    in separate messages, which only contain one table each.
    Additional comments must be sent in separate messages.
    Updates for the tables may be sent at any time. Updates
    received after the deadline (see "5. Table Update
    Schedules") will be included in the distribution after the
    next one. The global mapping table manager confirms the
    receipt of table updates via e-mail.
    
    3.3. The global mapping table manager checks that the
    'from' address of the party submitting updated tables
    matches the 'from' address of the national mapping table
    manager responsible for the tables being submitted. If the
    'from' addresses do not match the updated tables are
    rejected. The national mapping table manager responsible
    for the updated tables is informed of this rejection.
    
    3.4. The global mapping table manager checks the updated
    tables for syntactical and semantical correctness as
    defined in "4. Correctness of the mapping tables". Only if
    all updated tables are error-free, are they accepted as an
    update. Otherwise the global mapping table manager will
    reject all updated tables from this national mapping table
    manager and inform him about this rejection.
    
    3.5. The global mapping table manager distributes the new
    tables to the mapping-tables distribution list four days
    before the tables have to go into operation. The tables
    rfc1327map1, rfc1327map2, and rfc1327gate will be sent in
    three separate messages, containing exactly one table
    each. The subjects of these messages will be
    "rfc1327map1", "rfc1327map2", and "rfc1327gate".
    Additional comments from the global mapping table manager
    will be sent in separate messages.
    
    3.6. If necessary, the national mapping table manager
    performs any needed national customisation of the global
    mapping tables. The national mapping table manager must


COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 6]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


    verify that at this stage his mapping tables are still
    syntactically and semantically correct as defined in "4.
    Correctness of the mapping tables" .
    
    3.7. All gateway managers install the new  tables provided
    by their national mapping table managers at the dates
    indicated in the table update schedule. New mapping and
    gateway tables should be installed in all gateways at the
    first Monday each month, 16.00 H CET.
    
    NOTE: Practice has proven that using automated tools to
    implement these procedures is HIGHLY desirable. A concrete
    example for using such tools can be found in the step-by-
    step guide referenced in chapter 7 of this document.
 
 4. Correctness of the mapping tables
     
     The mapping tables follow the syntax specified in RFC
     1327, Appendix F.
     
     Additional semantical rules that need to be fulfilled
     are
      
      - the left hand side of a mapping rule in a table must
        be unique within that table
      
      - the value of the standard attribute "C" in an X.400
        part of a mapping rule must be a valid ISO 3166 two
        letter country code
      
      - the maximum lenghth of an X.400 attribute value
        should follow the definition of CCITT X.411
        upperbounds for the length of attribute values
 
 5. Table update schedule
    
    The dates for reminders, dealines, redistributions and
    operation are described in chapter 3. The actual dates can
    be determined by applying the following rules:
      
      Operation:      First monday of the month, 16:00 CET
      
      Redistribution: Four days before operation
      
      Submission deadline: One week before operation
      
      Reminder:       Two weeks before operation
    
    As an exmaple, the following chart shows the scheduled
    updates until the end of 1992.
    


COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 7]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


    Update         Reminder  Deadline  Redist.   Operation
    
    August 1992    20.07.92  27.07.92  30.07.92  03.08.92
    
    September 1992 24.08.92  31.08.92  03.09.92  07.09.92
    
    October 1992   21.09.92  28.09.92  01.10.92  05.10.92
    
    November 1992  19.10.92  26.10.92  29.10.92  02.11.92
    
    December 1992  23.11.92  30.11.92  03.02.92  07.12.92
 
 6. Acknowledgements
    
    The procedures documented in this memo have gradually
    evolved over the last three years due to operational
    experience. The tables were first co-ordinated at the RARE-
    MHS Project Team at SINTEF in Norway. In addition to the
    authors, numerous people contributed to this document,
    especially the members of the former RARE Working Group 1
    on Message Handling Systems and the RARE-MHS Project Team
    with Alf Hansen, Haavard Kvernelv and Steinar Haug.
    Since first of January 1991 the tables are managed by the
    COSINE MHS Project Team. The COSINE MHS project is managed
    by SWITCH in Switzerland, and is a sub-project of the
    COSINE Project. COSINE is funded by the Commission of the
    European Communities and the governments of the European
    Community and European Free Trade Association countries.
    The COSINE project is managed by RARE.
 
 7. References
    
    The issue of operation of gateways between X.400 and RFC
    822 is complex. The following references are essential to
    properly understand the issues involved in the operation
    of a gateway
      
      - RFC 1327
      
      - RFC 822
      
      - CCITT X.400(84/88), ISO 10021
    
    There are a number of other publications useful for RFC
    1327 gateway management. They are:
      
      - a tutorial on the issues involved in operating a
        gateway. This document can be retrieved from the
        COSINE MHS information server, file procedures/map-
        table-tutorial
      
      - a step by step guide implementing these procedures
        using several publically available gateway management


COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 8]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


        tools. The guide also contains information on how to
        retrieve these tools. This document can be retrieved
        from the COSINE MHS information server, file
        procedures/operate-rfc1327-gwy.
 
 8. Accessing the COSINE MHS information server
    
    The globally unique mapping tables, as well as other
    useful documents are stored on the COSINE MHS information
    server. The information server can be reached
      
      - per anonymous FTP
      
      - per FTAM and
      
      - per e-mail.
    
    FTP:
      
      nic.switch.ch
      
      user:cosine
      
      password:<your RFC 822 e-mail address>
    
    FTAM:
      
      Public X.25: +228 47971014540
      
      login: anon
    
    E-mail:
      
      RFC 822:  cosine-mhs-server@nic.switch.ch
      
      X.400:    C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH;O=SWITCH;
      
                OU=nic;S=cosine-mhs-server;
    
    For detailed information on how to use the information
    server per e-mail, send it a message which only contains
    the word "help" in the body.
 











COSINE MHS Project Team                              [Page 9]

INTERNET-DRAFT   Procedures for RFC 1327 Gateways    July 1992


 9. Authors' Addresses
     
     
    Urs Eppenberger                           Paul Klarenberg
    Jeroen Houttuin                             Jim Romaguera
    
    SWITCH                                      NetConsult AG
    Limmatquai 138                         Mettlenwaldweg 20a
    CH-8001 Zurich                    CH-3037 Herrenschwanden
    Switzerland                                   Switzerland
    Tel. +41 1 2618188                     Tel. +41 31 235750
    Fax. +41 1 2623151                     Fax. +41 31 235792
    
    



                COSINE MHS Project Team
                Limmatquai 138
                CH-8001 Zurich
                Switzerland
                   
                Phone:    +41 1 262 3143
                Fax:      +41 1 262 3151
                RFC 822:  project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
                X.400:    C=CH; ADMD=ARCOM; PRMD=SWITCH;
                          O=SWITCH; OU=cosine-mhs; 
                          S=project-team;
    
    
























COSINE MHS Project Team                             [Page 10]


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09245;
          6 Jul 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09241;
          6 Jul 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from mercury91.udev.cdc.com by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08188;
          6 Jul 92 11:44 EDT
Received: by mercury.udev.cdc.com; Mon, 6 Jul 92 09:42:02 -0500
Received: from ixgate.gmd.de by mercury.udev.cdc.com id SMTP-0012a585ade003693; Mon, 6 Jul 92 09:38:24 -0500
X400-Received: by mta ixgate.gmd.de in /PRMD=GmD/ADMD=DbP/C=DE/; Relayed;
               Mon, 6 Jul 1992 16:37:49 +0200
X400-Received: by /PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/; Relayed;
               Mon, 6 Jul 1992 16:16:39 +0200
Date: Mon, 6 Jul 1992 16:16:39 +0200
X400-Originator: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/;920706161639]
X400-Content-Type: P2-1984 (2)
Content-Identifier: 255
Priority: Urgent
From: Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas <Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
Message-ID: <255*/S=Tsigaridas/OU=fokus/OU=berlin/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
To: Non Receipt Notification Requested <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <ietf-osi-x400ops@pilot.cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <Eppenberger@switch.ch>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: MHS exchange format
Importance: High


Hi,

The currently used textual description format for X.400 related information 
that is widly used within the european X.400 community shows the following
disadvantages:

      it is not well structured because there is no clear distinction between
      the different types of X.400 objects described (MTAs, domains, admins)

      It is not very user friendly because of the used shortcuts
      (e.g. #).

      The amount of available information types is incomplete.

The mechanism that is currently used to exchange information encode
with the existing exchange format has the following disadvantages:

   the amount of information that is delivered to everyone does not
   match the amount of information that is really required by the
   individuals (everybody gets the big list)

   the time period between the creation of a change (by the
   administrator) and the delivery of the changed information to the whole
   community is in the range of weeks to months.

   a central information file needs to be maintained by some
   administrator who organizes the collection and updating
   procedure.

The currently proposed exchange format defined within the Internet
Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within a multi
protocol / multi network environment" by U. Eppenberger is not
suited for use with X.500 Directory Services. The Relation between the
information objects (e.g. MTAs) and their real-world environment (e.g.
the organization they reside in) is not expressed in a way that allows a
simple mapping onto X.500 information structures. Therefore, a new
exchange format needs to be defined that enables the migration to an MHS
information service based on an international X.500 Directory and on the
Internet Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within
a multi protocol / multi network environment". The objectives of
such a new exchange format are:

   It should be well structured according to the different types of
   information objects that occur within the X.400 environment

   It should be readable and creatable by humans

   It should have a formally defined syntax so that it can be
   processed by programs

A mapping of the information described in this format to an X.500
database should be straightforward

  It should be usable without X.500 support

  It should be extensible in terms of the objects types and the
  information associated with that object types

Based on these objectives, the MHS Information Exchange Format
(MHS-IEF) has been defined. The MHS-IEF allows information about
Communities, WEPs (MTAs), Domains, Organization and Administrators to be
exchanged in the old-fashioned way, by simply mailing blocks of information 
to other X.400 users or by creating lists of information and re-distribute 
them using a text-based exchange media (e.g. plain text messages). 
Starting from this old-fashioned way, a smooth migration to a fully
X.500 based approach is possible. This migration is based on the
principle, that the exchange format allows that textual information (as
it will be created and delivered by the different MHS/MTA
administrators) to be loaded or updated in the X.500 Directory. Because
access to this information will be provided by the X.500 Directory in an
on-line way, the textual information exchange will become more and more
a process of information collection, whereas the Directory query will
become the way of accesing the (up-to-date) information. 


The document resides on our filestore and You can get it by 
the following ways:

    1. via FTP from the  GMD FOKUS  Berlin

       > ftp 192.35.149.27
       Connected to 192.35.149.27.
       220 sadir FTP server (SunOS 4.1) ready.
       Name (192.35.149.27:ow): anonymous
       331 Guest login ok, send ident as password.
       Password: anonymous
       230 Guest login ok, access restrictions apply.
       ftp> cd x400Ops 
       ftp> binary
       200 Type set to I.
       250 CWD command successful.
       ftp> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps 
       ...


    2. via FTAM from GMD Berlin

       DTE 45050230303 m
       PID 03010100 
       TSEL 259  
       Username: ANON

       FTAM> cd x400Ops 
       FTAM> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps  
	     


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Panos Tsigaridas     phone : +49 30 25499-232                                  | 
                      Fax   : +49 30 25499-202                                  |
 GMD FOKUS            X.400 : <S=Tsigaridas;OU=fokus;OU=berlin;P=gmd;A=dbp;C=de>| 
 Hardenbergpaltz 2    X.500 : @c=de@o=GMD@ou=Fokus@cn=Panos Tsigaridas          |
 W-Berlin 12          E-mail: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de                |
                                                                                |
 Germany                                                                        |
 United States of Europe                                                        |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09718;
          6 Jul 92 12:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09714;
          6 Jul 92 12:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09833;
          6 Jul 92 12:17 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:38:17 +0000
Date: Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:38:17 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..916:06.06.92.14.38.17]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:38:17 
                      +0000;
From: Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas <Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
Message-ID: <256*/S=Tsigaridas/OU=fokus/OU=berlin/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: MHS exchange format
Importance: High


Hi,

The currently used textual description format for X.400 related information 
that is widly used within the european X.400 community shows the following
disadvantages:

      it is not well structured because there is no clear distinction between
      the different types of X.400 objects described (MTAs, domains, admins)

      It is not very user friendly because of the used shortcuts
      (e.g. #).

      The amount of available information types is incomplete.

The mechanism that is currently used to exchange information encode
with the existing exchange format has the following disadvantages:

   the amount of information that is delivered to everyone does not
   match the amount of information that is really required by the
   individuals (everybody gets the big list)

   the time period between the creation of a change (by the
   administrator) and the delivery of the changed information to the whole
   community is in the range of weeks to months.

   a central information file needs to be maintained by some
   administrator who organizes the collection and updating
   procedure.

The currently proposed exchange format defined within the Internet
Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within a multi
protocol / multi network environment" by U. Eppenberger is not
suited for use with X.500 Directory Services. The Relation between the
information objects (e.g. MTAs) and their real-world environment (e.g.
the organization they reside in) is not expressed in a way that allows a
simple mapping onto X.500 information structures. Therefore, a new
exchange format needs to be defined that enables the migration to an MHS
information service based on an international X.500 Directory and on the
Internet Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within
a multi protocol / multi network environment". The objectives of
such a new exchange format are:

   It should be well structured according to the different types of
   information objects that occur within the X.400 environment

   It should be readable and creatable by humans

   It should have a formally defined syntax so that it can be
   processed by programs

A mapping of the information described in this format to an X.500
database should be straightforward

  It should be usable without X.500 support

  It should be extensible in terms of the objects types and the
  information associated with that object types

Based on these objectives, the MHS Information Exchange Format
(MHS-IEF) has been defined. The MHS-IEF allows information about
Communities, WEPs (MTAs), Domains, Organization and Administrators to be
exchanged in the old-fashioned way, by simply mailing blocks of information 
to other X.400 users or by creating lists of information and re-distribute 
them using a text-based exchange media (e.g. plain text messages). 
Starting from this old-fashioned way, a smooth migration to a fully
X.500 based approach is possible. This migration is based on the
principle, that the exchange format allows that textual information (as
it will be created and delivered by the different MHS/MTA
administrators) to be loaded or updated in the X.500 Directory. Because
access to this information will be provided by the X.500 Directory in an
on-line way, the textual information exchange will become more and more
a process of information collection, whereas the Directory query will
become the way of accesing the (up-to-date) information. 


The document resides on our filestore and You can get it by 
the following ways:

    1. via FTP from the  GMD FOKUS  Berlin

       > ftp 192.35.149.27
       Connected to 192.35.149.27.
       220 sadir FTP server (SunOS 4.1) ready.
       Name (192.35.149.27:ow): anonymous
       331 Guest login ok, send ident as password.
       Password: anonymous
       230 Guest login ok, access restrictions apply.
       ftp> cd x400Ops 
       ftp> binary
       200 Type set to I.
       250 CWD command successful.
       ftp> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps 
       ...


    2. via FTAM from GMD Berlin

       DTE 45050230303 m
       PID 03010100 
       TSEL 259  
       Username: ANON

       FTAM> cd x400Ops 
       FTAM> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps  
	     


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Panos Tsigaridas     phone : +49 30 25499-232                                  | 
                      Fax   : +49 30 25499-202                                  |
 GMD FOKUS            X.400 : <S=Tsigaridas;OU=fokus;OU=berlin;P=gmd;A=dbp;C=de>| 
 Hardenbergpaltz 2    X.500 : @c=de@o=GMD@ou=Fokus@cn=Panos Tsigaridas          |
 W-Berlin 12          E-mail: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de                |
                                                                                |
 Germany                                                                        |
 United States of Europe                                                        |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09971;
          6 Jul 92 12:52 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09967;
          6 Jul 92 12:52 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11258;
          6 Jul 92 12:53 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:39:24 +0000
Date: Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:39:24 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..916:06.06.92.14.39.24]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 09:39:20 
                      +0000;
From: Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas <Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
Message-ID: <255*/S=Tsigaridas/OU=fokus/OU=berlin/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
To: Non Receipt Notification Requested <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <Eppenberger@switch.ch>, 
    Non Receipt Notification Requested <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: MHS exchange format
Importance: High


Hi,

The currently used textual description format for X.400 related information 
that is widly used within the european X.400 community shows the following
disadvantages:

      it is not well structured because there is no clear distinction between
      the different types of X.400 objects described (MTAs, domains, admins)

      It is not very user friendly because of the used shortcuts
      (e.g. #).

      The amount of available information types is incomplete.

The mechanism that is currently used to exchange information encode
with the existing exchange format has the following disadvantages:

   the amount of information that is delivered to everyone does not
   match the amount of information that is really required by the
   individuals (everybody gets the big list)

   the time period between the creation of a change (by the
   administrator) and the delivery of the changed information to the whole
   community is in the range of weeks to months.

   a central information file needs to be maintained by some
   administrator who organizes the collection and updating
   procedure.

The currently proposed exchange format defined within the Internet
Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within a multi
protocol / multi network environment" by U. Eppenberger is not
suited for use with X.500 Directory Services. The Relation between the
information objects (e.g. MTAs) and their real-world environment (e.g.
the organization they reside in) is not expressed in a way that allows a
simple mapping onto X.500 information structures. Therefore, a new
exchange format needs to be defined that enables the migration to an MHS
information service based on an international X.500 Directory and on the
Internet Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within
a multi protocol / multi network environment". The objectives of
such a new exchange format are:

   It should be well structured according to the different types of
   information objects that occur within the X.400 environment

   It should be readable and creatable by humans

   It should have a formally defined syntax so that it can be
   processed by programs

A mapping of the information described in this format to an X.500
database should be straightforward

  It should be usable without X.500 support

  It should be extensible in terms of the objects types and the
  information associated with that object types

Based on these objectives, the MHS Information Exchange Format
(MHS-IEF) has been defined. The MHS-IEF allows information about
Communities, WEPs (MTAs), Domains, Organization and Administrators to be
exchanged in the old-fashioned way, by simply mailing blocks of information 
to other X.400 users or by creating lists of information and re-distribute 
them using a text-based exchange media (e.g. plain text messages). 
Starting from this old-fashioned way, a smooth migration to a fully
X.500 based approach is possible. This migration is based on the
principle, that the exchange format allows that textual information (as
it will be created and delivered by the different MHS/MTA
administrators) to be loaded or updated in the X.500 Directory. Because
access to this information will be provided by the X.500 Directory in an
on-line way, the textual information exchange will become more and more
a process of information collection, whereas the Directory query will
become the way of accesing the (up-to-date) information. 


The document resides on our filestore and You can get it by 
the following ways:

    1. via FTP from the  GMD FOKUS  Berlin

       > ftp 192.35.149.27
       Connected to 192.35.149.27.
       220 sadir FTP server (SunOS 4.1) ready.
       Name (192.35.149.27:ow): anonymous
       331 Guest login ok, send ident as password.
       Password: anonymous
       230 Guest login ok, access restrictions apply.
       ftp> cd x400Ops 
       ftp> binary
       200 Type set to I.
       250 CWD command successful.
       ftp> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps 
       ...


    2. via FTAM from GMD Berlin

       DTE 45050230303 m
       PID 03010100 
       TSEL 259  
       Username: ANON

       FTAM> cd x400Ops 
       FTAM> get mhs-ief-x400-ops.ps  
	     


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Panos Tsigaridas     phone : +49 30 25499-232                                  | 
                      Fax   : +49 30 25499-202                                  |
 GMD FOKUS            X.400 : <S=Tsigaridas;OU=fokus;OU=berlin;P=gmd;A=dbp;C=de>| 
 Hardenbergpaltz 2    X.500 : @c=de@o=GMD@ou=Fokus@cn=Panos Tsigaridas          |
 W-Berlin 12          E-mail: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de                |
                                                                                |
 Germany                                                                        |
 United States of Europe                                                        |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09981;
          6 Jul 92 12:52 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09977;
          6 Jul 92 12:52 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11263;
          6 Jul 92 12:53 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 11:51:30 +0000
Date: Mon, 6 Jul 1992 11:51:30 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..315:06.06.92.16.51.30]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 6 Jul 1992 11:51:29 
                      +0000;
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Message-ID: <751*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    mhs-ds <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: Re: MHS Information Exchange Format

Panos-Gavriil, Oliver,
mmhhmm, I was just working on an update of my proposal for the next IETF
meeting. Since this is boring work I read your proposal instead.

>The currently used textual description format for X.400 related information 
>that is widly used within the european X.400 community shows the following
>disadvantages:
>
>      it is not well structured because there is no clear distinction between
>      the different types of X.400 objects described (MTAs, domains, admins)
Is the separation of MTAs and domains into WEP and DOMAIN documents not
enough?

>      It is not very user friendly because of the used shortcuts
>      (e.g. #).
The hash is just used for comments, a 'standard' in different environments.
For all real information I use keywords.

>      The amount of available information types is incomplete.
The proposal has been on the list since more than one year. I never got
any response from you to add more. Most of the other suggestions I got
during this time were built into the document or should have been for
the next version.

>The mechanism that is currently used to exchange information encode
>with the existing exchange format has the following disadvantages:
>
>   the amount of information that is delivered to everyone does not
>   match the amount of information that is really required by the
>   individuals (everybody gets the big list)
Could you explain this? Who are the individuals, who is everybody, what
information is really required?

>   the time period between the creation of a change (by the
>   administrator) and the delivery of the changed information to the whole
>   community is in the range of weeks to months.
Days, may be one week. This is due to the checking of the info by the
administrator. Please let me know if you think this is not needed. The
job is very boring.

>   a central information file needs to be maintained by some
>   administrator who organizes the collection and updating
>   procedure.
In an international environment this might be considered as an advantage!

>The currently proposed exchange format defined within the Internet
>Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within a multi
>protocol / multi network environment" by U. Eppenberger is not
>suited for use with X.500 Directory Services. The Relation between the
>information objects (e.g. MTAs) and their real-world environment (e.g.
>the organization they reside in) is not expressed in a way that allows a
>simple mapping onto X.500 information structures. Therefore, a new
>exchange format needs to be defined that enables the migration to an MHS
>information service based on an international X.500 Directory and on the
>Internet Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within
>a multi protocol / multi network environment". The objectives of
>such a new exchange format are:
>
>   It should be well structured according to the different types of
>   information objects that occur within the X.400 environment
Already done in my proposal

>   It should be readable and creatable by humans
Already done in my proposal, just compare your examples with mine :-)

>   It should have a formally defined syntax so that it can be
>   processed by programs
We develop the first tools at the moment. Syntax checking for the
administrators and creating PP routing tables. So far the syntax
seemed formal enough.

>A mapping of the information described in this format to an X.500
>database should be straightforward
>
>  It should be usable without X.500 support
>
>  It should be extensible in terms of the objects types and the
>  information associated with that object types
>
>Based on these objectives, the MHS Information Exchange Format
>(MHS-IEF) has been defined. The MHS-IEF allows information about
>Communities, WEPs (MTAs), Domains, Organization and Administrators to be
>exchanged in the old-fashioned way, by simply mailing blocks of information 
>to other X.400 users or by creating lists of information and re-distribute 
>them using a text-based exchange media (e.g. plain text messages). 
>Starting from this old-fashioned way, a smooth migration to a fully
>X.500 based approach is possible. This migration is based on the
>principle, that the exchange format allows that textual information (as
>it will be created and delivered by the different MHS/MTA
>administrators) to be loaded or updated in the X.500 Directory. Because
>access to this information will be provided by the X.500 Directory in an
>on-line way, the textual information exchange will become more and more
>a process of information collection, whereas the Directory query will
>become the way of accesing the (up-to-date) information. 

Why did you leave out all the operational aspects from your document?
(Just copy it, it's working ;-)

Kind regards,

Urs Eppenberger, SWITCH Head Office

PS: Could the COSINE-MHS managers and the IETF-X.400-Opers tell me if they
    want
    - MACRO usage
    - local domain
    - optional WEP concept
    - other smaller fixes
    integrated in my document and go with it or if I should wait until we know
    if the FOKUS proposal fits our needs better?


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15659;
          6 Jul 92 18:51 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15655;
          6 Jul 92 18:51 EDT
Received: from mercury91.udev.cdc.com by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa28869;
          6 Jul 92 18:52 EDT
Received: by mercury.udev.cdc.com; Mon, 6 Jul 92 15:06:38 -0500
Received: by mercury.udev.cdc.com; Mon, 6 Jul 92 12:16:07 -0500
X400-Trace: us*attmail*cdc; arrival 06 Jul 92 11:55:32 -0500 action Relayed
X400-Trace: US*_*XNREN; arrival 06 Jul 92 16:51:12 Z action Relayed
X400-Trace: CH*ARCOM*SWITCH; arrival 06 Jul 92 18:50:34 +0200 action Relayed
X400-Internal-Trace: mercury.os.cdc.us; arrival 06 Jul 92 12:02:22 -0500 action 
  Relayed
X400-Internal-Trace: cdc.us; arrival 06 Jul 92 11:55:32 -0500 action Relayed
P1-Message-ID: CH*ARCOM*SWITCH; 920706185034
UA-Content-ID: 751
Original-Encoded-Information-Types: IA5-Text
Delivery-Options: allow alternate recipients, return contents
Message-Id: <751*Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Date: 06 Jul 92 18:50:34 +0200
From: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@pilot.pilot.cs.wisc.edu, 
    rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com
Subject: Re: MHS Information Exchange Format

Panos-Gavriil, Oliver,
mmhhmm, I was just working on an update of my proposal for the next IETF
meeting. Since this is boring work I read your proposal instead.

>The currently used textual description format for X.400 related information 
>that is widly used within the european X.400 community shows the following
>disadvantages:
>
>      it is not well structured because there is no clear distinction between
>      the different types of X.400 objects described (MTAs, domains, admins)
Is the separation of MTAs and domains into WEP and DOMAIN documents not
enough?

>      It is not very user friendly because of the used shortcuts
>      (e.g. #).
The hash is just used for comments, a 'standard' in different environments.
For all real information I use keywords.

>      The amount of available information types is incomplete.
The proposal has been on the list since more than one year. I never got
any response from you to add more. Most of the other suggestions I got
during this time were built into the document or should have been for
the next version.

>The mechanism that is currently used to exchange information encode
>with the existing exchange format has the following disadvantages:
>
>   the amount of information that is delivered to everyone does not
>   match the amount of information that is really required by the
>   individuals (everybody gets the big list)
Could you explain this? Who are the individuals, who is everybody, what
information is really required?

>   the time period between the creation of a change (by the
>   administrator) and the delivery of the changed information to the whole
>   community is in the range of weeks to months.
Days, may be one week. This is due to the checking of the info by the
administrator. Please let me know if you think this is not needed. The
job is very boring.

>   a central information file needs to be maintained by some
>   administrator who organizes the collection and updating
>   procedure.
In an international environment this might be considered as an advantage!

>The currently proposed exchange format defined within the Internet
>Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within a multi
>protocol / multi network environment" by U. Eppenberger is not
>suited for use with X.500 Directory Services. The Relation between the
>information objects (e.g. MTAs) and their real-world environment (e.g.
>the organization they reside in) is not expressed in a way that allows a
>simple mapping onto X.500 information structures. Therefore, a new
>exchange format needs to be defined that enables the migration to an MHS
>information service based on an international X.500 Directory and on the
>Internet Draft "Routing coordination for x.400 MHS services within
>a multi protocol / multi network environment". The objectives of
>such a new exchange format are:
>
>   It should be well structured according to the different types of
>   information objects that occur within the X.400 environment
Already done in my proposal

>   It should be readable and creatable by humans
Already done in my proposal, just compare your examples with mine :-)

>   It should have a formally defined syntax so that it can be
>   processed by programs
We develop the first tools at the moment. Syntax checking for the
administrators and creating PP routing tables. So far the syntax
seemed formal enough.

>A mapping of the information described in this format to an X.500
>database should be straightforward
>
>  It should be usable without X.500 support
>
>  It should be extensible in terms of the objects types and the
>  information associated with that object types
>
>Based on these objectives, the MHS Information Exchange Format
>(MHS-IEF) has been defined. The MHS-IEF allows information about
>Communities, WEPs (MTAs), Domains, Organization and Administrators to be
>exchanged in the old-fashioned way, by simply mailing blocks of information 
>to other X.400 users or by creating lists of information and re-distribute 
>them using a text-based exchange media (e.g. plain text messages). 
>Starting from this old-fashioned way, a smooth migration to a fully
>X.500 based approach is possible. This migration is based on the
>principle, that the exchange format allows that textual information (as
>it will be created and delivered by the different MHS/MTA
>administrators) to be loaded or updated in the X.500 Directory. Because
>access to this information will be provided by the X.500 Directory in an
>on-line way, the textual information exchange will become more and more
>a process of information collection, whereas the Directory query will
>become the way of accesing the (up-to-date) information. 

Why did you leave out all the operational aspects from your document?
(Just copy it, it's working ;-)

Kind regards,

Urs Eppenberger, SWITCH Head Office

PS: Could the COSINE-MHS managers and the IETF-X.400-Opers tell me if they
    want
    - MACRO usage
    - local domain
    - optional WEP concept
    - other smaller fixes
    integrated in my document and go with it or if I should wait until we know
    if the FOKUS proposal fits our needs better?


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00396;
          7 Jul 92 4:53 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00392;
          7 Jul 92 4:53 EDT
Received: from mercury91.udev.cdc.com by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01121;
          7 Jul 92 4:55 EDT
Received: by mercury.udev.cdc.com; Tue, 7 Jul 92 02:14:31 -0500
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by mercury.udev.cdc.com id SMTP-0012a59444d000036; Tue, 7 Jul 92 02:14:24 -0500
Received: from surfnet.nl by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <13341-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Tue, 7 Jul 1992 09:04:33 +0200
Received: from localhost by survival.surfnet.nl (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA16731;
          Tue, 7 Jul 92 09:04:31 +0200
Message-Id: <9207070704.AA16731@survival.surfnet.nl>
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@pilot.cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    mhs-ds <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: Re: MHS Information Exchange Format
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 06 Jul 92 18:51:30 +0200. <751*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Organisation: SURFnet bv
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Tue, 07 Jul 92 09:04:02 +0200
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

Urs,

==> From: Urs Eppenberger
> PS: Could the COSINE-MHS managers and the IETF-X.400-Opers tell me if they
>     want
>     - MACRO usage
>     - local domain
>     - optional WEP concept
>     - other smaller fixes
>     integrated in my document and go with it or if I should wait until we kno
 w
>     if the FOKUS proposal fits our needs better?


Please go on with it, cause we need it yesterday. As I see it, your proposal
is implementable now in a fast and easy way. The longer term approach should
include X.500 support. Panos' proposal fits more in with the IETF MHS-DS
group, and as such I propose that he brings it into that group. 

Panos, if you really want support for this idea, don't keep it in the dark,
discuss it in open groups, like the IETF MHS-DS group, otherwise your
proposal wont stnad much chance of being accepted. Dropping something like
this on the table just like that is not going to get you the necessary
concensus.

Urs,
I don't care much for Macro usage in the short term (too complicated?)
I like the local domain concept
I like the operational WEP concept (If I understand correctly what you mean
by that)

See you all in Boston/Cambridge?

Erik


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11853;
          9 Jul 92 18:49 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11849;
          9 Jul 92 18:49 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07516;
          9 Jul 92 18:51 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <22312-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 9 Jul 1992 17:49:40 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:49:33 -0500
Return-Path: <epg>
Received: from [128.29.31.104] by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA14710;
          Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:08:40 -0400
Date: Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:08:40 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9207092108.AA14710@gateway.mitre.org>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Registration Procedures
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org

Folks:

Enclosed is a draft of version 5.1 of the "Procedures for Registering MHS
Management Domain Names Used within the USA."  This version incorporates
comments that we have received to date.  The USA RAC and MHS MD
Subcommittee will be meeting on 3-5 August at ANSI and will review any
comments on version 5.1 received by then.

I will be requesting that the ANSI USA Registration Authority Committee
(RAC) ask the Information Systems Standards Board (ISSB) of ANSI to
request ANSI to submit a proposal for acting as a registration 
authority for MHS MD names. Other proposals will be welcome.

An editing group, under the direction of Dave Foster of IBM, is working
diligently to develop the behavioral guidelines document, and we plan to
complete that at our September-October meeting.

We ask the cooperation of all to help us get the infrastructure 
in place for registration of management domains by the end of the year.

Please mail any comments to me at epg@gateway.mitre.org, or fax them to
me at 703 883 7142. The MHS MD Subcommittee plans to meet on 30 September
and 1 October at the Department of State.

Ella Gardner, chair
MHS MD Subcommittee
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
D R A F T

Procedures For Registering MHS Management
Domain Names Used within the USA

Version 5.1

US CCITT Study Group D
Message Handling Systems
Management Domain Subcommittee

July 6, 1992

                      TABLE OF CONTENTS

Note:  Ignore the page numbers.


SECTION                                                  PAGE

1  Purpose                                                  1

2  CCITT, ISO, and Regional Profile Requirements            1
   2.1  CCITT X.400|ISO/IEC 10021                           1
   2.2  CCITT X.208|ISO 8824 and CCITT X.660|ISO/IEC
        9834-1                                              1

3  Registration Authority                                   1

4  Register of Names                                        1

5  Registration Options for Applicants                      1
   5.1  Permanence of Registration                          1
   5.2  ADMD Name                                           1
   5.3  PRMD Name                                           1
        5.3.1  National Registration                        1
        5.3.2  Registration with a Non-ADMD                 1
        5.3.3  Registration with a US ADMD                  1

6  Registration Procedures for the US National MHS MD
   Register                                                 1
   6.1  Application for Registration                        1
        6.1.1  Procedure                                    1
        6.1.2  Fees                                         1
   6.2  Review of Application                               1
        6.2.1  Procedure                                    1
        6.2.2  Response Time                                1
        6.2.3  Rejection of Unprocessable
               Applications                                 1
   6.3  Assignment of MD Name                               1
   6.4  Challenge Process                                   1
        6.4.1  Initiation of a Challenge                    1
        6.4.2  Response to a Challenge                      1
        6.4.3  Pending Challenge                            1
        6.4.4  Resolved Challenge                           1

7  Maintenance of Register                                  1

8  Additional Services                                      1
   8.1  Enquiry                                             1
   8.2  Publication                                         1

9  Fees                                                     2
   9.1  Registration Fee                                    2
   9.2  Challenge Fee                                       2
   9.3  Challenge Loser Fee                                 2
   9.4  Register Update Fee                                 2
   9.5  Enquiry Fee                                         2
   9.6  Publication Fee                                     2

10  MD Registration Subauthorities                          2

References                                                  3

Appendix A:  Definitions                                   17

Appendix B:  Character Sets                                21

Appendix C:  MHS MD Name Syntax                            23

Appendix D:  Identity of Registration Authority            25

Appendix E:  Content of Forms                              26

Appendix F:  Content of Registration Database              31

Glossary                                                   31



                       LIST OF TABLES


1  Purpose

The purpose of these procedures is to provide guidelines for
registering Administration Management Domain (ADMD) and
Private Management Domain (PRMD) names in the US.  These
names are used by implementations of electronic mail
conforming to the International Telegraph and Telephone
Consultative Committee (CCITT) X.400 series of
Recommendations and the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO)/International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) 10021 Standard [4-20].  The procedures set
forth in this document bind the message handling systems
(MHS) standards with the open systems interconnection (OSI)
registration procedures [23].  Additionally, they provide a
means for the US management domains to register their MD
names with MHS MD name registration authorities that are not
necessarily US ADMDs.

Useful definitions for message handling systems (MHS) and
registration are listed in Appendix A.

2  CCITT, ISO, and Regional Profile Requirements

2.1  CCITT X.400|ISO/IEC 10021

ADMD and PRMD names are used in several elements of MHS
protocols.  Two syntaxes are specified for the ADMD and PRMD
values:  Numeric String and Printable String [Figure 2/17,
(Part 30 of 41)].  The Numeric String and Printable String
character sets are shown in Appendix B; the Numeric String
character set is a subset of the Printable String character
set.

For the purpose of MHS MD name registration in the US, only
names containing characters from the Printable String
character set shall be considered.  The registration of an MD
name consisting of Printable String characters also provides
the registrant with the right to use the equivalent name, if
any, consisting of characters from the Numeric String
character set.

        NOTE:  Only Printable String names consisting solely
        of digits and space have equivalent characters in the
        Numeric String character set.

Pragmatic constraints, which are mandatory in X.400, limit
the names to 16 characters [Figure B-1/17, (Part 2 of 3)].
For alignment with the standard, comparison for registration
will be case insensitive.  Multiple consecutive spaces shall
be registered as a single space.  Leading and trailing spaces
shall not be registered as part of a name value.

In accordance with the standard, the procedure for
registering management domain (MD) names is a national
decision and is the subject of this specification.  As a
national matter, the PRMD name may be either relative to the
country denoted by a country name or relative to the ADMD
[13, 18.3.21].

To align with ISO/IEC 10021-2, the registrar shall not
register the name values of a single space or a single zero
[13, 18.3.1l; 22, 3.2.3].

2.2  CCITT X.208|ISO 8824 and CCITT X.660|ISO/IEC 9834-1

CCITT X.208|ISO 8824, Specification of Abstract Notation One
(ASN.1) assigns object identifier component values for three
arcs:  ccitt, iso, and joint-iso-ccitt[3, B.1].  The arcs
below joint-iso-ccitt have values which are assigned as
agreed from time to time by ISO and CCITT to identify areas
of joint activity.  CCITT X.660|ISO/IEC 9834-1, Procedures
for the Operation of OSI Registration Authorities:  General
Procedures, assigns a country arc under joint-iso-ccitt [23,
A5].

3  Registration Authority

The registration authority for the joint-iso-ccitt arc in the
USA is specified in Appendix D.

        NOTE:  The registration authority specified in
        Appendix D is ONLY for objects registered subordinate
        to country=us.

4  Register of Names

The US intends to register ADMD names and PRMD names under
the joint arc as modeled in CCITT X.660| ISO 9834-1.  For the
US, this arc is identified as follows:

    {joint-ccitt-iso (2) country (16) US (840) mhsmd (n)}

The applicant provides the name to be registered as described
in section 6.3.

5  Registration Options for Applicants

5.1  Permanence of Registration

MHS MD names registered directly with the US National MHS MD
registration authority, which are intended to be used by the
registrant to identify US MHS MD registration subauthorities,
always have the property of ``permanence''.

In the context of registration, the permanently registered
MHS MD names that are used to name a recognized MHS
registration subauthority, remain registered unless the
registrar receives a directive from the registrant or the US
courts or some other US judicial body to have the name value
removed from the registry or re-assigned.  This will normally
be done as a result of a challenge or a determination of the
US courts that someone's intellectual property rights have
been violated. In the event that the registered name was used
to identify a subauthority, it is anticipated that the new
owner of the name value will continue to maintain the
registration subauthority.

For brevity, the term ``permanent'' is used throughout this
document to convey the above semantics, not the normal
dictionary meaning.

        NOTE:  The ``Proposed Behavior Guidelines for
        Participation within the US National X.400 MTS,''
        places additional obligations on applicants who
        intend to use the registered value in the US National
        Message Transfer System to identify a US ADMD or US
        PRMD.

5.2  ADMD Name

To register a printable string to be used as an ADMD name,
the registrant shall register the name in the MD name
register.  The registration is permanent.  The registrant may
use the name to construct PRMD names in accordance with
Appendix C.  The applicant must indicate, and the registrar
must record, intent to operate as an ADMD.

5.3  PRMD Name

To register a value to be used as a PRMD name in MHS
protocol, the registration shall register either directly
with the US MHS MD Registration Authority or one of its
recognized subauthorities.  The US recognizes two kinds of
MHS MD registration subauthority services: one offered by US
ADMDs and the other offered by organizations other than US
ADMDs.

5.3.1  National Registration

The applicant shall register the name in the US National MHS
MD name register.  The registration is permanent.  The
registrant may use the name to construct PRMD names in
accordance with Appendix C.

5.3.2  Registration with a Non-ADMD

The applicant shall register the name in the subauthority's
MD name register in accordance with the registration
procedures set forth by the registration subauthority.  The
registrant may use the name to construct PRMD names in
accordance with Appendix C.

5.3.3  Registration with a US ADMD

Depending on the PRMD administrator's intention, a PRMD name
registered with a US ADMD may be used in the US National
Message Transfer System in one of two ways:

a.  If the registrant intends to use the registered PRMD name
    in the US National Backbone Service, the applicant shall
    be assigned a constructed name value as identified in
    Appendix C.

    NOTE:  The applicant is expected to advise the ADMD
    registrar of this intention voluntarily.

b.  If the registrant intends to use the registered PRMD name
    in the US National National Message Transfer System, and
    to identify the serving ADMD in the O/R Addresses of its
    users, the applicant shall be advised of both the
    <ADMDName> of the registration subauthority and the
    registered <LocalName>, where the <LocalName> is the
    actual value held in the register.

    NOTE 1:  The O/R Address for its users shall clearly
    identify the serving ADMD to which it has entered into
    contractual agreements and the PRMD name value
    registered. This is similar to the services offered by
    ADMDs at the time of the writing of this document.

    NOTE 2:  The applicant is expected to advise the ADMD
    registrar of this intention voluntarily.

6  Registration Procedures for the US National MHS MD
Register

This section specifies the registration authority procedures
for the processing of requests and challenges. These
procedures are designed to assure openness and due process in
the registration of MD Name values.

6.1  Application for Registration

The usage of the US MHS MD registration process is based
purely on the demand of the applicants. As such this section
establishes a uniform scheme for the provision of the US MHD
MD registration service.

6.1.1  Procedure

To request registration of an MD name, the applicant shall
submit a written Request for Registration application and the
appropriate registration fee to the National MHS MD
Registration Authority.  The content of the application form
is described in Appendix E.1. The fees are described in
section 9.

The registered MD Name is recorded as an alphanumeric value
supplied by the applicant as constrained by the rules in
Appendix C.

If the applicant desires multiple names, multiple
applications must be submitted.

6.1.2  Fees

A Registration fee, if applicable, (see sections 9.1) must
accompany all applications. This fee will be used to defray
the cost of operating the Registration Authority. If an
application is rejected, the registration fee shall be
returned minus any fees assessed for processing the
application (see sections 9.2-3).

6.2  Review of Application

6.2.1  Procedure

An application for registration must be submitted specifying
the appropriate information as described in Appendix E.1.
Each application shall be reviewed as follows.

Because an alphanumeric MD Name value may have meaning
outside the registration process, there may be challenges
concerning the rights to the name. For this reason, the
registration application must contain a signed statement
asserting the applicant's right to the name for the
application to be processed. If the statement is missing, the
application shall be rejected specifying the absence of the
signed statement as the reason for rejection.

        NOTE:  The ``signed statement attesting to the
        applicant's right to use'' may be provided on the
        applicant's corporate letterhead or directly onto the
        application itself. The signature should be that of a
        representative of the firm or applicant who is duly
        empowered by that applicant to do so.

If the application does not contain the minimum information
specified in Appendix E.1, the application shall be rejected
specifying this as the reason for rejection.

If the requesting organization does not meet the criteria in
Appendix C, the application shall be rejected specifying this
as the reason for rejection.

The registration authority shall assure that names registered
to be used as management domain names follow the rules stated
in Appendix C.

6.2.2  Response Time

Each application received is treated separately. Review of
the application under the procedures of section 6.2.1 will be
completed within 10 working days from the receipt of the
application, to the extent practical.

6.2.3  Rejection of Unprocessable Applications

If the application is rejected for reasons specified in
section 6.2.1, the applicant shall be notified using the form
described in Appendix E.2.1. The entire registration fee
shall be refunded.

6.3  Assignment of MD Name

The applicant shall supply the desired alphanumeric name
value.  If the alphanumeric MD Name value does not meet the
rules specified in section 6.2.1, then the request will be
rejected specifying this as the reason for rejection.

The supplied value shall be compared against all other
alphanumeric values recorded in the registration database. If
the value is a duplicate, the request will be rejected
specifying this as the reason for rejection.

The supplied value shall be compared against all values in
the Public Review List. If the value is a duplicate, then the
procedure specified in section 6.4.1 shall be executed.

If the supplied value is not a duplicate it shall be entered
into the Public Review List (see Appendix E.3). This list
shall be published in an appropriate publication.  If the
applicant has requested that information on the Application
for Registration not be released, only the alphanumeric value
shall be published. Otherwise, all the information shall be
published.

        NOTE: The value remains on the Public Review List and
        is published during the entire Public Review period.
        The value shall be highlighted for its initial
        published appearance in the list.  A description of
        the challenge procedures shall be published along
        with the Public Review List.

The Public Review period is 90 calendar days. It shall
commence within 5 days of the publication date of the list in
which the value first appears. The beginning and final dates
of the Public Review period shall be published (see Appendix
E.3).

A notice (as described in E.4) of the publication of the
supplied alphanumeric MD Name value shall be sent to the
applicant within 20 working days, to the extent practical.

If the registration is challenged during the Public Review
period, the procedure specified in section 6.4 shall be
executed.

After the Public Review period is complete, and there is no
outstanding challenge, the alphanumeric name value will be
removed from the Public Review List. The registration
information (as described in Annex E.5) shall be sent to the
applicant within 10 working days after the close of the
period.

6.4  Challenge Process

The challenge process provides a means for the Registration
Authority to respond to all challenges to MD Names in the
Public Review List.  The challenge process can only be
initiated when an MD Name is in the Public Review List.  This
section specifies the actions that shall be taken by the
Registration Authority to process a challenge.

6.4.1  Initiation of a Challenge

The challenge process shall be initiated by the Registration
Authority when either of the following events specified below
occurs.

6.4.1.1 Challenge by Letter

An MD Name proposed for registration and in the Public Review
List may be challenged by notifying the Registration
Authority during the review period. The challenge shall be in
the form of a letter from an interested entity, e.g., a
corporation or individual, to the Registration Authority. The
letter shall identify what MD Name in the Public Review List
is being challenged and shall state the rationale supporting
the challenge. A Challenge Fee (see section 9.2) shall
accompany the challenge.

6.4.1.2 Challenge by Application

If an Application for Registration which specifies a name
value equal to one already in the Public Review List is
received by the Registration Authority, the following events
shall occur.

The Registration Authority shall notify the submitter of the
Application for Registration that the MD Name requested is
currently in the Public Review List, and ask if the submitter
wishes to initiate the challenge process.  The submitter
shall be given 10 working days to respond.

If the submitter wishes to initiate the challenge process,
the procedures in 6.4.1.1 shall be followed.

If the submitter does not wish to initiate the challenge
process, or if no response is received by the Registration
Authority from the submitter within 10 working days, the
Application for Registration of the MD Name shall be
considered withdrawn and the registration fee refunded.

6.4.2  Response to a Challenge

After the receipt of a challenge as specified in section
6.4.1.1, the Registration Authority shall:

a.  mark the challenged name in the Public Review List as
    challenged, and note the date the challenge was
    initiated; and

b.  notify the challenged applicant and challenger(s) as
    described in Appendix E.6 that the challenge process has
    been initiated.  The notice shall contain all pertinent
    information including that not authorized for release
    (see Appendix E.6).

6.4.3  Pending Challenge

The Registration Authority does not participate in the
resolution of a challenge. It shall take no further action in
registering the challenged name until the challenge is
resolved among all the disputing parties.

If after one year from the date that the challenge was
initiated no resolution to the challenge has been received by
the Registration Authority, the Registration Authority shall
initiate the following:

a.  A notification shall be sent via certified mail, return
    receipt requested, requesting that the parties involved
    in the challenge report on the status of the resolution.

b.  If a response is received indicating that the challenge
    has not been resolved, the MD Name shall remain on the
    Public Review List for one additional year.  If at the
    end of that additional one year the Registration
    Authority has not been notified of any resolution to the
    challenge, the Procedures in this paragraph shall be
    followed.

c.  If no response is received from any of the parties
    involved in the Challenge, the Registration Authority
    shall place in the appropriate publication an
    announcement stating that if none of the parties involved
    in the Challenge contact the Registration Authority
    within 60 days of the publication, the Challenge shall be
    declared withdrawn and the the Registration Authority
    shall delete the MD Name from the Public Review List.  A
    Challenge Loser fee (see section 9.5) shall be assessed
    against all parties.

6.4.4  Resolved Challenge

The challenge shall be considered resolved by the
Registration Authority when it has been notified, in writing,
that a resolution has been accepted by all parties involved
in the challenge with letters stating
identical conclusions.

If the challenged initial applicant prevails, the challenged
notation shall be removed from the MD Name in the Public
Review List and review shall continue. The final date of the
Public Review period is not affected. The challenger(s) shall
be assessed the Challenge Loser Fee (see section 9.5) which
fee shall be taken from the Challenge Fee formerly received
by the Registration Authority.

If the Challenger(s) prevails, the Registration Authority
shall reject the initial Registration Application specifying
this section as the reason. The Challenge Loser fee (see
section 9.5) shall be assessed against the initial applicant.
The Registration Authority shall delete the name from the
Public Review List. The challenge fee shall be refunded to
the Challenger(s).

If the initial applicant and all other parties withdraw, the
Registration Authority shall delete the MD Name from the
Public Review List. A Challenge Loser fee (see section 9.5)
shall be assessed against all parties which fee shall be
taken from the fees formerly received by the Registration
Authority.

7  Maintenance of Register

The Registration Authority shall maintain an electronic
register of PRMD names and of ADMD names, together with the
data elements described in Appendix F.

The Registration Authority is responsible for defining its
own internal procedures for handling the duties of the
Registration Authority. These procedures will include:

a.  mechanisms for maintaining the integrity and
    confidentiality of the registration database including
    adequate backup;


b.  appropriate forms (paper, electronic, or a combination of
    both), containing the data elements specified in Appendix
    E; and

c.  appropriate procedures for audits of the registration
    database and financial accounts.

As the result of decisions outside the scope of these
registration procedures, the ownership of the MD Name may be
transferred. An official of the registered organization shall
request the Registration Authority to update the information.

Of all the information elements associated with a registered
MD Name (see Appendix E.1), the initial requesting
organization name and address, the initial requestor name and
title, and the initial date of registration shall not be
updated. The MD Name value may be deleted (see section 7.6),
but not modified, with an update request (see Appendix E.7).

        NOTE:  The deletion of an MD Name value that has been
        used by the owner to creating an MD name registration
        subauthority may have serious adverse affects on
        those PRMDs registered subordinate to that
        subauthority.

All other information elements may be updated by the
Registration Authority as requested by an official of the
registered organization. An update request (see Appendix E.7)
shall be accompanied by a Register Update fee (see section
9.6).

        NOTE: an information element update may have the
        effect of transferring ownership of the MD Name.

The MD Name value, may be deleted from an entry as requested
by an official of the registered organization. An update
request (see Appendix E.7) shall be accompanied by a Register
Update fee (see section 9.6).  A deleted MD name is not
available for re-use.

After the Registration Authority has made the requested
modifications, it shall send a copy of the contents of the
entry (see Appendix F) to the requestor.

        NOTE:  Registrars are reminded that information held
        in their registries of MD names, which is normally
        considered to be private, may be the subject of a US
        court subpoena in matters of dispute.

8  Additional Services

These services are available from the US National MHS MD Name
registrar but are not provided by the payment of the initial
registration fee.

8.1  Enquiry

An enquiry service shall be available from the Registration
Authority. This service is available to allow potential
applicants for MD Names to determine if the name has already
been registered. This can save the cost of submitting an
Application for Registration specifying an MD Name that will
be rejected because the name is already registered.  The
registration entry information of those applicants who have
not authorized release of information shall not be made
available.

To make an enquiry, an organization shall submit an Enquiry
request whose data elements are specified in Appendix E.8 to
the Registration Authority. The request shall be accompanied
by an Enquiry fee (see section 9.7).  The Registration
Authority shall return a response that the name is:

a.  already registered,

b.  on the Public Review List,

c.  currently challenged, or

d.  not in use

(see section E.9) within 10 working days of the receipt of
the enquiry, to the extent practical.

8.2  Publication

A publication service shall be available to provide copies of
subsets of the database of Registered MD Names and associated
data elements.  The registration entry information of those
applicants who have not authorized release of information
shall not be made available.

To request information from the database, an organization or
individual shall submit a Publication request whose data

elements are specified in Appendix E.10 to the Registration
Authority. The request shall be accompanied by a Publication
fee (see section 9.8).

The Registration Authority shall return the requested
information in an appropriate form (e.g., hard copy or
electronic). The time required for response will vary
depending upon the complexity of the registration entry
selection criteria and the amount of data extracted.

9  Fees

The organization providing the registration authority
function acts on a cost recovery basis. The fee structure is
designed to recover all expenses associated with operating as
a Registration Authority.  The types of fees are specified
below.

9.1  Registration Fee

The Registration fee is included by the applicant with the
registration request.

9.2  Challenge Fee

The Challenge fee is included by the challenger when
explicitly challenging the right to an MD Name listed in the
Public Review List (see section 6.4.1).

9.3  Challenge Loser Fee

The Challenge Loser fee is assessed by the Registration
Authority when a challenge has been resolved (see section
6.4.4). This fee is deducted from Registration and Challenge
fees as appropriate.

9.4  Register Update Fee

The Register Update fee is included by the applicant with the
register update request (see section 7.6).

9.5  Enquiry Fee

The Enquiry fee is included by the applicant with the enquiry
request (see section 8.1).

9.6  Publication Fee

The Publication fee is included by the applicant with the
publication request (see section 8.2).

10  MD Registration Subauthorities

In the context of these procedures, a subauthority is one
that may construct PRMD names as illustrated in Appendix C.
To act as a subauthority to register constructed PRMD names,
the registrant must register the prefix in the US National
MHS MD name register.

The subauthority is responsible for ensuring that all names
registered by the subauthority are nationally unique when
concatenated with the prefix.  Subauthorities shall maintain
a register of PRMD names together with the data elements
described in Appendix E.  In addition, the subauthority shall
assure that names registered follow the rules in Appendix C.



                         REFERENCES


1.  ANSI Information Systems Standards Board, 3 July 1991,
    Procedures for Registering Organization Names in the
    United States of America, (ISSB) 989 (rev. 2).

2.  CCITT Recommendation X.121, 1984, International Numbering
    Plan for Public Data Networks.

3.  CCITT Recommendation X.208, 1988, Specification of
    Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1).

    ISO 8824, 1987, Information Processing Systems - Open
    Systems Interconnection - Specification of Abstract
    Syntax Notation One (ASN.1).

4.  CCITT Recommendation X.400, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: System Model, Service Elements.

5.  CCITT Recommendation X.401, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: Basic Service Elements.

6.  CCITT Recommendation X.408, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: Encoded Information Type Conversion Rules.

7.  CCITT Recommendation X.409, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: Presentation Transfer Syntax and Notation.

8.  CCITT Recommendation X.410, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: Remote Operations, Reliable Transfer Server.

9.  CCITT Recommendation X.411, 1984, Message Handling
    Systems: Message Transfer Layer.

10.  CCITT Recommendation X.420, 1984, Message Handling
     Systems: Interpersonal Messaging User Agent Layer.

11.  CCITT Recommendation X.430, 1984, Message Handling
     Systems: Access Protocol for Teletex Terminals.

12.  CCITT Recommendation X.400, 1988, Message Handling
     System and Service Overview.

     ISO/IEC 10021-1, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- System and Service
     Overview.

13.  CCITT Recommendation X.402, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Overall Architecture.

     ISO/IEC 10021-2, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Overall Architecture,

14.  CCITT Recommendation X.403, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Conformance Testing.

15.  CCITT Recommendation X.407, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Abstract Service Definition Conventions.

     ISO/IEC 10021-3, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Abstract Service
     Definition Conventions.

16.  CCITT Recommendation X.408, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Encoded Information Type Conversion Rules.

17.  CCITT Recommendation X.411, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Message Transfer System: Abstract Service
     Definition and Procedures.

     ISO/IEC 10021-4, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Message Transfer System:
     Abstract Service Definition and Procedures.

18.  CCITT Recommendation X.413, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Message Store: Abstract-service Definition.

     ISO/IEC 10021-5, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Message Store: Abstract-
     service Definition.

19.  CCITT Recommendation X.419, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Protocol Specifications.

     ISO/IEC 10021-6, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Protocol Specifications.

20.  CCITT Recommendation X.420, 1988, Message Handling
     Systems: Interpersonal Messaging System.

     ISO/IEC 10021-7, 1988, Information Processing Systems --
     Text Communication -- MOTIS -- Interpersonal Messaging
     System.

21.  CCITT, 6 November 1987, X.400-Series Implementor's
     Guide, Version 6 [1984].

22.  CCITT, March 1992, MHS Implementors' Guide, Version 8
     [1988].

23.  CCITT Recommendation X.660, 1992, Procedures for the
     Operation of OSI Registration Authorities:  General
     Procedures.

     ISO/IEC 9834-1, 1991, Information Technology - Open
     Systems Interconnection - Procedures for the Operation
     of OSI Registration Authorities:  General Procedures.

24.  US Department of Commerce, National Institute of
     Standards and Technology, December 1991, Stable
     Implementation Agreements for Open Systems
     Interconnection Protocols, Version 5, Edition 1.



                         APPENDIX A



                         Definitions




Explanations for most of the MHS terms are found in Annex A
of CCITT X.400|ISO/IEC 10021-1.  However, definitions are
found in other X.400 Series Recommendations, especially CCITT
X.402|ISO/IEC 10021-2.

Administration

        In the context of CCITT, it is the member of the ITU,
        e.g., the U.S.  Department of State.

administration

        In the context of the US, it is any messaging service
        provider that offers messaging services to the
        general public and that operates in accordance with
        ``Proposed Behavior Guidelines for Participation
        within the US National X.400 MTS,'' and it is
        recognized by the US Administration to the
        international community.

administration management domain name (ADMD-name)

        In the context of message handling, a standard
        attribute of a name form that identifies an ADMD
        relative to the country denoted by a country name
        [13, 18.3.1].

administration management domain (ADMD)

        In the context of the US, a management domain that
        comprises messaging systems managed by an
        administration.  An ADMD provides message handling to
        the general public in a nondiscriminatory manner [13,
        14.1.1].

country name

        In the context of message handling, a standard
        attribute of a name form that identifies a country
        [13, 18.3.3].  A country name is a unique designation
        of a country for the purpose of sending and receiving
        messages. ISO 3166 specifies that the ALPHA-2 country
        code be used in the printable string values of
        country name; the value is ``US'' for the United
        States.  CCITT X.121 specifies that the data country
        code be used for numeric string values of country
        name; the value is ``310'' for the United States.

distribution list (DL)

        In the context of message handling, the functional
        object, a component of the message handling
        environment, that represents a pre-specified group of
        users and other distribution lists and that is a
        potential destination for the information objects an
        MHS conveys.  Membership can contain O/R names
        identifying either users or other distribution lists
        [13, 7.1.3] [May be deleted.]




management domain (MD)

        In the context of message handling, a set of
        messaging systems - at least one of which contains,
        or realizes, a Message Transfer Agent (MTA) - that is
        managed by a single organization.  It is a primary
        building block used in the organizational
        construction of MHS.  It refers to an organizational
        area for the provision of services.

        Note: a management domain may or may not necessarily
        be identical with a geographical area [13, 14.1].

management domain name

        An ADMD-name or PRMD-name.

message handling environment

        The environment in which message handling takes
        place, comprising MHS, users, and distribution list.
        The sum of all components of message handling systems
        [13, 7].

message handling system (MHS)

        The functional object, a component of the message
        handling environment, that conveys information
        objects from one part to another [13, 7.1.1].

O/R address

        In the context of message handling, attributes that
        distinguish one user from another and identify the
        user's point of access to MHS [13, 18.5].

organization name

        [In the context of message handling a] Standard
        attribute of an O/R address as a unique designation
        of an organization for the purpose of sending and
        receiving messages [13, 18.3.9].

private management domain name (PRMD-name)

        In the context of message handling, a standard
        attribute of an O/R address form that identifies a
        PRMD relative to the ADMD denoted by an
        administration domain name [13, 18.3.21].

private management domain (PRMD)

        In the context of message handling a management
        domain that comprises messaging system(s) managed by
        an organization other than an administration [13,
        14.1.2].




registration

        The assignment of an unambiguous name to an object in
        a way which makes the assignment available to
        interested parties [23, 3.6.2] In this document, the
        objects of interest are PRMDs and ADMDs.

registration authority

        An entity such as an organization, a standard or an
        automated facility that performs registration of one
        or more types of object [23, 3.6.3].

registration procedures

        The specified procedures for performing registration
        and amending or deleting existing registrations [23,
        3.6.4].

standard attribute

        An attribute whose type is bound to a certain class
        of information [13, 18.1].

US-NMTS

        A US-ADMD is an MD that has its name registered as an
        ADMD name with the US National MHS MD registration
        authority and that complies with the precepts set
        forth in the ``Proposed Behavior Guidelines for
        Participation within the US National X.400 MTS''.

        The set of all US-ADMDs constitutes the US National
        MTS (US-NMTS).

        As part of their prescribed behavior, the members of
        the US-NMTS agree to:

        1.  exchange reach-ability information among them
            and, based on bilateral agreements, to form a
            connected network such that a path exists, and is
            known, between all US-ADMDs;

        2.  operate such that any MHS user or PRMD served by
            a US-ADMD can be reached via X.400 messages
            originated outside the US, regardless of which
            US-ADMD is the first one to transfer them.

US-BB

        US-BB is a subset of the US-NMTS.  It is a virtual
        ADMD that offers the US-BB Service to subscribing
        PRMDs.  The US-BB Service allows PRMD operators to
        assign ORAddresses that have the US-BB name as the
        value of the ADMD field.

        As part of their prescribed behavior, the US-ADMDs
        participating in US-BB agree, in addition to their
        US-NMTS obligations, to:

        1.  exchange reach-ability information regarding the
            PRMDs which subscribe to the US-BB Service;

        2.  transfer on the basis of the PRMD field value the
            messages sent to recipients with ORAddresses that
            have the US-BB name as the value of the ADMD
            field.

US National MHS MD name register

        The US register of ADMD and PRMD names that have been
        registered nationally according to these procedures.



                         APPENDIX B



                       Character Sets





Table B-1
PrintableString
______________________________
       Name          Graphic

______________________________
 Capital letters     A,B,...Z

 Small letters       a,b,...z

 Digits              0,1,...9

 Space               (space)

 Apostrophe          '

 Left parentheses    (

 Right parentheses   )

 Plus sign           +

 Comma               ,

 Hyphen              -

 Full stop           .

 Solidus             /

 Colon               :

 Equal sign          =

 Question mark       ?
______________________________

Source:  CCITT X.208, Table 5





Table B-2
NumericString
                     ___________________
                       Name    Graphic

                     ___________________
                      Digits   0,1,...9

                      Space    (space)
                     ___________________

Source:  CCITT X.208, Table 4

Note:  NumericString is a subset of PrintableString.




                         APPENDIX C


                     MHS MD Name Syntax


This appendix defines the syntax for MHS Management Domain
Names.  The source of MD names is the US MD Name Registry
that is operated under the {joint-iso-ccitt (2) country (16)
US (840)} arc.  A construction syntax for MHS Private
Management Domain Names that uses an alphanumeric ``Prefix''
derived from the Registry is also defined.

Constructed names that use this ``Prefix'' will be guaranteed
to be unique, and may be used as Private Management Domain
Names (PRMD) names in the United States.  Specifically, this
means that these constructed names may be used as PRMD
attribute values in association with Country=US in X.400
ORAddresses, provided that they are also compliant with any
other applicable rules in this document.

MHS PRMD names shall be constructed according to the
following Extended BNF grammar rules:

     <MDName>              ::=<ADMDName> | <PRMDName>

     <ADMDName>            ::=<NationallyRegisteredMDName>

     <PRMDName>            ::=<NationallyRegisteredMDName> |
                              <ADMDSubordinatedName> | <ConstructedName>

     <ConstructedName>     ::=<Prefix>``+''<LocalName>

     <Prefix>              ::=<PrefixRoot> | <Prefix> ``+'' <LocalName>

     <PrefixRoot>          ::=<NationallyRegisteredMDName>

     <NationallyRegisteredMDName>::=<PrintableString>

     <ADMDSubordinatedName>   ::=<PrintableString>

     <LocalName>           ::=<PrintableString>

All MHS MD Names shall be subject to all of the following
rules:

     1.  The entire <MDName> shall not exceed 16 bytes
         including any constructor operators, and shall be
         composed entirely of PrintableString characters.

     2.  <NationallyRegisteredMDName> shall be drawn from the
         pool of names registered with the registrar for MHS
         MD names.  It shall not contain the constructor
         operator ``+'' (plus sign).

     3.  <LocalName> is a name registered with the registrar
         identified by <Prefix>.  It shall not contain ``+''.

     4.  <ADMDSubordinatedName> is a PRMD name unique in the
         context of an ADMD.  It shall not contain ``+''.

     5.  The method for composing constructed names for
         private-domain-identifier shall be the same as the
         method for composing private-domain-name.

     6.  The values ``0'' (single zero), `` '' (single
         space), and US-BB shall not be allowed for MDName.

     7.  MD Names shall not contain leading and trailing
         spaces.

     8.  MD Names shall not contain multiple consecutive
         embedded spaces.

     9.  MD Names shall not consist entirely of plus signs.

NOTES

     1.  PRMD names resulting from the <ConstructedName>
         syntax (those having a ``+'' in them) are atomic
         values from the point of view of MHS.

     2.  The construction rules are such that if ABC is a
         Nationally Registered MD Name, then the owner of
         that name controls the MHS Domain Name subspace
         including ``ABC'' and ``ABC+<anything>'', but not
         ``ABC<anything>''.  In this example, ``<anything>''
         means any PrintableString of characters excluding
         plus sign.

     3.  The construction operator (``+'') is allowed as the
         first character of a Nationally Registered MD Name.
         This initial plus is not considered a construction
         operator, but any subsequent plus would be.

     4.  In order to act as a registration subauthority, an
         organization shall obtain permanent registration of
         its name in the MD name register.



                            APPENDIX D



                Identity of Registration Authority



The Registration Authority for US National MHS MD Names is to
be determined.



                         APPENDIX E


                      Content of Forms


This appendix defines the information content for all forms
used by the Registration Authority to conduct its business.
This appendix does not mandate the physical layout of the
forms. Such layout shall be the responsibility of the
Registration Authority who can vary the form structure as
appropriate (e.g., paper or electronic mail).

E.1     Request for Registration Application

This form should contain or point to information that will
guide the organization in determining its requirements and
eligibility for registration, and to guide it in supplying
the required information.  The applicant must supply the
following information:

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      name and title of the requestor;

e)      authorization to release information;

Note 1:  The information which may be released is listed in
Appendix E.1 items a, b, c, d, and h; and Appendix F items a
through h.

f)      requested alphanumeric MD Name value;

g)      statement of right to the alphanumeric MD Name value
(see section 6.2.1.1); and

h)      intended use of MD Name (ADMD Name or not).

E.2     Rejection

E.2.1  Rejection of Application - Unprocessable

This form will contain the following information:

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      name and title of the requestor;

e)      requested alphanumeric MD Name value; and

f)      stated reason for rejection.

E.2.2  Rejection of Application - Alphanumeric Name Error

This form will contain the following information:

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      name and title of the requestor;

e)      requested alphanumeric MD Name value;

f)      stated reason for rejection; and

E.3     Public Review List Entry

This is the content of the entry that will be published in
the Public Review List.  The applicant has the right to
request that information on the name of the requesting
organization, the address of the requesting organization and
the contact point information not be released.  If
information release is not authorized, then the information
elements indicated below will not be published in the Public
Review List. That information will only be released if the
registration is challenged, and then only to the parties
involved in the challenge.

a)      name of the requesting organization (unless
information release is not authorized);

b)      address of the requesting organization (unless
information release is not authorized);

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization (unless information release is not
authorized);

d)      beginning date of Public Review period;

e)      end date of the Public Review period; and

f)      requested alphanumeric MD Name value.

E.4     Notice of Announcement in Public Review List

This Notification is sent to the applicant when the requested
alphanumeric name value is entered into the Public Review
List.

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      beginning date of Public Review period;

e)      end date of the Public Review period; and

f)      listed alphanumeric MD Name value.

E.5     Registration Announcement

This registration announcement is used to inform the
applicant that his requested alphanumeric value has been
registered. The announcement must be certifiable as
authentic, e. g., a notary seal for paper, use of non-
repudiation techniques for electronic messaging. It shall
contain:

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      name and title of the requestor;

e)      registered alphanumeric MD Name value.

E.6     Notice of Challenge

This notice must be certifiable as authentic, e. g., a notary
seal for paper, use of non-repudiation techniques for
electronic messaging. All information shall be reported to
all parties involved in the challenge, regardless of
authorization to release information. The notice shall
contain:

a)      name of the challenged and challenging organizations;

b)      addresses of the challenged and challenging
organizations;

c)      names, postal/electronic mail addresses, and
telephone/facsimile numbers of the contact points within the
challenged and challenging organizations;

d)      challenged alphanumeric MD Name value.

E.7     Request to Update Registration Entry

This request is used to update a Registration entry. Only
information items e-i and k of Appendix F may be modified.
Item j, the registered alphanumeric MD Name value, may be
deleted.  The applicant must supply the following
information:

a)      name of the requesting organization;

b)      address of the requesting organization;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      name and title of the requestor;

e)      registered MD Name value;

f)      identity of information item(s) to be modified - only
items e-k of Appendix F permitted:

-       old value of the item

-       new value of the item (shall be null if requesting deletion of
    item j,  the registered alphanumeric MD Name value).

E.8     Enquiry Request

a)      requesting organization name;

b)      requesting organization address;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization; and

d)      queried alphanumeric MD Name value.

E.9     Enquiry Response

a)      requesting organization name;

b)      requesting organization address;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization;

d)      queried alphanumeric MD Name value: and

e)      status of the queried alphanumeric MD Name value -
already in use, currently challenged, in Public Review, or
not in use.

E.10    Publication Request

a)      requesting organization name;

b)      requesting organization address;

c)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
requesting organization; and

d)      the selection criteria that will be used to select
entries from which information will be extracted.



                         APPENDIX F



              Content of Registration Database




This appendix defines the required information content of
each entry of the Registration database. This appendix does
not mandate the physical or logical structure of the
database. The choice of structure is the responsibility of
the Registration Authority.

a)  name of the initial requesting organization (will not
change)

b)      address of the initial requesting organization (will
not change)

c)      name and title of the initial requestor (will not
change)

d)      initial date of registration (will not change)

e)      name of the current owner organization

f)      address of the current owner organization

g)      name, postal/electronic mail address, and
telephone/facsimile number of the contact point within the
owner organization

h)      date of last update to the registration entry

i)       information publishable - yes or no

j)      registered alphanumeric MD Name value

k)      usage (ADMD name or not)



                          GLOSSARY


ADMD       - Administration Management Domain
ANSI       - American National Standards Institute
ASN.1      - Abstract Syntax Notation One

BNF        - Backus-Naur Form
CCITT      - International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee

DL         - Distribution List

IEC        - International Electrotechnical Commission
ISO        - International Organization for Standardization
ISSB       - Information Systems Standards Board (ANSI)
ITU        - International Telecommunications Union

MD         - Management Domain
MHS        - Message Handling System
MHS MD     - Message Handling System Management Domain
MOTIS      - Message-Oriented Text Interchange Systems
MTA        - Message Transfer Agent
MTS        - Message Transfer System

OIW        - OSE Implementor's Workshop
O/R        - Originator/Recipient
OSE        - Open Systems Environment
OSI        - Open Systems Interconnection

PRMD       - Private Management Domain

US-BB      - US Backbone service
US-NMTS    - US National MTS


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12365;
          9 Jul 92 20:12 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12361;
          9 Jul 92 20:12 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10247;
          9 Jul 92 20:14 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <22414-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 9 Jul 1992 19:12:00 +0000
Received: from hp.com by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 9 Jul 92 19:11:55 -0500
Received: from hpindqy.cup.hp.com by hp.com with SMTP (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.13) 
          id AA03362; Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:11:54 -0700
Received: by hpisrhe.cup.hp.com (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.20+cup+OMrelay) id AA12306;
          Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:13:12 -0700
From: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Message-Id: <9207100013.AA12306@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures
To: epg@gateway.mitre.org
Date: Thu, 9 Jul 92 17:13:12 PDT
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu
In-Reply-To: <9207092108.AA14710@gateway.mitre.org>; from "Ella P. Gardner" at Jul 9, 92 5:08 pm
Mailer: Elm [revision: 70.30]


I have one comment on the section "Register of Names" in this draft:

What is the relevance of the object identifier tree to the assignment of
ADMD/PRMD name in the US?

1. Is the intention of this draft to define another authority to
   assign numbers for its subscribers to create object identifiers? 
   If so, will someone apply to ANSI to get a number for "mhsmd(n)"?

2. Is it not adequate to say that for valid PRMD/ADMD names when used in 
   the context of C=US in an X.400 OR Address, the following process must
   follow? Is this not the scope of this document?

3. How will the reference to this object identifier tree help ensure
   uniqueness? How can such tree be referenced in instances of usage of
   the MD to show that this MD name is really from this tree and not
   from other trees? The only reference I can think of is, C=US, which
   does not carry all prefixes in the indicated tree.

Best regards,

Khiem Ho
Hewlett Packard


>--------------------------------------------------------------------------
>D R A F T
>
>Procedures For Registering MHS Management
>Domain Names Used within the USA
>
>Version 5.1
>
....etc....
>
>3  Registration Authority
>
>The registration authority for the joint-iso-ccitt arc in the
>USA is specified in Appendix D.
>
>        NOTE:  The registration authority specified in
>        Appendix D is ONLY for objects registered subordinate
>        to country=us.
>
>4  Register of Names
>
>The US intends to register ADMD names and PRMD names under
>the joint arc as modeled in CCITT X.660| ISO 9834-1.  For the
>US, this arc is identified as follows:
>
>    {joint-ccitt-iso (2) country (16) US (840) mhsmd (n)}
>
>The applicant provides the name to be registered as described
>in section 6.3.



Khiem Ho
--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hewlett Packard
Information Network Division
MS/43LS, 19420 Homestead Road, Cupertino, CA  95014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.400:        C=US;AD=ATTMAIL;PD=HP;ORG=HP;OU1=HP6600;SN=Ho;GN=Khiem
Internet:     khiem@cup.hp.com    
Telephone:    +1 (408)447-2660              
Fax:          +1 (408)447-3660 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02839;
          10 Jul 92 9:53 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02835;
          10 Jul 92 9:53 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11526;
          10 Jul 92 9:55 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24048-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 08:54:06 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 10 Jul 92 08:54:02 -0500
Return-Path: <epg>
Received: from [128.29.31.104] by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA19812;
          Fri, 10 Jul 92 09:14:38 -0400
Date: Fri, 10 Jul 92 09:14:38 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9207101314.AA19812@gateway.mitre.org>
To: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu

Hello, Khiem!
 
I believe that the object identifier identifies the registration
authority for mhsmd names.  If all MDs in the US register under this
registration authority in accordance with the procedures, we will have
no name collisions.  Put another
way, if all MD names are in the context of c=US under the joint arc, we
will have no name collisions.  We wouldn't want to have three
registration authorities for c=us: one under iso, one under ccitt, and
one under the joint arc.  c=us doesn't carry a prefix, so it's important  
that everyone agrees on one registration authority for c=us. 
 
Since object identifiers are numeric and always carry the prefix,
it doesn't matter where you get them.  In the US, an organization can
get a numeric identifier from ANSI to use to construct object
identifiers under the iso arc. 
 
Regards,  
Ella Gardner 
MITRE


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04178;
          10 Jul 92 11:34 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04174;
          10 Jul 92 11:34 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17399;
          10 Jul 92 11:36 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 10:03:38 +0000
Date: Fri, 10 Jul 1992 10:03:38 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..203:10.06.92.15.03.38]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 10:03:37 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"50426101702991/31315 INFN*"@MHS>
To: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: mail-11 / rfc822 / x.400 mappings - v2.2 (01 Jul 1992)

Hallo, here is the updated version of my document. As only a few points where 
changed I added change bars to facilitate reading. Appendix A is completely new.
See you all i Boston, Claudio
---------------------------------------

COSINE S2.2					Claudio Allocchio
Draft v2.2						I.N.F.N. - Italy
							March 2nd, 1992
							Allocchio@elettra-ts.infn.it


Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)


Status of this Memo:

	This document describes a set of mappings which will enable inter working 
between systems operating the CCITT X.400 (1984/1988) Recommendations on 
Message Handling Systems, and systems running the Mail-11 (also known as 
DECnet mail) protocol. The specifications are valid within DECnet Phase IV 
addressing and  routing scheme. The complete  scenario of X.400 / RFC822 / Mail-
11 is also considered, in order to cover the possible complex cases arising in 
multiple gateway translations.

This document cover mainly the O/R address to DECnet from/to address mapping 
(and vice versa); other mappings are based on RFC1327 and its updates.

Distribution is unlimited.





(c) notice:
Mail-11, DECnet, VMSmail, VAX/VMS, DEC are trademarks of Digital 
Equipment Corporation;
Jnet is a trademark of Joiner Inc.





Chapter 1 - Introduction


1.1.  X.400

	The standard referred shortly into this document as "X.400" relates to the 
CCITT 1984 and 1988 X.400 Series Recommendations covering the Message 
Oriented Text Interchange Service (MOTIS). This document covers the Inter 
Personal Messaging System (IPMS) only.


1.2. Mail-11

	Mail-11, also known as DECnet mail and often improperly referred as 
VMSmail, is the proprietary protocol implemented by Digital Equipment 
Corporation (DEC) to establish a real-time text messaging system among systems 
implementing the DECnet Phase IV networking protocols.


1.3. RFC 822

	RFC 822 was defined as a standard for personal messaging systems within the 
DARPA Internet and is now diffused on top of may different message transfer 
protocols, like SMTP, UUCP, BITNET, JNT Grey Book, CSnet. Its mapping with 
X.400 is fully described in RFC1327. In this document we will try to consider 
its 
relations with Mail-11, too.

 1.4. The user community.

	The community using X.400 messaging system is currently growing in the 
whole world, but there is still a number of very large communities using Mail-11 
based messaging systems willing to communicate easily with X.400 based Message 
Handling Systems. Among these large DECnet based networks we can include the 
High Energy Physics network (HEPnet) and the Space Physics Analysis Network 
(SPAN).

	These DECnet communities will in the future possibly migrate to DECnet 
Phase V (DECnet-OSI) protocols, converting thus their messaging systems to OSI 
specifications, i.e. merging into the X.400 MHS; however the transition period 
could be long, and there could always be some DECnet Phase IV communities 
around.

	For these reasons a set of mapping rules covering conversion between Mail-11 
and X.400 is described in this document.

	This document also covers the case of Mail-11 systems implementing the 
"foreign mail protocol" allowing Mail-11 to interface other mail systems, 
including 
RFC 822 based system.




Chapter 2 - Message Elements


2.1. Service Elements

Mail-11 protocol offers a very restricted set of elements composing a Inter 
Personal 
Message (IPM), whereas X.400 specifications support a complex and large amount 
of service elements. Considering the case where a message is relayed between two 
X.400 MHS via a DECnet network this could result in a nearly complete loss of 
information. To minimise this inconvenience most of X.400 service elements will 
be mapped into Mail-11 text body parts. To consider also the case when a message 
originates from a network implementing RFC 822 protocols and is relayed via 
Mail-
11 to and X.400 MHS, the applied mapping from X.400 service elements into Mail-
11 text body part the rules specified in RFC1327 and their updates will be used, 
producing an RFC822-like header.


2.2. Mail-11 service elements
 
	All Mail-11 service elements are supported in the conversion to X.400:

	- From
		maps to Originator

	- To
		maps to Primary Recipient

	- Cc
		maps to Copy Recipient

	- Date
		maps to Submission Time Stamp

	- Subj
		maps to Subject

Any eventual RFC822-like text header in Mail-11 body part will be interpreted as 
specified into RFC1327 and its updates.


2.3. X.400 service elements

	The following X.400 service elements are supported directly into Mail-11 
conversion:

	- Originator
		maps to 'From'

	- Primary Recipients
		maps to 'To'

	- Copy Recipients
		maps to 'Cc'

	- Submission Time Stamp
		maps to 'date'

	- Subject
		maps to 'Subj'

	The following X.400 service element is partially supported into Mail-11 
conversion:

|	- Blind Copy Recipient
|		to ensure the required privacy, when a message contains a BCC
|		address, the following actions occures:
|		- a new message is created, containing the bodyparts;
|		- a new envelope is added to the new message, containing the
|		   originator and the BCC recipient addresses only.
|		- the new message is delivered separately.
|
	Any other X.400 service element support is done accordingly to RFC1327 
including the mapped element into the RFC822-like header into Mail-11 body part.



Chapter 3 - Basic Mappings

	The basic mappings indicated in RFC987, RFC1148, RFC1327 and their 
updates should be fully used.



Chapter 4 - Addressing


4.1. Mail-11 addressing

	Mail-11 addressing can vary from a very simple case up to complex ones, if 
there are other Mail-11 to "something-else" gateways involved. In any case a 
Mail-
11 address is an ASCII string composed of different elements.


4.2. X.400 addressing

	On the other hand, An X.400 O/R address is a collection of attributes, which 
can anyway be presented as an IA5 textual representation as defined in chapter 4 
of 
RFC1327.


4.3. Mail-11 address components

	Let us start defining the different parts composing a Mail-11 address. We 
can 
consider any Mail-11 address as composed by 3 parts:

	[[route]::] [[node]::] local part

	where 'route' and 'node' are optional and only 'local part' is compulsory. 
Here 
comes a strict definition of these elements

  node = *(ALPHA/DIGIT) / *DIGIT / *DIGIT "." *DIGIT

  route = *(node "::")

  local part = username / nickname / for-protocol

  username = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  nickname = <printablestring - <" " and HTAB>>

  for-protocol = (f-pref f-sep <">f-address<">)

  f-pref = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  f-sep = "%" / "::"

  f-address = printablestring / rfc822-address / X400-text-address

  X400-text-address = <textual representation of an X.400 O/R addr>

Please note that in x-text-address both the ";" notation and the "/" notation 
are 
equivalent and allowed (see examples in different sect.)


some examples:

route           node    local part
----------------------------------------------------------
                        USER47
                MYNODE::BETTY
BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
                        IN%"M.T.Rose@Dicdum.cc.edu"
        UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB"
                MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
        CCUBVX::VS3100::Jnet%"IAB3425@IBAX23L"
                        MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
                MAINVX::IN%"path1!path2!user%dom"
                GWX400::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=aaa;PRMD=ppp;S=Lee;"
                GX409A::x400%"/C=xx/A=aaa/P=ppp/S=Lee"



Chapter 5 - Mapping


5.1. Mapping scheme

	DECnet address field is somehow a 'flat land' with some obliged routes to 
reach some hidden areas. Thus a truly hierarchical  mapping scheme using mapping 
tables as suitable for RFC822 is not the appropriate solution. A fixed set of 
rules 
using DDAs support is defined in order to define the mapping.

	Another important aspect of the problem is the coexistence of many disjoint 
DECnet networks, using the same DECnet address space, i.e. 'area' and 'node' 
numbers. A possible case exists when we have a common X.400 and/or RFC 822 
mailing system acting as glue to connect different isolated Mail-11 islands. 
|Thus, to 
|identify uniquely each DECnet network we must also introduce the concept of 
|'DECnet network name', which we will refer shortly as 'net' from now onwards. 
|We 
|define as 'net' a unique ASCII string identifying the DECnet network we are 
|connected to. To be more specific, the 'net' element will identify the DECnet 
|community being served, i.e. it could also differ from the actual official 
|network 
|name. Aliases are allowed for the 'net' attribute. Some possible examples are:
|
|	net = 'HEPnet'	the High Energy Physics DECnet network
|	net = 'SPAN'		the Space Physics Analysis Network
|	net = 'Enet'		the Digital Equipment Corporate Network
|
|	The need of labelling each DECnet network with its name comes also from 
|the requirement to implement the 'intelligent' gateway, i.e. the gateway which 
|is 
|able to understand its ability to connect  directly to the specified DECnet 
|network, 
|even if the O/R address specify a path to a different gateway. A more detailed 
|discussion of the problem is in 5.3 and 5.5. 

|	A registry of 'net' attributes and their correspondent gateways must also 
|be 
|implemented to insure uniqueness of names. A simple table coupling 'net' and 
|the 
|gateway address is used, in a syntax similar to the 'gate' table used in 
|RFC1327. An 
|example:
|
|	HEPnet#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
|	SPAN#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
|	SPAN#O$ESRIN1.PRMD$esa.ADMD$Master400.C$it#
|
|Ambiguous left entries are allowed. Gateway implementations could simply choose 
|among one of them, or try them all in cyclic order to obtain better 
|performances.
|
	In order to keep the mapping rules very simple, avoiding the need to analyse 
Mail-11 addresses to distinguish the 'route', 'node' and 'local part', we will 
define 
only the minimum set of DDAs strictly needed to cover the mapping problem.


5.2. Mail-11 --> X.400

We define the following Domain Defined Attributes to map a Mail-11 address:

	DD.Dnet
	DD.Mail-11

We thus define the mapping rule

	route::node::localpart

maps into 

	C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
	DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

with

	xx  = country code of the gateway performing the conversion
	yyy = Admd of the gateway performing the conversion
	zzz = Prmd of the gateway performing the conversion
	ooo = Organisation of the gateway performing the conversion
	uuu = Org. Unit(s) of the gateway performing the conversion
	net = name of the DECnet network (e.g. HEPnet, SPAN,...)

('zzz','ooo','uuu' being used or dropped appropriately in order to identify 
uniquely 
within the X.400 MHS the gateway performing the conversion).

The following defaults also apply:

if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 originator (From) then 
'node' 
defaults to the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode);

if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 recipient (To,Cc) then 
'node' 
defaults to the DECnet node name of the 'From' address.

if 'DD.Dnet=net' is missing, then it defaults to a value defined locally bythe 
gateway: if the gateway is connected to one DECnet network only, then 'net' will 
be the name of this unique network; if the gateway is connectedto more than one 
DECnet network, then  the gateway will establish a 'first choice' DECnet 
network, 
and 'net' will default to this value.

In case 'local part' contains 'x400-text-address' see also section 6.4.3;

In case 'local part' contains 'rfc822-address' see also section 6.4.4.


5.2.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr'
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
  within the x.400 MHS).

 USER47
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::USER47;

 MYNODE::BETTY
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MYNODE::BETTY;

 BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=BOSTON::GOOFY1::MARY34;

 UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34:MYC3::BOB"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::(q)MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB(q)

 MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal;

 MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe(q)

 MAINVX::In%"path1!path2!user%dom"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=MAINVX::In(p)(q)path1(b)path2(b)user(p)dom(q)


5.3. X.400 encoding of Mail-11 --> Mail-11

	In order to assure path reversibility in case of multiple Mail-11/X.400 
gateway 
crossing we must distinguish two cases:

- DD.Dnet=net is known to the gateway as one of the DECnet networks
it is connected to. In this case the mapping is trivial:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

(see sect. 5.2 for explication of 'xx','yyy','zzz','ooo','uuu','net')

maps into

     route::node::localpart

- DD.Dnet=net is NOT known to the gateway as one of the DECnet 
networks it is connected to. In this case the mapping rule described
into section 5.4 apply:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=www; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

maps into

     gwnode::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=yyy;PRMD=www;DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;"


5.3.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
  within the x.400 MHS).

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay(q)
    MRGATE::"C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay"

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=EASYNET; DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;
    X4TDEC::gw%"C=it;ADMD=garr;DD.Dnet=EASYNET;
    DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;"
 
(in the above example 'EASYNET' is supposed to be not connected to our gateway 
located on X4TDEC DECnet node).


 5.4. X.400 --> Mail-11

	The mapping of an X.400 O/R address into Mail-11 is done encoding the 
various attributes into the X400-text-address as defined in chapter 4 of 
RFC1327, 
and including this as 'f-address'. A 'f-pref' and a 'f-sep' are added completing 
'local 
part'. 'gwnode' is included as the DECnet node name of the gateway.

Thus

   x400-text-address

will be encoded like

   gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

having spaces separing attributes as optional.


5.4.1. Example

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';

Thus

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=ucl; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

   X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=ucl/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

or its equivalent with the ";" notation

   X4TDEC::gw%"C=gb;ADMD=Gold 400;PRMD=AC.UK;O=ucl;OU=cs;G=Paul;S=Smith;"


5.5. Mail-11 encoding of X.400 --> X.400

It can happened that Mail-11 is used to relay messages between X.400 systems; 
this 
will mean multiple X.400/Mail-11 gateway crossing and we will encounter Mail-11 
addresses containing embedded X.400 information's. In order to assure path 
reversibility we must then distinguish two cases:

- the embedded X.400 address belongs to a domain whose naming and routing 
rules are known to the global X.400 MHS.  In this case the mapping is trivial:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     x400-text-address

    'route' and 'gwnode' are mapped into X.400 Trace service elements.

- the encoded x.400 domain does not belong to the global X.400 name space. In 
this case the mapping rule described into section 5.2 apply:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::gwnode::gw(p)(q)x400-text-address(q);

The latter case  is deprecated and must be regarded as a possible temporary 
solution 
only, while waiting to include into the global X.400 MHS also this domain.

5.5.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the gateway
  within the x.400 MHS).

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=fr;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ifip;O=poly;S=Moreau;"
    C=fr; ADMD=atlas; PRMD=ifip; O=poly; S=Moreau;

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=zz;ADMD= ;PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;"
    C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
    DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::gw(p)(q)C=zz;ADMD= ; 
    PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;(q)

(in the above example  C=zz is unknown to the global X.400 MHS)




Chapter 6 - Complex mapping


6.1. The protocol triangle

	The bilateral mappings described in chapter 5 must be extended in order to 
cover also the case in which also RFC 822 addressing is involved,  and the 
following triangular situation occurs:

          x.400
           /  \
          /    \
         /      \
    Mail-11----RFC822

 
	The X.400 - RFC 822 side is fully covered by RFC1327, and the previous 
chapters in this document cover the Mail-11 - X.400 side. 

	Currently a number of implementations also perform the mapping along the 
Mail-11 - RFC 822 side. The most importants among these de facto standards are 
discussed in Appendix A, jointly with a Mail-11 - RFC 822 mapping scheme which 
covers this side of the triangle.

6.2. RFC822 mapped in Mail-11

	The 'rfc822-address' is usually included in 'local part' as 'f-address' 
using  the 
Mail-11 foreign mail protocol syntax:

     route::gwnode::gw%"rfc822-address"

an example

     NVXA23::SMTPGW::in%"M.T.Rose@CS.UCLA.edu"


6.3. Mail-11 mapped in RFC822

	There are different styles in mapping a Mail-11 address in RFC 822; let's 
have 
a short summary.

- Mail-11 address encoded in "Left Hand Side" (LHS) of RFC 822 address, using 
"%" syntax or "::" syntax;

     route::node::localpart

maps to

     localpart%node%route@gw-domains

or

     "route::node::localpart"@gw-domains

where 'gw-domains' identify uniquely the Mail-11 / RFC822 gateway.

- Mail-11 address maps partly to LHS and partly to 'domain' part of RFC822 
address:

     node::localpart

maps to

     localpart@node.gw-domains

- Mail-11 address is completely hidden by a mapping table / directory and the 
resultant RFC822 address contains no trace at all of the original address.

As you could notice, in any of the quoted cases the resultant RFC822 address is 
not 
distinguishable from a genuine RFC822 address.


6.4. Multiple conversions

	Let us now examine briefly the possible situations which involve multiple 
conversions, having one protocol as a relay between the other two. This summary 
suggest some possible enhanced solutions to avoid heavy and unduly mappings, but 
the 'step by step' approach, considering blindly one conversion as disjointed to 
the 
other, as described in the previous sections, can always be used.


6.4.1. X.400 --> RFC 822 --> Mail-11

	We apply the RFC1327 rules to the first step, obtaining an RFC 822 address 
which can be mapped in Mail-11 using the 'f-address' field, as described in 
section 
6.2.

an example:

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and finally becomes

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

where 'SMTPGW' is the DECnet node name of the machine running the RFC 822 to 
Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.2. Mail-11 --> RFC 822 --> X.400

	Some of the possible mapping described in section 6.3 apply to the Mail-11 
address, hiding completely its origin. The RFC1327 apply on the last step.

an example:

   RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

could map into RFC 822 as

   BETTY%MYNODE@RELAY.dnet.gw1.it

and accordingly to RFC1327

   C=it; A=garr; P=dom1; O=gw1; OU=RELAY; S=BETTY(p)MYNODE;

where 'dnet.gw1.it' is the domain of the machine running the Mail-11 to RFC 822 
gateway.


6.4.3. X.400 --> Mail-11 --> RFC 822

	The X.400 address is stored into Mail-11 'f-address' element as described in 
sections 5.3 and 5.4; then if the Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway is able to 
understand 
the presence of a 'x400-text-address' into the Mail-11 address, then it applies 
RFC1327 to it, and encodes 'route' and 'node' as 'Received:' elements into RFC 
822 
message header. Otherwise it applies the rules described in 6.3

an example:

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

   X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

If the Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway recognise the x400-text-address, then
the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and the following RFC 822 header line is added

   Received: from X4TDEC with DECnet (Mail-11) on xx-xxx-xxxx.

Otherwise one of the dumb rules could produce

   gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"@X4TDEC.domains


6.4.4. RFC 822 --> Mail-11 --> X.400

	The RFC 822 address is encoded in Mail-11 f-address element as described in 
sect. 6.2; then if the Mail-11 to X.400 gateway is able to understand the 
presence of 
an 'rfc822-address' into the Mail-11 address, then it applies RFC1327 to it, and 
encodes 'route' and 'node' as 'trace' elements of the message header. Otherwise 
it 
applies the rules described in 5.2 and 5.5.

an example:

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

will be encoded like

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

If the Mail-11 to X.400 gateway recognise the rfc822-address, then the address 
becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

 and a 'trace' record is added into the X.400 P1 data, stating that a node named 
SMTPGW was crossed.

Otherwise dumb rule produces

   C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
   DD.Mail-11=SMTPGW::In(p)(q)Paul.Smith(a)cs.UCL.AC.UK(q)


6.4.5. RFC 822 --> X.400 --> Mail-11

	We apply RFC1327 to the first conversion, obtaining an X.400 address. Then 
the rules described in sections 5.3 and 5.4 are used to store the X.400 address 
as 
'x400-text-address' into the Mail-11 'local part'.

an example:

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

and finally becomes

   SMTPGW::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

where 'SMTPGW' is the DECnet node name of the machine running the X.400 to 
Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.6. Mail-11 --> X.400 --> RFC 822

	The Mail-11 address is encoded as specified in sections 5.2 and 5.5; then 
RFC1327 is used to convert the address in RFC822.

an example:

   RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

maps into X.400 as

   C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY;

and accordingly to RFC1327

   "/C=it/A=garr/DD.Dnet=HEP/DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY"@gw2.it

where 'gw2.it' is the domain of the machine running the RFC1327 gateway.


Appendix A Mail-11 - RFC 822 mapping

A.1 Introduction

	The implementation of a Mail-11 - RFC 822 gateway was faced by many 
software developpers indipendently, and was included in many mail products which 
were running on both VAX/VMS and Unix systems. As there was not a unique 
standard mapping way, the implementations resulted into a number of possible 
variant methods to map a Mail-11 address into an RFC 822 one. Some of these 
products became then largely widespread, starting to create a number of de facto 
mapping methods.

	In this small appendix some sort of standardization of the mapping problem 
is 
considered, trying to be compatible with the existing installed software. We 
must 
also remind that, in some cases, only simple Mail-11 addresses could be mappend 
into RFC 822, having complex ones producing all sort of quite strange results.

	On the other hand, the mappig of an RFC 822 address in Mail-11 was quite 
straightforward, resulting in a common definition which uses "Mail-11 foreign 
mail 
protocol" to design an RFC 822 address:

[[node::][node::]...]prot%"rfc-822-address"

or

			[node::][node::]...]::"rfc-822-address"



A.2 de facto implementations

A considerable number of de-facto implementations of Mail-11/RFC822 gateways 
is existing. As said in the introduction, the mapping of RFC822 addresses in 
Mail-
11 is accomplished using the foreign mail protocol syntax and is thus unique.

On the other hand, Mail-11 addresses are encoded in RFC822 syntax in various 
ways. Here are the most common ones:

	a) "node::user"@gateway-address
	b) user%node@gateway-address
	c) user@node.decnet.domains
	d) user%node.dnet@gateway-address

As one will immediately notice, the form b) has nothing in it indicating the 
address 
is a Mail-11 one; this makes the encoding indistiguishable from a similar 
encoding 
of RSCS (BITne) addresses used by some IBM VM Mailer systems. It should thus 
be deprecated. All other forms correspond to existing implementations, and it is 
possible to identify the original Mail-11 address from the RFC822 one.

However we should forsee a canonical form for representing non-RFC822 
addresses in RFC822: put the foreign address in local part (Left Hand Side, LHS) 
is 
a form as similar as possible to its original syntax. Thus form a) is the 
reccomended 
one.

Acknowledgements

	I wish to thank all those people which read the first draft and contributed 
a lot 
with their useful suggestions to the revision of this document, in particular 
RARE 
WG1 and IETF  X.400 ops group members and S. Hardcastle-Kille.


References

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.430," Message Handling
  Systems: Red Book, October 1984

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.420," Message Handling
  Systems: Blue Book, November 1988

  D.H. Crocker, "Standard of the Format of ARPA Internet Text
  Messages," RFC 822, August 1982.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400 and RFC 822," UK Academic
  Community Report (MG.19) / RFC 987, June 1986.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400(1988) / ISO 10021 and RFC
  822," RFC 1327, March 1990.

  Digital Equipment Corp.;, "VAX/VMS Mail Utility"

  Joiner Associates Inc., "Jnet User's Manual"

  PMDF User's Guide.





Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05638;
          10 Jul 92 13:11 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05634;
          10 Jul 92 13:11 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21865;
          10 Jul 92 13:12 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24445-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 11:37:39 +0000
Received: from hp.com by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 10 Jul 92 11:37:33 -0500
Received: from hpindqy.cup.hp.com by hp.com with SMTP (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.13) 
          id AA08108; Fri, 10 Jul 92 09:37:32 -0700
Received: by hpisrhe.cup.hp.com (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.20+cup+OMrelay) id AA13078;
          Fri, 10 Jul 92 09:38:49 -0700
From: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Message-Id: <9207101638.AA13078@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures
To: epg@gateway.mitre.org
Date: Fri, 10 Jul 92 9:38:48 PDT
Cc: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu
In-Reply-To: <9207101314.AA19812@gateway.mitre.org>; from "Ella P. Gardner" at Jul 10, 92 9:14 am
Mailer: Elm [revision: 70.30]


Hi Ella,

Thanks for the response (attached below).

From your response, I think that it is more important to say
in the spec that this procedure covers the registration of all
MD names in the US. That is, all ADMD/PRMD names that are used
in the context of X400 OR Addresses and have the Country=US.
This I think is your goal/desire.

If you leave open the possibility of others (implicitly by
the obj-id arc statement), then it would defeat your purpose,
as there's no way to tell which name is registered under which
authority.

It's important to know that this object id arc is really for object
identifiers. If the id does not carry a context under which it defines,
then all the uniqueness would be lost and defeat the purpose of object
id.

For example, in the case of Organization Name and Number in ANSI. 
This registration serves dual purposes (so far).

(a) When the number is used in the context of object ids, then it has
    certain object id arc with it, and the whole id is constructed
    accordingly.
(b) When the number is used in the context of OSI Network addresses, the
    object id arc does not really apply, as the OSI Network address is
    defined to have Country Code + Org Code. The encoding/etc is also
    different.

If the ANSI OrganizationName is used in the context of Directory Name,
it can't really be good unless you have the whole path of how the name
was constructed, DN="/C=US/O=etc". In this case, object id arc is really
irrelevant.

Regards,
Khiem Ho


>Hello, Khiem!
> 
>I believe that the object identifier identifies the registration
>authority for mhsmd names.  If all MDs in the US register under this
>registration authority in accordance with the procedures, we will have
>no name collisions.  Put another
>way, if all MD names are in the context of c=US under the joint arc, we
>will have no name collisions.  We wouldn't want to have three
>registration authorities for c=us: one under iso, one under ccitt, and
>one under the joint arc.  c=us doesn't carry a prefix, so it's important  
>that everyone agrees on one registration authority for c=us. 
> 
>Since object identifiers are numeric and always carry the prefix,
>it doesn't matter where you get them.  In the US, an organization can
>get a numeric identifier from ANSI to use to construct object
>identifiers under the iso arc. 
> 
>Regards,  
>Ella Gardner 


--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hewlett Packard
Information Network Division
MS/43LS, 19420 Homestead Road, Cupertino, CA  95014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.400:        C=US;AD=ATTMAIL;PD=HP;ORG=HP;OU1=HP6600;SN=Ho;GN=Khiem
Internet:     khiem@cup.hp.com    
Telephone:    +1 (408)447-2660              
Fax:          +1 (408)447-3660 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08650;
          10 Jul 92 16:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab08646;
          10 Jul 92 16:01 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29270;
          10 Jul 92 16:03 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24815-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 14:29:15 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 10 Jul 92 14:29:11 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ad11813; 10 Jul 92 10:46 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa06568; 10 Jul 92 10:15 PDT
To: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 10 Jul 1992 09:14:38 -0400. <9207101314.AA19812@gateway.mitre.org>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 10 Jul 1992 10:15:50 -0700
Message-Id: <6566.710788550@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

It is also important to note that the plan for MHSMD Name Registration
is to NOT issue a corresponding NUMERFORM value for every ALPHAFORM
that is registered.  MHSMD is an APLHA-NUMERIC register only.  There
is no need for, and no point in, issuing numerform OID values in the
MHSMD register because that would force the MHSMD register into the
requirement to keep perpetual records related to every numberform
issued.  For MHSMD purposes, it is only required to guarantee that
each ADMD and PRMD has a unique ALPHA-NUMERIC name in C=US.

As Ella said, if you want an OID for yourself, you can get one from
ANSI, or some other place if you have another handy source.  GSA is
issuing OIDs to Govt agencies, the Internet IANA is issuing OIDs for
Network Management MIBs and such, which do not necessarily have to be
used for only Internet NM MIBs;-).

Each of these arcs offers an infinite supply of numbers under each
one, so there is really no shortage on the supply side.  What is
mostly in short supply is understanding what is an OID and how it sis
to be used.

(I already have three tee shirts with an OID on each, and I will issue
numbers under them if you are desparate enough to get one from me.)

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09672;
          10 Jul 92 17:02 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09668;
          10 Jul 92 17:02 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01788;
          10 Jul 92 17:04 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25098-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 10 Jul 1992 16:02:34 +0000
Received: from hp.com by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 10 Jul 92 16:02:28 -0500
Received: from hpindqy.cup.hp.com by hp.com with SMTP (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.13) 
          id AA11245; Fri, 10 Jul 92 14:02:25 -0700
Received: by hpisrhe.cup.hp.com (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.20+cup+OMrelay) id AA14961;
          Fri, 10 Jul 92 14:03:42 -0700
From: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Message-Id: <9207102103.AA14961@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures
To: Stef@nma.com
Date: Fri, 10 Jul 92 14:03:42 PDT
Cc: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu
In-Reply-To: <6566.710788550@nma.com>; from "Einar Stefferud" at Jul 10, 92 10:15 am
Mailer: Elm [revision: 70.30]


Hello Stef,

I agree with what you said (what I think you said). That's why it's 
important that we do not cloud and shed confusion to the procedures
by the section on object id's arc.

My concern is not to do with another Object ID authority or how/where
to get them but with the relevance of object id's arc. Clearly, we
want "all" ADMD/PRMD names in the US to be registered to be unique (in
the right context) no matter where from. The usage of object id's arc
confuses the issue, and implies the possibility of non-uniqueness of names
that cannot be resolved with the current OR Address format which
has only Country attribute (e.g., perhaps per chance another authority 
coming from different arc!). In fact, the OR Address attributes has
nothing to do with object id's arc.

By the way, I also have a branch of object id arc assigned to me back
sometime in 1987. We were thinking of forming a "NamesR'Us" or
"Number'R'Us" company :-)

Cheers,
Khiem




>It is also important to note that the plan for MHSMD Name Registration
>is to NOT issue a corresponding NUMERFORM value for every ALPHAFORM
>that is registered.  MHSMD is an APLHA-NUMERIC register only.  There
>is no need for, and no point in, issuing numerform OID values in the
>MHSMD register because that would force the MHSMD register into the
>requirement to keep perpetual records related to every numberform
>issued.  For MHSMD purposes, it is only required to guarantee that
>each ADMD and PRMD has a unique ALPHA-NUMERIC name in C=US.
>
>As Ella said, if you want an OID for yourself, you can get one from
>ANSI, or some other place if you have another handy source.  GSA is
>issuing OIDs to Govt agencies, the Internet IANA is issuing OIDs for
>Network Management MIBs and such, which do not necessarily have to be
>used for only Internet NM MIBs;-).
>
>Each of these arcs offers an infinite supply of numbers under each
>one, so there is really no shortage on the supply side.  What is
>mostly in short supply is understanding what is an OID and how it sis
>to be used.
>
>(I already have three tee shirts with an OID on each, and I will issue
>numbers under them if you are desparate enough to get one from me.)
>
>Cheers...\Stef
>


--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hewlett Packard
Information Network Division
MS/43LS, 19420 Homestead Road, Cupertino, CA  95014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.400:        C=US;AD=ATTMAIL;PD=HP;ORG=HP;OU1=HP6600;SN=Ho;GN=Khiem
Internet:     khiem@cup.hp.com    
Telephone:    +1 (408)447-2660              
Fax:          +1 (408)447-3660 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09965;
          10 Jul 92 18:14 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09961;
          10 Jul 92 18:14 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04615;
          10 Jul 92 18:16 EDT
Received: from aun.uninett.no by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <12565-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 7 Jul 1992 02:11:17 +0000
Received: from nac.no by aun.uninett.no with SMTP (PP) 
          id <13347-0@aun.uninett.no>; Tue, 7 Jul 1992 09:11:00 +0200
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by nac.no with SMTP (PP) id <25024-0@nac.no>;
          Tue, 7 Jul 1992 09:08:10 +0200
Received: from surfnet.nl by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <13341-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Tue, 7 Jul 1992 09:04:33 +0200
Received: from localhost by survival.surfnet.nl (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA16731;
          Tue, 7 Jul 92 09:04:31 +0200
Message-Id: <9207070704.AA16731@survival.surfnet.nl>
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    mhs-ds <mhs-ds@mercury.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: Re: MHS Information Exchange Format
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 06 Jul 92 18:51:30 +0200. <751*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Organisation: SURFnet bv
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Tue, 07 Jul 92 09:04:02 +0200
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

Urs,

==> From: Urs Eppenberger
> PS: Could the COSINE-MHS managers and the IETF-X.400-Opers tell me if they
>     want
>     - MACRO usage
>     - local domain
>     - optional WEP concept
>     - other smaller fixes
>     integrated in my document and go with it or if I should wait until we kno
 w
>     if the FOKUS proposal fits our needs better?


Please go on with it, cause we need it yesterday. As I see it, your proposal
is implementable now in a fast and easy way. The longer term approach should
include X.500 support. Panos' proposal fits more in with the IETF MHS-DS
group, and as such I propose that he brings it into that group. 

Panos, if you really want support for this idea, don't keep it in the dark,
discuss it in open groups, like the IETF MHS-DS group, otherwise your
proposal wont stnad much chance of being accepted. Dropping something like
this on the table just like that is not going to get you the necessary
concensus.

Urs,
I don't care much for Macro usage in the short term (too complicated?)
I like the local domain concept
I like the operational WEP concept (If I understand correctly what you mean
by that)

See you all in Boston/Cambridge?

Erik


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12865;
          13 Jul 92 23:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12861;
          13 Jul 92 23:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01789;
          13 Jul 92 23:18 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01320-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 13 Jul 1992 22:17:15 +0000
Received: from hp.com by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 13 Jul 92 22:17:11 -0500
Received: from hpindqy.cup.hp.com by hp.com with SMTP (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.13) 
          id AA25564; Mon, 13 Jul 92 20:17:10 -0700
Received: by hpisrhe.cup.hp.com (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.20+cup+OMrelay) id AA24053;
          Mon, 13 Jul 92 20:18:30 -0700
From: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Message-Id: <9207140318.AA24053@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures (fwd)
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu, Stef@nma.com
Date: Mon, 13 Jul 92 20:18:29 PDT
Cc: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com
Mailer: Elm [revision: 70.30]


Perhaps, I can try to help clarify. 

o Object ID arc scheme -- defined in CCITT X.208 document for the
                purpose of object identifiers (I don't think anywhere else?)

o Directory Distinguish Name -- defined in ISO xxx/CCITT X.500 series,
                in particular, the details in the section on DIT schema.
                No reference to Object ID hierarchy scheme.

o X.400 OR Address and ADMD/PRMD Names -- in X.400 series.

o OSI network address -- in Addendum 2 of ISO 8348 (or CCITT X.213), I
                believe.

There's no indication in these documents that their name or number spaces
intersect. Each one has its own scheme of how to describe its name/number
in its hierarchy. However, they do share a common need: some authority in
each country to assign the Organization Name and/or Number. (ADMD/PRMD
Names in X.400 are different, hence the need for a separate authority
entity). For practicality, it's best to have a single organization to
assign the ORG value in the US: this value can be used and ensured to be
unique in various contexts. (This is I believe the case for ANSI
OrganizationName and Number).

There has been some discussion that the Directory DN can indeed be Object IDs
(ie, a number, instead of a series of strings). So, there might be some
name/number space intersect here. However, it's not in the scope of the
SG-D document, and I am even sure what the resolutions were.

I didn't know my comment could cause such controversy. Are we reaching
agreement somewhere? While I feel the section on object id arc is
irrelevant to the document at hand and suggested its deletion, I would
be open for the section to stay if there's indeed a real need for it.
In the latter case, explanation why it's relevant should be added.

Cheers,
Khiem


>To: Erik Skovgaard <eskovgaa@cue.bc.ca>
>cc: mhsig@ics.uci.edu
>Subject: Re: Registration Procedures 
>In-reply-to: Your message of 10 Jul 1992 15:15:00 -0700.
>             <1095*eskovgaa@cue.bc.ca> 
>Reply-to: Stef@nma.com
>From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
>Date: Fri, 10 Jul 1992 16:14:47 -0700
>Status: RO
>
>Hello Erik and all -- 
>
>> The numeric form of MD names should not be confused with OIDs.
> 
>Yes indeed!
>
>> I also hope this form will not be used since it just an added confusion
>> in routing tables..  May the numeric form rest in peace.
>
> Well, we cannot prevent ATT from registering 288 as an ALPHA-NUMERIC
>ADMD name, nor should we want to prevent it.  They have already done
>so, in the original ANSI Org arc when we expected to share a single
>registry between X.500 RDN values and X.400 ORAddress MD Name values.
>
>After a great deal of stressful thrashing, we finally realized
>(collectively) that the requirements on MHSMD names and Directory
>Distinguished Names are very different and that the differences
>prevent sharing.  So, no more sharing of a register.
>
>This of course follows from noting that the semantics and the syntax
>of these two kinds of names are specifically different.
>
>So, we now know that we have two distinct name spaces to deal with,
>and that is how things are being set up.
>
>I agree that the fact of the MHSMD Name registry being grafted under
>the { 2 16 840 } alph-numeric tree arc might confuse some people, but
>I expect that this fact should not be stated too often.  However, if
>X.500 ever defines an attribute for ADMD values under C=US (or under
>any other country) then maybe we can define the schema for using an
>ORAddress as a DN, for what ever purposes we might want to use such a
>thing.
>
>It is clear that we cannot say that an ADMD name, or PRMD name is the
>same as an X.500 Org name, cause they are not the same thing at all.
>No relation, other than perhaps both are owned by the same owner, from
>time to time.
>
>Cheers...\Stef
>
>
--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hewlett Packard
Information Network Division
MS/43LS, 19420 Homestead Road, Cupertino, CA  95014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.400:        C=US;AD=ATTMAIL;PD=HP;ORG=HP;OU1=HP6600;SN=Ho;GN=Khiem
Internet:     khiem@cup.hp.com    
Telephone:    +1 (408)447-2660              
Fax:          +1 (408)447-3660 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00837;
          14 Jul 92 10:55 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00833;
          14 Jul 92 10:55 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12537;
          14 Jul 92 10:57 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02586-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 14 Jul 1992 09:14:10 +0000
Received: from alw.nih.gov by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 14 Jul 92 09:14:06 -0500
Received: from pc.niaid.nih.gov by alw.nih.gov (5.61/alw-2.1) id AA19029;
          Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:14:04 -0400
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:13:38 EST
Message-Id: <2a62e112@Tysons.BAH.pc.niaid.nih.gov>
X-Mailer: Unix/3Com MX v4.4 92.02.13
From: Bonatti Chris <Bonatti_Chris@tysons.bah.pc.niaid.nih.gov>
To: Stef@nma.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    Khiem@tysons.bah.pc.niaid.nih.gov
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures

>However, if
>X.500 ever defines an attribute for ADMD values under C=US (or under
>any other country) then maybe we can define the schema for using an
>ORAddress as a DN, for what ever purposes we might want to use such a
>thing.                 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

FYI:  As discussed at the last MHSIG meeting, one of the major services 
X.400 will look to the directory for is support of capabilities 
assessment.  This will entail locating capabilities attributes in the 
directory given an X.400 O/R address.  While I believe that the overall 
requirements for X.500 support of X.400 require a more complex approach, 
the capabilities assessment scenario argues for just the schema you 
describe.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01075;
          14 Jul 92 13:08 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01071;
          14 Jul 92 13:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17312;
          14 Jul 92 13:10 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02863-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 14 Jul 1992 12:08:37 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 14 Jul 92 12:08:33 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa24476; 14 Jul 92 7:31 PDT
To: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures (fwd)
In-Reply-To: Mon, 13 Jul 92 20:18:29 PDT. <9207140318.AA24053@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Cc: stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 92 07:31:01 -0700
Message-Id: <24468.711124261@ics.uci.edu>
Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu


Hello Khiem -- Our confustion comes from the fact the the MHSMD document
doesnto explain all about anyting oher than MHSMD name registration.

Our problem then is to make this fact clear so people don't become
concerned about all those things when the only topic is OR Address MD
Names.


Your comments will be placed before the MHDSMD committee for
consideration when we next edit the couments in August.

We appreciate your efforts to help us make the documetn do the job it
must do.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01172;
          14 Jul 92 13:47 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01168;
          14 Jul 92 13:47 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19199;
          14 Jul 92 13:50 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02914-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 14 Jul 1992 12:28:03 +0000
Received: from hp.com by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 14 Jul 92 12:27:57 -0500
Received: from hpindqy.cup.hp.com by hp.com with SMTP (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.13) 
          id AA29159; Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:27:56 -0700
Received: by hpisrhe.cup.hp.com (16.8/15.5+IOS 3.20+cup+OMrelay) id AA24521;
          Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:29:15 -0700
From: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Message-Id: <9207141729.AA24521@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures (fwd)
To: stef@nma.com
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:29:14 PDT
Cc: khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu
In-Reply-To: <24468.711124261@ics.uci.edu>; from "Einar Stefferud" at Jul 14, 92 7:31 am
Mailer: Elm [revision: 70.30]


Thank you, Stef.

I did some more homework and traced the ANSI document,
"Procedures for Registering Organization Names in the United States of
America", 25 Oct 1989, ISSB 843. 

This document clearly describes how the Name/Number would be used
in several contexts (section 1.2, and Appendix D). There's no implied 
linkage between different contexts and to the object id arc. 
(One context is Object ID arc where Number form can be used).

I hope this info will be useful.

Cheers,
Khiem


>Hello Khiem -- Our confustion comes from the fact the the MHSMD document
>doesnto explain all about anyting oher than MHSMD name registration.
>
>Our problem then is to make this fact clear so people don't become
>concerned about all those things when the only topic is OR Address MD
>Names.
>
>
>Your comments will be placed before the MHDSMD committee for
>consideration when we next edit the couments in August.
>
>We appreciate your efforts to help us make the documetn do the job it
>must do.
>
>Cheers...\Stef
>


--
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Hewlett Packard
Information Network Division
MS/43LS, 19420 Homestead Road, Cupertino, CA  95014
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
X.400:        C=US;AD=ATTMAIL;PD=HP;ORG=HP;OU1=HP6600;SN=Ho;GN=Khiem
Internet:     khiem@cup.hp.com    
Telephone:    +1 (408)447-2660              
Fax:          +1 (408)447-3660 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03421;
          14 Jul 92 23:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03417;
          14 Jul 92 23:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09624;
          14 Jul 92 23:45 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04004-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 14 Jul 1992 22:44:13 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 14 Jul 92 22:44:09 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa27694; 14 Jul 92 20:17 PDT
To: Khiem Ho <khiem@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Re: Registration Procedures (fwd)
In-Reply-To: Tue, 14 Jul 92 10:29:14 PDT. <9207141729.AA24521@hpisrhe.cup.hp.com>
Cc: stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Tue, 14 Jul 92 20:17:07 -0700
Message-Id: <27686.711170227@ics.uci.edu>
Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu

The original ANSI arrangement for c=us o=<name> with OID attached si
subject to change with X.660 which assigns a new OID prefix of { 2 16
840 } in place of the old {1 2 840 }, and USA-RAC is reconfiguring
things with the move, but htis will not impact any of the planned sues
for the ANSI registered names/numbers.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01408;
          15 Jul 92 3:33 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab01404;
          15 Jul 92 3:33 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01609;
          15 Jul 92 3:35 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04168-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 15 Jul 1992 01:16:55 +0000
Received: from [192.135.199.112] by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 15 Jul 92 01:16:44 -0500
Received: from [192.135.199.87] by gorgon.tf.tele.no with SMTP 
          id AA13858 (5.65c8/IDA-1.4.4 for <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>);
          Wed, 15 Jul 1992 08:15:49 +0200
Message-Id: <199207150615.AA13858@gorgon.tf.tele.no>
Date: Wed, 15 Jul 1992 08:22:25 +0100
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
From: "Paal S. Malm" <pal.malm@tf.tele.no>
Subject: please unsubscribe (old adress: paalsm@forit.forut.no)
X-Charset: LATIN1
X-Char-Esc: 29

please unsubscribe paalsm@forit.forut.no
//// Paal S. Malm, stud.scient   // Phone: +47 83 10273
///  Norwegian Telecom Research,// Fax: +47 83 82420
//   Po.box 1156,              // Email:
/    Tromsoe, Norway          // pal.malm@tf.tele.no



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02419;
          16 Jul 92 11:15 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02415;
          16 Jul 92 11:15 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14397;
          16 Jul 92 11:18 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 16 Jul 1992 09:43:13 +0000
Date: Thu, 16 Jul 1992 09:43:13 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..013:16.06.92.14.43.13]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 16 Jul 1992 09:43:12 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"02936161702991/34081 INFN*"@MHS>
To: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: mail-11 document revision.


Hallo,
as we had no time to check the revised version of the x.400 to mail-11
mapping document (v2.2) I suggest you to send your comments to the list.

The new version differs from the previous one only in a few points,
which were updated to include comments I received in S. Diego.

I'll send out a better formatted ascii version and this one
should replace the old one in Internet drafts archive.

regards
Claudio



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02711;
          17 Jul 92 9:08 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02707;
          17 Jul 92 9:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08394;
          17 Jul 92 9:10 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <09966-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 17 Jul 1992 08:09:21 +0000
Received: from concorde.inria.fr by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 17 Jul 92 08:09:16 -0500
Original-Received: from 
                   nuri.inria.fr by concorde.inria.fr, Fri, 17 Jul 92 15:09:12 
                   +0200
PP-warning: Illegal Received field on preceding line
Original-Received: from localhost.inria.fr by nuri.inria.fr, Fri, 17 Jul 
                   92 15:07:52 +0200
PP-warning: Illegal Received field on preceding line
Message-Id: <9207171307.AA29166@nuri.inria.fr>
To: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Cc: IETF-OSI-X400OPS@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: mail-11 document revision.
Date: Fri, 17 Jul 92 15:07:50 N
From: Peter.Sylvester@inria.fr

I have one question concerning the mapping of x.400 to decnet. If I understand
the text correctly, the P2-originator is mapped to the decnet mail from: and
not the P1-originator. Can you explain why you are doing this. .
 
Error returns inside decnet go to the from (if I remember it correctly).

The P2 reply-to is mapped to some text in the message. So you are not able to
use a decnet internal reply function (using the from) for the reply-purpose 
anyway. 
 

Peter


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00676;
          22 Jul 92 13:07 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00672;
          22 Jul 92 13:07 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03018;
          22 Jul 92 13:10 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 12:08:22 +0000
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 12:08:22 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..062:22.06.92.17.08.22]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 12:08:22 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920722120807*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: Stef@nrtc.northrop.com
Cc: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?

Hi, as requested in the recent IETF x400ops working group meeting, I
wanted to invite Stef to start his discussion about ADMD names in the
U.S.  Stef?

It was also requested in that meeting to limit discussions to one
mailing list.  I propose the x400ops mailing list for this discussion.
To subscribe, email ietf-osi-x400ops-request@cs.wisc.edu or 
/S=ietf-osi-x400ops-request/OU=CS/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/ADMD= /C=us/.

Cheers,

allan


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04491;
          22 Jul 92 16:54 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04487;
          22 Jul 92 16:54 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12883;
          22 Jul 92 16:57 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <22572-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 15:55:12 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 22 Jul 92 15:55:07 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ah14579; 22 Jul 92 13:01 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa06541; 22 Jul 92 11:18 PDT
To: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 22 Jul 1992 12:08:09 -0000. <920722120807*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 11:18:18 -0700
Message-Id: <6539.711829098@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Thanks Allan for the nice ping.

Does anyone have a handy copy of the kind of workding that belongs at
the beginning of a brand new Intrernet Draft that is supposed to
frames WG decision and related Internet policy?  

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05643;
          22 Jul 92 17:54 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab05639;
          22 Jul 92 17:54 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15250;
          22 Jul 92 17:57 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 16:16:26 +0000
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 16:16:26 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..644:22.06.92.21.16.26]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 16:16:26 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9207222116.AA21917@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: Stef@nma.com, wg-msg@rare.nl
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?


Stef, et al;

	I would not worry about the initial form because it will have to
be reformated to meet the RFC editors needs :)  I can not think of a better
mailing list - unless we created a new one - then the ops list.  But I 
understood we would be looking at only U.S. issues so, I don't want to 
confuse the issues with Internet world wide and /c=us/a=Internet/ ...

I was wondering is this RFC going to deal with:

	PRMD registration in the US
	Commercial connectivity
	US operational requirements
	


just to get things going,


Tony...


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06198;
          22 Jul 92 19:13 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06194;
          22 Jul 92 19:13 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17978;
          22 Jul 92 19:16 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <22843-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 17:23:19 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 22 Jul 92 17:23:13 -0500
Return-Path: <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Received: from [128.29.31.104] by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA06506;
          Wed, 22 Jul 92 18:15:38 -0400
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 92 18:15:38 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9207222215.AA06506@gateway.mitre.org>
To: Stef@nma.com, genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, wg-msg@rare.nl
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu

What is the objective here?  Are we formulating input to the two national 
committees that are already discussing these issues?  I haven't seen any
comments from the ops list on the draft registration procedures for managment 
domain names, which I distributed week before last.

Ella Gardner
MITRE



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab06268;
          22 Jul 92 19:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06264;
          22 Jul 92 19:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18831;
          22 Jul 92 19:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:44:32 +0000
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:44:32 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..124:22.06.92.23.44.32]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:44:32 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9207222344.AA22107@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?


Ella,
	actually I see this as an outcome from the registration
document.  I don't want to put words in peoples mouths but, I see
this rfc dealing with the operational issues for the US portion of
the Internet.

Tony...


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06529;
          22 Jul 92 21:28 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06525;
          22 Jul 92 21:28 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21932;
          22 Jul 92 21:31 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23235-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 20:29:54 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 22 Jul 92 20:29:50 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab10661; 22 Jul 92 18:24 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07154; 22 Jul 92 18:02 PDT
To: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Cc: genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:15:38 -0400. <9207222215.AA06506@gateway.mitre.org>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:02:38 -0700
Message-Id: <7152.711853358@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Ella, and all ...  I realize that this is going to be a bit of a shock...

The news from the last IETF is that IETF-OSI-X400ops WG agreed to
propose assertion of the binding of /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/, based on the
observation that all ADMD's doing business under /C=US/ have likewise
simply done this as a matter of self assertion.  

So, why not INTERNET as well;-).

Thus, under the rules being developed by the MHSMD and USA-RAC, the
INTERNET becomes eligible for Grandfathering of all subordinate
assigned and registered PRMD names, and the right to assign and
register subordinate PRMD names in the future.  

In short, the ietf-osi-x400ops WG is developing an RFC to be approved
by the IETF/IESG and the IAB to make this assertion.  I have been
assigned to draft the RFC.

Other countries have already done such things (e.g., Italy where
ADMD=GARR) has been registered, and we expect other contries to do
likewise.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06620;
          22 Jul 92 22:24 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06616;
          22 Jul 92 22:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23539;
          22 Jul 92 22:27 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23237-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 22 Jul 1992 20:29:58 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 22 Jul 92 20:29:52 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ac10661; 22 Jul 92 18:24 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07166; 22 Jul 92 18:08 PDT
To: Tony Genovese <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 22 Jul 1992 14:16:06 -0700. <9207222116.AA21917@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 22 Jul 1992 18:08:47 -0700
Message-Id: <7164.711853727@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Tony -- Yes, lets move this to only ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
mailing list since this is a /C=US/ action.  I trust all who are
interested will be sure to be subscribed to this list.

So, hence forth, I will use only ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu.

this is my last message to both lists.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab01871;
          23 Jul 92 9:21 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01867;
          23 Jul 92 9:21 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11505;
          23 Jul 92 9:24 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <26993-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 07:43:39 +0000
Received: from note.nsf.gov by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 07:43:31 -0500
Received: from hub.nsf.gov by Note.nsf.gov id aa11225; 23 Jul 92 8:30 EDT
Received: by hub.nsf.gov (5.57/Ultrix3.0-C) id AA11661;
          Thu, 23 Jul 92 08:27:55 -0400
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 92 08:27:55 -0400
Message-Id: <9207231227.AA11661@hub.nsf.gov>
To: genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, Stef@nma.com, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
From: raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: MHSMD naming and registration procedures

Stef, Tony G. et al


Please correct memim I'm wrong here.  I took a quick loook at the
MHS MD naming and registration procedures and found a few statements
that bothered me.  I hope this was a misunderstanding on my part due
to a quick skimming of the doc.  Anyway I saw reference to ADMDS being
the US national messaging BACKBBONE. This appearsto be yet another attempt
by ATT, and other BIG MDs to try and monopolize the e-mail traffic in order
to
ensure that they get a cut at all inter high level MD transactions.  ALso
the "registry and methods" for connecting PRMDS (e.g. those now in the
xNREN
pilot project)  and for establishing unique (and registering) US PRMD names
is very unclear - it looks like the committee only cared about the
MCI, AT&T and like ADMDs and those PRMDS connecting and registering to them
and no real thought to the Internet (xnren) and other MDs .  I am worried
because such actions in the past have prevented the commercial X.400 ADMDS
and Internet from properly interconnecting.  Have i misread or
misinyterpreted
the procedures?  I don't think thta its ANY committee,working group, or 
study group's pervue to "establish and/or determine" a US National backbone
and its membership.  This could be subject to anit-trust actions.

Comments?

bob
  



                     Bob Aiken
                NSF NREN Program Director
           +1-202-357-9717      raiken@nsf.gov

    






Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02108;
          23 Jul 92 9:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02104;
          23 Jul 92 9:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12607;
          23 Jul 92 9:48 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <27018-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 07:51:54 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 07:51:50 -0500
Return-Path: <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Received: from [128.29.31.104] by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA11277;
          Thu, 23 Jul 92 08:44:20 -0400
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 92 08:44:20 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9207231244.AA11277@gateway.mitre.org>
To: Stef@nma.com, epg@gateway.mitre.org
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
Cc: genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu

Stef and all...

Nothing shocks me anymore!  I'm sorry I have been missing the IETF meetings,
but I always seem to have a scheduling conflict.

I assume that Stef mentioned that the MHS-MD Subcommittee would soon have
a draft of "Proposed Behavior Guidelines for Participation within the US
National X.400 MTS" ready for distribution for comments.  These are voluntary
guidelines for ADMDs and PRMDs in the US.

The next meeting of the MHS-MD Subcommittee will be held jointly with the
ANSI USA Registration Authority Committee at ANSI in New York on August 3-5.
Meetings of the MHS-MD Subcommittee are of course open to the public, but we
do need to let our host know who will be attending.  Let me know if anyone
wants to participate in the meeting.

Ella Gardner, Chair
MHS-MD Subcommittee


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05922;
          23 Jul 92 14:59 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05918;
          23 Jul 92 14:59 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26103;
          23 Jul 92 14:59 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <27821-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 13:58:00 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 13:57:55 -0500
Return-Path: <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Received: from [128.29.31.104] by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA15333;
          Thu, 23 Jul 92 14:50:23 -0400
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 92 14:50:23 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9207231850.AA15333@gateway.mitre.org>
To: Stef@nma.com, genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: Re: MHSMD naming and registration procedures
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org

Bob and all:

Let's look at a few definitions taken from the draft registration procedures.

US-NMTS

        A US-ADMD is an MD that has its name registered as an
        ADMD name with the US National MHS MD registration
        authority and that complies with the precepts set
        forth in the ``Proposed Behavior Guidelines for
        Participation within the US National X.400 MTS''.
 
        The set of all US-ADMDs constitutes the US National
        MTS (US-NMTS).
 
        As part of their prescribed behavior, the members of
        the US-NMTS agree to:

        1.  exchange reach-ability information among them
            and, based on bilateral agreements, to form a
            connected network such that a path exists, and is
            known, between all US-ADMDs;

        2.  operate such that any MHS user or PRMD served by
            a US-ADMD can be reached via X.400 messages
            originated outside the US, regardless of which
            US-ADMD is the first one to transfer them.

US-BB (US Backbone)

        US-BB is a subset of the US-NMTS.  It is a virtual
        ADMD that offers the US-BB Service to subscribing
        PRMDs.  The US-BB Service allows PRMD operators to
        assign ORAddresses that have the US-BB name as the
        value of the ADMD field.

        As part of their prescribed behavior, the US-ADMDs
        participating in US-BB agree, in addition to their
        US-NMTS obligations, to:

        1.  exchange reach-ability information regarding the
            PRMDs which subscribe to the US-BB Service;

        2.  transfer on the basis of the PRMD field value the
            messages sent to recipients with ORAddresses that
            have the US-BB name as the value of the ADMD
            field.

There is nothing to prevent PRMDs from connecting however they wish.

PRMDs who wish to use the US-BB service must have nationally unambiguous
names.  Others may register with their ADMDs and use the name of that
ADMD in their O/R addresses.  The options are explained more fully in the
registration procedures.

Members of the MHS MD Subcommittee are public service providers,
operators of PRMDs, users, and vendors.
All meetings are open to the public.  We welcome specific comments on the
registration procedures which have been circulated and on the voluntary
behavioral guidelines which will be circulated soon.

Ella Gardner, Chair
MHS-MD Subcommittee


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07296;
          23 Jul 92 17:05 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07292;
          23 Jul 92 17:05 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02152;
          23 Jul 92 17:05 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 14:02:00 +0000
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 1992 14:02:00 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..845:23.06.92.19.02.00]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 14:01:59 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920723140144*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Draft x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF

Hi, here are the draft minutes of the meeting.  Please send
corrections to Allan Cargille within two weeks (by August 7, 1992).
Then I'll distribute the final version.

This really is only a draft, so your contributions are important.

Thanks,

allan

======================================================================

Draft Minutes of the IETF OSI X.400 Operations Working Group
            24th IETF, Boston, Massachusetts
                     July 15, 1992

Reported by Allan Cargille

Minutes are reported in the order that the meeting occurred.  Agenda
item refers refer to the numbers from the published agenda of the
meeting.  They are out of order where the order of the agenda
was modified.  Two empty lines are used to separate agenda items.
The list of attendees was taken separately.  Action items are
identified with the note "[action]".


FIRST SESSION

1.  Welcome.  Alf Hansen chaired the meeting.  Allan Cargille
volunteered to take minutes [action].  The agenda was modified to discuss
working group status and the status of the Wisconsin NSF X.400 Project
and the Cosine MHS Project.  Agenda points 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 8 will
be discussed in the first working group session.  Reviewing the
documents will be moved to the second working group session.  Stef was
added to agenda point 5 to report on progress on U.S. ADMD and PRMD
naming & registration issues.


2.  New Charter.  Alf distributed the new charter before the meeting.
It was agreed that the proposed new time schedule for the documents
would be revised after discussion the documents.  [Note - this was not
done in the meeting, and should be done on the mailing list.  Action -
Alf]

Change control.  The IESG (and IAB?) agreed that change control for
RFC1327 (the latest version of mapping between X.400 and RFC822 mail)
was assigned to the RARE Working Group on Mail and Messaging.

Discussion:
    - is it OK for IETF RFCs to be assigned to another group?
    - how will people in the x400ops working group be able to
        participate in further revisions of this document?
    - how will this be publicized?

It was clarified that the RARE-MSG working group is an open working
group.  Members of the x400ops working group are welcome to join the
mailing list and participate in the group.  Here's how to join:

    Send a message to MAILSERVER@RARE.NL with the following text in
    the BODY of the message (NOT the subject).

    SUBSCRIBE WG-MSG Your-given-name Your-surname

    This will automatically subscribe you to the list.  An automatic
    reply will be sent back to you.

    The address of the mailing list itself is wg-msg@rare.nl, or 
    /S=wg-msg/O=rare/PRMD=surf/ADMD=400net/C=nl/.

There was also discussion about the number of mailing lists which deal
with X.400 issues.  Often messages are posted to multiple lists.  It
was recognized that having these multiple lists is a pain, but this
working group is unlikely to be able to change the situation.  It was
recommended that when an initial message is posted to multiple lists,
the message should clearly identify *one* list on which the follow-up
discussion should take place.


3.  Action items from last March 92 meeting:

a) John Sherburne (SPRINT) will work with Tony Genovese to figure out how US
can provide an MTA that has X.25 connectivity.

    - Tony reported that accepting ADMD = <single space> is a problem
      for Sprint.  He did not know if that is for technical, political,
      or financial reasons.  
      
      [action]  Tony continue to work on a WEP which is accessible
      over public X.25.

    - Ed Albrigo from the Corporation for Open System (C.O.S.) gave
      a report on their X.400 activities.  They are working on the
      following:

      1) Establishing direct network-layer connections to the Internet.
	   They plan to route both IP and CLNP.
      2) Establishing X.400 links which connect the OSINet X.400
           community to the GO-MHS community.
      3) They are planning to go to complete "electronic-only"
           communication with ten COS member companies by [some date].

      Ed confirmed that COS will comply with current RFCs and
      recommendations for the GO-MHS community.

      It was clarified that COS uses X.25 in their private OSINet network,
      but that is a private network that is not connected to public X.25.

    - There was a discussion about connections to ATTmail.  Internet RFC822 
      mail users should be able to send mail to all ATTmail users.
      However, the ATTmail <--> Internet mail gateway produces bad
      addresses, so mail is often un-replyable.
      
b) Urs will ask the COSINE MHS Project Team to submit the address mapping
table procedures as a draft RFC.

    - Done

c) Stef - Start a discussion on X.400 OPS and WG1 lists about ADMD name in
the US.  See section 3.1.2. [of March 1992 minutes]

    - Not done.

    - Note that the rare-wg1 mailing list has been succeeded by the
      wg-msg list (see section 2 above).

      [action]  Stef start this discussion.
      [action]  Someone email Stef to start this discussion. [done]

      See related discussion of this in agenda item 5.

d) Alf will send the updated charter to the list.

    - Done

e) Claudio will produce a draft document that will propose a method for using
DNS to store X.400 to RFC 822 mapping and routing.

    - Done

f) Claudio will follow up the MAIL 11 mapping document.

    - Done

g) Harald will follow up the International Character set document.

    - Done


5.  Status of X.400 Operations

a)  Allan Cargille discussed the status and future of the NSF X.400
Project.  The project has been running since August, 1990 and is now
toward the end of the initial grant.  The project has operated the
experimental PRMD "XNREN".  Fifteen to twenty sites have registered as
members of this PRMD, but only approximately five are currently
exchanging X.400 traffic.  The project has acted as a coordination
point for U.S. entries in the RFC987/1148/1327 mapping tables.  The
project also served as a beta site for several PP releases, and
developed and contributed software to support the Fujitsu dexNET 200
fax modem in PP.  The project is operating a primary MTA running PP 6.0
on a dedicated DecStation 3100/Ultrix.  Some sites, including
Wisconsin, are running the IBM/Wisconsin Argo X.400 software, which
includes a UA.  The project has also acted as a Well-Known Entry Point
(WEP) to the Cosine MHS Project (see below).  We are seeking an
extension of the grant to continue supporting a stable U.S. WEP and to
participate in the ongoing research work to develop a stable X.400
infrastructure.  Without continued funding, our project will end at the
end of this calendar year.

b)  Jim Romaguera presented an overview of the Cosine MHS Project at
SWITCH (Switzerland).  That project began in (January 1991?) and
continued work begun by the RARE MHS Project Team.  They coordinate the
academic and research X.400 service in Europe.  They have finished 80%
of their goals for the current project period, which ends at the end of
this calendar year.  The project supports international X.400
connections between all Western European countries, as well as Greece,
Slovenia, Lithuania, the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand,
South Africa, China, India, and South Korea.  Some countries have
multiple networks participating in the service.  Most European
participants have private connections to one or more commercial ADMDs.
Some are purchasing value-added services (such as fax gateways) from
ADMDs.  Several project participants have online services available
(via telnet or over X.25) to translate between X.400 and RFC822
addresses according to the current mapping rules.

The exact future of the project is unclear, but it is expected that
they will continue.  It is likely that the future project will be
coordinated by the RARE Operational Unit and will be contracted out.

The project team is still working on several projects.  They plan to
have a daily RFC1327 mapping table update tool operational by the end
of this year.  They are working on evaluating publicly available X.400
implementations.  They plan to produce a catalog of existing X.400
implementations.  They have done work on evaluating ADMDs and plan to
report on this (verifying connectivity, etc).  They plan to produce a
tutorial and overview on RFC1327.  They have done work on evaluating
international X.400 connections, and are working on tools to
automatically process a common statistics format.  They are also
working on a connectivity tool which will be based on sending mail to
echo servers and evaluating the results.  Lastly, they operate a file
server with lots of documents.  You can reach the fileserver via anonymous
ftp to host "nic.switch.ch".

Discussion:
    - it was recommended to refer to RFC1292 (a catalog of X.500
        implementations) for X.400 product evaluations.
    - will this information on implementations be released as an RFC?
    - there is a question of liability when producing such
        evaluations.
    - it was recommended that vender and user comments about
        implementations be placed in separate documents.

c)  Stef reported on the current work of the MHS-MD study group on
ADMD/PRMD naming.  

By way of review, Stef covered the history of connections between
the U.S. Internet and commercial email services.  Vint Cerf was the
founder of MCI Mail and then went to CNRI.  He concluded agreements on
behalf of the Internet with MCIMail, ATTmail, G.E. Information
Services, and CompuServe (and possible others) that are "sender keeps
all revenue" agreements.

There was also discussion about what internal protocols these
services use.  All operate gateways between RFC822 and their internal
protocol.  Several problems were discussed
    - if the service is using a poor or nonstandard gateway, then
	the addresses coming out of the gateway are messed up
    - people did not know of any connections between U.S. commercial
	ADMDs
    - there are no connections between the U.S. Internet X.400
        community and commercial ADMDs

Current MHS-MD status.  Commercial ADMDs have been arbitrarily
selecting their own names, and then arbitrarily naming PRMDs under
their ADMD.  There is strong feeling that these existing (ADMD, PRMD)
name pairs must be valid in the future.  Any new registration procedure
must support these existing names.  The group is also working on a
structure for a U.S. ADMD backbone, which does not mean a specific
ADMD.  Currently the string ADMD=USBB is being used to refer to such a
structure.  Stef cautioned us that the "USBB" name is just a
placeholder and is likely to change to some other (as yet undefined)
text string.  PRMD names could then be registered under this
"ADMD=USBB".  There are still unresolved questions about how the USBB
should be routed and supported.

Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
self-declared as well.  Stef argued that there is no legal requirement
that an ADMD offer open services to all, that was just an assumption
that people were making.

Discussion:
    - the issue of connecting to the U.S. ADMDs is not an issue of
	naming, it is an issue of service agreements and charging.
	The routing can be worked out.
    - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
        the commercial ADMDs.
    - the Internet ADMD could offer to provide RFC1327 gateway
        services to the commercial ADMDs.  That way the gateways would
	be operated according to existing agreements and
	recommendations and would generate "good" addresses.
    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the
        CCITT model would require other ADMDs to connect to us.
    - if the commercial services were interested, the Internet ADMD
        could play a role as a relay between them.  [Note - this would
	not necessarily require commercial traffic to flow across the
	research Internet.]

There was a proposal to decide on the matter at this meeting.  There
was heated argument that the issue had not been discussed before the
meeting, and should be discussed more in a wider forum and on the
mailing list.  It was agreed that Stef would write an internet draft
proposing to create an ADMD=Internet [action].  If approved in the
future, this paper could evolve into an RFC.


8.  Future U.S. Internet X.400 organization - not discussed beyond the
above information.


SECOND SESSION


5(c) cont'd - connections to ADMDs.  Steve H-K. proposed generating a
document that addresses the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected
to the R&D world (or "Internet" to coin a phrase).  The contents of this
document should be something like:

    - ADMDs presently connected to the Internet (or R&D world, same
	thing, as I'm talking about the global Internet).
    - policy restrictions on such connections ie. are they available
	for free & for anyone on the Internet, can R&D people relay via
	a connected ADMD to 3rd party ADMDs , etc.
    - whether the ADMDs are using RFC 1327 gateways & the global
	mapping tables
    - which PRMDs these ADMDs support - ADMD connectivity between
	themselves.  - anything else that fits in to the above context.

Goals are to 
    - stimulate ADMDs to deploy well run ADMD to Internet connections,
	preferably by using R&D operated gateways.
    - document the PRMDs reachable via ADMDs & of course the ADMD's
	connectivity to other ADMDs.

Jim Romaguera (wearing the hat of NetConsult AG, not the Cosine MHS
Project Team) volunteered to write a draft document [action].

[notes in this 5(c)(cont'd) section courtesy of Jim R.]


4.  Document Review - in general, detailed comments are not included
if a new version of the document will be released.

b) "X.400 use of extended character sets"  (Harald Alvestrand).
Discussion.  Harald will update the document and release the updated
version as an Internet draft [action].  The draft will be discussed at
the upcoming RARE Character Set and RARE Messaging meetings.  These
comments will be presented at the next IETF meeting, and the document
will be finalized.

c) "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the 
GO-MHS Community" (Hansen/Hagens).  Comments were taken on the
document.  The document will be revised and a new Internet Draft will
be released [action].

There was discussion about what kind of RFC this document should be
released as.  People felt that it should be a requirement that X.400
domains should support the "postmaster" address in the same manner as
RFC822 domains do.  It was proposed that a very short RFC be drafted
which explains the need for supporting "postmaster" addresses.  This
short postmaster RFC will then be advanced in the standards track.
Allan Cargille volunteered to write the RFC [action].  It will use the
recommendations from the recent Cosine MHS Managers meeting as a
starting point.  It was pointed out that to support the introduction of
X.400(88), both S=Postmaster and CN=Postmaster must be supported.

The revised Hansen/Hagens paper cannot be progressed as an RFC until
the Eppenberger routing paper and Cargille Postmaster paper are also
ready to be submitted, because it references those documents.  The
document may also have to be modified based on the group's
recommendations for C=us/ADMD=Internet.

d) "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a multi protocol
/ multi network environment" (Urs Eppenberger).  Changes to this
document were discussed in light of a recent submission by Panos
Tsigaridas, "MHS Information Exchange Format (MHS-IEF).  Panos' paper
recommended using the same basic information and routing algorithm as
the Eppenberger document, but modifying things so that this information
could be easily placed into X.500 under well-known places.  The desire
to support X.500 must be weighed against the fact that this new
document format is needed immediately and in fact is already being
introduced in the Cosine MHS Project.  Changing the document format
would introduce delays due to discussion and take longer to become
operational.  It was agreed that Urs, Panos, and Steve H-K. would meet
to see if minimal changes could be made to the Eppenberger document
which would make it easier to store the information in X.500.  They
would report on their meeting [action].  A revised document should be
sent out, which should be approved via email and then submitted as an
experimental RFC [action].

[Note - this follow-up report should be included in the revised minutes]

e) "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148 Address Mapping
Tables and X.400 Routing Informations" (Allocchio, Bonito, &
Giordano).  All three tables will be stored under the domain
".x400.arpa".  Change control will still be centralized -- the tables
will still be collected and managed by the Cosine MHS Project Team.
The use of the DNS tables will be described in a separate document
[action].  Mapping conventions are used to represent the RFC1327 table
entries in a format that is legal for the DNS.  Claudio will produce a
new version of the document, and distribute it to the DNS and x400ops
mailing lists [action].  If consensus is reached, the document will be
submitted as an Experimental RFC.

f) OSI area procedures.  Erik Huizer requested that to progress a
document in the OSI area as an Internet Draft, people should send email
to Dave Piscitello (dave@sabre.bellcore.com), himself
(huizer@surfnet.nl) and CC the IESG Secretary Greg Vaudreuil
(gvaudre@nri.reston.va.us).  [Note - this information should probably
be sent to all the OSI area working groups. [action]]   Erik also
reported the following procedures for IETF OSI working groups
[actions]:

    - he will create a mailing list for these working group chairs
    - he will distribute each message to him from higher IETF people
	to working group chairs (chairpersons)

There was also discussion about what classes of RFCs there are.  RFCs
*not* on the standards track can be classified as "Informational" or
"Experimental".  RFCs on the standards track proceed from "Proposed
Standard" to "Draft Standard" to "Standard".  [Note - is this
documented in an RFC?]   It was also pointed out that RFCs cannot
reference Internet Drafts, but they may reference any class of RFC.


7.  Major Operation Problem - not discussed.


9.  Review of Action Items - deferred to mailing list, due to time.
    See below.


10. Any Other Business, and plan for next meeting - Erik Huizer (OSI
Area Co-Director) proposed to resume the "old" meeting schedule for
the OSI area at the next IETF.  Other than that, the next meeting
schedule not discussed.  Erik will distribute this new schedule
[action].

If the next x400ops meeting has not been scheduled, it should be
discussed on the list [action - Alf].


SUMMARY OF ACTION ITEMS:

1.  Allan Cargille - distribute draft minutes. [done]

2.  Alf Hansen - revise timetable for documents on new charter by
    discussion on the list.

3.  Tony Genovese - continue to work on a WEP which is accessible over
    public X.25.

4.  Stef (Einar Stefferud) - start discussion on mailing lists about U.S.
    ADMD naming issues.

5.  Someone - email Stef to start this discussion. [done]

6.  Stef - write an internet draft proposing to create ADMD=Internet.

7.  Jim Romaguera (NetConsult AG) - generate draft document that addresses
    the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected to the R&D world.

8.  Harald Alvestrand - update document on extended character sets and
    release as an Internet Draft.

9.  Alf - update Operational Requirements document and release as an
    Internet Draft.

10.  Allan - write draft document about postmaster addresses
     and release as an Internet Draft.

11.  Urs / Panos / Steve H-K. - report to mailing list about
     possible changes to the routing coordination document.

12.  Urs - release revised version of routing coordination document
     (if there are any changes).  Hopefully get consensus on mailing
     list about the document and submit as an RFC.

13.  Claudio Allocchio - produce new version of the X.400 DNS paper and
     distribute it to the x400ops and DNS mailing lists.  If consensus
     is reached, submit document as Experimental RFC.

14.  Claudio - produce new document explaining how the X.400 DNS
     tables should be used and distribute to x400ops list.
    
15.  Erik Huizer - distribute information on the procedure for progressing
     a document in the IETF OSI area to all area mailing lists.

16.  Erik - create a mailing list for IETF OSI area working group chairs.
    
17.  Erik - distribute working group meeting schedule for OSI area for
     next IETF meeting.
    
18.  Alf - discuss/determine when x400ops meeting will be.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab07661;
          23 Jul 92 17:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07657;
          23 Jul 92 17:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03749;
          23 Jul 92 17:45 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <28267-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 16:41:39 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 16:41:34 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ae29504; 23 Jul 92 12:50 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa08160; 23 Jul 92 11:48 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: GARR in ITALY...
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 1992 11:48:09 -0700
Message-Id: <8158.711917289@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

------- Forwarded Message

From: Peter.Sylvester@inria.fr
To: Stef <Stef@nma.com>
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.? 
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 92 12:05:45 N

nono. as far as I know none of the other admds have really accepted that name.
They promised to do this but ... anyway it is being used. 
 
greetings from Versailles.
Peter

> Other countries have already done such things (e.g., Italy where
> ADMD=GARR) has been registered, and we expect other contries to do
> likewise.
> 
> Best...\Stef

------- End of Forwarded Message


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab08076;
          23 Jul 92 18:40 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08071;
          23 Jul 92 18:40 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05744;
          23 Jul 92 18:40 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <28265-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 16:41:36 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 16:41:31 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ac29504; 23 Jul 92 12:50 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa08136; 23 Jul 92 11:45 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 23 Jul 1992 08:44:20 -0400. <9207231244.AA11277@gateway.mitre.org>
Reply-To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 1992 11:45:29 -0700
Message-Id: <8133.711917129@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi All -- This is in response to both Bob Aiken and Ella Gardner ...

This discussion is being conducted in the ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
mailing list.  Subscriptions to ietf-osi-x400ops-request@cs.wisc.edu.

Bob is correct in being super sensitive to the issue of who is going
to constitute the US X.400 "ADMD backbone", and who is going to set
the rules and control the operation.  I doubt that there is anyone who
does not care about this issue!  (At least to some degree.)

As for the "USBB Behavior Rules" draft document that the MHSMD is
developing, it should be clear in the context of the C=US regulatory
situation that there is no organization or identified authority in
C=US that can decide these questions and issues.  None what so ever!

So, whatever is being developed by MHSMD must be seen as a mere set of
proposals to be used as a point of departure for whoever might
organize a backbone for C=US.  As Bob has noted, and as others have
noted, the legal standing of the MHSMD effort is not entirely clear.
In fact, it is seriously suspect;-).

Now then, it came to me in a flash of insight when I was trying to
explain all this the the IETF-OSI-X400ops WG, that in C=US, the
current rules are very simple, and potentially very useful to the
Internet Community.  To wit:

	Every instance to date, of ADMD establishment in C=US, has
	been a simple matter of self-declaration (self-assertion).
	No one that I have found has used the RPOA rulings, or any
	other rulings, to justify their ADMD assertion.

Nor have any of them actually registered their ADMD names or their
PRMD Registries with any authority that exists for the purpose of
recognizing or certifying their ADMD or PRMD Registry status in C=US.

So, what we have here is a self regulating open membership industry.

I believe that the reason for this is that no authority exists, in
part because the existing ADMD's have not found a way to come to any
agreement on the rules.  I expect that they also find no need, though
they might suddenly find one now.

It is still not even clear that anyone has the authority to set up
such a registry, even if we can achieve agreement on how to operate
it.  Even the US Dept of State appears to be reluctant to apply any
rules, because X.400 service is regarded as unregulated in C=US.  No
one seems to want to assert any authority in this area, and this fact
makes /C=US/ a big black hole in the INTERNET effort to deploy X.400
Mail Transfer Services.

Perhaps the previously asserted ADMD Service Providers find it in
their best interests to avoid coming to such an agreement, in spite of
5 years worth of effort on my part, along with the efforts of many
others along the way.

This idea should not imply any kind of subversiveness on the part of
any of the players, myself included.  The issues are very complex, and
mixed together with the C=US regulatory situation.  I think this
result is a consequence of the interplay of the C=US regulatory
situation and the International Telecommunications situation (and the
CCITT X.400 standards).

So, in my flash of insight, I realized that it is very simple for the
IAB/IETF to now assert /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/ and simply join the party
at the ADMD level.  (Just Do It! -- Everyone Else Just Does It!)


		 Who is to say no, and make it stick?


As things turn out, the INTERNET has already negotiated agreements
with many C=US ADMDs on what looks very much like ADMD/ADMD bilateral
agreements (vice ADMD/PRMD connection agreements) so I believe we are
very much acting within a correct and proper paradigm to establish
ADMD=INTERNET to offer bilateral ADMD/ADMD connection agreements to
exchange X.400 mail directly with the same ADMD Service Providers with
which the INTERNET now exchanges RFC822 mail.  Or course, we should
continue to offer RFC822 mail exchange agreements.

Next, the IETF/IAB should establish an /ADMD=INTERNET/ PRMD Registry
(under the IANA) to register PRMD names just like any other ADMD in
/C=US/.  By doing so, ADMD=INTERNET will be eligible to carry forward
all its registered PRMD names, just like any other /C=US/ADMD...  The
MHSMD Registration Procedures Draft looks like a good basis for an RFC
to establish this /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/ PRMD Registry.

Among the things that the MHSMD Committee has tentatively decided (to
the extent that MHSMD can decide anything) is that all ADMD registered
PRMD names in /C=US/ shall be grandfathered in any agreements about
how to deal with PRMD Name Registration in /C=US.  /ADMD=INTERNET/
clearly has the same rights as any other asserted /C=US/ADMD...

We should all note that by doing all this, we are not asserting that
/ADMD=INTERNET/ is claiming to be the /C=US/ National Backbone that is
described (as /ADMD=USBB/ in the MHSMD drafts.  We are also not
denying that /ADMD=INTERNET/ cannot or must not become the operator of
the /C=US/ National Backbone as described.  This question is left to
be decided in due course as the X.400 industry in /C=US/ comes to its
maturity.  (It is certainly not mature at this point in time!)

Now then, I know all these ideas are going to take time for many of
you to digest.  Take your time.  Lets discuss it.  We have only been
working on this thing for 5 years already, so why panic now?

I have to admit that I have been all over the lot in my own thinking
about all this.  Those of you who have followed my zig-zag course over
the last 5 years can surely attest!  I make no claims to any certainty
of being right this time either!

There is one possible fly in the ointment, of which we should be fully
aware.  It is possible that we will be challenged in our attempt to
use the name "INTERNET", even though our community coined the word and
has used it consistently to identify itself over the years.  The
problem is that some other legal corporate entity has trademarked
"INTERNET" in the banking industry.  My proposed solution is that we
should be prepared to choose another name (a name is just a name), if
need be.

There are organizational/political problems, and technical problems,
the latter involving ROUTING (ugh).  All of them need to be discussed
and resolved with consensus all around.

Among the open issues is the question of what the INTERNET should do
in other countries.  This is not limited to /C=US/ by any means.  In
fact, ITALY has already registered GARR as the ADMD name for those
PRMDs in Italy that are connected to the INTERNET.  (Someone please
correct me if I am wrong on this!)

For now, the answer must be that this needs to be worked out locally
by the domains in any given country, so they must have a full say in
whatever IETF/IAB/ISOC policies are to be developed.

We are not alone in /C=US/!

In the meantime, I am stuck with the assignment to draft an RFC to
serve as a basis for serious work in the ietf-osi-X400ops WG.  This
message will give you some idea of what I think it needs to address,
and where I think things should go.

All your comments are most welcome! 		Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08801;
          23 Jul 92 20:28 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08797;
          23 Jul 92 20:28 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09534;
          23 Jul 92 20:28 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29121-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 19:26:11 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 19:26:07 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab19170; 23 Jul 92 16:20 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa08497; 23 Jul 92 13:51 PDT
To: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Cc: genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: Re: MHSMD naming and registration procedures
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 23 Jul 1992 14:50:23 -0400. <9207231850.AA15333@gateway.mitre.org>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 1992 13:51:26 -0700
Message-Id: <8495.711924686@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

In the context of what Ella has pointed out, and the defacto situation
that now obtains in /C=US/, I make the following observations:

Ella said:

> There is nothing to prevent PRMDs from connecting however they wish.
 
> PRMDs who wish to use the US-BB service must have nationally unambiguous
> names.  Others may register with their ADMDs and use the name of that
> ADMD in their O/R addresses.  The options are explained more fully in the
> registration procedures.

I say: 

There is also nothing to prevent any ADMD from behaving just like the
USBB (as described) using its own private (to itself) PRMD registry,
just like any other ADMD.  In short, any ADMD can offer a "wholsale
service" to other AMDMs to deliver mail to any consenting PRMD that is
registered with the other ADMD.  (If you follow that, you have made
the required paradigm shift;-).

Indeed, it is further true that the ADMD=USBB (as defined by MHSMD) is
just another ADMD (all be it "virtual") , and the PRMD names that it
registers need only to be unique within its own "ADMD=USBB Register of
assigned PRMD Names".

As we look at all this more closely, it should be obvious that there
is no need for, nor actually any requirement for Nationally Unique
PRMD Names, since we have now developed a scheme for allowing things
to be done both ways.

So, in the face of all this, the plan is for the INTERNET to simply
assert /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/ and take its place among the other
self-declared ADMD service providers.  Then we are all in a good
position to negotiate our way to maturity.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08925;
          23 Jul 92 21:10 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08921;
          23 Jul 92 21:10 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11298;
          23 Jul 92 21:10 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29164-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 23 Jul 1992 20:09:06 +0000
Received: from net.lbl.gov by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 23 Jul 92 20:09:02 -0500
Received: from 131.243.64.68 by net.lbl.gov (5.65/1.39) id AA25092;
          Thu, 23 Jul 92 18:09:03 -0700
Message-Id: <9207240109.AA25092@net.lbl.gov>
Date: Thu, 23 Jul 92 18:08:59 -800
From: Russ Wright <wright@net.lbl.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?

Well said Stef,

As for the one small problem...

> There is one possible fly in the ointment, of which we should be fully
> aware.  It is possible that we will be challenged in our attempt to
> use the name "INTERNET", even though our community coined the word and
> has used it consistently to identify itself over the years.  The
> problem is that some other legal corporate entity has trademarked
> "INTERNET" in the banking industry.  My proposed solution is that we
> should be prepared to choose another name (a name is just a name), if
> need be.

I would go for another name, since we are using PRMD=Internet for the 
following mapping of 822 to x.400 addresses.

user@a.b.edu -> C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)a.b.edu

For example,

        Robert Hagens, <hagens@ans.net>
        C=us;ADMD=" ";PRMD=Internet;DD.RFC-822=hagens(a)ans.net

It would be confusing for some people to have ADMD=Internet and 
PRMD=Internet & we avoid the copyright problems.

Maybe ADMD=THENET :-).  I'm not very good choosing good names, maybe 
someone will come up with a good one.

Russ


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09740;
          24 Jul 92 1:54 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09736;
          24 Jul 92 1:54 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18757;
          24 Jul 92 1:54 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29458-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 00:44:43 +0000
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 00:44:40 -0500
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by VTVM1.CC.VT.EDU (IBM VM SMTP V2R2) with BSMTP 
          id 7445; Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:43:18 EDT
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (VALDIS) 
          by vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (Mailer R2.08 R208002) with BSMTP id 7412;
          Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:43:18 EDT
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:38:04 EDT
From: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Organization: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
To: Russ Wright <wright@net.lbl.gov>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <9207240109.AA25092@net.lbl.gov>
Message-Id: <920724.013804.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>

On Thu, 23 Jul 92 18:08:59 -800 you said:
>Maybe ADMD=THENET :-).  I'm not very good choosing good names, maybe
>someone will come up with a good one.

Hmm.. Methinks the crew at the Texas Higher Education Network will
be just a little upset. ;)

/Valdis


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00358;
          24 Jul 92 2:48 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00354;
          24 Jul 92 2:48 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00633;
          24 Jul 92 2:48 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29442-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 00:39:18 +0000
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 00:39:13 -0500
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by VTVM1.CC.VT.EDU (IBM VM SMTP V2R2) with BSMTP 
          id 7440; Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:37:50 EDT
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (VALDIS) 
          by vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (Mailer R2.08 R208002) with BSMTP id 7381;
          Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:37:50 EDT
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 92 01:27:45 EDT
From: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Organization: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
To: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <8133.711917129@nma.com>
Message-Id: <920724.012745.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>

On Thu, 23 Jul 1992 11:45:29 -0700 you said:
>We should all note that by doing all this, we are not asserting that
>/ADMD=INTERNET/ is claiming to be the /C=US/ National Backbone that is
>described (as /ADMD=USBB/ in the MHSMD drafts.  We are also not
>denying that /ADMD=INTERNET/ cannot or must not become the operator of
>the /C=US/ National Backbone as described.  This question is left to
>be decided in due course as the X.400 industry in /C=US/ comes to its
>maturity.  (It is certainly not mature at this point in time!)

Stef:

I like your logic regarding ADMD=INTERNET.  I'd like to add that I'm not
even  convinced that  we even  *NEED*  a "national  backbone" for  X.400
operations. Unless  I've totally missed  out on something,  we currently
don't  have such  a backbone  for telephone  operations, and  the system
works quite well,  with ATT, MCI, and everybody else  merely agreeing to
interconnect -  and note that *failing*  to agree is not  in a long-haul
carrier's interests. If Jake's  Long-Distance Fone Company can't connect
to anybody serviced by MCI, that's a hit in Jake's revenues.

Is there any reason for the concept of a "backbone", other than the fact
that much of the OSI standards  were pushed by countries that have PTT's
that are  legal monopolies? It  seems to me  that a requirement  that an
ADMD be willing to interconnect with  other ADMDs upon the resolution of
any outstanding technical  problems (such as lack of  a common transport
stack) - this should be sufficient...

                                  Valdis Kletnieks
                                  Computer Systems Engineer
                                  Virginia Polytechnic Institute


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab00508;
          24 Jul 92 4:03 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab00504;
          24 Jul 92 4:02 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02730;
          24 Jul 92 4:02 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <29735-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 03:01:15 +0000
Received: from simpukka.funet.fi by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 03:01:00 -0500
Received: by simpukka.funet.fi; Fri, 24 Jul 92 11:00:48 +0300
Message-Id: <9207240800.AA02538@simpukka.funet.fi>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 92 11:00:48 +0300
To: Stef@nma.com
From: Marko Kaittola <Marko.Kaittola@funet.fi>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <8158.711917289@nma.com>
Subject: Re: GARR in ITALY...
Reply-To: Marko.Kaittola@funet.fi

> nono. as far as I know none of the other admds have really accepted that name.
> They promised to do this but ... anyway it is being used. 

> > Other countries have already done such things (e.g., Italy where
> > ADMD=GARR) has been registered, and we expect other contries to do
> > likewise.

At least in Finland we have ADMD=FUMAIL which is accepted by other
ADMDs.

	- Marko


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03371;
          24 Jul 92 11:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03367;
          24 Jul 92 11:01 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16603;
          24 Jul 92 11:01 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01169-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 09:59:26 +0000
Received: from note.nsf.gov by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 09:59:18 -0500
Received: from hub.nsf.gov by Note.nsf.gov id aa29672; 24 Jul 92 10:57 EDT
Received: by hub.nsf.gov (5.57/Ultrix3.0-C) id AA13288;
          Fri, 24 Jul 92 10:54:53 -0400
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 92 10:54:53 -0400
Message-Id: <9207241454.AA13288@hub.nsf.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
From: raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: MOre on ADMDs and naming/registration

Ella, Stef, et al

Please correct me if I'm wrong here.


ELLA SAID:



>Bob and all:
>
>Let's look at a few definitions taken from the draft registration procedures.
>
>US-NMTS
>
>       A US-ADMD is an MD that has its name registered as an
>       ADMD name with the US National MHS MD registration
>       authority and that complies with the precepts set
>       forth in the ``Proposed Behavior Guidelines for
>       Participation within the US National X.400 MTS''.


IT is the unspecified guidelines  for participation that I object to.  We
are seeing a rule set that declares a US-ADMD based on agreeing to precepts
yet to be defined.  Since this is a forward reference no agreement to this
proposal should take place until we see what the precepts and guidleines
are.
They could be great and all is moot OR they could pose problems as to who
(e.g. an Intrente or any other ADMD) can particpate based on th rules set
forth.  These should be proposed and voted on together since they are
tightly
coupled.


>
>       The set of all US-ADMDs constitutes the US National
>       MTS (US-NMTS).


WHy not the set of all ADMDS and PRMDS?   Lets call the INternet ADMD
"MOM" for sake of argument.  Then why should a PRMD in the US subscribe
to one of the ADMDS or MOM in order to become part of the US X.400
infrastructure?  Also, I agree with Valdis in that I see no real resaon
to "declare" a NMTS systm in the US.  Let The carriers agree to connect.

>
>       As part of their prescribed behavior, the members of
>       the US-NMTS agree to:
>        1.  exchange reach-ability information among them
>           and, based on bilateral agreements, to form a
>           connected network such that a path exists, and is
>           known, between all US-ADMDs;
>
>       2.  operate such that any MHS user or PRMD served by
>            a US-ADMD can be reached via X.400 messages
>           originated outside the US, regardless of which
>           US-ADMD is the first one to transfer them.
>
>US-BB (US Backbone)
>
>       US-BB is a subset of the US-NMTS.  It is a virtual


DEfine subset.  IS it really a virtual ADMD as STEF claims? IF so then
it cannot register names since any PRMD should be able to
the name ADMD= US-BB, PRMD = xyx....
Much of my  concerns will be taken care of if I can be
convinced that anyone (any PRMD) who wishes to can be adverstised
under the ADMD=US-BB and that other ADMDs will exchange traffic with
the US-BB ADMD.

>       ADMD that offers the US-BB Service to subscribing
>       PRMDs.  The US-BB Service allows PRMD operators to
>       assign ORAddresses that have the US-BB name as the
>       value of the ADMD field.
>        As part of their prescribed behavior, the US-ADMDs
>       participating in US-BB agree, in addition to their
>       US-NMTS obligations, to:

This sounds like the big TELCos will "just do their own ADMD
interconnects under the label (which I still don't agree to) 
of the National mail systema nd they will NOT be part
of the US-BB and excahnge traffic with the US-BB.


>
>       1.  exchange reach-ability information regarding the
>           PRMDs which subscribe to the US-BB Service;
>
>       2.  transfer on the basis of the PRMD field value the
>           messages sent to recipients with ORAddresses that
>            have the US-BB name as the value of the ADMD
>           field.
>
>There is nothing to prevent PRMDs from connecting however they wish.
>
>PRMDs who wish to use the US-BB service must have nationally unambiguous

I contend that ALL PRMDS within the US MUST be unique.  Are we to repaet
the same errors of non-uniques names (e.g. look at the DECNET IV
addressing for an example of how well that works.) That we have before?
By allowing non-unique PRMD names tyo registered within an ADMD its is
most probable that a PRMD may start in ADMD "A" as PRMD "XY" and then move
or also use ADMD "B" but another entity may alreday have PRMD = "XY"
thereby
making sure that one PRMD will have to change its name or have multiple 
PRMD names withi the US based on whihc ADMD they are connected to.  This 
is broken.  One solution is to make sure that all PRMDS are unique within
the
US as registered with the MD registry (if not ANSI).  Lets face it.  PRMDS
will
be built and established and then when they are moved from one ADMD to
another
or if they wish to connect to 2 ADMDs (it is not unreasonable TO have a
national
org subscribe to multiple ADMDs for redundancy and due to geographic
location)  
They will need to change PRMD names.  Yes the users will love it.  Gee-
what
prmd name do I use for this mail?
 
>names.  Others may register with their ADMDs and use the name of that
>ADMD in their O/R addresses.  The options are explained more fully in the
>registration procedures.


Stef  Says
>I say: 
>
>There is also nothing to prevent any ADMD from behaving just like the
>USBB (as described) using its own private (to itself) PRMD registry,
>just like any other ADMD.  In short, any ADMD can offer a "wholsale
>service" to other AMDMs to deliver mail to any consenting PRMD that is
>registered with the other ADMD.  (If you follow that, you have made
>the required paradigm shift;-).

No problem.  

>
>Indeed, it is further true that the ADMD=USBB (as defined by MHSMD) is
>just another ADMD (all be it "virtual") , and the PRMD names that it

Who administers "it"? and decidces who can connect? 

>registers need only to be unique within its own "ADMD=USBB Register of
>assigned PRMD Names".
>
>As we look at all this more closely, it should be obvious that there
>is no need for, nor actually any requirement for Nationally Unique
>PRMD Names, since we have now developed a scheme for allowing things
>to be done both ways.


I don't agree.  sere above about what happens when changing ADMDS or using
more than 1 ADMD.   I think that we may be short sighted here about the 
unicity of the PRMDS and 3 yrs fROm now we'll have trouble in river city.


>
>So, in the face of all this, the plan is for the INTERNET to simply
>assert /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/ and take its place among the other
>self-declared ADMD service providers.  Then we are all in a good
>position to negotiate our way to maturity.

Its fine for the INternet to assert a name (I like "MOM") as an ADMD but
there may still be others who wish to create their own ADMD other than
MOM or the TELCO's ADMDS.  HOw  will that be handled? and even if all PRMDS
(the independents that is ) do go under MOM there is no guarantee that the
other ADMDS will ever care to connect and exchange traffic with it.  Thats
OK 
since all must have business agreements between the ADMDs - as long as they
don't call it the Nationsal Mail service since it will not be unless they
ALL
agree to exchange traffic with all other ADMDs that are also self declared
like the original ADMDS.


Valdis says

>Stef:
>
>I like your logic regarding ADMD=INTERNET.  I'd like to add that I'm not
>even  convinced that  we even  *NEED*  a "national  backbone" for  X.400
>operations. Unless  I've totally missed  out on something,  we currently

I agree that we don't need to formally "declare" opr establish a US BB.


>don't  have such  a backbone  for telephone  operations, and  the system
>works quite well,  with ATT, MCI, and everybody else  merely agreeing to
>interconnect -  and note that *failing*  to agree is not  in a long-haul
>carrier's interests. If Jake's  Long-Distance Fone Company can't connect
>to anybody serviced by MCI, that's a hit in Jake's revenues.
>
>Is there any reason for the concept of a "backbone", other than the fact
>that much of the OSI standards  were pushed by countries that have PTT's
>that are  legal monopolies? It  seems to me  that a requirement  that an
>ADMD be willing to interconnect with  other ADMDs upon the resolution of
>any outstanding technical  problems (such as lack of  a common transport
>stack) - this should be sufficient...

I don't think there is any justification for a BB
>
 >                                 Valdis Kletnieks
 >                                 Computer Systems Engineer
 >                                 Virginia Polytechnic Institute


Thanks

Bob
  



                     Bob Aiken
                NSF NREN Program Director
           +1-202-357-9717      raiken@nsf.gov

    






Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10800;
          24 Jul 92 17:34 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10796;
          24 Jul 92 17:34 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06531;
          24 Jul 92 17:34 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02291-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 16:05:43 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 16:05:38 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ad13787; 24 Jul 92 13:55 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa09485; 24 Jul 92 10:07 PDT
To: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 24 Jul 1992 01:27:45 -0400. <920724.012745.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 10:07:35 -0700
Message-Id: <9483.711997655@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hello Valdis -- Yes, there is a reason, as below...

> I like your logic regarding ADMD=INTERNET.  I'd like to add that I'm
> not even convinced that we even *NEED* a "national backbone" for X.400
> operations. Unless I've totally missed out on something, we currently
> don't have such a backbone for telephone operations, and the system
> works quite well, with ATT, MCI, and everybody else merely agreeing to
> interconnect - and note that *failing* to agree is not in a long-haul
> carrier's interests. If Jake's Long-Distance Fone Company can't
> connect to anybody serviced by MCI, that's a hit in Jake's revenues.
 
The main reason is that we want any PRMD to be able to choose to be
connected to more than one ADMD at at time, without having to have two
or more addresses for every multiply-connected PRMD user.  And we want
any PRMD to be able to change their selected ADMD without having to
change the addresses of all their PRMD users.

The /C=US/ADMD=USBB/ (AKA: C=US/ADMD=<single-blank>) enables this in
C=US by requiring that USBB participating ADMD Service Providers must
exchange PRMD Reachability Information and route on PRMD values among
themselves.  This PRMD Resacability Information is similar (but not
identical) to the MX information in DNS.

The /C=US/ADMD=USBB/ is actually just a virtual ADMD, in that all its
MTAs can be owned and operated by "real" ADMD Service Providers.  USBB
service providers are really otehr ADMD service providers, and
ADMD=USBB serice is sold by them on what looks like a "franchise"
basis.

Now, all this is beginning to look more and more like an internet as
it progresses.  I expect that is because the basic underlying paradigm
of X.400 is that of a postal service, which is nearly identical to the
datagram packet switching paradigm, whcih underlies The Internet.

That is, we are talking about a store and forward packet-switching
network architecture.  The problem is that our architects chose to put
routing information in the addresses, and forcing us to use source
routing.  Some people have then confused things even more by
interppreting the ORAddress Naming Tree for a routing table, and
focing us to pysically send mail up the name tress to transfer it to
other lower level branches of the naming tree for delivery.

Yeah!  I know.  It is a mess...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10815;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10811;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06627;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02296-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 16:05:53 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 16:05:43 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id af13787; 24 Jul 92 13:55 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa09505; 24 Jul 92 11:14 PDT
To: raiken@nsf.gov
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 23 Jul 1992 18:08:59. <9207240109.AA25092@net.lbl.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 11:14:50 -0700
Message-Id: <9503.712001690@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hello Bob  -- I appreciate your concerns and questions...

I am excerpting from your messsage. "..." means I have skiped some of
your text.  It is really hard to respond to these kinds of composite
messages with so many comments and questions.  I am trying to reduce
the bulk.

 ...

> DEFINE subset.  IS it (USBB) really a virtual ADMD as STEF claims? 

It is "virtual" in terms of not necessarily having any operational
MTAs, but it would be "real" in terms of operating a PRMD Naming
service and registry , so that that (as required by X.400) all PRMD
names associated with /C=US/ADMD=USBB/ will be unambiguously bound to
one and only one PRMD at a time.

> IF so then it cannot register names since any PRMD should be able to
> (use) the name ADMD=US-BB, PRMD = xyx....

USBB must be "real enough" to be able to register PRMD names under its
(sub)authority, so I do not understand your point here.

> Much of my concerns will be taken care of if I can be convinced that
> anyone (any PRMD) who wishes to can be adverstised under the 
> ADMD=USBB and that other ADMDs will exchange traffic with the US-BB
> ADMD.

This is indeed a necessary condition, and must be adopted volutarily
by the /C=US/ X.400 "industry" or it is all for naught.

One way out is for the C=US (part of the) INTERNET to just
unilaterally start operating according to these rules, and offer
connections to the other /C=US/ ADMD service providers, and let it
play out in the open market.

In this way, we do not need to first get everyone to agree to the
deal.  This is one possible outcome from this whole effort.  

On the other hand, this mightnot happen.  The other ADMD service
providers might get their act together and form their own /ADMD=USBB/
with rrules like those proposed, and leave /ADMD=INTERNET/ to just be
another ADMD in /C=US/.

Both are fine by me, as long as we have full connectivity in C=US/.

 ...

> ...sounds like the big TELCos will just do their own ADMD
> interconnects under the label (which I still don't agree to) of the
> National mail system and they will NOT be part of the US-BB and
> exchange traffic with the US-BB.

There is no way to force them to do otherwise if they choose not to.
USBB participation must be vloluntary in C=US.  Its the law!

 ...

> I contend that ALL PRMDS within the US MUST be unique.  Are we to
> repaet the same errors of non-uniques names (e.g. look at the DECNET
> IV addressing for an example of how well that works.) That we have
> before?

We have stumbled over this for more than two years.  The problem is
that we have lots of PRMD names already registered under lots of ADMD
subauthroities, and we cannot now force them all to submit to
re-registration.  So, we fashioned a solution by simply using the
concept of /C=US/ADMD=<single-blank>/ (but weith a more sensible name
like "USBB"), on a voluntary participation basis.  

This will give us a separate namespace for PRMDs associating with
/C=US/ADMD=USBB/, and we can just leave all those already registered
PRMD names associated with their registerig ADMDs.  Then, if there is
no name conflict, these PRMDs cna reregister with ADMD=USBB, and use
it or not, at their own discretion.

> By allowing non-unique PRMD names to registered within an ADMD it is
> most probable that a PRMD may start in ADMD "A" as PRMD "XY" and
> then  move or also use ADMD "B" but another entity may alreday have
> PRMD = "XY" thereby making sure that one PRMD will have to change
> its name or  have multiple PRMD names within the US based on which
> ADMD they are connected to.  This is broken.

Yes, but we cannot force it to become unbroken if the PRMD customers
and ADMD vendors do not wish to unbreak it.  This is the situation
that the CCITT has put us into, and our only escape is to find a way
for PRMD and ADMD operators to voluntarily unbreak it.

> One solution is to make sure that all PRMDS are unique within the US
> as registered with the MD registry (if not ANSI).

 We have tried for 5 years to make this happen.  We failed.  Full Stop.

>Lets face it.  PRMDS will be built and established and then when they
> are moved from one ADMD to another or if they wish to connect to 2 
> ADMDs (it is not unreasonable TO have a national org subscribe to 
> multiple ADMDs for redundancy and due to geographic location) 
>
> They will need to change PRMD names.  Yes the users will love it.  
>  Gee-what prmd name do I use for this mail?

This has already happened, and it is a mess.  

What is proposed is a way to work our way out of it, without requiring
congressional or regulatory actions.  I am sure you do not want to get
the US Congress or the FCC involved in this, where the lobbyists and
the Lawyers can get involved!  Add another 10 years onto the time
rquired for solution.

 ....

>>Indeed, it is further true that the ADMD=USBB (as defined by MHSMD) is
>>just another ADMD (all be it "virtual") , and the PRMD names that it
 
> Who administers "it"? and decidces who can connect? 

>>registers need only to be unique within its own "ADMD=USBB Register of
>>assigned PRMD Names".

I exepct that it will be aomse kind of "trade Association thing, maybe
like the CIX?  It will offer connection services to the public on a
non-discriminating basis (required bills to be paid, of course).

 ...


> I don't agree.  See above about what happens when changing ADMDS or
> using more than 1 ADMD.  I think that we may be short sighted here
> about the unicity of the PRMDS and 3 yrs fROm now we'll have trouble
> in river city.

It is already too late.  We already have exactly this trouble right
here in River City...

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10825;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10821;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06664;
          24 Jul 92 17:35 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 15:10:01 +0000
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 15:10:01 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..180:24.06.92.20.10.01]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 15:10:00 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9207242009.AA23767@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: Re: MOre on ADMDs and naming/registration


> 
> 
> IT is the unspecified guidelines  for participation that I object to.  We
> are seeing a rule set that declares a US-ADMD based on agreeing to precepts
> yet to be defined.  Since this is a forward reference no agreement to this
> proposal should take place until we see what the precepts and guidleines
> are.
> They could be great and all is moot OR they could pose problems as to who
> (e.g. an Intrente or any other ADMD) can particpate based on th rules set
> forth.  These should be proposed and voted on together since they are
> tightly
> coupled.

	Good point! It would be nice to see the guidelines befor it is 
agreed to.

	The argument for nationally unigue PRMDs has been argued 
successfully befor.  Bob is restating the case and I agree with him.
So why is this issue back?

> 
> Valdis says
> 
> >Stef:
> >
> >I like your logic regarding ADMD=INTERNET.  I'd like to add that I'm not
> >even  convinced that  we even  *NEED*  a "national  backbone" for  X.400
> >operations. Unless  I've totally missed  out on something,  we currently
> 
> I agree that we don't need to formally "declare" opr establish a US BB.

	Now I guess I don't understand this argument.  This discussing is
to develope US X.400 operational issues.  The ADMD field assignment is
part of the issue as well as the "name" registration under this ADMD. We 
also need to develope the infrastructure for our (US) mail routing and connection
information.  We have to connect to other ADMDs in the US but we also have
to connect to the other X.400 service provides (i.e. Cosine).  That is what
started this new RFC discussion.  

	After this nameing issue is done (for the nth time). The US needs
to develop an X.400 infrasture. This can be viewed as a National backbone
or a virtual backbone (made up of n x n bilateral agreements).  I would 
vote that we need an ADMD=XXX for private providers that is coordinated
with the Public providers so we can negotiate Mail Exchanges. But I first
do not care if we can route mail to ATT, MCI or Sprint,  I need to be 
able to route to other Internet (Global) X.400 mail users.  I would hope
that the Internet (US) forms as an ADMD, this way we would only have to
deal with N bilateral aggreements to form the US portion of the Internet 
X.400 service.

	So, the question is, is stef's proposal of /c=us/ADMd="something"  
for the Internet ADMD wrong?  If not we can decide on the final name and
develop the "unique" prmd name registration requirments.  And begin to 
look at who or what will manage the US Internet X.400 service.


Tony...



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab10907;
          24 Jul 92 17:57 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10903;
          24 Jul 92 17:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07665;
          24 Jul 92 17:57 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02293-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 16:05:46 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 16:05:40 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ae13787; 24 Jul 92 13:55 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa09496; 24 Jul 92 10:15 PDT
To: Russ Wright <wright@net.lbl.gov>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 23 Jul 1992 18:08:59. <9207240109.AA25092@net.lbl.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 10:15:51 -0700
Message-Id: <9494.711998151@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

I think it is unfortunate if we have really chosen to use
PRMD=INTERNET.  When did we do that.  I thought we chose to use
PRMD=XNREN to carefully avoid getting into the problem you cite.

When and where did we start using PRMD=INTERNET, and was it an IETF
decsion?  

As I understand the rules, /C=US/ADMD=<single-blank>/ is not operating
any PRMD name registry, so there is no one that could authorize this?

> I would go for another name, since we are using PRMD=Internet for
> the following mapping of 822 to x.400 addresses.

> user@a.b.edu -> C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)
 
> For example,
> 
>        Robert Hagens, <hagens@ans.net>
>        C=us;ADMD=" ";PRMD=Internet;DD.RFC-822=hagens(a)ans.net
> 
> It would be confusing for some people to have ADMD=Internet and 
> PRMD=Internet & we avoid the copyright problems.
 
> Maybe ADMD=THENET :-).  I'm not very good choosing good names, maybe 
> someone will come up with a good one.

In any case, lets not stop here to argue about the name to be used.  
I will take note in the draft RFC that this is an issue, and that some
other name might need to be chosen, someday.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11163;
          24 Jul 92 19:15 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11159;
          24 Jul 92 19:15 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10903;
          24 Jul 92 19:15 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 18:13:52 +0000
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 18:13:52 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..536:24.06.92.23.13.52]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 18:13:52 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9207242313.AA23887@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: Stef@nma.com, 
    "/S=wright/OU=net/O=lbl/PRMD=esnet/ADMD= /C=us/"@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?


> 
> I think it is unfortunate if we have really chosen to use
> PRMD=INTERNET.  When did we do that.  I thought we chose to use
> PRMD=XNREN to carefully avoid getting into the problem you cite.
> 
> When and where did we start using PRMD=INTERNET, and was it an IETF
> decsion?  
> 
> As I understand the rules, /C=US/ADMD=<single-blank>/ is not operating
> any PRMD name registry, so there is no one that could authorize this?
>> 

	  It is in our operational requirements RFC...


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11367;
          24 Jul 92 21:19 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11363;
          24 Jul 92 21:19 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14622;
          24 Jul 92 21:19 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02676-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 19:45:00 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 19:44:54 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa02287; 24 Jul 92 17:15 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa10137; 24 Jul 92 17:07 PDT
To: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, raiken@nsf.gov
Subject: Re: MOre on ADMDs and naming/registration
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 24 Jul 1992 15:10:01 -0000. <9207242009.AA23767@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 17:07:55 -0700
Message-Id: <10134.712022875@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

HI Tony, et al -- Let me try to clarify things.  This is confusing.  

>> IT is the unspecified guidelines for participation that I object to.  We 
>> are seeing a rule set that declares a US-ADMD based on agreeing to precepts
>> yet to be defined.  Since this is a forward reference no agreement to this
>> proposal should take place until we see what the precepts and guidelines
>> are.  
>> They could be great and all is moot OR they could pose problems as to who
>> (e.g. an Internet or any other ADMD) can participate based on th rules set
>> forth.  These should be proposed and voted on together since they are
>> tightly coupled.  

> Good point! It would be nice to see the guidelines before it is
> agreed to.  

> The argument for nationally unique PRMDs has been argued
> successfully before.  Bob is restating the case and I agree with him.
> So why is this issue back?

Actually, there are no guidelines other than the base standards, for
formation of any ADMD in association /C=US/.  All existing instances
of /C=US/ ADMD formation have been formed without the benefit of any
blessings from any /C=US/ authority.  

There is no recognized authority in /C=US/.

My proposal is that the INTERNET just do the same thing before some
authority does establish some new rules for /C=US/ ADMD formation and
recognition.  If we do it soon enough, we will be covered under
whatever grandfathering rules apply to the other /C=US/ ADMDs.

>> >I like your logic regarding ADMD=INTERNET.  I'd like to add that I'm not
>> >even  convinced that  we even  *NEED*  a "national  backbone" for  X.400
>> >operations. Unless  I've totally missed  out on something,  we currently
>> 
>> I agree that we don't need to formally "declare" or establish a US BB.
> 
> Now I guess I don't understand this argument.  This discussion is to
> develop US X.400 operational issues.  The ADMD field assignment is
> part of the issue as well as the "name" registration under this ADMD.

I think not.  Instead, I think this discussion is to develop the X.400
operational issues related to the /C=US/ part of the INTERNET, in
relation to the other non-US parts of the INTERNET, and no more.

(Well, we do understand that there might be some spillover to other
non-US parts of the INTERNET, and we do need to pay some attention to
all other ADMDS, but the main focus should be on our own affairs.)

> We also need to develop the infrastructure for our (US) mail routing
> and connection information.  We have to connect to other ADMDs in the
> US but we also have to connect to the other X.400 service providers
> (i.e. Cosine).  That is what started this new RFC discussion.

So far, we have only proposed how to do naming of PRMDs in the /C=US/
part of the INTERNET.  If we adopt /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/, then we can
tell everyone in the world what our names are, including all PRMDs
that register under /C=US/ADMD=INTERNET/ and we can supply MTA
interconnection and routing information to all ADMDs and PRMDS that
want to connect to the INTERNET.  In short, by establishing a naming
scheme, we can name our domains, and then we can deal with routing and
all that stuff.

I don't see any problems here... but there is work to be done.

> After this naming issue is done (for the nth time). The US needs to
> develop an X.400 infrastructure. This can be viewed as a National backbone
> or a virtual backbone (made up of n x n bilateral agreements).  I
> would vote that we need an ADMD=XXX for private providers that is
> coordinated with the Public providers so we can negotiate Mail
> Exchanges. But I first do not care if we can route mail to ATT, MCI or
> Sprint, I need to be able to route to other Internet (Global) X.400
> mail users.  I would hope that the Internet (US) forms as an ADMD,
> this way we would only have to deal with N bilateral agreements to
> form the US portion of the Internet X.400 service.

If the INTERNET establishes a working X.400 "backbone" for its own
internal use, and arranges ADMD-ADMD interconnections with bilateral
agreements, this INTERNET backbone may or may not come to serve as a
US backbone, depending on the quality of the service and the desires
of the other /C=US/ ADMDs.  It might even become the INTERNATIONAL
backbone;-).  Or not as the case may be.

But, this is not our problem for now.  What is proposed is that we
tend to our own knitting and get our own house in order, and then
offer ADMD-ADMD interconnection to any other ADMD or PRMD that wishes
to interconnect.  I suggest that the INTERNET ADMD-ADMD interconnect
offer be the same as we now offer -- that is, the OTHER ADMD buys a
commercial (non-AUP)INTERNET access connection just like any other
commercial service provider and then they can pass as much traffic
over the Internet as they wish, including traffic between themselves
and other connected ADMDs.  I propose a policy of "originator keeps
all revenue" just as we have established with our connected US mail
service providers.  The reason for this is that the INTERNET does not
sell its service on a per/message or per/packet basis.  INTERNET
service is sold on a "bit-pipe" basis, and all connectees pay for
their own attachment.

Who knows, we might be able to solve lots of X.400 infrastructure
problems by just being what we are -- The INTERNET!

> So, the question is, is Stef's proposal of /c=us/ADMD="something"
> for the Internet ADMD wrong?  If not we can decide on the final name
> and develop the "unique" PRMD name registration requirements.  And
> begin to look at who or what will manage the US Internet X.400
> service.

Yes, that is the question!		Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11397;
          24 Jul 92 21:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11393;
          24 Jul 92 21:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15432;
          24 Jul 92 21:45 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <02753-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 24 Jul 1992 20:25:16 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 24 Jul 92 20:25:12 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab10266; 24 Jul 92 18:12 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa10210; 24 Jul 92 18:00 PDT
To: Tony Genovese <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: wright@net.lbl.gov, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: discussion on ADMD name in the U.S.?
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 24 Jul 1992 16:13:36 -0700. <9207242313.AA23887@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 24 Jul 1992 18:00:52 -0700
Message-Id: <10208.712026052@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

I guess I must have been asleep at the switch.  With what ADMD is the
name registered?  

>          It is in our operational requirements RFC...


We should all understand that ADMD=<single-blank> is not operational,
so how could it register anything.

Where is it used, in actual practice?  

What is the status and number of the RFC?

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04160;
          2 Aug 92 23:06 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04156;
          2 Aug 92 23:06 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26689;
          3 Aug 92 2:35 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 3 Aug 1992 01:00:19 +0000
Date: Mon, 3 Aug 1992 01:00:19 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..878:03.07.92.06.00.19]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 3 Aug 1992 01:00:18 
                      +0000;
From: Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas <Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
Message-ID: <271*/S=Tsigaridas/OU=fokus/OU=berlin/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: comments for Urs document

HI,

Following the discussion, that i had in Boston with steve and Urs, I will send 
next week the complete list with my suggested changes of Urs document.
Hopefully get consensus on mailing list about the document and submit as an RFC.
My basic comments concerns only of the syntax and the structure of the 
MHS information.  I will summarize these suggestions in the following text. 
For more information please read the document "MHS Information Exchange Format"
which is already distributed over the mailing list.

1: Mapping the MHS information into the DS or extract this information from DS
   can be achieved only bu using "String Representation of Distinguished names". 
   Using the UFN syntax is not useful, because in some cases UFNs can be mapped onto
   DS only by an interactiv way. Not using DS names leads to a situation, objects listed
   within a document can not be placed into the DIT, because they can not be distinguished
   from other objects.

2. The syntaxes, that are used must be (if possible) X.500 string representation syntaxes.

3. An other important issue is the used structure of the information. According to the Urs 
   suggested structure each document exists as physical file and each object,
   listed within a document, must be  defined redundant in each new file.  
   This structure leads to a big number of files with very high redundancy of 
   information. Such information, which is redudant and not well updated will not 
   be able to be naintained by the administrators.
   I would like to show that by considering the following example:
   
   If after a long time an object has to be removed or updated, the reasponsible 
   administrator have to check all the files (documents), whereever this object is 
   used or defined. 
   According to MHS-IEF structure all the objects within a file (community document) 
   have to be defined only one time (no redundancy). In this way the maintance or the 
   update of this information may be easier. Referencing a removed object will only 
   produce a warning, that this object already been removed.

There are a lot of other cases, where this redundancy will cause problems to maintain 
or update this information. I think it is better to define right now a strong syntax 
and structure, bevor we attain a situation to have a amount of MHS information in file 
format, which can't be placed into the directory (or the reverse way) or to be used 
for other statistics purposes.
  
Urs, I don't think, that it makes to much work to satisfy these requirements. 
According to my suggestions MHS-Information can be exchanged via email in the 
old-fashioned way or in your way and people that needs to use DS to query 
information from DS right now, can be satisfied too. 



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Panos Tsigaridas     phone : +49 30 25499-232                                  | 
                      Fax   : +49 30 25499-202                                  |
 GMD FOKUS            X.400 : <S=Tsigaridas;OU=fokus;OU=berlin;P=gmd;A=dbp;C=de>| 
 Hardenbergpaltz 2    X.500 : @c=de@o=GMD@ou=Fokus@cn=Panos Tsigaridas          |
 W-Berlin 12          E-mail: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de                |
                                                                                |
 Germany                                                                        |
 United States of Europe                                                        |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------







Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02104;
          5 Aug 92 7:24 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02100;
          5 Aug 92 7:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06162;
          5 Aug 92 7:24 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 05:21:25 +0000
Date: Wed, 5 Aug 1992 05:21:25 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..104:05.07.92.10.21.25]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 05:21:25 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2739*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: /S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/ </S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD=Internet etc.

Hi all,

I like this lively discussion. My few remarks are the following:

First of all I think it is correct to use this list (ietf-osi-x400ops) for this
discussion because, even if this is a U.S. matter, the process now taking place
in the U.S. is of great interest for other countries as well. Perhaps we can all
learn somthing from it.

Stef asks:

> I think it is unfortunate if we have really chosen to use
> PRMD=INTERNET.  When did we do that.  I thought we chose to use
> PRMD=XNREN to carefully avoid getting into the problem you cite.
> 
> When and where did we start using PRMD=INTERNET, and was it an IETF
> decsion?  

This was debated at the so called IXOM meeting in Madison, WI, Nov. 20 1990, and
later confirmed as the so called "St. Louis-decision" at the St. Louis IETF.
This is from thi IXOM minutes:

--------------
6.  Alf Hansen led a discussion on representing Internet RFC822
addresses in X.400.  The two common strategies are using the
RFC-822 domain defined attribute or mapping components of an RFC822
address into standard elements of an O/R address.

The problem was divided into two parts:  first, identifying the RFC822
community or a specific RFC987 gateway, and second, enclosing the
RFC822 address.  Attendees agreed that a solution which forced routing
to a specific gateway was undesirable.  This will be a major topic of
discussion at the next meeting.

In general, the high components of an O/R Address are used to identify
a gateway or community.  For example,

    Identifies Gateway:    /C=uk/PRMD=ac.uk/O=relay/
    Identifies Community:  /C=us/PRMD=RFC-822/

In general, lower components of the O/R Address are used to identify
the RFC-822 user.  The RFC-822 address can either be "exploded" into
O/R Address fields, or "encoded" intact inside a domain-defined
attribute field.  For example,

    Exploded address:  /O=edu/OU=wisc/OU=cs/S=user/
    Encoded address:   /DD.RFC822="user(a)cs.wisc.edu"/

-------------


and this is from the St. Louis minutes (March 12-13 1991):


--------------
7. Specification of RFC822 addresses in the X.400 world

   It was agreed that RFC822 addresses should be expressed using X.400
   domain defined attributes.  Furthermore, a special PRMD named "Internet"
   will be defined to facilitate the specification of RFC822 addresses.
   For example, an X.400 user will address an RFC822 recipient by
   constructing an X.400 address such as:

     /c=us/admd= /prmd=Internet/dd.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.edu/

   Participating MTA's will be configured to recognize
   "/c=us/admd= /prmd=Internet/" as a special case.  The presence of
   this address will cause a message to be routed to a regional RFC987
   gateway.  In effect, this special PRMD identifies a community of
   gateways to RFC822 recipients.  This strategy is user friendly in that all
   users everywhere need only remember this one gateway address, and it is
   efficient in that it avoids having to establish a single, common gateway
   which would tend to become a bottleneck and single point of failure.

-------------


Later discussions have resulted in the following text in the so called
"operational requirements" document

    draft-ietf-x400ops-mgtdomains-01.txt   :


-------------

3.3.1.  Specification of RFC-822  addresses  seen  from  the
X.400 world

Two scenarios are described:

    A. The RFC-822 end-user belongs to an organization with no defined X.400
       standard attribute address space.
    B. The RFC-822 end-user belongs to an organization with a defined X.400
       standard attribute address space.


Organizations belong to scenario B if their X.400  addresses
are registered according to the requirements in section 3.1.

3.3.1.1.  An  organization  with  a  defined  X.400  address
space

An RFC-822 address for an Internet  mail  user  in  such  an
organization  shall  look  exactly as a normal X.400 address
for X.400 users in the same organization. Example:

University of Wisconsin-Madison is  registered  under  C=US;
ADMD=  ;  PRMD=XNREN;  with  O=UW-Madison and they are using
OU=cs to address end-users in the CS-department. The RFC-822
address  for  Internet mail users in the same department is:
user@cs.wisc.edu.

An X.400 user in  the  GO-MHS  Community  will  address  the
Internet  mail  user  at  the  CS-department  with the X.400
address:

    C=US; ADMD= ; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;


This is the same address space as is  used  for  X.400  end-
users in the same department.

3.3.1.2.  An organization  with  no  defined  X.400  address
space

RFC-822 addresses shall  be  expressed  using  X.400  domain
defined  attributes.   The mechanism used to define the RFC-
822 recipient will vary on a per-country basis.

For example, in the US, a special PRMD named  "Internet"  is
defined   to   facilitate   the   specification  of  RFC-822
addresses. A X.400 user can address an RFC-822 recipient  in
the U.S. by constructing an X.400 address such as:

    C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.edu;


The first part of this address:

    C=us; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet;


denotes the U.S. portion of the Internet community and not a
specific "gateway". The 2nd part:

    DD.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.edu


is the RFC-822 address of the Internet mail user after  sub-
stitution of non-printable characters according to RFC-1148.
The RFC-822 address is placed in  an  X.400  Domain  Defined
Attribute of type RFC-822 (DD.RFC-822).

Each country is free to choose its own  method  of  defining
the  RFC-822 community.  For example in Italy, an X.400 user
would refer to an RFC-822 user as:

    C=IT; ADMD=MASTER400; DD.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.it


In the UK, an X.400 user would refer to an RFC-822 user as:

    C=GB; ADMD= ; PRMD=UK.AC; O=MHS-relay; DD.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.uk

--------------------


Based on the discussion and conclusions from Boston IETF, I am tasked to update
this text such that when U.S. examples are used, C=US; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet;
should be replaced by

    C=US; ADMD=Internet;

Stefs Internet draft will document the basic rules for how the U.S. portion 
of the Internet wants the RFC-822 addresses to look like seen from the 
X.400 world.

Internet drafts from other countries will document how this is done
in other countries. Hopefully the result will be that most countries do this
in the same way, or at least there will be blocks of countries with
similar solutions.

When all these Internet drafts have been approved, we will have a nice
collection of documents describing how the RFC-822 world is represented seen
from the X.400 world.

This is not so complicated, is it?

Best regards,
Alf H.



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04551;
          5 Aug 92 11:32 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04547;
          5 Aug 92 11:32 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15903;
          5 Aug 92 11:32 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 09:46:27 +0000
Date: Wed, 5 Aug 1992 09:46:27 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..616:05.07.92.14.46.27]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 09:46:26 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2741*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: /S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/ </S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD=Internet, 2nd thought.

In my previous message I wrote:

> Based on the discussion and conclusions from Boston IETF, I am tasked to update
> this text such that when U.S. examples are used, C=US; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet;
> should be replaced by
> 
>     C=US; ADMD=Internet;

After a 2nd thought, I found that this is not completely correct. The correct
statement should have been:

... such that when U.S. examples are used, C=US; ADMD= ;
should be replaced by

    C=US; ADMD=Internet;

This means that an X.400 user can address an RFC-822 recipient in the U.S.
by constructing an X.400 address such as:

C=us; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)some.place.edu;

and, in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space
(like UWISC), an X.400 user in the GO-MHS Community will address the
RFC-822 mail and X.400 users at the CS-department with the X.400 address:

C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;

Or perhaps we here should also replace PRMD=XNREN with PRMD=Internet? Or
remove the PRMD attribute? We don't need it. I vote for an address like

C=US; ADMD=Internet; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;

in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space.
What do you think?

I am now updating the "operational requirements" document, and will
distribute the new version asap.

Best regards,
Alf H.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07986;
          5 Aug 92 14:46 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07982;
          5 Aug 92 14:46 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23865;
          5 Aug 92 14:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 12:54:17 +0000
Date: Wed, 5 Aug 1992 12:54:17 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..183:05.07.92.17.54.17]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 12:54:17 
                      +0000;
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9208051753.AA15204@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: ADMD=Internet etc.


> 
> 
> Based on the discussion and conclusions from Boston IETF, I am tasked to update
> this text such that when U.S. examples are used, C=US; ADMD= ; PRMD=Internet;
> should be replaced by
> 
>     C=US; ADMD=Internet;
> 
> Stefs Internet draft will document the basic rules for how the U.S. portion 
> of the Internet wants the RFC-822 addresses to look like seen from the 
> X.400 world.
> 
> Internet drafts from other countries will document how this is done
> in other countries. Hopefully the result will be that most countries do this
> in the same way, or at least there will be blocks of countries with
> similar solutions.
> 
> When all these Internet drafts have been approved, we will have a nice
> collection of documents describing how the RFC-822 world is represented seen
> from the X.400 world.
> 
> This is not so complicated, is it?


	No, this does not sound to complicated it sounds, how do I say it,
AAAGHHH!

	I beleave we need to _clearly_ look at what the new rfc is to 
define.  I keep hearing new things.  I was under the assumtion that it was
going to define a "name" for the ADMD field for c=us and registration
procedures for PRMD names. That was all, not how 822 address are to be
represented.  That was/is the job of the operations rfc.  I can not beleave
we will have to pour over N rfcs for this topic.  Besides I do not want
to revisit this topic unless there is some new technical issue. Just a
political issue is not worth the effort. 

	What I understood from our Boston meeting was that the ADMD
fild was a country issue not a global issue.  So the ops rfc was to 
leave the specification of the ADMD field up to the country.  The 
PRMD=internet value is still a good technical solution.  I do not think the
US should rewite this section.  Stef was, I beleave, concerned that we
had already used the name "internet" for a prmd field.  All this means
is that the US may have to come up with a different ADMD name. Though I
do not have a problem with:

	C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)domain


Tony... 


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12135;
          5 Aug 92 19:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12131;
          5 Aug 92 19:01 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03936;
          5 Aug 92 19:01 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <27824-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 5 Aug 1992 18:00:09 +0000
Received: from net.lbl.gov by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 5 Aug 92 18:00:01 -0500
Received: from 131.243.64.68 by net.lbl.gov (5.65/1.39) id AA06565;
          Wed, 5 Aug 92 16:00:08 -0700
Message-Id: <9208052300.AA06565@net.lbl.gov>
Date: Wed, 05 Aug 92 15:59:58 -800
From: Russ Wright <wright@net.lbl.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: ADMD=Internet etc.

>         I beleave we need to _clearly_ look at what the new rfc is to 
> define.  I keep hearing new things.  I was under the assumtion that it was
> going to define a "name" for the ADMD field for c=us and registration
> procedures for PRMD names. That was all, not how 822 address are to be
> represented.  That was/is the job of the operations rfc.  I can not beleave
> we will have to pour over N rfcs for this topic.  Besides I do not want

Yes, those are the only two things that go in the RFC.  I didn't even think that 
registration procedures would go there but I guess that is a necessary evil.
Hi Tony,
Well said- I agree almost 100%.

>         What I understood from our Boston meeting was that the ADMD
> fild was a country issue not a global issue.  So the ops rfc was to 
> leave the specification of the ADMD field up to the country.  The 
> PRMD=internet value is still a good technical solution.  I do not think the
> US should rewite this section.  Stef was, I beleave, concerned that we
> had already used the name "internet" for a prmd field.  

Yes, the ADMD field is up to the country.  Once we change the ADMD from <blank> 
to INTERNET (or whatever name we decide to use), we should update the ops RFC so 
that the 822 mapping uses this new ADMD in examples that use C=US; ADMD=<blank>; 
PRMD=Internet; DD..RFC-822=user(a)domain.

>          All this means
> is that the US may have to come up with a different ADMD name. Though I
> do not have a problem with:
> 
>         C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)domain
> 

Yes, that is the only problem I see.  ADMD=PRMD=Internet is not a big problem.  I 
think it would be best if ADMD was different, but that is not critical.

Russ


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02368;
          6 Aug 92 5:56 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02364;
          6 Aug 92 5:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04316;
          6 Aug 92 5:56 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 6 Aug 1992 04:10:23 +0000
Date: Thu, 6 Aug 1992 04:10:23 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..717:06.07.92.09.10.23]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 6 Aug 1992 04:10:22 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2744*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: /S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/ </S=ietf-osi-x400ops/OU=cs/O=UW-Madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <9208051753.AA15204@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Subject: Re: ADMD=Internet etc.

Tony,

Thank you for clarifying this issue.

It looks as my expectations from Stefs internet draft is beyond what
actually was agreed in Boston. So I agree with you in your statement:

> 	I beleave we need to _clearly_ look at what the new rfc is to 
> define.

Your assumtion:

> I was under the assumtion that it was
> going to define a "name" for the ADMD field for c=us and registration
> procedures for PRMD names.

is correct. That is all we agreed to. I think a good way to good progress is
to have a concrete draft to look at. Stef, could you send out your very
first draft version asap? Then we will much easier discover what is
missing, what is good and bad with it, etc.


>	What I understood from our Boston meeting was that the ADMD
> fild was a country issue not a global issue.  So the ops rfc was to 
> leave the specification of the ADMD field up to the country. 

Yes, the ADMD section in the op. req. document will be modified to say this.

> The 
> PRMD=internet value is still a good technical solution.  I do not think the
> US should rewite this section.  Stef was, I beleave, concerned that we
> had already used the name "internet" for a prmd field.  All this means
> is that the US may have to come up with a different ADMD name. Though I
> do not have a problem with:
>
>	C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=Internet; DD.RFC-822=user(a)domain


Neither have I. Next question (which is relevant for me when I am updating
the op. req. document): What about section 3.3.1.1 "An  organization  with
a  defined  X.400  address space"?  Copy from my previous message:

-------------
and, in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space
(like UWISC), an X.400 user in the GO-MHS Community will address the
RFC-822 mail and X.400 users at the CS-department with the X.400 address:

C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;

Or perhaps we here should also replace PRMD=XNREN with PRMD=Internet? Or
remove the PRMD attribute? We don't need it. I vote for an address like

C=US; ADMD=Internet; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;

in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space.
What do you think?
-------------

What we discussed in Boston was just to use Internet instead of <space> as
an ADMD value. In that case

C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;

is the answer. I will use this as a basis for my update of the op. req.
document.

Best regards,
Alf H.









Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06282;
          6 Aug 92 11:24 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06278;
          6 Aug 92 11:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15978;
          6 Aug 92 11:24 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 6 Aug 1992 08:31:31 +0000
Date: Thu, 6 Aug 1992 08:31:31 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..020:06.07.92.13.31.31]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 6 Aug 1992 08:31:30 
                      +0000;
From: "Kevin E. Jordan" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>
Message-ID: <38172A81299D001*/I=E/G=Kevin/S=Jordan/OU=mercury/OU=oss/OU=arh/O=cpg/PRMD=cdc/ADMD=attmail/C=us/@MHS>
To: IPM Return Requested <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <2744*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
Subject: Reply to ADMD=Internet etc.

> and, in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space
> (like UWISC), an X.400 user in the GO-MHS Community will address the
> RFC-822 mail and X.400 users at the CS-department with the X.400 address:
> 
> C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=xnren; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;
> 
> Or perhaps we here should also replace PRMD=XNREN with PRMD=Internet? Or
> remove the PRMD attribute? We don't need it. I vote for an address like
> 
> C=US; ADMD=Internet; O=UW-Madison; OU=cs; S=user;
> 
> in the case where the organization has a defined X.400 address space.
> What do you think?

For Internet-connected organizations (especially in the US) which have no other
ADMD connections, so they have no previously defined PRMD name, I think it
makes a lot more sense to use the defined Internet domain name as a PRMD
name.  PRMD=xnren uses a layer of the X.400 addressing hierarchy unnecessarily
in most cases.  Assigned Internet domain names are already registered and,
therefore, guaranteed to be unique within the Internet.  Some examples of
this naming convention would be:

     C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=wisc.edu; O=cs; S=user
     C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=umn.edu; O=cis; S=user


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02429;
          7 Aug 92 3:56 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02425;
          7 Aug 92 3:56 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02083;
          7 Aug 92 3:56 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 7 Aug 1992 02:54:58 +0000
Date: Fri, 7 Aug 1992 02:54:58 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..632:07.07.92.07.54.58]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 7 Aug 1992 02:54:57 
                      +0000;
From: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.t.alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <"7510*/I=t/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
To: "Kevin E. Jordan" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <38172A81299D001*/I=E/G=Kevin/S=Jordan/OU=mercury/OU=oss/OU=arh/O=cpg/PRMD=cdc/ADMD=attmail/C=us/@MHS>
Subject: Reply to ADMD=Internet etc.

1) We have the most beautiful address for UNINETT organization resources:

   C=no;ADMD=uninett;PRMD=uninett;O=uninett;S=....

   There is no problem with using the same value in the ADMD and the PRMD
   field.
   Indeed, the UK rules on this are that this is *one* namespace,
   so that if you own ADMD=internet, you by extension own PRMD=internet
   too. But in the UK, PRMDs are nationally unique.....

2) Kevin, I think

     C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=wisc.edu; O=cs; S=user

   does not seem logical. If you *want* an algorithmic grandfathering,
   you should rather say

     C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=edu;O=wisc

   After all, CS is not an Organization, is it?
   But the important thing is, I think, to get a registration going
   so that we can register things like

     C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=psi;O=Sun Microsystems

   (NOTE: I have NO idea whether PSI or SUN actually have any plans
   for being X.400 providers and customers, respectively....)

   "Pre-registering" the Six Big Ones is probably a good idea, anyway,
   if only to ensure that nobody else sits on them.

                      Harald A


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04625;
          7 Aug 92 9:23 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04621;
          7 Aug 92 9:23 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10025;
          7 Aug 92 9:23 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 7 Aug 1992 08:21:52 +0000
Date: Fri, 7 Aug 1992 08:21:52 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..617:07.07.92.13.21.52]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 7 Aug 1992 08:21:51 
                      +0000;
From: "Kevin E. Jordan" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>
Message-ID: <1E952A8278CB001*/I=E/G=Kevin/S=Jordan/OU=mercury/OU=oss/OU=arh/O=cpg/PRMD=cdc/ADMD=attmail/C=us/@MHS>
To: Harald Tveit Alvestrand <harald.t.alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
Cc: "Kevin E. Jordan  (Receipt notification requested)" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>, 
    "(Receipt notification requested)" <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <"7510*/I=t/G=harald/S=alvestrand/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/ADMD= /C=no/"@MHS>
Subject: Reply to Reply to ADMD=Internet etc.
Sensitivity: Personal

> 2) Kevin, I think
> 
>      C=US; ADMD=Internet; PRMD=wisc.edu; O=cs; S=user
> 
>    does not seem logical. If you *want* an algorithmic grandfathering,
>    you should rather say
> 
>      C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=edu;O=wisc

"Algorithmic grandfathering" was not my motivation.  It is important to have
unique PRMD names.  "wisc.edu" is a legitimate name, but it is already more
than that; it is a unique, -registered- name within Internet.  If Internet
provides an ADMD service, and if existing Internet domains sign up to use
it, why shouldn't they use their existing, well known names as PRMD names?

Making "edu" a PRMD is not very logical because it implies that there is a
naming authority for this private management domain.  Unless a new entity
is created to provide this service, the naming authority for PRMD=edu is
really just ADMD=Internet.

However, there already exists a naming authority for PRMD=wisc.edu.  The
University of Wisconsin is an autonomous private management domain which
already manages its own internal name space.

>    After all, CS is not an Organization, is it?

"Organization" is a broad term.  The CS department, no doubt, is a very
autonomous unit within the university.  The professors, staff, and students
of that department probably -do- consider it to be an organization.

>    But the important thing is, I think, to get a registration going
>    so that we can register things like
> 
>      C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=psi;O=Sun Microsystems

If Sun wants to subscribe to the ADMD service provided by ADMD=Internet,
why not register as C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=sun.com ?  Of course, other
possibilities might be:

       C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=Sun
       C=US;ADMD=Internet;PRMD=Sun Microsystems

but "sun.com" is a legitimate name which is already registered, unique, and
well known within Internet.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10776;
          7 Aug 92 16:13 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10772;
          7 Aug 92 16:13 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa28384;
          7 Aug 92 16:13 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <05632-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 7 Aug 1992 14:33:09 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 7 Aug 92 14:33:04 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab13776; 7 Aug 92 10:50 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa05894; 7 Aug 92 10:22 PDT
To: pjb@mbunix.mitre.org, Cristian Constantinof <chrisc@bnr.ca>, 
    Bernhard Plattner <plattner@komsys.tik.ethz.ch>, 
    Gerald Neufeld <neufeld@cs.ubc.ca>
Cc: avm@mbunix.mitre.org, mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    nadism@mbunix.mitre.org, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: Potential lead for MHS management "MHS Routing Framework" by 
         Cristian Constantinof
In-Reply-To: Your message of Sat, 01 Aug 1992 17:30:32 -0400. <9208012130.AA14652@mbunix.mitre.org>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 07 Aug 1992 10:22:05 -0700
Message-Id: <5891.713208125@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hello Paul, Cristian -- I have just looked again at the referenced
paper in the preprinted proceedings, which have all been distributed,
so there are no more copies available until North-Holland published
the, hopefully before the end of this year.

I believe it is of considerable interest to the members of the working
groups addressed with this messsage.

Since the conference proceedings papers are copyrighted by IFIP, we
cannot offer to make free copies of the paper available, but I think
it would be proper to ask if Cristian can provide a summary for use by
various standards groups, including NMSIG and IETF groups.  Cristian
holds the rights to develop derivitive works.

Whatever is done in this area, I hope that we can achieve interworking
alignment with the various interested parties.  I have included the
ietf-osi-x400ops list to include yet another interested group (YAIG).

Bernie -- Can you provide the proper publication citation for the
preceedings which are now in the printing process, and can you give us
a projected date of availablility?

Best...\Stef

-------- Begin

From: pjb@mbunix.mitre.org
To: avm@mbunix.mitre.org
Cc: mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org, nadism@mbunix.mitre.org, 
    nmsig@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Potential lead for MHS management
Date: Sat, 01 Aug 92 17:30:32 EDT
 
X.400 Management Info Developers,
 
        In the 1992 IFIP International Conference on Upper Layer
Protocols, Architectures and Applications (5/27-5/29/92) there was a
session V on network management. One of the papers was "MHS Routing
Framework" by Cristian Constantinof. I have no further info about this
paper to determine if it might be useful to X.400 Management Info
definition work. Stef was one of the leaders of this conference & I
believe Kit was there too. Maybe they could be used to get further
info about this paper and its potential relevance to MHS management
work.
 
PB

-------- End


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14097;
          8 Aug 92 1:41 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14093;
          8 Aug 92 1:41 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12922;
          8 Aug 92 1:42 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <06641-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 8 Aug 1992 00:03:50 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 8 Aug 92 00:03:44 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa29178; 7 Aug 92 21:53 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07128; 7 Aug 92 20:27 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: ADMD=PRMD=Internet is not a big problem (was: Re: ADMD=Internet etc)
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 05 Aug 1992 15:59:58. <9208052300.AA06565@net.lbl.gov>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 07 Aug 1992 20:27:47 -0700
Message-Id: <7126.713244467@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi All -- Sorry to have submerged for a week or more.  I was on
travel, and attending the USA-RAC and MHSMD Joint meeting in NYC, and
tending to other important marketing activities to keep the wolf away
from the door;-).

I apologize for sounding such a loud alarm about PRMD=INTERNET.  I
somehow lost my senses there for a while.  But I have regained them,
thanks to all your various comments.  I am glad to see that you sorted
it all out while I was away.

Yes, I only plan to draft the ADMD=INTERNET assertion and the related
rules for the PRMD register for ADMD=INTERNET PRMD names.

In C=US, according to MHSMD/USA-RAC plans for PRMD name registration,
any ADMD will be able to register any PRMD name under it, acting as an
MHSMD naming subauthority.  

I should also say something general about how we will need to share
reachability and routing information inside ADMD=INTERNET.

Thanks for all your patience.  I will be drafting the RFC next week.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19128;
          10 Aug 92 16:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19124;
          10 Aug 92 16:01 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06213;
          10 Aug 92 16:01 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11285-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 10 Aug 1992 14:20:18 +0000
Received: from mbunix.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 10 Aug 92 14:19:09 -0500
Received: from localhost by mbunix.mitre.org (911016.SGI/4.7) id AA25072;
          Mon, 10 Aug 92 14:55:01 -0400
Message-Id: <9208101855.AA25072@mbunix.mitre.org>
Posted-From: The MITRE Corporation, Bedford, MA
To: Stef@nma.com
Cc: pjb@mbunix.mitre.org, Cristian Constantinof <chrisc@bnr.ca>, 
    Bernhard Plattner <plattner@komsys.tik.ethz.ch>, 
    {rald Neufeld <neufeld@cs.ubc.ca>, Ann.V.McLaughlin@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    bmurrill@attmail.com, mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    nadism@mbunix.mitre.org, ink@gateway.mitre.org, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, adamse@attmail.com
Subject: Re: Potential lead for MHS management "MHS Routing Framework" by 
         Cristian Constantinof
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Fri, 07 Aug 92 15:30:58 EDT." <5891.713208125@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 10 Aug 92 14:54:39 EDT
From: pjb@mbunix.mitre.org


Stef et al,

        Could someone please provide me some background as to what
X.400 management information definition work is going on in the IETF
When did it start? Who is leading and supporting this work? What are
the goals and schedules of this work

Thanks,
Paul



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19611;
          10 Aug 92 16:52 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19607;
          10 Aug 92 16:52 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09201;
          10 Aug 92 16:53 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 10 Aug 1992 15:49:51 +0000
Date: Mon, 10 Aug 1992 15:49:51 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..532:10.07.92.20.49.51]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 10 Aug 1992 15:49:50 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920810154931*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no
Subject: Revised x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF

Hi, here are the revised minutes of the meeting.  Comments were
received from Steve Kille, Alf Hansen, and Panos Tsigaridas.
Participants will be added by CNRI IETF staff.  The minutes will also
be available in the IETF ftp directories.  I think the filename will be
"x400ops-minutes-92jul.txt".

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

Minutes of the IETF OSI X.400 Operations Working Group
            24th IETF, Boston, Massachusetts
                     July 15, 1992

Reported by Allan Cargille

Minutes are reported in the order that the meeting occurred.  Agenda
item refers refer to the numbers from the published agenda of the
meeting.  They are out of order where the order of the agenda
was modified.  Two empty lines are used to separate agenda items.
The list of attendees was taken separately.  Action items are
identified with the note "[action]".


FIRST SESSION

1.  Welcome.  Alf Hansen chaired the meeting.  Allan Cargille
volunteered to take minutes [action].  The agenda was modified to discuss
working group status and the status of the Wisconsin NSF X.400 Project
and the Cosine MHS Project.  Agenda points 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 8 will
be discussed in the first working group session.  Reviewing the
documents will be moved to the second working group session.  Stef was
added to agenda point 5 to report on progress on U.S. ADMD and PRMD
naming & registration issues.


2.  New Charter.  Alf distributed the new charter before the meeting.
It was agreed that the proposed new time schedule for the documents
would be revised after discussion the documents.  [Note - this was not
done in the meeting, and should be done on the mailing list.  Action -
Alf]

Change control.  The IESG (and IAB?) agreed that change control for
RFC1327 (the latest version of mapping between X.400 and RFC822 mail)
was assigned to the RARE Working Group on Mail and Messaging.

Discussion:
    - is it OK for IETF RFCs to be assigned to another group?
    - how will people in the x400ops working group be able to
        participate in further revisions of this document?
    - how will this be publicized?

It was clarified that the RARE-MSG working group is an open working
group.  Members of the x400ops working group are welcome to join the
mailing list and participate in the group.  Here's how to join:

    Send a message to MAILSERVER@RARE.NL with the following text in
    the BODY of the message (NOT the subject).

    SUBSCRIBE WG-MSG Your-given-name Your-surname

    This will automatically subscribe you to the list.  An automatic
    reply will be sent back to you.

    The address of the mailing list itself is wg-msg@rare.nl, or 
    /S=wg-msg/O=rare/PRMD=surf/ADMD=400net/C=nl/.

There was also discussion about the number of mailing lists which deal
with X.400 issues.  Often messages are posted to multiple lists.  It
was recognized that having these multiple lists is a pain, but this
working group is unlikely to be able to change the situation.  It was
recommended that when an initial message is posted to multiple lists,
the message should clearly identify *one* list on which the follow-up
discussion should take place.


3.  Action items from last March 92 meeting:

a) John Sherburne (SPRINT) will work with Tony Genovese to figure out how US
can provide an MTA that has X.25 connectivity.

    - Tony reported that accepting ADMD = <single space> is a problem
      for Sprint.  He did not know if that is for technical, political,
      or financial reasons.  
      
      [action]  Tony continue to work on a WEP which is accessible
      over public X.25.

    - Ed Albrigo from the Corporation for Open System (C.O.S.) gave
      a report on their X.400 activities.  They are working on the
      following:

      1) Establishing direct network-layer connections to the Internet.
	   They plan to route both IP and CLNP.
      2) Establishing X.400 links which connect the OSINet X.400
           community to the GO-MHS community.
      3) They are planning to go to complete "electronic-only"
           communication with ten COS member companies by December
	   1992.

      Ed confirmed that COS will comply with current RFCs and
      recommendations for the GO-MHS community.

      It was clarified that COS uses X.25 in their private OSINet network,
      but that is a private network that is not connected to public X.25.

    - There was a discussion about connections to ATTmail.  Internet RFC822 
      mail users should be able to send mail to all ATTmail users.
      However, the ATTmail <--> Internet mail gateway produces bad
      addresses, so mail is often un-replyable.
      
b) Urs will ask the COSINE MHS Project Team to submit the address mapping
table procedures as a draft RFC.

    - Done

c) Stef - Start a discussion on X.400 OPS and WG1 lists about ADMD name in
the US.  See section 3.1.2. [of March 1992 minutes]

    - Not done.

    - Note that the rare-wg1 mailing list has been succeeded by the
      wg-msg list (see section 2 above).

      [action]  Stef start this discussion.
      [action]  Someone email Stef to start this discussion. [done]

      See related discussion of this in agenda item 5.

d) Alf will send the updated charter to the list.

    - Done

e) Claudio will produce a draft document that will propose a method for using
DNS to store X.400 to RFC 822 mapping and routing.

    - Done

f) Claudio will follow up the MAIL 11 mapping document.

    - Done

g) Harald will follow up the International Character set document.

    - Done


5.  Status of X.400 Operations

a)  Allan Cargille discussed the status and future of the NSF X.400
Project.  The project has been running since August, 1990 and is now
toward the end of the initial grant.  The project has operated the
experimental PRMD "XNREN".  Fifteen to twenty sites have registered as
members of this PRMD, but only approximately five are currently
exchanging X.400 traffic.  The project has acted as a coordination
point for U.S. entries in the RFC987/1148/1327 mapping tables.  The
project also served as a beta site for several PP releases, and
developed and contributed software to support the Fujitsu dexNET 200
fax modem in PP.  The project is operating a primary MTA running PP 6.0
on a dedicated DecStation 3100/Ultrix.  Some sites, including
Wisconsin, are running the IBM/Wisconsin Argo X.400 software, which
includes a UA.  The project has also acted as a Well-Known Entry Point
(WEP) to the Cosine MHS Project (see below).  We are seeking an
extension of the grant to continue supporting a stable U.S. WEP and to
participate in the ongoing research work to develop a stable X.400
infrastructure.  Without continued funding, our project will end at the
end of this calendar year.

b)  Jim Romaguera presented an overview of the Cosine MHS Project at
SWITCH (Switzerland).  That project began in (January 1991?) and
continued work begun by the RARE MHS Project Team.  They coordinate the
academic and research X.400 service in Europe.  They have finished 80%
of their goals for the current project period, which ends at the end of
this calendar year.  The project supports international X.400
connections between all Western European countries, as well as Greece,
Slovenia, Lithuania, the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand,
South Africa, China, India, and the Republic of Korea.  Some countries have
multiple networks participating in the service.  Most European
participants have private connections to one or more commercial ADMDs.
Some are purchasing value-added services (such as fax gateways) from
ADMDs.  Several project participants have online services available
(via telnet or over X.25) to translate between X.400 and RFC822
addresses according to the current mapping rules.

The exact future of the project is unclear, but it is expected that
they will continue.  It is likely that the future project will be
coordinated by the RARE Operational Unit and will be contracted out.

The project team is still working on several projects.  They plan to
have a daily RFC1327 mapping table update tool operational by the end
of this year.  They are working on evaluating publicly available X.400
implementations.  They plan to produce a catalog of existing X.400
implementations.  They have done work on evaluating ADMDs and plan to
report on this (verifying connectivity, etc).  They plan to produce a
tutorial and overview on RFC1327.  They have done work on evaluating
international X.400 connections, and are working on tools to
automatically process a common statistics format.  They are also
working on a connectivity tool which will be based on sending mail to
echo servers and evaluating the results.  Lastly, they operate a file
server with lots of documents.  You can reach the fileserver via anonymous
ftp to host "nic.switch.ch".

Discussion:
    - it was recommended to refer to RFC1292 (a catalog of X.500
        implementations) for X.400 product evaluations.
    - will this information on implementations be released as an RFC?
    - there is a question of liability when producing such
        evaluations.
    - it was recommended that vender and user comments about
        implementations be placed in separate documents.

c)  Stef reported on the current work of the MHS-MD study group on
ADMD/PRMD naming.  

By way of review, Stef covered the history of connections between
the U.S. Internet and commercial email services.  Vint Cerf was the
founder of MCI Mail and then went to CNRI.  He concluded agreements on
behalf of the Internet with MCIMail, ATTmail, G.E. Information
Services, and CompuServe (and possible others) that are "sender keeps
all revenue" agreements.

There was also discussion about what internal protocols these
services use.  All operate gateways between RFC822 and their internal
protocol.  Several problems were discussed
    - if the service is using a poor or nonstandard gateway, then
	the addresses coming out of the gateway are messed up
    - people did not know of any connections between U.S. commercial
	ADMDs
    - there are no connections between the U.S. Internet X.400
        community and commercial ADMDs

Current MHS-MD status.  Commercial ADMDs have been arbitrarily
selecting their own names, and then arbitrarily naming PRMDs under
their ADMD.  There is strong feeling that these existing (ADMD, PRMD)
name pairs must be valid in the future.  Any new registration procedure
must support these existing names.  The group is also working on a
structure for a U.S. ADMD backbone, which does not mean a specific
ADMD.  Currently the string ADMD=USBB is being used to refer to such a
structure.  Stef cautioned us that the "USBB" name is just a
placeholder and is likely to change to some other (as yet undefined)
text string.  PRMD names could then be registered under this
"ADMD=USBB".  There are still unresolved questions about how the USBB
should be routed and supported.

Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
self-declared as well.  Stef argued that there is no legal requirement
that an ADMD offer open services to all, that was just an assumption
that people were making.

Discussion:
    - the issue of connecting to the U.S. ADMDs is not an issue of
	naming, it is an issue of service agreements and charging.
	The routing can be worked out.
    - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
        the commercial ADMDs.
    - the Internet ADMD could offer to provide RFC1327 gateway
        services to the commercial ADMDs.  That way the gateways would
	be operated according to existing agreements and
	recommendations and would generate "good" addresses.
    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the
        CCITT model would require other ADMDs to connect to us.
    - if the commercial services were interested, the Internet ADMD
        could play a role as a relay between them.  [Note - this would
	not necessarily require commercial traffic to flow across the
	research Internet.]

There was a proposal to decide on the matter at this meeting.  There
was heated argument that the issue had not been discussed before the
meeting, and should be discussed more in a wider forum and on the
mailing list.  It was agreed that Stef would write an internet draft
proposing to create an ADMD=Internet [action].  If approved in the
future, this paper could evolve into an RFC.

The WG recommended that each country should write an Internet Draft
describing the national solution for X.400 addressing of Internet
addresses.  Stef's draft could be used as a template for other
countries' Internet Drafts. The result will in the end be (if the
drafts are approved) a series of RFCs.  [This paragraph supplied by Alf
Hansen.]


8.  Future U.S. Internet X.400 organization - not discussed beyond the
above information.


SECOND SESSION


5(c) cont'd - connections to ADMDs.  Steve H-K. proposed generating a
document that addresses the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected
to the R&D world (or "Internet" to coin a phrase).  The contents of this
document should be something like:

    - ADMDs presently connected to the Internet (or R&D world, same
	thing, as I'm talking about the global Internet).
    - policy restrictions on such connections ie. are they available
	for free & for anyone on the Internet, can R&D people relay via
	a connected ADMD to 3rd party ADMDs , etc.
    - whether the ADMDs are using RFC 1327 gateways & the global
	mapping tables
    - which PRMDs these ADMDs support - ADMD connectivity between
	themselves.  - anything else that fits in to the above context.

Goals are to 
    - stimulate ADMDs to deploy well run ADMD to Internet connections,
	preferably by using R&D operated gateways.
    - document the PRMDs reachable via ADMDs & of course the ADMD's
	connectivity to other ADMDs.

Jim Romaguera (wearing the hat of NetConsult AG, not the Cosine MHS
Project Team) volunteered to write a draft document [action].

[notes in this 5(c)(cont'd) section courtesy of Jim R.]


4.  Document Review - in general, detailed comments are not included
if a new version of the document will be released.

b) "X.400 use of extended character sets"  (Harald Alvestrand).
Discussion.  Harald will update the document and release the updated
version as an Internet draft [action].  The draft will be discussed at
the upcoming RARE Character Set and RARE Messaging meetings.  These
comments will be presented at the next IETF meeting, and the document
will be finalized.

c) "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the 
GO-MHS Community" (Hansen/Hagens).  Comments were taken on the
document.  The document will be revised and a new Internet Draft will
be released [action].

There was discussion about what kind of RFC this document should be
released as.  People felt that it should be a requirement that X.400
domains should support the "postmaster" address in the same manner as
RFC822 domains do.  It was proposed that a very short RFC be drafted
which explains the need for supporting "postmaster" addresses.  This
short postmaster RFC will then be advanced in the standards track.
Allan Cargille volunteered to write the RFC [action].  It will use the
recommendations from the recent Cosine MHS Managers meeting as a
starting point.  It was pointed out that to support the introduction of
X.400(88), both S=Postmaster and CN=Postmaster must be supported.

The revised Hansen/Hagens paper cannot be progressed as an RFC until
the Eppenberger routing paper and Cargille Postmaster paper are also
ready to be submitted, because it references those documents.  The
document may also have to be modified based on the group's
recommendations for C=us/ADMD=Internet.

d) "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a multi protocol
/ multi network environment" (Urs Eppenberger).  Changes to this
document were discussed in light of a recent submission by Panos
Tsigaridas, "MHS Information Exchange Format (MHS-IEF).  Panos' paper
recommended using the same basic information and routing algorithm as
the Eppenberger document, but providing a syntax and structure so that
this information could be easily placed into X.500 under well-known
places.  Further information already stored in X.500 could easily be
extracted by tools and translated into the proposed text format.  These
text tables could then by exchanged the "old-fashioned" way (E-mail).

The desire to support X.500 must be weighed against the fact that this
new document format is needed immediately and in fact is already being
introduced in the Cosine MHS Project.  Changing the document format
would introduce delays due to discussion and take longer to become
operational.  It was agreed that Urs, Panos, and Steve H-K. would meet
to see if minimal changes could be made to the Eppenberger document
which would make it easier to store the information in X.500.  Steve
reported that they agreed that Panos would propose a set of detailed
"short term" change requests to Urs's document [action].  A revised
document should be sent out, which should be approved via email and
then submitted as an experimental RFC [action].

e) "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148 Address Mapping
Tables and X.400 Routing Informations" (Allocchio, Bonito, &
Giordano).  All three tables will be stored under the domain
".x400.arpa".  Change control will still be centralized -- the tables
will still be collected and managed by the Cosine MHS Project Team.
The use of the DNS tables will be described in a separate document
[action].  Mapping conventions are used to represent the RFC1327 table
entries in a format that is legal for the DNS.  Claudio will produce a
new version of the document, and distribute it to the DNS and x400ops
mailing lists [action].  If consensus is reached, the document will be
submitted as an Experimental RFC.

f) OSI area procedures.  Erik Huizer requested that to progress a
document in the OSI area as an Internet Draft, people should send email
to Dave Piscitello (dave@sabre.bellcore.com), himself
(huizer@surfnet.nl) and CC the IESG Secretary Greg Vaudreuil
(gvaudre@nri.reston.va.us).  [Note - this information should probably
be sent to all the OSI area working groups. [action]]   Erik also
reported the following procedures for IETF OSI working groups
[actions]:

    - he will create a mailing list for these working group chairs
    - he will distribute each message to him from higher IETF people
	to working group chairs (chairpersons)

There was also discussion about what classes of RFCs there are.  RFCs
*not* on the standards track can be classified as "Informational" or
"Experimental".  RFCs on the standards track proceed from "Proposed
Standard" to "Draft Standard" to "Standard".  [Note - is this
documented in an RFC?]   It was also pointed out that RFCs cannot
reference Internet Drafts, but they may reference any class of RFC.


7.  Major Operation Problem - not discussed.


9.  Review of Action Items - deferred to mailing list, due to time.
    See below.


10. Any Other Business, and plan for next meeting - Erik Huizer (OSI
Area Co-Director) proposed to resume the "old" meeting schedule for
the OSI area at the next IETF.  Other than that, the next meeting
schedule not discussed.  Erik will distribute this new schedule
[action].

We decided to have the next x400ops meeting at the next IETF
meeting in Washington DC, U.S.A., during the week Nov. 16-20, 1992.


REVISED SUMMARY OF ACTION ITEMS:

1.  [done] Allan Cargille - distribute draft minutes.

2.  Alf Hansen - revise timetable for documents on new charter by
    discussion on the list.

3.  Tony Genovese - continue to work on a WEP which is accessible over
    public X.25.

4.  [done] Stef (Einar Stefferud) - start discussion on mailing lists about
    U.S.  ADMD naming issues.

5.  [done] Someone - email Stef to start this discussion.

6.  Stef - write an internet draft proposing to create ADMD=Internet.

7.  Jim Romaguera (NetConsult AG) - generate draft document that addresses
    the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected to the R&D world.

8.  Harald Alvestrand - update document on extended character sets and
    release as an Internet Draft.

9.  Alf - update Operational Requirements document and release as an
    Internet Draft.

10.  Allan - write draft document about postmaster addresses
     and release as an Internet Draft.

11.  Panos Tsigaridas - provide a set of detailed "short term" change
     requests to Urs' routing document.

12.  Urs - release revised version of routing coordination document
     (if there are any changes).  Hopefully get consensus on mailing
     list about the document and submit as an RFC.

13.  Claudio Allocchio - produce new version of the X.400 DNS paper and
     distribute it to the x400ops and DNS mailing lists.  If consensus
     is reached, submit document as Experimental RFC.

14.  Claudio - produce new document explaining how the X.400 DNS
     tables should be used and distribute to x400ops list.
    
15.  Erik Huizer - distribute information on the procedure for progressing
     a document in the IETF OSI area to all area mailing lists.

16.  Erik - create a mailing list for IETF OSI area working group chairs.
    
17.  Erik - distribute working group meeting schedule for OSI area for
     next IETF meeting.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20217;
          10 Aug 92 18:15 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20213;
          10 Aug 92 18:15 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14052;
          10 Aug 92 18:15 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11757-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 10 Aug 1992 17:11:25 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 10 Aug 92 17:11:20 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa05200; 10 Aug 92 14:46 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa13849; 10 Aug 92 13:28 PDT
To: pjb@mbunix.mitre.org
Cc: Cristian Constantinof <chrisc@bnr.ca>, 
    Bernhard Plattner <plattner@komsys.tik.ethz.ch>, 
    Gerald Neufeld <neufeld@cs.ubc.ca>, Ann.V.McLaughlin@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    bmurrill@attmail.com, mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    nadism@mbunix.mitre.org, ink@gateway.mitre.org, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, adamse@attmail.com
Subject: Re: Potential lead for MHS management "MHS Routing Framework" by 
         Cristian Constantinof
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 10 Aug 1992 14:54:39 -0400. <9208101855.AA25072@mbunix.mitre.org>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 10 Aug 1992 13:28:23 -0700
Message-Id: <13847.713478503@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Paul -- 

> Could someone please provide me some background as to what X.400
> management information definition work is going on in the IETF.  

I expect that you are referring to the work being done in the context
of the ietf-osi-x400ops Working Group, which has taken off from the
work originally done in RARE, beginning with RFC987 mapping table
stuff, and progressing from there.

> When did it start?  Who is leading and supporting this work?  What
> are the goals and schedules of this work

I see that you have included the ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu address,
so I would expect that you will hear directly from them in response to
your query.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20675;
          10 Aug 92 19:13 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20671;
          10 Aug 92 19:13 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16778;
          10 Aug 92 19:14 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11927-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 10 Aug 1992 18:12:02 +0000
Received: from chsun.chuug.ch by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 10 Aug 92 18:11:54 -0500
Received: by chsun.chuug.ch (5.65c8/1.34) id AA29707;
          Tue, 11 Aug 1992 01:12:19 +0200
From: Simon Poole <poole@chsun.chuug.ch>
Message-Id: <199208102312.AA29707@chsun.chuug.ch>
Subject: Re: Revised x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF
To: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 92 1:12:17 MET DST
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <920810154931*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>; from "Allan Cargille" at Aug 10, 92 3:49 pm
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]


Allan, do you know if the item noted below has already happend, and if
yes, what the name of the draft is?

> b) Urs will ask the COSINE MHS Project Team to submit the address mapping
> table procedures as a draft RFC.
> 
>     - Done

A couple of additional remarks:

> b)  Jim Romaguera presented an overview of the Cosine MHS Project at
> SWITCH (Switzerland).  That project began in (January 1991?) and
> continued work begun by the RARE MHS Project Team.  They coordinate the
> academic and research X.400 service in Europe.  

There are R&D X.400 sites in Europe that have absolutely nothing to do 
with COSINE-MHS.

> 5(c) cont'd - connections to ADMDs.  Steve H-K. proposed generating a
> document that addresses the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected
> to the R&D world (or "Internet" to coin a phrase).  The contents of this
> document should be something like:
> 
>     - ADMDs presently connected to the Internet (or R&D world, same
> 	thing, as I'm talking about the global Internet).
>     - policy restrictions on such connections ie. are they available
> 	for free & for anyone on the Internet, can R&D people relay via
> 	a connected ADMD to 3rd party ADMDs , etc.
>     - whether the ADMDs are using RFC 1327 gateways & the global
> 	mapping tables
>     - which PRMDs these ADMDs support - ADMD connectivity between
> 	themselves.  - anything else that fits in to the above context.
> 
> 
> Goals are to 
>     - stimulate ADMDs to deploy well run ADMD to Internet connections,
> 	preferably by using R&D operated gateways.

This is not really serious, please? Besides the rather odd assertion that
the Internet is the "R&D world", was any rationale given why this should 
be done by "R&D operated gateways"?

				Simon


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00648;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00644;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02479;
          11 Aug 92 5:09 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <12522-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 01:56:33 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 11 Aug 92 01:56:28 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ap14860; 10 Aug 92 23:44 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa15259; 10 Aug 92 23:21 PDT
To: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no
Subject: Re: Revised x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 10 Aug 1992 15:49:51 -0000. <920810154931*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 10 Aug 1992 23:20:59 -0700
Message-Id: <15257.713514059@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

I have some clarifying comments on the report of my MHSMD presentation.

> Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
> could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
> self-declared as well.

This part (above) is entirely correct.

> Stef argued that there is no legal requirement that an ADMD offer
> open services to all, that was just an assumption that people were
> making.

This part (above) is not correct.  I do not recall making such a
statement at any time, especially because I do not believe it is
correct.  this must be a mis-interpretation of my very strongly making
the point that there is currently no regulation of US X.400 service
providers, so each ADMD is more or less making up their own rules as
they proceed.  It is true that in this situation, many people are
making lots of assumptions.  One has been that the INTERNET does not
qualify to be an ADMD, and the that other ADMDs would block its
attempt to assert that it is an ADMD.  

This myth would appear to have been blown away.  Since the IETF
meeting, I find that we have strong support from at least two ADMD
service providers to proceed with asserting ADMD=INTERNET.

 ...

>   - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
>        the commercial ADMDs.

This is not really clear.  Almost every C=US ADMD service provider
already has an IP connection, so it is not clear what role X.25 would
play.  Many US carriers are moving to offer IP service, and to
interconnect with the INTERNET.

 ...

>    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the
>        CCITT model would require other ADMDs to connect to us.

This is also not really clear, since there is no regulation and there
are no rules to enforce, but what is clear is that if we assert
ADMD=INTERNET, then the other C=US ADMD servcice providers can no
longer use the excuse that they "cannot pass ADMD-ADMD traffic via the
INTERNET PRMD".  Some currently make this claim, and such traffic is
blocked at their RFC822 gateways.  This makes group mail exchanges
very difficult, though not impossible.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00659;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab00654;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02479;
          11 Aug 92 5:09 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <12629-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 02:15:06 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 11 Aug 92 02:14:57 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab16218; 11 Aug 92 0:09 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa15739; 11 Aug 92 0:02 PDT
To: Paul Brusil <pjb@mbunix.mitre.org>
Cc: avm@mbunix.mitre.org, mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org, 
    nadism@mbunix.mitre.org, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Plattner: [Re: Potential lead for MHS management]
Reply-To: nmsig@ics.uci.edu
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 1992 00:02:09 -0700
Message-Id: <15737.713516529@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

------- Forwarded Message

From: Bernhard Plattner <plattner@komsys.tik.ethz.ch>
To: Stef <Stef@nma.com>
Subject :
Date: Mon, 10 Aug 1992 19:42:44 +0200

Stef

Would you please distribute this to the interested people (and lists)? Its
not clear to me who are the main recipients.

The North Holland publication will appear by October of November
this year. I have sent them the manuscript last week and there will
be one more iteration before it is printed. 

Bernie

============

Cristian Constantinof, "MHS Routing Framework", in: Upper Layer 
Protocols, Architectures and Applications,  Proc. 1992 IFIP International 
Conference on Upper Layer Protocols, Architectures and Applications, G. 
Neufeld, B. Plattner (Eds), North-Holland, 1992

Abstract

This paper proposes a framework for Message Handling System (MHS) routing 
in alignment with the OSI Routing Framework. The main issues of internal 
and external routing are studied and the common problem related to 
exchange of routing infoqmation is highlighted. The concept of MHS 
Routing Domain is introduced as a modeling tool for MHS Domain management 
and exchange of routing inforrnation.

------- End of Forwarded Message



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00668;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00660;
          11 Aug 92 5:08 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id ac02479;
          11 Aug 92 5:09 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 02:25:54 +0000
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 1992 02:25:54 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..667:11.07.92.07.25.54]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 02:25:53 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2761*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: pjb <pjb@mbunix.mitre.org>
Cc: Stef <Stef@nma.com>, pjb <pjb@mbunix.mitre.org>, 
    Cristian Constantinof <chrisc@bnr.ca>, 
    Bernhard Plattner <plattner@komsys.tik.ethz.ch>, 
    ?rald Neufeld <neufeld@cs.ubc.ca>, 
    "Ann.V.McLaughlin" <Ann.V.McLaughlin@bistromath.mitre.org>, 
    bmurrill <bmurrill@attmail.com>, 
    mitre-osi <mitre-osi@bistromath.mitre.org>, 
    nadism <nadism@mbunix.mitre.org>, ink <ink@gateway.mitre.org>, 
    nmsig <nmsig@ics.uci.edu>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    adamse <adamse@attmail.com>
In-Reply-To: <9208101855.AA25072@mbunix.mitre.org>
Subject: Re: Potential lead for MHS management "MHS Routing Framework" by 
         Cristian Constantinof

Paul,

> Stef et al,
> 
>         Could someone please provide me some background as to what
> X.400 management information definition work is going on in the IETF
> When did it start? Who is leading and supporting this work? What are
> the goals and schedules of this work
> 
> Thanks,
> Paul

For your information I am enclosing the current charter for the IETF X.400 
OPS WG. Please note that this charter will be revised shortly.

In Europe this work is supported by the EUREKA project: COSINE MHS, and
the paricipating national networks. In the U.S. the work is supported by
NSF (The Internet X.400 Project) and the participating agencies.

Best regards,
Alf H
IETF X.400 OPS Co-chair

====================


                                Charter

                          OSI Integration Area

                      X.400 Operations Working Group

Co-chairs:

        Alf Hansen, Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no
        C=no;ADMD=" ";PRMD=uninett;O=SINTEF;OU=DELAB;S=Hansen;G=Alf

        Robert Hagens, <hagens@ans.net>
        C=us;ADMD=" ";PRMD=Internet;DD.RFC-822=hagens(a)ans.net


Mailing Lists:

        ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
        C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren;O=UW-Madison;OU=cs;S=ietf-osi-x400ops

        ietf-osi-x400ops-request@cs.wisc.edu
        C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren;O=UW-Madison;OU=cs;S=ietf-osi-x400ops-request

Description of Working Group:

        X.400 management domains are being deployed today on the Internet. 
        There is a need for coordination of the various efforts to insure that
        they can interoperate and collectively provide an Internet-wide X.400
        message transfer service connected to the existing Internet mail
        service.

        The work in this WG is closely related to work in 

             IETF-OSI-MHS-DS  and
             RARE WG-MSG
 
        These WGs cover additional aspects of X.400 Service Integration.
        

Goals and Milestones:

        The overall goal of this group is to insure interoperability between
        Internet X.400 management domains and to the existing Internet mail
        service. The specific task of this group is to produce and monitor
        the new documents needed for such interoperation. The following 
        documents are identified for this WG:

        OPS-1: "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the 
               GO-MHS Community".

        OPS-2: "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148 
               Address Mapping Tables and X.400 Routing Informations"

        OPS-3: "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a 
               multi protocol / multi network environment".

        OPS-4: "Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)"

        OPS-5: "X.400 use of extended character sets"

        OPS-6: "Address mapping table update procedures"


        The tentative timetable for this group is

        Feb    1991: Initial meeting, produce internal outline of OPS-1.
        Aug    1991: Working draft OPS-1, circulate to interested people.
        Spring 1992: Internet draft available of OPS-1. Identify and
                     work on new documents.
        Summer 1992: OPS-1 ready for publication.
        Autumn 1992/
        Spring 1993: Monitor and work on the other documents, and 
                     identify new ones.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01693;
          11 Aug 92 8:44 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01689;
          11 Aug 92 8:44 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08935;
          11 Aug 92 8:45 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 07:08:04 +0000
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 1992 07:08:04 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..387:11.07.92.12.08.04]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 07:08:01 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2762*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: Stef <Stef@nma.com>
Cc: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <15257.713514059@nma.com>
Subject: Re: Revised x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF

Stef,

I suggest that I do the following modifications in the minutes
before sending them to the IETF folks:

> Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
> could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
> self-declared as well.
> Stef argued that there is no legal requirement that an ADMD offer
> open services to all, that was just an assumption that people were
> making.

changed to:

Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
self-declared as well.  Stef argued that there is currently no regulation
of US X.400 service providers, so each ADMD is more or less making up
their own rules as they proceed.  Many people are making lots of
assumptions.  One has been that the INTERNET does not qualify to be an
ADMD, and the that other ADMDs would block its attempt to assert that it
is an ADMD.

>   - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
>        the commercial ADMDs.

changed to:

    - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
        the commercial ADMDs, although many US carriers are moving to 
        offer IP service, and to interconnect with the INTERNET.

>    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the
>        CCITT model would require other ADMDs to connect to us.

changed to:

    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the 
        other C=US ADMD service providers can no longer use the excuse 
        that they "cannot pass ADMD-ADMD traffic via the INTERNET PRMD".

OK?

Best regards,
Alf H


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04759;
          11 Aug 92 13:36 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04755;
          11 Aug 92 13:36 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26495;
          11 Aug 92 13:37 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15063-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 11 Aug 1992 11:54:12 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 11 Aug 92 11:54:07 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa07577; 11 Aug 92 9:52 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa16332; 11 Aug 92 8:35 PDT
To: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Cc: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: Revised x400ops minutes, July 1992 IETF
In-Reply-To: Your message of Tue, 11 Aug 1992 04:22:33 -0000. <2762*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Aug 1992 08:35:22 -0700
Message-Id: <16330.713547322@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Fine by me.  Do it...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01854;
          12 Aug 92 4:13 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01850;
          12 Aug 92 4:13 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01551;
          12 Aug 92 4:14 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 12 Aug 1992 02:07:56 +0000
Date: Wed, 12 Aug 1992 02:07:56 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..513:12.07.92.07.07.56]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 12 Aug 1992 02:07:54 
                      +0000;
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2760*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: mdavies <mdavies@NRI.Reston.VA.US>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Final minutes, IETF X.400 OPS WG meeting, Boston.

Megan,
Here they are.


The ietf-ops-wg,
I have done the modifications based on Stefs comments.

Cheers,
Alf H.


==================



Minutes of the IETF OSI X.400 Operations Working Group
            24th IETF, Boston, Massachusetts
                     July 15, 1992

Reported by Allan Cargille

Minutes are reported in the order that the meeting occurred.  Agenda
item refers refer to the numbers from the published agenda of the
meeting.  They are out of order where the order of the agenda
was modified.  Two empty lines are used to separate agenda items.
The list of attendees was taken separately.  Action items are
identified with the note "[action]".


FIRST SESSION

1.  Welcome.  Alf Hansen chaired the meeting.  Allan Cargille
volunteered to take minutes [action].  The agenda was modified to discuss
working group status and the status of the Wisconsin NSF X.400 Project
and the Cosine MHS Project.  Agenda points 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, and 8 will
be discussed in the first working group session.  Reviewing the
documents will be moved to the second working group session.  Stef was
added to agenda point 5 to report on progress on U.S. ADMD and PRMD
naming & registration issues.


2.  New Charter.  Alf distributed the new charter before the meeting.
It was agreed that the proposed new time schedule for the documents
would be revised after discussion the documents.  [Note - this was not
done in the meeting, and should be done on the mailing list.  Action -
Alf]

Change control.  The IESG (and IAB?) agreed that change control for
RFC1327 (the latest version of mapping between X.400 and RFC822 mail)
was assigned to the RARE Working Group on Mail and Messaging.

Discussion:
    - is it OK for IETF RFCs to be assigned to another group?
    - how will people in the x400ops working group be able to
        participate in further revisions of this document?
    - how will this be publicized?

It was clarified that the RARE-MSG working group is an open working
group.  Members of the x400ops working group are welcome to join the
mailing list and participate in the group.  Here's how to join:

    Send a message to MAILSERVER@RARE.NL with the following text in
    the BODY of the message (NOT the subject).

    SUBSCRIBE WG-MSG Your-given-name Your-surname

    This will automatically subscribe you to the list.  An automatic
    reply will be sent back to you.

    The address of the mailing list itself is wg-msg@rare.nl, or 
    /S=wg-msg/O=rare/PRMD=surf/ADMD=400net/C=nl/.

There was also discussion about the number of mailing lists which deal
with X.400 issues.  Often messages are posted to multiple lists.  It
was recognized that having these multiple lists is a pain, but this
working group is unlikely to be able to change the situation.  It was
recommended that when an initial message is posted to multiple lists,
the message should clearly identify *one* list on which the follow-up
discussion should take place.


3.  Action items from last March 92 meeting:

a) John Sherburne (SPRINT) will work with Tony Genovese to figure out how US
can provide an MTA that has X.25 connectivity.

    - Tony reported that accepting ADMD = <single space> is a problem
      for Sprint.  He did not know if that is for technical, political,
      or financial reasons.  
      
      [action]  Tony continue to work on a WEP which is accessible
      over public X.25.

    - Ed Albrigo from the Corporation for Open System (C.O.S.) gave
      a report on their X.400 activities.  They are working on the
      following:

      1) Establishing direct network-layer connections to the Internet.
	   They plan to route both IP and CLNP.
      2) Establishing X.400 links which connect the OSINet X.400
           community to the GO-MHS community.
      3) They are planning to go to complete "electronic-only"
           communication with ten COS member companies by December
	   1992.

      Ed confirmed that COS will comply with current RFCs and
      recommendations for the GO-MHS community.

      It was clarified that COS uses X.25 in their private OSINet network,
      but that is a private network that is not connected to public X.25.

    - There was a discussion about connections to ATTmail.  Internet RFC822 
      mail users should be able to send mail to all ATTmail users.
      However, the ATTmail <--> Internet mail gateway produces bad
      addresses, so mail is often un-replyable.
      
b) Urs will ask the COSINE MHS Project Team to submit the address mapping
table procedures as a draft RFC.

    - Done

c) Stef - Start a discussion on X.400 OPS and WG1 lists about ADMD name in
the US.  See section 3.1.2. [of March 1992 minutes]

    - Not done.

    - Note that the rare-wg1 mailing list has been succeeded by the
      wg-msg list (see section 2 above).

      [action]  Stef start this discussion.
      [action]  Someone email Stef to start this discussion. [done]

      See related discussion of this in agenda item 5.

d) Alf will send the updated charter to the list.

    - Done

e) Claudio will produce a draft document that will propose a method for using
DNS to store X.400 to RFC 822 mapping and routing.

    - Done

f) Claudio will follow up the MAIL 11 mapping document.

    - Done

g) Harald will follow up the International Character set document.

    - Done


5.  Status of X.400 Operations

a)  Allan Cargille discussed the status and future of the NSF X.400
Project.  The project has been running since August, 1990 and is now
toward the end of the initial grant.  The project has operated the
experimental PRMD "XNREN".  Fifteen to twenty sites have registered as
members of this PRMD, but only approximately five are currently
exchanging X.400 traffic.  The project has acted as a coordination
point for U.S. entries in the RFC987/1148/1327 mapping tables.  The
project also served as a beta site for several PP releases, and
developed and contributed software to support the Fujitsu dexNET 200
fax modem in PP.  The project is operating a primary MTA running PP 6.0
on a dedicated DecStation 3100/Ultrix.  Some sites, including
Wisconsin, are running the IBM/Wisconsin Argo X.400 software, which
includes a UA.  The project has also acted as a Well-Known Entry Point
(WEP) to the Cosine MHS Project (see below).  We are seeking an
extension of the grant to continue supporting a stable U.S. WEP and to
participate in the ongoing research work to develop a stable X.400
infrastructure.  Without continued funding, our project will end at the
end of this calendar year.

b)  Jim Romaguera presented an overview of the Cosine MHS Project at
SWITCH (Switzerland).  That project began in (January 1991?) and
continued work begun by the RARE MHS Project Team.  They coordinate the
academic and research X.400 service in Europe.  They have finished 80%
of their goals for the current project period, which ends at the end of
this calendar year.  The project supports international X.400
connections between all Western European countries, as well as Greece,
Slovenia, Lithuania, the United States, Canada, Australia, New Zealand,
South Africa, China, India, and the Republic of Korea.  Some countries have
multiple networks participating in the service.  Most European
participants have private connections to one or more commercial ADMDs.
Some are purchasing value-added services (such as fax gateways) from
ADMDs.  Several project participants have online services available
(via telnet or over X.25) to translate between X.400 and RFC822
addresses according to the current mapping rules.

The exact future of the project is unclear, but it is expected that
they will continue.  It is likely that the future project will be
coordinated by the RARE Operational Unit and will be contracted out.

The project team is still working on several projects.  They plan to
have a daily RFC1327 mapping table update tool operational by the end
of this year.  They are working on evaluating publicly available X.400
implementations.  They plan to produce a catalog of existing X.400
implementations.  They have done work on evaluating ADMDs and plan to
report on this (verifying connectivity, etc).  They plan to produce a
tutorial and overview on RFC1327.  They have done work on evaluating
international X.400 connections, and are working on tools to
automatically process a common statistics format.  They are also
working on a connectivity tool which will be based on sending mail to
echo servers and evaluating the results.  Lastly, they operate a file
server with lots of documents.  You can reach the fileserver via anonymous
ftp to host "nic.switch.ch".

Discussion:
    - it was recommended to refer to RFC1292 (a catalog of X.500
        implementations) for X.400 product evaluations.
    - will this information on implementations be released as an RFC?
    - there is a question of liability when producing such
        evaluations.
    - it was recommended that vender and user comments about
        implementations be placed in separate documents.

c)  Stef reported on the current work of the MHS-MD study group on
ADMD/PRMD naming.  

By way of review, Stef covered the history of connections between
the U.S. Internet and commercial email services.  Vint Cerf was the
founder of MCI Mail and then went to CNRI.  He concluded agreements on
behalf of the Internet with MCIMail, ATTmail, G.E. Information
Services, and CompuServe (and possible others) that are "sender keeps
all revenue" agreements.

There was also discussion about what internal protocols these
services use.  All operate gateways between RFC822 and their internal
protocol.  Several problems were discussed
    - if the service is using a poor or nonstandard gateway, then
	the addresses coming out of the gateway are messed up
    - people did not know of any connections between U.S. commercial
	ADMDs
    - there are no connections between the U.S. Internet X.400
        community and commercial ADMDs

Current MHS-MD status.  Commercial ADMDs have been arbitrarily
selecting their own names, and then arbitrarily naming PRMDs under
their ADMD.  There is strong feeling that these existing (ADMD, PRMD)
name pairs must be valid in the future.  Any new registration procedure
must support these existing names.  The group is also working on a
structure for a U.S. ADMD backbone, which does not mean a specific
ADMD.  Currently the string ADMD=USBB is being used to refer to such a
structure.  Stef cautioned us that the "USBB" name is just a
placeholder and is likely to change to some other (as yet undefined)
text string.  PRMD names could then be registered under this
"ADMD=USBB".  There are still unresolved questions about how the USBB
should be routed and supported.

Stef proposed that the U.S. Internet declare itself as an ADMD.  This
could be justified because at present, all the other ADMDs are
self-declared as well.  Stef argued that there is currently no regulation
of US X.400 service providers, so each ADMD is more or less making up
their own rules as they proceed.  Many people are making lots of
assumptions.  One has been that the INTERNET does not qualify to be an
ADMD, and the that other ADMDs would block its attempt to assert that it
is an ADMD.


Discussion:
    - the issue of connecting to the U.S. ADMDs is not an issue of
	naming, it is an issue of service agreements and charging.
	The routing can be worked out.
    - connections over X.25 will probably be necessary to connect to
        the commercial ADMDs, although many US carriers are moving to 
        offer IP service, and to interconnect with the INTERNET.
    - the Internet ADMD could offer to provide RFC1327 gateway
        services to the commercial ADMDs.  That way the gateways would
	be operated according to existing agreements and
	recommendations and would generate "good" addresses.
    - if the Internet succeeds in defining itself as an ADMD, then the 
        other C=US ADMD service providers can no longer use the excuse 
        that they "cannot pass ADMD-ADMD traffic via the INTERNET PRMD".
    - if the commercial services were interested, the Internet ADMD
        could play a role as a relay between them.  [Note - this would
	not necessarily require commercial traffic to flow across the
	research Internet.]

There was a proposal to decide on the matter at this meeting.  There
was heated argument that the issue had not been discussed before the
meeting, and should be discussed more in a wider forum and on the
mailing list.  It was agreed that Stef would write an internet draft
proposing to create an ADMD=Internet [action].  If approved in the
future, this paper could evolve into an RFC.

The WG recommended that each country should write an Internet Draft
describing the national solution for X.400 addressing of Internet
addresses.  Stef's draft could be used as a template for other
countries' Internet Drafts. The result will in the end be (if the
drafts are approved) a series of RFCs.  [This paragraph supplied by Alf
Hansen.]


8.  Future U.S. Internet X.400 organization - not discussed beyond the
above information.


SECOND SESSION


5(c) cont'd - connections to ADMDs.  Steve H-K. proposed generating a
document that addresses the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected
to the R&D world (or "Internet" to coin a phrase).  The contents of this
document should be something like:

    - ADMDs presently connected to the Internet (or R&D world, same
	thing, as I'm talking about the global Internet).
    - policy restrictions on such connections ie. are they available
	for free & for anyone on the Internet, can R&D people relay via
	a connected ADMD to 3rd party ADMDs , etc.
    - whether the ADMDs are using RFC 1327 gateways & the global
	mapping tables
    - which PRMDs these ADMDs support - ADMD connectivity between
	themselves.  - anything else that fits in to the above context.

Goals are to 
    - stimulate ADMDs to deploy well run ADMD to Internet connections,
	preferably by using R&D operated gateways.
    - document the PRMDs reachable via ADMDs & of course the ADMD's
	connectivity to other ADMDs.

Jim Romaguera (wearing the hat of NetConsult AG, not the Cosine MHS
Project Team) volunteered to write a draft document [action].

[notes in this 5(c)(cont'd) section courtesy of Jim R.]


4.  Document Review - in general, detailed comments are not included
if a new version of the document will be released.

b) "X.400 use of extended character sets"  (Harald Alvestrand).
Discussion.  Harald will update the document and release the updated
version as an Internet draft [action].  The draft will be discussed at
the upcoming RARE Character Set and RARE Messaging meetings.  These
comments will be presented at the next IETF meeting, and the document
will be finalized.

c) "Operational Requirements for X.400 Management Domains in the 
GO-MHS Community" (Hansen/Hagens).  Comments were taken on the
document.  The document will be revised and a new Internet Draft will
be released [action].

There was discussion about what kind of RFC this document should be
released as.  People felt that it should be a requirement that X.400
domains should support the "postmaster" address in the same manner as
RFC822 domains do.  It was proposed that a very short RFC be drafted
which explains the need for supporting "postmaster" addresses.  This
short postmaster RFC will then be advanced in the standards track.
Allan Cargille volunteered to write the RFC [action].  It will use the
recommendations from the recent Cosine MHS Managers meeting as a
starting point.  It was pointed out that to support the introduction of
X.400(88), both S=Postmaster and CN=Postmaster must be supported.

The revised Hansen/Hagens paper cannot be progressed as an RFC until
the Eppenberger routing paper and Cargille Postmaster paper are also
ready to be submitted, because it references those documents.  The
document may also have to be modified based on the group's
recommendations for C=us/ADMD=Internet.

d) "Routing coordination for X.400 MHS services within a multi protocol
/ multi network environment" (Urs Eppenberger).  Changes to this
document were discussed in light of a recent submission by Panos
Tsigaridas, "MHS Information Exchange Format (MHS-IEF).  Panos' paper
recommended using the same basic information and routing algorithm as
the Eppenberger document, but providing a syntax and structure so that
this information could be easily placed into X.500 under well-known
places.  Further information already stored in X.500 could easily be
extracted by tools and translated into the proposed text format.  These
text tables could then by exchanged the "old-fashioned" way (E-mail).

The desire to support X.500 must be weighed against the fact that this
new document format is needed immediately and in fact is already being
introduced in the Cosine MHS Project.  Changing the document format
would introduce delays due to discussion and take longer to become
operational.  It was agreed that Urs, Panos, and Steve H-K. would meet
to see if minimal changes could be made to the Eppenberger document
which would make it easier to store the information in X.500.  Steve
reported that they agreed that Panos would propose a set of detailed
"short term" change requests to Urs's document [action].  A revised
document should be sent out, which should be approved via email and
then submitted as an experimental RFC [action].

e) "Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC987/RFC1148 Address Mapping
Tables and X.400 Routing Informations" (Allocchio, Bonito, &
Giordano).  All three tables will be stored under the domain
".x400.arpa".  Change control will still be centralized -- the tables
will still be collected and managed by the Cosine MHS Project Team.
The use of the DNS tables will be described in a separate document
[action].  Mapping conventions are used to represent the RFC1327 table
entries in a format that is legal for the DNS.  Claudio will produce a
new version of the document, and distribute it to the DNS and x400ops
mailing lists [action].  If consensus is reached, the document will be
submitted as an Experimental RFC.

f) OSI area procedures.  Erik Huizer requested that to progress a
document in the OSI area as an Internet Draft, people should send email
to Dave Piscitello (dave@sabre.bellcore.com), himself
(huizer@surfnet.nl) and CC the IESG Secretary Greg Vaudreuil
(gvaudre@nri.reston.va.us).  [Note - this information should probably
be sent to all the OSI area working groups. [action]]   Erik also
reported the following procedures for IETF OSI working groups
[actions]:

    - he will create a mailing list for these working group chairs
    - he will distribute each message to him from higher IETF people
	to working group chairs (chairpersons)

There was also discussion about what classes of RFCs there are.  RFCs
*not* on the standards track can be classified as "Informational" or
"Experimental".  RFCs on the standards track proceed from "Proposed
Standard" to "Draft Standard" to "Standard".  [Note - is this
documented in an RFC?]   It was also pointed out that RFCs cannot
reference Internet Drafts, but they may reference any class of RFC.


7.  Major Operation Problem - not discussed.


9.  Review of Action Items - deferred to mailing list, due to time.
    See below.


10. Any Other Business, and plan for next meeting - Erik Huizer (OSI
Area Co-Director) proposed to resume the "old" meeting schedule for
the OSI area at the next IETF.  Other than that, the next meeting
schedule not discussed.  Erik will distribute this new schedule
[action].

We decided to have the next x400ops meeting at the next IETF
meeting in Washington DC, U.S.A., during the week Nov. 16-20, 1992.


REVISED SUMMARY OF ACTION ITEMS:

1.  [done] Allan Cargille - distribute draft minutes.

2.  Alf Hansen - revise timetable for documents on new charter by
    discussion on the list.

3.  Tony Genovese - continue to work on a WEP which is accessible over
    public X.25.

4.  [done] Stef (Einar Stefferud) - start discussion on mailing lists about
    U.S.  ADMD naming issues.

5.  [done] Someone - email Stef to start this discussion.

6.  Stef - write an internet draft proposing to create ADMD=Internet.

7.  Jim Romaguera (NetConsult AG) - generate draft document that addresses
    the issue of ADMDs and how they are connected to the R&D world.

8.  Harald Alvestrand - update document on extended character sets and
    release as an Internet Draft.

9.  Alf - update Operational Requirements document and release as an
    Internet Draft.

10.  Allan - write draft document about postmaster addresses
     and release as an Internet Draft.

11.  Panos Tsigaridas - provide a set of detailed "short term" change
     requests to Urs' routing document.

12.  Urs - release revised version of routing coordination document
     (if there are any changes).  Hopefully get consensus on mailing
     list about the document and submit as an RFC.

13.  Claudio Allocchio - produce new version of the X.400 DNS paper and
     distribute it to the x400ops and DNS mailing lists.  If consensus
     is reached, submit document as Experimental RFC.

14.  Claudio - produce new document explaining how the X.400 DNS
     tables should be used and distribute to x400ops list.
    
15.  Erik Huizer - distribute information on the procedure for progressing
     a document in the IETF OSI area to all area mailing lists.

16.  Erik - create a mailing list for IETF OSI area working group chairs.
    
17.  Erik - distribute working group meeting schedule for OSI area for
     next IETF meeting.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03395;
          14 Aug 92 12:05 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03391;
          14 Aug 92 12:05 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11879;
          14 Aug 92 12:05 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <07094-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 14 Aug 1992 11:01:18 +0000
Message-Id: <9208141601.AA15230@cs.wisc.edu>
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 14 Aug 92 11:01:13 -0500
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by chx400.switch.ch 
          id <19427-0@chx400.switch.ch>; Fri, 14 Aug 1992 18:00:33 +0200
Subject: Mail based servers
To: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Date: Fri, 14 Aug 92 18:00:30 MET DST
Cc: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Organisation: COSINE MHS
Address: Limmatquai 138, CH-8001 Zurich, Europe
Phone: +41 1 2623143
Fax: +41 1 2623151
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]
From: Jeroen Houttuin <houttuin@chx400.switch.ch>
Sender: houttuin@chx400.switch.ch


Since this topic seems to get hotter and hotter, I would like
to announce that Allan Cargille and I are writing a document
titled

  Requirements for mail based servers

which we will present at the next IETF meeting in November.
The document deals with requirements and recommendations for
mail based servers in general, including 

  echo servers
  file servers
  address conversion servers
  84 distribution lists 
  etc.

I expect we can mail a first draft to the lists in September.

Regards,
JH
----


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08865;
          24 Aug 92 10:41 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08861;
          24 Aug 92 10:41 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11509;
          24 Aug 92 10:42 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <28489-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 24 Aug 1992 09:41:20 +0000
Received: from synw03.elettra.trieste.it by cs.wisc.edu;
          Mon, 24 Aug 92 09:40:41 -0500
Date: Mon, 24 Aug 1992 16:40:03 +0200 (WET-DST)
From: "Claudio Allocchio, +39 40 3758523" <ALLOCCHIO@elettra.trieste.it>
Message-Id: <920824164003.37e00097@elettra.trieste.it>
Subject: Mail-11 mapping document, revised internet draft.
To: wg-mhs@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
X-Vmsmail-To: SMTP%"wg-mhs@rare.nl",SMTP%"ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu"


Hallo,
here is another action done. As promised at last Boston IETF, I collected
a number of additional comments via e-mail about the mail-11 mapping 
document. These comments have now been included into this revised version
v2.3. They were some clarifying points regarding P1/P2 in O/R addresses
and a larger Appendix about RFC822 / Mail-11 mapping. As I had no other 
comments for quite a long now, I expect this edition to be quite stable,
and to be submitted for experimental RFC processing at next IETF in
November... thus ... "Last orders, please!", ops,... "last comments please!"

Allan, could you also replace the obsolete version in internet-drafts with
this new one? Thanks.

regards
Claudio

------------- cut here ------------------------------------------------------



COSINE S2.2                                  Claudio Allocchio
Draft v2.3                                   I.N.F.N. - Italy
                                             August 22, 1992
                                             Allocchio@elettra-ts.infn.it


Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)


Status of this Memo:

         This  document  describes  a set  of mappings  which will 
enable  inter working  between  systems  operating the CCITT X.400 
(1984/1988)  Recommendations  on  Message  Handling  Systems,  and 
systems running the Mail-11  (also known as DECnet mail) protocol.
The specifications are valid within DECnet Phase IV addressing and
routing scheme. The complete  scenario of X.400 / RFC822 / Mail-11
is also considered,  in order  to cover the possible complex cases 
arising in multiple gateway translations.

This  document  cover mainly  the O/R  address  to DECnet  from/to 
address  mapping  (and vice versa);  other mappings  are  based on 
RFC1327 and its updates.

This document  provides an  experimental standard  definition, and
is expected to be revised after an initial test period.

Distribution is unlimited.





(c) notice:
Mail-11,  DECnet, VMSmail,  VAX/VMS, DEC are trademarks of Digital 
Equipment Corporation; Jnet is a trademark of Joiner Inc.




Chapter 1 - Introduction


1.1.  X.400

         The  standard  referred  shortly  into  this  document as 
"X.400"   relates  to  the  CCITT  1984   and  1988  X.400  Series
Recommendations  covering  the  Message  Oriented Text Interchange 
Service (MOTIS). This document covers the Inter Personal Messaging 
System (IPMS) only.


1.2. Mail-11

         Mail-11, also known  as DECnet mail and often improperly 
referred as  VMSmail, is the proprietary protocol  implemented by 
Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) to establish a real-time text 
messaging system among  systems implementing  the DECnet Phase IV 
networking protocols.


1.3. RFC 822

         RFC 822 was defined as a standard for personal messaging 
systems within the  DARPA Internet and  is now diffused on top of 
many  different message  transfer  protocols,  like  SMTP,  UUCP, 
BITNET,  JNT Grey Book, CSnet.  Its  mapping with  X.400 is fully 
described  in RFC1327.  In this document we  will try to consider 
its relations with Mail-11, too.

 1.4. The user community.

         The community using  X.400 messaging system is currently 
growing in  the whole world, but  there is still a number of very 
large communities using  Mail-11 based  messaging systems willing 
to communicate  easily with X.400 based Message Handling Systems. 
Among  these large DECnet based  networks we can include the High 
Energy Physics network  (HEPnet) and the  Space Physics  Analysis 
Network (SPAN).

         The se DECnet communities  will in  the future  possibly 
migrate to DECnet Phase V (DECnet-OSI) protocols, converting thus 
their messaging  systems to OSI specifications, i.e. merging into 
the X.400 MHS;  however the transition period could be long,  and 
there could always be some DECnet Phase IV communities around.

         For  these  reasons  a  set  of  mapping  rules covering 
conversion  between  Mail-11  and  X.400  is  described  in  this
document.

         This document  also  covers  the case of Mail-11 systems 
implementing  the  "foreign mail protocol"  allowing  Mail-11  to 
interface other mail systems, including RFC 822 based system.





Chapter 2 - Message Elements


2.1. Service Elements

	Mail-11 protocol offers a very restricted set of elements 
composing   a   Inter  Personal  Message   (IPM),  whereas  X.400 
specifications  support  a  complex  and large  amount of service 
elements. Considering the case where a message is relayed between 
two X.400 MHS  via a DECnet network this could result in a nearly 
complete loss of information. To minimise this inconvenience most 
of X.400 service elements will  be mapped into  Mail-11 text body 
parts. To consider also the case when a message originates from a 
network implementing RFC 822 protocols and is relayed via Mail-11 
to and X.400 MHS, the applied mapping from X.400 service elements 
into  Mail-11 text body part the  rules specified in  RFC1327 and 
their updates will be used, producing an RFC822-like header.


2.2. Mail-11 service elements
 
         All  envelope  (P1)  and  header  (P2)  Mail-11  service 
elements  are supported  in  the conversion  to X.400.  Note that 
Mail-11 P1 is solely composed by P1.From and P1.To, and any other 
Mail-11 element belongs to Mail-11 P2:

         - P1.From
                  maps to P1.Originator

         - P1.To
                  maps to P1.Primary Recipient

         - P2.From
                  maps to P2.Originator

         - P2.To
                  maps to P2.Primary Recipient

         - Cc
                  maps to P2.Copy Recipient

         - Date
                  maps to Submission Time Stamp

         - Subj
                  maps to Subject


Any eventual RFC822-like text header in Mail-11 body part will be 
interpreted as specified into RFC1327 and its updates.


2.3. X.400 service elements

         The  following  X.400  service  elements  are  supported 
directly into Mail-11 conversion:

         - P1.Originator
                  maps to P1.'From'

         - P1.Primary Recipients
                  maps to P1.'To'

         - P2.Originator
                  maps to P2.'From'

         - P2.Primary Recipients
                  maps to P2.'To'

         - Copy Recipients
                  maps to 'Cc'

         - Submission Time Stamp
                  maps to 'date'

         - Subject
                  maps to 'Subj'

         The   following  X.400  service   element  is  partially 
supported into Mail-11 conversion:

         - Blind Copy Recipient
                  to ensure  the required privacy, when a message 
                  contains  a BCC address,  the following actions 
                  occurs:
                  - a new message is created, containing the body 
                    parts;
                  - a  new  envelope is added to the new message, 
                    containing   the   originator  and   the  BCC
                    recipient addresses only.
                  - the new message is delivered separately.

         Any  other  X.400  service   element  support   is  done 
accordingly  to  RFC1327 including the  mapped element  into  the 
RFC822-like header into Mail-11 body part.




Chapter 3 - Basic Mappings

         The basic mappings indicated in RFC1327 and its updates 
should be fully used.




Chapter 4 - Addressing


4.1. Mail-11 addressing

         Mail-11  addressing can vary from a very simple case up 
to complex ones,  if there are other Mail-11 to "something-else" 
gateways involved.  In any case a  Mail-11 address  is  an ASCII 
string composed of different elements.


4.2. X.400 addressing

         On the other hand, An X.400 O/R address is a collection 
of attributes,  which can anyway be  presented as an IA5 textual 
representation as defined in chapter 4 of RFC1327.


4.3. Mail-11 address components

         Let  us start defining the  different parts composing a 
Mail-11 address. We can consider any Mail-11 address as composed 
by 3 parts:

         [[route]::] [[node]::] local part

         where  'route' and  'node' are optional and only 'local 
part'  is compulsory.  Here comes  a strict definition  of these 
elements

  node = *(ALPHA/DIGIT) / *DIGIT / *DIGIT "." *DIGIT

  route = *(node "::")

  local part = username / nickname / for-protocol

  username = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  nickname = <printablestring - <" " and HTAB>>

  for-protocol = (f-pref f-sep <">f-address<">)

  f-pref = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  f-sep = "%" / "::"

  f-address = printablestring / rfc822-address / X400-text-address

  X400-text-address = <textual representation of an X.400 O/R addr>

Please note that in x-text-address both the ";" notation and the 
"/"   notation  are  equivalent  and  allowed (see  examples  in 
different sect.)


some examples:

route           node    local part
----------------------------------------------------------
                        USER47
                MYNODE::BETTY
BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
                        IN%"M.T.Rose@Dicdum.cc.edu"
        UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB"
                MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
        CCUBVX::VS3100::Jnet%"IAB3425@IBAX23L"
                        MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
                MAINVX::IN%"path1!path2!user%dom"
                GWX400::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=aaa;PRMD=ppp;S=Lee;"
                GX409A::x400%"/C=xx/A=aaa/P=ppp/S=Lee"




Chapter 5 - Mapping


5.1. Mapping scheme

         DECnet address field is somehow a 'flat land' with some 
obliged  routes  to  reach  some  hidden  areas.  Thus  a  truly 
hierarchical   mapping  scheme using mapping  tables as suitable 
for RFC822 is not the appropriate solution. A fixed set of rules 
using DDAs support is defined in order to define the mapping.

         Another   important   aspect  of  the  problem  is  the 
coexistence of many  disjoint DECnet  networks,  using  the same 
DECnet address space, i.e. 'area' and 'node' numbers. A possible 
case exists  when we have a common  X.400 and/or RFC 822 mailing 
system  acting  as glue to  connect  different isolated  Mail-11 
islands.  Thus, to identify uniquely each DECnet network we must 
also  introduce  the concept of  'DECnet network name', which we 
will refer shortly as 'net' from now onwards. We define as 'net' 
a unique  ASCII  string  identifying  the DECnet  network we are 
connected  to.  To be  more  specific,  the  'net' element  will 
identify the DECnet  community being  served, i.e. it could also 
differ  from  the actual  official  network  name.  Aliases  are 
allowed for the 'net' attribute. Some possible examples are:

       net = 'HEPnet'   the High Energy Physics DECnet Network
       net = 'SPAN'     the Space Physics Analysis Network
       net = 'Enet'     the Digital Equipment Corporate Network

         The need of labelling each DECnet network with its name 
comes also  from the requirement to  implement the 'intelligent' 
gateway,  i.e. the  gateway  which  is  able to  understand  its 
ability  to connect  directly  to  the specified DECnet network, 
even  if the  O/R address specify a path to a different gateway. 
A more detailed discussion of the problem is in 5.3 and 5.5. 

         A  registry of 'net' attributes and their correspondent 
gateways must also be implemented to insure uniqueness of names.
A  simple table coupling 'net'  and the gateway address is used, 
in  a  syntax similar  to  the 'gate'  table used in RFC1327. An 
example:

         HEPnet#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
         SPAN#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
         SPAN#O$ESRIN1.PRMD$esa.ADMD$Master400.C$it#

Ambiguous  left entries  are  allowed.  Gateway  implementations 
could simply choose among one of them, or try them all in cyclic 
order to obtain better performances.

         In  order  to  keep  the  mapping  rules  very  simple, 
avoiding  the need to  analyse Mail-11  addresses to distinguish 
the  'route', 'node' and 'local part',  we will  define only the 
minimum  set  of  DDAs strictly  needed  to  cover  the  mapping 
problem.


5.2. Mail-11 --> X.400

	We define the following Domain Defined Attributes to map 
a Mail-11 address:

         DD.Dnet
         DD.Mail-11

We thus define the mapping rule

         route::node::localpart

maps into 

         C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
         DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

with

         xx  = country code of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         yyy = Admd of the gateway performing the conversion
         zzz = Prmd of the gateway performing the conversion
         ooo = Organisation of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         uuu = Org. Unit(s) of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         net = name of the DECnet network (e.g. HEPnet,          
               SPAN,...)

('zzz', 'ooo', 'uuu'  being  used or  dropped  appropriately  in 
order  to  identify  uniquely within  the X.400 MHS  the gateway 
performing the conversion).

The following defaults also apply:

  if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 originator 
  (From)  then 'node'  defaults  to the  DECnet node name of the 
  gateway (gwnode);

  if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11  recipient 
  (To, Cc) then 'node' defaults to the DECnet node  name  of the
  'From' address.

  if 'DD.Dnet=net'  is  missing,  then  it  defaults  to a value 
  defined locally by the gateway: if the gateway is connected to
  one DECnet network only, then 'net' will be  the  name of this
  unique network; if the gateway is   connected to more than one
  DECnet network, then  the   gateway will  establish  a  'first
  choice' DECnet network,  and 'net' will default to this value.

In  case  'local part'  contains  'x400-text-address'  see  also 
section 6.4.3;

In case 'local part' contains 'rfc822-address' see also  section 
6.4.4.


5.2.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr'
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

 USER47
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::USER47;

 MYNODE::BETTY
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MYNODE::BETTY;

 BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=BOSTON::GOOFY1::MARY34;

 UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34:MYC3::BOB"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::(q)MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB(q)

 MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal;

 MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe(q)

 MAINVX::In%"path1!path2!user%dom"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=MAINVX::In(p)(q)path1(b)path2(b)user(p)dom(q)


5.3. X.400 encoding of Mail-11 --> Mail-11

         In  order  to assure  path  reversibility  in  case  of 
multiple Mail-11/X.400 gateway crossing we must distinguish  two 
cases:

- DD.Dnet=net  is  known  to  the  gateway  as one of the DECnet 
  networks  it is connected to.  In  this case  the  mapping  is
  trivial:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

  (see  sect.  5.2 for explication of 'xx', 'yyy', 'zzz', 'ooo',
  'uuu','net')

maps into

     route::node::localpart

- DD.Dnet=net  is NOT known to the gateway as one of the  DECnet 
  networks it  is  connected to.  In  this case the mapping rule 
  described into section 5.4 apply:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=www; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

maps into

     gwnode::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=yyy;PRMD=www;DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;"


5.3.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay(q)
    MRGATE::"C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay"

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=EASYNET; DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;
    X4TDEC::gw%"C=it;ADMD=garr;DD.Dnet=EASYNET;
    DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;"
 
(in the above example 'EASYNET' is supposed to be not  connected 
to our gateway located on X4TDEC DECnet node).


 5.4. X.400 --> Mail-11

         The  mapping  of an  X.400  O/R address into Mail-11 is 
done encoding  the various attributes into the X400-text-address 
as  defined  in chapter  4 of  RFC1327,  and including  this  as 
'f-address'.  A 'f-pref'  and  a  'f-sep'  are  added completing 
'local part'.  'gwnode'  is  included as the DECnet node name of 
the gateway.

Thus

   x400-text-address

will be encoded like

   gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

having spaces dividing attributes as optional.


5.4.1. Example

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';

Thus

  C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=ucl; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

  X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=ucl/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

or its equivalent with the ";" notation

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=gb;ADMD=Gold 400;PRMD=AC.UK;O=ucl;OU=cs;G=Paul;S=Smith;"


5.5. Mail-11 encoding of X.400 --> X.400

	It  can happened  that Mail-11 is used to relay messages  
between  X.400  systems;  this  will mean multiple X.400/Mail-11 
gateway  crossing   and  we  will  encounter  Mail-11  addresses 
containing embedded X.400 information's. In order to assure path 
reversibility we must then distinguish two cases:

- the  embedded X.400 address  belongs to a  domain whose naming 
  and routing  rules are known  to the global X.400 MHS. In this
  case the mapping is trivial:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     x400-text-address

    'route' and 'gwnode' are  mapped  into X.400  Trace  service
    elements.

- the  encoded x.400 domain does not belong to the global  X.400
  name  space.  In  this  case the  mapping rule  described into 
  section 5.2 apply:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::gwnode::gw(p)(q)x400-text-address(q);

The  latter  case   is deprecated  and  must  be  regarded  as a 
possible temporary solution only, while waiting to include  into 
the global X.400 MHS also this domain.

5.5.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=fr;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ifip;O=poly;S=Moreau;"
    C=fr; ADMD=atlas; PRMD=ifip; O=poly; S=Moreau;

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=zz;ADMD= ;PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;"
    C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
    DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::gw(p)(q)C=zz;ADMD= ; 
    PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;(q)

(in the above example  C=zz is unknown to the global X.400 MHS)




Chapter 6 - Complex mapping


6.1. The protocol triangle

         The  bilateral mappings  described in chapter 5 must be 
extended  in order  to cover also the case in which also RFC 822 
addressing is involved,  and  the following triangular situation 
occurs:

          x.400
           /  \
          /    \
         /      \
    Mail-11----RFC822

 
         The  X.400 - RFC 822  side is fully covered by RFC1327, 
and   the   previous  chapters  in  this   document  cover   the 
Mail-11 - X.400 side. 

         Currently a  number of implementations also perform the 
mapping  along  the  Mail-11 - RFC 822 side.  The most important 
among these de facto  standards  are  discussed  in  Appendix A, 
jointly  with  a Mail-11 - RFC 822  mapping scheme  which covers 
this side of the triangle.

6.2. RFC822 mapped in Mail-11

         The   'rfc822-address'  is  usually  included in 'local 
part'  as  'f-address' using  the  Mail-11 foreign mail protocol 
syntax:

     route::gwnode::gw%"rfc822-address"

an example

     NVXA23::SMTPGW::in%"M.T.Rose@CS.UCLA.edu"


6.3. Mail-11 mapped in RFC822

         There are different styles in mapping a Mail-11 address 
in RFC 822; let's have a short summary.

- Mail-11 address  encoded in  "Left Hand Side" (LHS) of RFC 822 
  address, using "%" syntax or "::" syntax;

     route::node::localpart

  maps to

     localpart%node%route@gw-domains

  or

     "route::node::localpart"@gw-domains

  where  'gw-domains'  identify  uniquely  the  Mail-11 / RFC822
  gateway.

- Mail-11 address maps partly to LHS and partly to 'domain' part 
  of RFC822 address:

     node::localpart

  maps to

     localpart@node.gw-domains

- Mail-11  address  is  completely  hidden  by  a  mapping table 
  or  directory  and the  resultant RFC822  address  contains no 
  trace at all of the original address.

As  you  could notice,  in any of the quoted cases the resultant 
RFC822 address  is  not distinguishable  from  a  genuine RFC822 
address.


6.4. Multiple conversions

         Let  us  now examine  briefly  the possible  situations 
which involve  multiple conversions,  having one  protocol  as a 
relay between the other two.  This summary suggest some possible 
enhanced solutions  to avoid heavy  and unduly mappings, but the 
'step by step' approach,  considering blindly  one conversion as 
disjointed to the other,  as described in the previous sections, 
can always be used.


6.4.1. X.400 --> RFC 822 --> Mail-11

         We apply the RFC1327 rules to the first step, obtaining 
an  RFC 822  address  which  can  be mapped in Mail-11 using the 
'f-address' field, as described in section 6.2.

an example:

  C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and finally becomes

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

where 'SMTPGW'  is  the DECnet node  name of the machine running
the RFC 822 to Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.2. Mail-11 --> RFC 822 --> X.400

         Some  of the  possible mapping described in section 6.3 
apply to the Mail-11 address,  hiding completely its origin. The 
RFC1327 apply on the last step.

an example:

   RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

could map into RFC 822 as

   BETTY%MYNODE@RELAY.dnet.gw1.it

and accordingly to RFC1327

   C=it; A=garr; P=dom1; O=gw1; OU=RELAY; S=BETTY(p)MYNODE;

where  'dnet.gw1.it'  is the domain  of the machine  running the 
Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway.


6.4.3. X.400 --> Mail-11 --> RFC 822

         The  X.400 address  is stored  into Mail-11 'f-address' 
element  as described  in sections 5.3  and 5.4;  then  if  the 
Mail-11  to RFC 822 gateway is able  to understand the presence 
of a  'x400-text-address' into  the  Mail-11  address, then  it 
applies  RFC1327 to  it,  and  encodes  'route'  and  'node' as 
'Received:' elements into RFC 822 message header.  Otherwise it 
applies the rules described in 6.3

an example:

 C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

 X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

If the Mail-11 to RFC822 gateway recognise the x400-text-address, 
then the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

 Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and the following RFC 822 header line is added

 Received: from X4TDEC with DECnet (Mail-11) on xx-xxx-xxxx.

Otherwise one of the dumb rules could produce

 gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"@X4TDEC.domains


6.4.4. RFC 822 --> Mail-11 --> X.400

         The  RFC 822  address  is  encoded in Mail-11 f-address 
element as described in sect. 6.2;  then if the Mail-11 to X.400 
gateway   is   able   to   understand   the   presence   of   an 
'rfc822-address' into  the  Mail-11  address,  then  it  applies 
RFC1327  to  it,  and  encodes  'route'  and  'node'  as 'trace' 
elements of the message header.  Otherwise  it applies the rules 
described in 5.2 and 5.5.

an example:

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

will be encoded like

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

If  the Mail-11  to  X.400 gateway recognise the rfc822-address, 
then the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

and a 'trace' record is added into the X.400 P1 data, stating 
that a node named SMTPGW was crossed.

Otherwise dumb rule produces

   C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
   DD.Mail-11=SMTPGW::In(p)(q)Paul.Smith(a)cs.UCL.AC.UK(q)


6.4.5. RFC 822 --> X.400 --> Mail-11

         We  apply RFC1327 to the first conversion, obtaining an 
X.400 address.  Then the rules described in sections 5.3 and 5.4 
are used to store  the X.400 address as 'x400-text-address' into 
the Mail-11 'local part'.

an example:

 Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

 C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

and finally becomes

 SMTPGW::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

where  'SMTPGW' is  the DECnet node  name of the machine running 
the X.400 to Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.6. Mail-11 --> X.400 --> RFC 822

         The Mail-11 address is encoded as specified in sections 
5.2  and  5.5;  then RFC1327  is used to  convert the address in 
RFC822.

an example:

 RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

maps into X.400 as

 C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY;

and accordingly to RFC1327

 "/C=it/A=garr/DD.Dnet=HEP/DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY"@gw2.it

where  'gw2.it' is the domain of the machine running the RFC1327 
gateway.




Appendix A Mail-11 - RFC 822 mapping

A.1 Introduction

         The  implementation of a  Mail-11 - RFC 822 gateway was 
faced  by  many  software  developers   independently,  and  was 
included  in  many mail  products  which  were running  on  both 
VAX/VMS  and UNIX  systems.  As there  was not a unique standard 
mapping way,  the  implementations  resulted  into a  number  of 
possible  variant methods  to  map  a Mail-11  address  into  an 
RFC 822  one.   Some  of  these  products  became  then  largely 
widespread,  starting  to create  a number  of  de-facto mapping 
methods.

         In  this small appendix some sort of standardisation of 
the mapping problem is considered,  trying to be compatible with 
the existing installed software.  We must also  remind that,  in 
some cases,  only simple Mail-11  addresses could be mapped into 
RFC 822, having complex ones producing all sort of quite strange 
results.

         On the other hand, the mapping of an RFC 822 address in
Mail-11  was   quite  straightforward,  resulting  in  a  common 
definition which  uses "Mail-11 foreign mail protocol" to design 
an RFC 822 address:

     [[node::][node::]...]prot%"rfc-822-address"

or

     [node::][node::]...]::"rfc-822-address"


A.2 De-facto implementations

         A  considerable number  of de-facto  implementations of 
Mail-11 / RFC822   gateways   is  existing.    As  said  in  the 
introduction,  the mapping  of  RFC 822 addresses  in Mail-11 is 
accomplished using  the foreign mail protocol syntax and is thus 
unique.

On the other hand,  Mail-11  addresses  are encoded  in  RFC 822 
syntax in various ways. Here are the most common ones:

         a) "node::user"@gateway-address
         b) user%node@gateway-address
         c) user@node.decnet.domains
         d) user%node.dnet@gateway-address

Let's have a quick look to these different choices.
 
a - This  form simply  encloses  as quoted Left Hand Side string 
the original Mail-11  address into  the  RFC 822 address  of the 
Mail-11 / RFC822  gateway.  This method is fully conformant with 
RFC 822 syntax,  and the Mail-11 address is left untouched; thus 
no encoding rules need to applied to it.

b - As one will immediately notice, this form has nothing in  it 
indicating the address is a Mail-11 one; this makes the encoding 
indistinguishable  from  a  similar  encoding  of  RSCS (BITnet) 
addresses used by some IBM VM Mailer systems.  It should thus be 
deprecated. 

c - In this  case a  sort  of 'reserved word'  (decnet) embedded 
into the  address  itself identifies the  presence  of a Mail-11 
original  address  preceding  it.   The  decoding  is  possible, 
dropping  'domains'  and  extracting  'user' and  'node'  parts. 
However  complex Mail-11  addresses cannot be mapped properly in 
this syntax,  and  there  is  no  specific  rule for  adding the 
'domains' part of the address.

d - In this  case again there is a 'reserved word' (dnet)  which 
make  possible  the   identification  of  the  original  Mail-11 
address;   'gateway-address'   points  to  the  Mail-11 / RFC822 
gateway and  'node' and  'user' information can  be easily drawn 
from the address.  However  complex  Mail-11 addresses cannot be 
embedded easily into this syntax.

A.3 Recommended mappings

         From the  examples  seen in the  previous paragraphs we 
can derive a canonical form for representing the mapping between 
Mail-11 and RFC822. 

A3.1 RFC822 mapped in Mail-11

         The  mapping  of  an  RFC 822  address  in  Mail-11  is 
straightforward,   using   the   "Mail-11 foreign mail protocol" 
syntax. The two possible variants are:

    [[node::][node::]...]prot%"rfc-822-address"

or

    [node::][node::]...]::"rfc-822-address"

A3.2 Mail-11 mapped in RFC822

         RFC822  foresee  a  canonical  form  for   representing 
non-RFC822 addresses:  put  the foreign  address in  local  part 
(Left Hand Side, LHS) is  a  form as similar  as possible to its 
original syntax. Thus the suggested mapping is:

"Mail-11-address"@gateway-address

This  format  assures  also the return  path via the appropriate 
gateway. 

A.4 Conclusions

         A  standard  way  of  mapping  Mail-11  addresses  into 
RFC 822 and vice versa is feasible. A suggestion is thus made to 
unify  all  existing  and future implementations.  It  should be 
noted,  however,  that  there  is  no way  to  specify in  these 
mappings the  name  of  the decnet  community owning the encoded 
address,  as it  was done for X.400,  thus the implementation of 
the 'intelligent' gateway in this case is impossible.

Acknowledgements

         I wish  to  thank all those people which read the first 
draft and contributed a lot with their useful suggestions to the 
revision of this document, in particular RARE WG1 and IETF X.400 
ops group members and S. Hardcastle-Kille.


References

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.430," Message Handling
  Systems: Red Book, October 1984

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.420," Message Handling
  Systems: Blue Book, November 1988

  D.H. Crocker, "Standard of the Format of ARPA Internet Text
  Messages," RFC 822, August 1982.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400 and RFC 822," UK Academic
  Community Report (MG.19) / RFC 987, June 1986.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400(1988) / ISO 10021 and RFC
  822," RFC 1327, March 1992.

  Digital Equipment Corp.;, "VAX/VMS Mail Utility"

  Joiner Associates Inc., "Jnet User's Manual"

  PMDF User's Guide.




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03466;
          25 Aug 92 12:26 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03462;
          25 Aug 92 12:26 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10583;
          25 Aug 92 12:28 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:27:08 +0000
Date: Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:27:08 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..648:25.07.92.16.27.08]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:27:07 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920825112648*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Cc: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <"495 */S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/"@MHS>
References: <495*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Subject: Re: Time zone and daylight saving time in WEP documents

Hi all,

Things have been quiet on this topic for a while, but I have two
contributions.

First, US-DST is from the last Sunday in April until
the last Sunday in October.  I will put that as a comment in my WEP
document until a standard way is determined.

Secondly, if a small number of DST periods are used, perhaps we could
just define them in the community document.  That would be a flexible
way to put necessary information in a known location, without
referencing lots of other documents.

Cheers,

allan

} I had a small discussion about how to indicate the helpdesks operation time
} in the WEP document in a global way.
} At the moment the daylight saving time is not covered.
} I send you my first response to Avgust Jauk who pointed out the problem
} and his answers.
} I'll appreciate also your comments. Maybe this was solved in an very elegant
} way somehwere else and we could copy the solution. (I like to copy solutions
} anyhow.)
} 
} Kind regards,
} 
} Urs.
} 
} ========================================================================
} 
} From:Avgust Jauk <S=jauk;O=ijs;P=ac;A=mail;C=yu>
} To:Urs Eppenberger <S=Eppenberger;O=switch;P=SWITCH;A=ARCOM;C=CH>
} Subject:Time zone
} 
} Dear Urs,
} 
} > It is also true that we are now UTC+2 due to daylight saving time. To make
} > it really correct, I would neet to have two lines, indicating also the
} > dates when daylight saving time starts and ends. This can be totally different
} > if we want also to consider WEPs in Australia.
} > 
} > The easiest solution is to enter the time without considering the daylight
} > saving times. This gives us a one hour uncertainity. But we are anyhow
} > longer in our bureaus than what we indicate in the WEP docs.
} > 
} > Do you think this sounds reasonable? Please let me know.
} 
} This could be a solution, but I would preffer having accurate information
} in the documents. 
} 
} This can be solved, as you stated, with indication of starting and ending 
} dates of the daylight saving time, or by introduction of special kodes for 
} different daylight saving times. I believe there are not so many different
} daylight saving times (at least in Europe there is only one - or two,
} if UK has its own). In this case, we could have something like
} 
}       GMT+1; European-DST
} 
} Where one should be able to look into some table (rfc?) to find what does 
} European-DST stand for.
} 
} As the second approach request a lot of additional work, I would vote
} for the firt one.
} 
} 
} Best regards,
} 
}   Avgust


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04122;
          25 Aug 92 13:33 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04118;
          25 Aug 92 13:33 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12141;
          25 Aug 92 13:35 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:43:26 +0000
Date: Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:43:26 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..704:25.07.92.16.43.26]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 11:43:25 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920825114310*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: Urs Eppenberger <Eppenberger@switch.ch>
Cc: rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch, 
    "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <"459 */S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/"@MHS>
References: <459*/S=Eppenberger/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Subject: Re: MACRO usage in the WEP documents

Hi all,

Late comments on this as well.

After producing the XNREN Wep and Domain documents, I had several
thoughts.  One goal of the new format of the documents was to produce
documents which people could read and which were easy to parse
automatically.

I think that we have failed somewhat in one respect - to make it easy
for people to read the documents.  I think that the documents should
make sense for someone who has not studied the routing document.  I
think we could make the document format easier for people to read
without making it much more difficult to parse.  Here are my specific
comments:

1)  The "C:" and "R:" lines are incomprehensible to people.  The
    keywords do not mean anything, and the format is alien.  I would
    like to see us use meaningful keywords.  The obstacle to using
    meaningful keywords was that the connection strings are so long.
    That could be fixed by using macros as discussed in Urs' message
    below.  I would like to see us define a set of macros in the
    current document, and allow new macros to be defined in the
    community document.  That has several advantages:  (a) we do not
    create too many documents, (b) we can define the macros we need
    right now, (c) new macros may be defined in the future as
    needed, and (d) the community document is fairly static, so putting
    new definitions there would not be a big burden on automatic
    tools.

2)  I feel that the handling of whitespace is too limited in the
    current document.  I would like to be able to make my document
    look nicer by aligning fields.  Basically I think that anywhere
    that a space is allowed, one or more spaces should be allowed.
    One place I would like to do that is in the WEP document, to line
    things up like

	Name:     Allan Cargille
	Address:  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren;O=uw-madison;OU=cs;S=Cargille
	RFC822:   cargille@cs.wisc.edu
	Phone:    +1 608 262-5084 ; +1 608 262-5776 ; +1 608 238-9319
	#                ^^my office       ^^secretary       ^^home
	FAX:      +1 608 262-9777
	Mail:     Computer Sciences Dept. / UW-Madison / 1210 W. Dayton St. / 
		  Madison, WI 53706 / USA
	#         Slashes in address above indicate a new line.

    I initially submitted my document this way and it did not conform
    to the syntax checker!  I looked at the 3 March 1992 draft and it
    specifies only one blank after the keyword.

Any thoughts on these ideas?

Cheers,

allan

} From: "Urs Eppenberger" <c=CH/admd=ARCOM/prmd=SWITCH/o=switch/pn=Eppenberger> 
} 
} Dear colleagues,
} 
} I'm extending the routing document with the few additional comments I gor
} since the last IETF meeting in San Diego.
} -> support for a local domain always routed through the WEP
}    (for echo, nosuchuser and routing tests)
} -> Add a hook in the community documents for flexible extensions of the
}    WEP and DOMAIN documents.
} -> Add support for MACROS for the connection information
} 
} The first item was already well received and it's very easy.
} 
} The second one looks nice. It will complicate heavily the generation of
} checking tools. Is it worth the effort or are we satisfied with the
} functionality provided in the current specifiaction?
} 
} The third one has a minimum and a more flexible solution.
} HTA proposed to define a limited set of macros in the routing document.
} SHK proposed to distribute macro definitions in a separate file.
} Any comments to the two proposals?
} 
} Many thanks for your help.
} 
} Kind regards,
} 
} Urs.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04135;
          25 Aug 92 13:34 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04131;
          25 Aug 92 13:34 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12161;
          25 Aug 92 13:36 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 12:13:34 +0000
Date: Tue, 25 Aug 1992 12:13:34 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..810:25.07.92.17.13.34]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 25 Aug 1992 12:13:33 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920825121322*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: x400ops Participants, Boston IETF meeting

Hi, in case anyone is interested, here is the list of participants
that Alf received from Megan.

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

"Ed Albrigo"                  <ealbrigo@cos.com>
"Claudio Allocchio"           <c.allocchio@elettra.trieste.it>
"Harald Alvestrand"           <Harald.Alvestrand@delab.sintef.no>
"C. Allan Cargille"           <cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
"Chris Chiotasso"             <chris@artel.com>
"Cyrus Chow"                  <cchow@orion.arc.nasa.gov>
"Alan Clegg"                  <abc@concert.net>
"Curtis Cox"                  <ccox@wnyose.nctsw.navy.mil>
"Richard desJardins"          <desjardi@boa.gsfc.nasa.gov>
"Tom Easterday"               <tom@cic.net>
"Urs Eppenberger"             <eppenberger@switch.ch>
"Tom Farinelli"               <tcf@tyco.ncsc.mil>
"Osten Franberg"              <euaokf@eua.ericsson.se>
"Jisoo Geiter"                <geiter@gateway.mitre.org>
"Tony Genovese"               <genovese@nersc.gov>
"Arlene Getchell"             <getchell@nersc.gov>
"Alf Hansen"                  <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
"Steve Hardcastle-Kille"      <s.kille@isode.com>
"Erik Huizer"                 <huizer@surfnet.nl>
"Takashi Ikemoto"             <tikemoto@xerox.com>
"Kevin Jordan"                <kej@udev.cdc.com>
"Mark Knopper"                <mak@merit.edu>
"Jim Romaguera"               <romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
"Einar Stefferud"             <stef@nma.com>
"Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas"    <tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
"Linda Winkler"               <lwinkler@anl.gov>
"Steven Winnett"              <swinnett@bbn.com>
"Russ Wright"                 <wright@lbl.gov>


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08564;
          26 Aug 92 17:51 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08560;
          26 Aug 92 17:51 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20684;
          26 Aug 92 17:53 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 26 Aug 1992 16:08:57 +0000
Date: Wed, 26 Aug 1992 16:08:57 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..040:26.07.92.21.08.57]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 26 Aug 1992 16:08:56 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920826160842*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name

Hello all,

I received this from the MHS MD Subcommittee mailing list, and thought
it of sufficient importance to forward it to the ops list.  It was
originated by epg@gateway.mitre.org (Ella P. Gardner).

======================================================================

Folks:

The time has come for us to agree on what will be placed in the ADMD
field in O/R addresses when the specific ADMD is not identified.  At the
New York meeting, the group present voted to use the single space.  At the
teleconference on August 14, some participants objected and suggested that
"US" be used instead.  We decided that the position in favor of each
would be circulated to the list.  Then we will have a teleconference on
August 31 to discuss it and make a DECISION.  At the teleconference, we
will also discuss any other things in the behavioral document that need
discussion.  Please send any editorial comments directly to Dave Foster.
If it seems reasonable, he will circulate a revised copy of the
document to the editing group before the teleconference.

The number for the teleconference on August 31 is:

1-800-857-9775, with a password of MHSMD
It's scheduled to start at 1:15 e.d.t.!!

Let's use the mailing list to discuss the issues before the 31st, so that
we can make best use of the time at the teleconference.  If you cannot
attend the teleconference but want to express your opinion, send me an
e-mail saying whether you favor "US", "single space", or are indifferent.

The next meeting (joint with USA RAC) will be at the Department of State
on 30 September-October 1 in room 6320.  We have the room for October 2
if we need it.  The December meeting will be hosted by IBM at Tampa,
Florida on 9-11 December.  Dave has arranged the facilities at the
Executive Briefing center.  The address is 3405 W Dr. M L King Blvd,
Tampa, Florida. It is the "Pavilion" building. The location is about
10-15 minutes drive from Tampa International airport.  I've asked Dave to
suggest some hotels.

A solicitation for a registration agent for mhs-md names will be
published in the Federal Register and Standards Action in September. We
are asking for letters of intent by September 25 and final proposals by
December 1.  At our December meeting, which Gary is designating a Study
Group D meeting, (will also be joint with ANSI RAC) I hope we will be
able to wrap up our three documents and make a recommendation for the
registrar of mhs-md names.

We plan to present the documents at the OIW dinner meeting in September
and to Study Group D on October 13. 
 
At the September-October meeting, I hope that Cherry will have a list of
the issues that must be decided before the procedures for organization
name under the joint arc can be written.

Ella
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
The case for ADMD=US written by Rob Stotz
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Proposal for the ADMD name for
                the U.S. backbone ADMD Service
                          Rob Stotz
                           8/15/92


Issue:  Selection of a name for the X.400 backbone ADMD
        service for the United States to be used in the ADMD
        field of O/R addresses.

Proposal:  Use ADMD = US.

Rationale:

    1.  It is a generic name.  The same approach can be
        taken by any country wishing to offer a backbone ADMD
        service (use their country name as the ADMD name for
        the backbone ADMD).  For Numeric only terminals the
        numeric ID for the country can be used.

    2.  It is unique for the country.  It can be reserved so
        no other ADMD can claim it.

    3.  It is reasonably intuitive.  It has meaning for a
        National backbone to carry the country name.

    4.  It is easily understood on a business card, on a
        user's screen, or in a document such as this.

    5.  The name can be handled by existing X.400 systems
        without software change.

Rationale against using "single space"

    1.  It is not at all intuitive.

    2.  It is a poor human engineering choice.  It is
        difficult to express and understand on a business
        card, on a user screen or in a document.

    3.  It can not be handled by many (probably most)
        existing implementations of X.400 (see Appendix
        below).

    4.  Because many existing implementations of X.400 will
        have to change, it will be very costly for domains
        to get into a position to implement (Public) or
        utilize (Private) the backbone service.

    5.  Because of the changes required and the cost of those
        changes, it will take a long time before domains are
        in a position to implement or utilize the backbone
        service, i.e. the backbone service will be delayed.

Summary

Using the country ID for the ADMD name of the backbone
service (e.g. ADMD = US) is generic, intuitive, meaningful,
and can be used by existing X.400 services today.  Using
"single space" (e.g. ADMD =  ) is not intuitive, has no
natural meaning, and can not be used by the majority of
existing X.400 systems in the field today.  The main argument
for using "single space" is that it is "reserved" in 1988
X.400 for use for national backbones.  The fact that it is
reserved does not mandate its use for national backbones.  It
simply means "single space" can not be used for anything
else in an ADMD field.

Because existing X.400 systems will have to be changed to use
the "single space" convention, an X.400 national backbone
will be significantly delayed in coming into being and will
be less effective when (and if) it does.

*new page*

                           Appendix

       Implementation considerations of "single space"

Most 1984 implementations of X.400 are not designed to handle
a "single space" for an ADMD name because it was not a
requirement and because to be able to handle it requires
special design consideration.

User Agents often present the user with an O/R address
template with a series of labels (e.g. ADMD =), each followed
by a string of spaces for the user to fill in.  If the field
is left with spaces, it is assumed not to be a part of this
address or, if mandatory, the user is prompted that this is
not a legal O/R address and to please fill in the missing
field.  This logic would have to be amended and a special
case made for the ADMD field.

MTA's routing algorithms are required to delete leading and
trailing spaces in O/R address attribute fields for incoming
messages.  Unless special logic is implemented for the ADMD
field, this would reduce a "single space" ADMD field to null
which would produce the wrong results when compared with
entries in the routing table.

A Private domain which has a mix of vendor X.400 products
will be very unlikely to subscribe to a National backbone
service if it contains X.400 systems which can not produce a
proper backbone O/R address.  As a result they can be
expected to delay such subscription until all of their
internal systems have been modified.  Since they typically
must wait for all their vendors to make the change, the delay
is liable to be substantial.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
The case for ADMD=single space written by Cris Constantinof
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
The Use of Single Space as US National ADMD Identifier
------------------------------------------------------

The Behavior Guidelines for Participation within the US National
X.400 MTS define the US National ADMD Identifier service and
identify the single space (" ") as a possible value for the US
national ADMD identifier. The following text describes the
rationale behind the choice and provides solutions to issues
related to this value.


1) RATIONALE

The value comprising a single space (" ") has been reserved in
the messaging standards (IS 10021-2 and X.402) to designate any
(i.e. all) ADMDs within a country, if permitted by the country
denoted by the country-name attribute. This value has the
following characteristics:

1) It is language independent.

2) It is the shortest possible value since the ADMD component may
not be null.

3) It is part of both PrintableString and NumericString character
sets and, therefore, can be used in both mnemonic and numeric O/R
address forms.

4) As opposed to digits, which are also present in both
PrintableString and NumericString character sets, it is unique in
its "class" (i.e. there is only ONE space but TEN digits).

5) The fact that no meaning is generally associated with the
space ensures that no service provider would claim the right to
use this name for itself.

6) Its use can simplify the O/R address representation by allowing the
omission of the ADMD field in print and mail system user interfaces. (See
following section)


2) USER INTERFACE RECOMMENDATIONS

The standards reserve the single space value for use as part of
the messaging protocols, from sender, through the MTS to the
receiver, but do not mandate any specific implementation at the
user-interface level. Annex F (informative) to IS 10021-2 and
Annex D to Recommendation F.401 focus on the issue of O/R address
representation for human usage and make the following references
to the single space value:

1) Section F.3.1 General: "Where national usage permits a single
space value for the ADMD in an address, this may be represented
in the address by omitting the ADMD attribute, or showing the
ADMD attribute with no value or the value of a space."

2) Section F.4 User Interface: "Where the country specified in an
O/R address permits a single space value for the ADMD in an
address, this should be taken as the value if the user omits the
ADMD attribute, or omits the value for the ADMD attribute."


3) ISSUES

a) "Single space is both a leading and a trailing space and,
therefore, according to the standards, should be ignored or
deleted."

- Recommendation F.401 states in the section regarding Specific
rules for use of O/R names (5.3): "Management domains will not
allow O/R names, that differ only by the number of "space"
characters, either at the beginning or the end of any of their
attributes, to identify different users. Additionally, MDs will
not consider an O/R address attribute to identify different users
when the attribute contains more than one word separated by one
or more "space" characters." The single space value for ADMD name
consists of a single character and, therefore, will not lead to
the identification of different users. Additionally, the above
rules state that any value consisting solely of "space"
characters is equivalent to the single space value.


b) "The use of the single space value creates routing problems."

- The ADMD name consisting of a single space has to be stored in
the routing tables as any other name consisting of one or several
characters. The complexity in routing derives from the service
requirements, i.e. routing based on the PRMD name value and not
from the syntax of the ADMD name.


c) "The use of the single space value makes account settlement
impossible."

- Account settlement can be done on the basis of the message
trace-information. The message Trace-information comprises a
trace-information-element for the originating MD and each other
management domain encountered by the message. Each trace-
information-element includes the global-domain-identifier of the
MD supplying the trace-information-element. Therefore any ADMD
can identify if the previous MD that handled the message was a
PRMD directly connected to it, or another ADMD with which it has
bilateral agreements. The increased complexity in settlement is
intrinsic to the provision of the US National ADMD Identifier
service and does not depend on the actual value of the
identifier.


d) "The use of single space leads to confusion in the visual
representation of the O/R address"

- The use of the single space value actually simplifies the
representation of the O/R address since, as it has been shown, it
allows the omission of the ADMD field, both in print and in user
interfaces to mail systems.


e) "The single space value may not be accepted in every country."

- This is true, but the statement refers to addresses within that
country. No foreign country can impose restrictions on how O/R
addresses are structured in the US, or refuse to accept messages
coming from the US if the originating address contains the single
space as value for the ADMD component. The standard gives the
right to decide on the single space ADMD name only to "the
country denoted by the country-name attribute".

f) "The use of single space is not compatible with X.400 (1984)"

- X.400 (1984) specifies that the ADMD name should be composed of
characters from the PrintableString or NumericString character
set but does not make any other restrictions.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00414;
          27 Aug 92 2:49 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00410;
          27 Aug 92 2:49 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00650;
          27 Aug 92 2:51 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <06706-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 27 Aug 1992 01:49:31 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 27 Aug 92 01:49:24 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ac20381; 26 Aug 92 23:42 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa18711; 26 Aug 92 23:14 PDT
To: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 26 Aug 1992 16:08:57 -0000. <920826160842*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
Reply-To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Wed, 26 Aug 1992 23:14:15 -0700
Message-Id: <18709.714896055@nma.com>
Sender: stef@nma.com

Hello Allan -- I don't think that Ella intended for everyone in the
world to be invited to join the telconference;-).

Did you Ella?...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01408;
          27 Aug 92 8:36 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01404;
          27 Aug 92 8:36 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05405;
          27 Aug 92 8:38 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <07810-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 27 Aug 1992 07:36:21 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 27 Aug 92 07:36:16 -0500
Return-Path: <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Received: from cutter.mitre.org by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) id AA28065;
          Thu, 27 Aug 92 08:36:10 -0400
Date: Thu, 27 Aug 92 08:36:10 -0400
From: "Ella P. Gardner" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Message-Id: <9208271236.AA28065@gateway.mitre.org>
To: Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name
Cc: epg@gateway.mitre.org

Goodness!  Sounds like chaos!  Our teleconferences this summer have been for
the editing group of the behavioral guidelines for MDs in the US.  This time
we wanted to open it to anyone in the MHS MD Subcommittee who wanted to 
discuss the "single-space" issue.  Once the MHS MD Subcommittee has completed
the guidelines to its satisfaction, we'll circulate them to this list and the
OIW list and anyone else who is interested for comments.  We'll be aligning
the registration procedures to the guidelines.  We appreciated the feedback
we got on those, and I have tried to clarify them accordingly.

If you have comments on the "single-space" issue, how about circulating them
by e-mail before the teleconference?

Izhak Ronen of AT&T has drafted a "top-level" document for the joint-iso-ccitt
arc, which will probably be ready to circulate in September.  Cherry Tom of
AT&Tis drafting revisions which will be needed to the procedures for 
registering organization names under the joint arc.  These will be discussed at the next meeting of the USA RAC and MHS MD Subcommittee.

Ella Gardner
MITRE

>From cargille@cs.wisc.edu Thu Aug 27 02:58:28 1992
>Return-Path: <cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
>Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2)
>	id AA26628; Thu, 27 Aug 92 02:58:22 -0400
>Organization: The MITRE Corp.
>Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
>          id <06706-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 27 Aug 1992 01:49:31 +0000
>Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 27 Aug 92 01:49:24 -0500
>Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ac20381; 26 Aug 92 23:42 PDT
>Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa18711; 26 Aug 92 23:14 PDT
>To: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
>Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
>Subject: Re: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name
>In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 26 Aug 1992 16:08:57 -0000. <920826160842*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
>Reply-To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
>From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
>Date: Wed, 26 Aug 1992 23:14:15 -0700
>Message-Id: <18709.714896055@nma.com>
>Sender: stef@nma.com
>Status: R
>
>Hello Allan -- I don't think that Ella intended for everyone in the
>world to be invited to join the telconference;-).
>
>Did you Ella?...\Stef
>




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07184;
          28 Aug 92 18:26 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07180;
          28 Aug 92 18:26 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18653;
          28 Aug 92 18:28 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 28 Aug 1992 16:34:51 +0000
Date: Fri, 28 Aug 1992 16:34:51 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..822:28.07.92.21.34.51]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 28 Aug 1992 16:34:49 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920828163428*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: " (Ella P. Gardner)" <epg@gateway.mitre.org>
Cc: "Allan C." <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <9208271236.AA28065@gateway.mitre.org >
References: <9208271236.AA28065@gateway.mitre.org>
Subject: Re: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name

Hello Ella and others,

My apologies that I broadcasted the conference call too widely.  I
should have edited out the telephone number and password and referred
interested parties to Ella.

One reason that I circulated the message so widely was that it talked
about making a "final decision".  I was concerned that the decision
might be written in stone after the call.  Ella's message below
indicates that the decision will still be circulated for comments.  I
also thought that people would be interested in the technical
arguments presented in the message; I hadn't seen such summaries
before.

Cheers,

allan

} From: "Ella P. Gardner" <c=us/prmd=Internet/RFC-822=epg(a)gateway.mitre.org> 
} 
} Goodness!  Sounds like chaos!  Our teleconferences this summer have been for
} the editing group of the behavioral guidelines for MDs in the US.  This time
} we wanted to open it to anyone in the MHS MD Subcommittee who wanted to 
} discuss the "single-space" issue.  Once the MHS MD Subcommittee has completed
} the guidelines to its satisfaction, we'll circulate them to this list and the
} OIW list and anyone else who is interested for comments.  We'll be aligning
} the registration procedures to the guidelines.  We appreciated the feedback
} we got on those, and I have tried to clarify them accordingly.
} 
} If you have comments on the "single-space" issue, how about circulating them
} by e-mail before the teleconference?
} 
} Izhak Ronen of AT&T has drafted a "top-level" document for the joint-iso-ccitt
} arc, which will probably be ready to circulate in September.  Cherry Tom of
} AT&Tis drafting revisions which will be needed to the procedures for 
} registering organization names under the joint arc.  These will be discussed at the next meeting of the USA RAC and MHS MD Subcommittee.
} 
} Ella Gardner
} MITRE
} 
} >From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
} >
} >Hello Allan -- I don't think that Ella intended for everyone in the
} >world to be invited to join the telconference;-).
} >
} >Did you Ella?...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07396;
          28 Aug 92 19:53 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07392;
          28 Aug 92 19:53 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20020;
          28 Aug 92 19:55 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 28 Aug 1992 17:16:43 +0000
Date: Fri, 28 Aug 1992 17:16:43 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..012:28.07.92.22.16.43]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 28 Aug 1992 17:16:42 
                      +0000;
From: Allan Cargille <Allan.Cargille@cs.wisc.edu>
Message-ID: <920828171627*/G=Allan/S=Cargille/OU=cs/O=uw-madison/PRMD=xnren/C=us/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: (resend) Re: decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name

Hi, apologies if you got two copies of this.  Ella sent me mail that she
had received a DR for this message, so she wasn't sure it was sent to
the whole list or not.

Cheers,

allan

======================================================================

Date: Thu, 27 Aug 92 08:36:10 -0400
From: epg@gateway.mitre.org (Ella P. Gardner)
Subject: Re: (fwd) decision on U.S. ADMD backbone name

Goodness!  Sounds like chaos!  Our teleconferences this summer have been for
the editing group of the behavioral guidelines for MDs in the US.  This time
we wanted to open it to anyone in the MHS MD Subcommittee who wanted to 
discuss the "single-space" issue.  Once the MHS MD Subcommittee has completed
the guidelines to its satisfaction, we'll circulate them to this list and the
OIW list and anyone else who is interested for comments.  We'll be aligning
the registration procedures to the guidelines.  We appreciated the feedback
we got on those, and I have tried to clarify them accordingly.

If you have comments on the "single-space" issue, how about circulating them
by e-mail before the teleconference?

Izhak Ronen of AT&T has drafted a "top-level" document for the joint-iso-ccitt
arc, which will probably be ready to circulate in September.  Cherry Tom of
AT&Tis drafting revisions which will be needed to the procedures for 
registering organization names under the joint arc.  These will be discussed at 
the next meeting of the USA RAC and MHS MD Subcommittee.

Ella Gardner
MITRE

>From Stef:
>
>Hello Allan -- I don't think that Ella intended for everyone in the
>world to be invited to join the telconference;-).
>
>Did you Ella?...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01124;
          3 Sep 92 6:59 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01120;
          3 Sep 92 6:59 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03701;
          3 Sep 92 7:02 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 05:09:20 +0000
Date: Thu, 3 Sep 1992 05:09:20 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..916:03.08.92.10.09.20]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 05:09:20 
                      +0000;
From: Panos-Gavriil Tsigaridas <Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de>
Message-ID: <321*/S=Tsigaridas/OU=fokus/OU=berlin/PRMD=gmd/ADMD=dbp/C=de/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Comments for x400Ops-mhs-service
Importance: High


Hi Folks,

Here are the comments and the contributions from DFN and GMD-FOKUS for 
Urs document "draft-ietf-x400ops-mhs-service-00.txt". 
We composed the following text under the consideration, that people
needing to map the information onto directory, must have the possibilty to 
do this. Therefore we are recommending, that "DirectoryName" syntax should 
be used for naming objects (MTAS, Persons, Domains, etc.) alternatively to 
other syntaxes. People likes to map the information in a easy way onto DS 
have to use the "DistinguishedName" syntax.

item: 1
page: [5]
add the following text to the basic definitions.

<DirectoryName> ::= "String Representation of Distinguished Names>

This syntax is recommended to be used for names within a document 
for purpose to progress the migration of future applications to a 
full X.500 based approach. In order to map ojects, listed within a document, 
onto directory the following rule must be applied.   

"Whenever and whereever a name of an object is used it must	  
be a DN ("String representation of a Distinguished Names")"  
 
The "String Representation Distinguished Names" syntax supports a human 
readable representation of X.500 names, which can be mapped always in an 
easy way onto the directory. 
The future developements need to progress the migration to full X.500 besed 
approach. Administrators will use tools to query information from the 
X.500 Directory. Further, administrators will use tools to insert and update 
information directly in the X.500 Directory. These tools will use the same
information scheme (WEPs (MTAs), domain and administrator objects) and the 
same information attributes types as the textual notation.
The use of simple strings for naming the objects will lead to a amount of 
information, that can't be mapped always onto the directory. 

item: 2 
page [5] 
add the following line to the syntax notation

(.....) Brackets are used to group multiple symbols

item: 3
page [5]
replace 
<Community-Identifier> ::= "Community: " 'community name' 'CR'
with
<Community-Identifier> ::= "Community: " ( 'community name' | <DirectoryName> ) 'CR'

item: 4
page: [4]
replace
<UniqueMTAkey> ::="C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
		  [";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' ] \
		  [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
		 ";MTAname=" 'MTAname'

with
<UniqueMTAkey> ::=( "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
		  [";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' ] \
		  [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
		 ";MTAname=" 'MTAname' )
                  | <DirectoryName>

item: 5 
page [7>
replace
<FTAM-server> ::= "FTAM-server: " 'P-address' ";" \
		  <account-name> [";" 'password'] 'CR'
with
<FTAM-server> ::= "FTAM-server: " ( 'P-address' | <DirectoryName> )  ";" \
		  <account-name> [";" 'password'] 'CR'

#Using <DirectoryName> syntax implies that the FTAM service already is registered 
#into directory.

item: 6
page [9]
replace
<connection-info> ::=   <password> \
			{<called-connection> <calling-connection>} \
			[<system>]
with
<connection-info> ::=   <password> \
                        <RTS> \
			{<called-connection> <calling-connection>} \
			[<system>]
<RTS> ::=               <dialogue mode> \
                        [<checkpoint size> <window size>]
<dialogue mode> ::=     "RTS-dm: " <mode> ";" \
<mode> ::=              "TWA" | "M"

# "TWA" means: two way alternate. "M" means: monolog.
<checkpoint size> ::=   "RTS-chs: " 'number 0 .. infinite' ";"
<window size> ::=       "RTS-ws: " 'number 0 ..    ?    '

item: 7
page [10] 
replace
<Name>  ::=           "Name: " 'name of person' 'CR'
with
<Name>  ::=           "Name: " ( 'name of person' | <DirectoryName> ) 'CR'
    
item: 8
page 10
replace
<MHS-subtree> ::= "Domain: " \
		  "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
		  ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
		  [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
		  [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                  [ { ";OU=" 'OrganizationalUnit-name' } ] 'CR'

with
<MHS-subtree> ::= "Domain: " \
		  (( "C=" 'Two Character Country Code ISO-3166' \
		  ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
		  [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
		  [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                  [ { ";OU=" 'OrganizationalUnit-name' } ])  
                  | <DirectoryName> ) 'CR"





---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Panos Tsigaridas     phone : +49 30 25499-232                                  | 
                      Fax   : +49 30 25499-202                                  |
 GMD FOKUS            X.400 : <S=Tsigaridas;OU=fokus;OU=berlin;P=gmd;A=dbp;C=de>| 
 Hardenbergpaltz 2    X.500 : @c=de@o=GMD@ou=Fokus@cn=Panos Tsigaridas          |
 W-Berlin 12          RFC822: Tsigaridas@fokus.berlin.gmd.dbp.de                |
                                                                                |
 Germany                                                                        |
 United States of Europe                                                        |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09302;
          3 Sep 92 17:56 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09298;
          3 Sep 92 17:56 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19657;
          3 Sep 92 17:59 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15694-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 16:57:20 +0000
Received: from relay2.UU.NET by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 3 Sep 92 16:54:05 -0500
Received: from uunet.uu.net (via LOCALHOST.UU.NET) by relay2.UU.NET 
          with SMTP (5.61/UUNET-internet-primary) id AA13351;
          Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:54:09 -0400
Received: from netwrx1.UUCP by uunet.uu.net with UUCP/RMAIL (queueing-rmail) 
          id 175211.4165; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 17:52:11 EDT
Subject: FTP-FTAM Gateway: Draft Internet Standard
To: IETF <ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Robert Cooney <cooney@wnyose.nctsw.navy.mil>
Date: Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:26:21 EDT
From: Joshua L Mindel <mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com>
Cc: hagens@cs.wisc.edu
Fax: : (703) 648-0016
Location: Washington, D.C. Metro Area
Message-Id: <9209031726.aa00709@netwrx1.NW1.COM>

I have updated the Draft Internet Standard:  FTP-FTAM Gateway Specification
that was presented to the IETF Review Board in July 1991.  I will send you the
following two parts momentarily:

	1) README that enumerates notable modifications
	2) Draft Internet Standard:  FTP-FTAM Gateway Specification

			-Josh
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joshua L Mindel, Senior Analyst		Internet:  mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com
Open Networks, Inc.			Phone:     (703) 648-0013


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09584;
          3 Sep 92 18:10 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09580;
          3 Sep 92 18:10 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20007;
          3 Sep 92 18:12 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15696-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 16:58:18 +0000
Received: from relay1.UU.NET by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 3 Sep 92 16:55:05 -0500
Received: from uunet.uu.net (via LOCALHOST.UU.NET) by relay1.UU.NET 
          with SMTP (5.61/UUNET-internet-primary) id AA06910;
          Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:55:02 -0400
Received: from netwrx1.UUCP by uunet.uu.net with UUCP/RMAIL (queueing-rmail) 
          id 175214.4200; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 17:52:14 EDT
Subject: README for FTP-FTAM Gateway Spec
To: IETF <ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Robert Cooney <cooney@wnyose.nctsw.navy.mil>, 
    Rob Hagens <hagens@cs.wisc.edu>
Date: Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:28:40 EDT
From: Joshua L Mindel <mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com>
Fax: : (703) 648-0016
Location: Washington, D.C. Metro Area
Message-Id: <9209031728.aa00735@netwrx1.NW1.COM>

(s10h(s12V


     README.GW     README.GW     README.GW

     Substantial modifications have been made to the Draft Internet
     Standard:  FTP-FTAM Gateway Specification since it was last released
     for public review in June 1991.  Notable changes made to the document
     include:

       Updated protocol mappings, based on critique of previous drafts and
       authors' review.

       Added section on supported document types.

       Added section on state variables and transitions.

       Stated assumption of POSIX file naming and file organization.

       Changed terminology referring to halves of the gateway; "FTP-to-
       FTAM" changed to "Server-Initiator gateway service", and "FTAM-to-
       FTP" changed "Responder-Client gateway service".  Server-Initiator
       is abbreviated to "SI", and Responder-Client is abbreviated to "RC".
       The old naming convention inadvertently implied one-way file
       transfers, when in fact it was intended to identify the origination
       source of the file transfer control connection.

       Incorporated use of User Friendly Names (UFN) as alternative to user
       specification of Distinguished Names; based on 1990 paper by Steve
       Kille [Kille90].

       Improved consistency of terminology and notation.

       Removed discussion of Batch FTP.

       Replaced all "if necessary/as appropriate" statements with specific
       comments.

       Clarified pathname assumptions in Notes section of mappings; where
       <pathname> is

       -  a directory specification, assume it's absolute
       -  a filename specification, assume it's relative to the predefined
          CWD
       -  either a directory or filename specification, assume it's
          relative to the predefined CWD

       Added commentary on interim status of NBS-9.

       Modified example of FTP user interaction to reflect use of UFN and
       site command, as per Marshall Rose's comments.

       Updated References section.

       Modified error mappings (e.g. 550).


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09600;
          3 Sep 92 18:15 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09594;
          3 Sep 92 18:15 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20119;
          3 Sep 92 18:17 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15698-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 16:58:24 +0000
Received: from relay1.UU.NET by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 3 Sep 92 16:55:03 -0500
Received: from uunet.uu.net (via LOCALHOST.UU.NET) by relay1.UU.NET 
          with SMTP (5.61/UUNET-internet-primary) id AA06389;
          Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:53:47 -0400
Received: from netwrx1.UUCP by uunet.uu.net with UUCP/RMAIL (queueing-rmail) 
          id 175219.4218; Thu, 3 Sep 1992 17:52:19 EDT
Subject: Draft FTP-FTAM Gateway Spec
To: IETF <ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Robert Cooney <cooney@wnyose.nctsw.navy.mil>, 
    Rob Hagens <hagens@cs.wisc.edu>
Date: Thu, 3 Sep 92 17:29:21 EDT
From: Joshua L Mindel <mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com>
Fax: : (703) 648-0016
Location: Washington, D.C. Metro Area
Message-Id: <9209031729.aa00755@netwrx1.NW1.COM>

(s10h(s12V



                                                                J. L Mindel
                                                               R. L. Slaski
                                                        Open Networks, Inc.
                                                             September 1992




                             Draft Internet Standard


                         FTP-FTAM Gateway Specification


      1.   Status of the Memo

      This memo describes a dual protocol stack application layer gateway
      that performs protocol translation, in an interactive environment,
      between the FTP and FTAM file transfer protocols.

      This specification has been proposed as a Request for Comments (RFC)
      to ensure the widest possible distribution on the Internet.  Only
      through additional implementations and fieldings will the FTP-FTAM
      gateway reach its optimal capacity as a resource during the
      anticipated long term coexistence of the TCP/IP and OSI protocol
      suites.

      Two key assumptions are made:  1) POSIX file naming conventions and
      hierarchical organization, rather than proprietary conventions are in
      use; and 2) X.500 Directory Services are available.

      1.1  Acknowledgments

      The authors of this proposed RFC would like to express their
      appreciation to the individuals and organizations that participated
      in the implementation of the FTP-FTAM Application Layer Gateway and
      its fielding on the MILNET.  Implementation credits go to Mr. John
      Scott, formerly of the MITRE Corporation, while fielding credits are
      extended to James Graham and R. Greg Lavender of Open Networks, Inc.
      (formerly NetWorks One) and Robert Cooney of the Naval Computer and
      Telecommunications Station Washington.  Dr. Marshall Rose is to be
      commended for recognizing the importance of the FTP-FTAM gateway and
      promulgating it as a part of the ISO Development Environment (ISODE).
      Larry Friedman, Donna Vincent and Michael Resnick of Digital
      Equipment Corporation provided valuable comments after reviewing this
      document in draft form.  Len Tabacchi and George Bradshaw of the
      Defense Information Systems Agency (formerly the Defense
      Communications Agency) supported the FTP-FTAM Gateway as part of the
      DISA GOSIP Gateway Project.






                                                                          1(s10h(s12V


      2.   Table of Contents

      1.  Status of the Memo...........................................1
      1.1    Acknowledgments ..........................................1
      2.  Table of Contents............................................2
      3.  Introduction.................................................3
      3.1    Overview of Gateway Operation ............................4
      3.2    User Interaction .........................................6
      3.2.1     FTP Client.............................................6
      3.2.2     FTAM Initiator.........................................6
      3.2.3     Summary of User Interaction Requirements...............7
      4.  Gateway Architecture.........................................7
      5.  Network Naming and Addressing................................9
      5.1    Server-Initiator Gateway Service .........................9
      5.1.1     FTP Client Responsibility..............................9
      5.1.2     Gateway Responsibility.................................10
      5.2    Responder-Client Gateway Service .........................10
      5.2.1     FTAM Initiator Responsibility..........................10
      5.2.2     Gateway Responsibility.................................10
      6.  Gateway State Variables and Transitions......................11
      6.1    Server-Initiator Gateway Service .........................11
      6.2    Responder-Client Gateway Service .........................13
      7.  Document Type Support........................................14
      7.1    Notes on NBS-9 ...........................................14
      8.  Functional Comparison of FTP and FTAM........................15
      8.1    Document Type Support ....................................16
      8.1.1     Notes on NBS-9.........................................16
      8.2    Loss of Functionality ....................................17
      9.  Protocol Function and Representation Mappings................17
      9.1    Server-Initiator Mappings ................................18
      9.2    Responder-Client Mappings ................................31
      10. Mapping between FTP Reply Codes and FTAM Parameters..........38
      10.1   FTP Reply Codes to FTAM Parameters .......................39
      10.2   FTAM Parameters to FTP Reply Codes .......................42
      10.3   Future Mapping Problem ...................................45
      10.4   Error Handling ...........................................45
      11. Implementation and Configuration Guidelines..................46
      11.1   Robustness ...............................................46
      11.2   Well-Known TCP/IP Port ...................................46
      11.3   Gateway Listener Processes ...............................46
      11.4   Implementation Testing ...................................46
      11.5   POSIX File Naming and Organization .......................46
      12. Security Considerations......................................47
      13. References...................................................47
      14. Authors' Addresses...........................................48











                                                                          2(s10h(s12V


      3.   Introduction

      The TCP/IP and OSI protocol suites will coexist in the Internet
      community for several years to come.  As more and more OSI hosts are
      fielded on the Internet, the requirement for gateways between the two
      protocol suites becomes more pressing.

      This specification describes an application layer gateway providing
      interoperability between the TCP/IP File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and
      the OSI File Transfer, Access, and Management (FTAM) protocol.  The
      proposed application layer gateway is based on a bidirectional set of
      mappings between the FTP and FTAM protocols.  Since the protocols
      have quite different command structures, the mappings between them
      are not one-to-one.

      Two important goals of the mappings are to:

        1. Provide FTP users with as much emulated FTP capability on an
           FTAM Responder as possible, and

        2. Provide FTAM users with as much emulated FTAM capability on an
           FTP Server as possible.

      Though it is anticipated that the application layer gateway will be
      implemented on full protocol suites of both TCP/IP and OSI, at least
      one implementation of such a gateway (included in the ISO Development
      Environment) can be configured to operate FTP over either OSI or
      TCP/IP lower-layer services.

      Ideas presented in this specification are based on lessons learned in
      fielding the gateway on the MILNET and on the efforts of M. A.
      Wallace et al. of the National Institute of Standards and Technology
      (NIST) [NIST86].  In 1986, NIST published a design document for an
      FTP-FTAM gateway.  Since that time, at least one implementation (for
      a subset of the FTP and FTAM protocols) of the gateway has been
      developed [MITRE87].  This implementation is based on the NIST
      protocol translator gateway design [NIST86].

      This document's contribution to the advancement of the FTP-FTAM
      gateway concept is to:

        *  Enhance the user interaction capability provided by the ISODE
           implementation of the FTP-FTAM application layer gateway.

        *  Clarify and enhance the mappings (FTP to FTAM, FTAM to FTP)
           documented by NIST.

        *  Provide guidelines for fielding the FTP-FTAM application layer
           gateway on the Internet so that it is useful as an Internet
           resource.

        *  Produce a formal specification for the FTP-FTAM gateway suitable
           for implementors to use in building additional FTP-FTAM
           gateways.


                                                                          3(s10h(s12V



        *  Provide a formal specification for organizations wishing to
           procure FTP-FTAM gateways.

      This paper assumes knowledge of the File Transfer Protocol (FTP)
      [RFC959] and the File Transfer, Access, and Management Protocol
      (FTAM) [ISO8571-1,2,3,4,5].

      3.1  Overview of Gateway Operation

      The gateway provides a virtual end-to-end application file transfer
      service.  As data is sent via FTP, the gateway immediately maps the
      requested function to FTAM and passes it to the FTAM host.  In a
      similar fashion, but using a different set of mappings, an FTAM
      request is sent to the gateway, immediately mapped to an FTP
      function, and passed along to the FTP host.

      In FTP, the two parties involved in a file transfer are the Client
      and Server.  The Client is responsible for initiating a connection to
      the Server.  Once the connection is established, all service requests
      originate from the Client.  The FTP-FTAM gateway does not support the
      FTP three node model.

      In FTAM, the two parties involved in a file transfer are the
      Initiator and Responder.  The Initiator is responsible for initiating
      a connection to the Responder.  Once the connection is established,
      either the Initiator or Responder may issue service requests to the
      other.

      The FTP-FTAM gateway provides two sets of services:

        1. Server-Initiator Gateway Services

           Utilized when an FTP Client contacts the FTP-FTAM gateway to
           instigate a file transfer with an FTAM Responder.

        2. Responder-Client Gateway Services

           Utilized when an FTAM Initiator contacts the FTP-FTAM gateway to
           instigate a file transfer with an FTP Server.

      The gateway services' names were selected to identify the roles that
      the FTP-FTAM gateway plays when performing file transfers.  For
      example, when a file transfer is instigated by an FTP Client, it
      contacts the FTP Server portion of the gateway, which maps protocol
      information to the FTAM Initiator portion of the gateway, which in
      turn contacts the remote FTAM Responder.  This example scenario uses
      the Server-Initiator Gateway Services.

      Figure 1 illustrates the perspective of the application process in
      the Server-Initiator service.  Figure 2 illustrates that of the
      Responder-Client service.




                                                                          4(s10h(s12V


          TCP Host                                  OSI Host

      +--------------+                        +------------------+

      |  FTP Client  |                        |  FTAM Responder  |

      +--------------+                        +------------------+

             |                                          |

             |                                          |

             |                                          |

             |            FTP-FTAM Gateway              |

             |    +--------------------------------+    |

             +--  |  FTP Server    FTAM Initiator  |  --+

                  +--------------------------------+


             Figure 1  -  Server-Initiator Gateway Service



          TCP Host                                  OSI Host

      +--------------+                        +------------------+

      |  FTP Server  |                        |  FTAM Initiator  |

      +--------------+                        +------------------+

             |                                          |

             |                                          |

             |                                          |

             |                                          |

             |            FTP-FTAM Gateway              |

             |    +--------------------------------+    |

             +--  |  FTP Client    FTAM Responder  |  --+

                  +--------------------------------+

             Figure 2  -  Responder-Client Gateway Service




                                                                          5(s10h(s12V


      3.2  User Interaction

      To initiate a file transfer from an FTP Client, the Client connects
      to the Server-Initiator gateway service via TCP/IP.  The gateway then
      establishes a connection, via OSI, to the FTAM Responder.  At this
      point, the user can initiate file transfer operations.

      Similarly, to initiate a file transfer from an FTAM Initiator, the
      Initiator connects to the Responder-Client gateway service via OSI.
      The gateway then establishes a connection, via TCP/IP, to the FTP
      Server.  At this point, the user can initiate file transfer
      operations.

      For file transfers in either direction, the user must explicitly
      connect to the gateway prior to specifying the destination host,
      userid, and password.  Sections 11.2 and 11.3 provide more thoughts
      on gateway implementation techniques.

      3.2.1     FTP Client

      The logon sequence taken by an FTP Client when initiating a file
      transfer with an FTAM Responder is given below:

             % ftp gateway
             ftp> site Distinguished-Name-of-FTAM Responder
             ftp> user username
             ftp> pass password

      The "ftp gateway" initiates the connection between the FTP Client and
      the gateway.  Once connected, the desired OSI filestore is identified
      with a site command.  As discussed in Section 5, Network Naming and
      Addressing, the desired filestore can be identified by either its
      Distinguished Name or a User Friendly Name that is resolved by the
      Directory Services provider [Kille90].  The userid is passed via the
      user command, and the password is passed via the pass command.  If
      the FTAM Responder requires a password, a password prompt should
      appear after issuing the "user username" command.

      3.2.2     FTAM Initiator

      The logon sequence taken by an FTAM Initiator when initiating a file
      transfer with an FTP Server is given below:

             % ftam Distinguished-Name-of-FTAM Responder
             ftam> user username@DNS-string
             ftam> pass password


      The "ftam Distinguished-Name-of-FTAM Responder" initiates the
      connection between the FTAM Inititiator and the gateway.  Once
      connected, userid and TCP/IP filestore are identified in the
      "username@DNS-string" argument to the user command.  If the FTP
      Server requires a password, a password prompt should appear after
      issuing the user command.


                                                                          6(s10h(s12V


      3.2.3     Summary of User Interaction Requirements

      As shown in the previous two logon sequence scenarios, the gateway
      user does not have access to the gateway filesystem; he merely makes
      use of the gateway login procedure to specify the ultimate
      destination userid and password.  The following steps are required to
      utilize the gateway:

        1. User must be aware that a gateway is required to reach the
           destination FTP or FTAM host.

        2. User must determine which gateway is most appropriate for their
           respective source-destination pair.

        3. User must explicitly connect to the gateway host prior to
           connecting to the destination host.

      Needless to say, the exchange of files between FTP and FTAM hosts
      requires more effort than that required for the exchange of files
      between a pair of hosts utilizing the same file transfer protocol.

      A more desirable approach is to make the gateway transparent enough
      so that the end user:

        1. Need not know that a gateway is required.

        2. Need not determine which gateway is most appropriate to access
           their ultimate destination host.

        3. Need not explicitly connect to the gateway prior to connecting
           to the destination FTP or FTAM host.

      4.   Gateway Architecture

      The gateway architecture, termed a protocol translator [NIST86], is
      depicted in Figure 3.  It implements TCP/IP and OSI protocol stacks
      with an application level process providing the link between the two.
      The link between FTP and FTAM is defined by two sets of protocol
      mappings, one each for the Server-Initiator and Responder-Client
      service sets.

      +------------+                               +-------------+

      |  FTP Host  |                               |  FTAM Host  |

      +------------+                               +-------------+

             |                                            |

             |                                            |

             |                                            |

             |                                            |


                                                                          7(s10h(s12V


             |    +---------------------------------+     |

             |    |          FTP  -  FTAM           |     |

             |    |       Gateway Application       |     |

             |    |---------------------------------|     |

             |    |      FTP       |      FTAM      |     |

             |    |----------------+----------------|     |

             |    |    TCP/IP      |    TP4/et al   |     |

             |    +---------------------------------+     |

             |           /|\               /|\            |

             |            |                 |             |

             +------------+                 +-------------+



                  Figure 3  -  Gateway Protocol Stack

      A fundamental aspect of this gateway architecture is that data is
      mapped and transmitted immediately; i.e., no transferred file need
      ever reside on the gateway file system.  In the context of this
      document, the term "filesystem" refers to the file access and
      maintenance mechanisms provided by the operating system.  This lack
      of gateway filesystem interaction helps speed up the end-to-end data
      transfer.  Another speed-enhancing feature of this architecture is
      that both the FTP and FTAM network connections can operate
      simultaneously.  Additional advantages include:

        1. FTP and FTAM hosts require no modification to utilize gateway
           services.

        2. Users require no knowledge of the other protocol.

        3. Gateway access control is not impaired (since users cannot
           directly access the gateway filesystem).

        4. No additional filesystem space is required on the gateway.

        5. Interactive nature of protocols is preserved.

        6. Users become aware of fatal errors immediately.

      Disadvantages of this design include the initial coding effort
      required to develop the gateway and the subsequent re-coding efforts
      required to keep it current.



                                                                          8(s10h(s12V


      5.   Network Naming and Addressing

      The network naming and addressing schemes used by FTP (Domain Names,
      IP Addresses) and FTAM (Distinguished Names, Presentation Addresses)
      are quite different.  This issue is quite apparent when a user of one
      protocol needs to identify a destination host of the other protocol.

      In the TCP/IP naming and addressing scheme, the identity of the FTP
      Server is its Domain Name in the Domain Name System (BIND distributed
      name service or static host table) and its IP address.  To initiate a
      connection to an FTP Server, the FTP Client looks up a Domain Name in
      either a Domain Name server or static host table and obtains an IP
      address.

      In the OSI naming and addressing scheme, the identity of the FTAM
      Responder service is its Distinguished Name in the OSI Directory
      (X.500 or static table) and its Presentation address.  The
      Distinguished Name is an authoritative description of the service.  A
      Presentation address consists of a Presentation selector, a session
      selector, a transport selector, and a network address.  To initiate a
      connection to an FTAM Responder, the FTAM Initiator contacts the OSI
      Directory, presents the Distinguished Name of the desired FTAM
      Responder and asks for the Presentation address attribute associated
      with that name.

      5.1  Server-Initiator Gateway Service

      The FTP Client uses the Server-Initiator gateway service to utilize
      the resources of an FTAM Responder.

      The FTP Client is responsible for providing the gateway with an
      authoritative Distinguished Name, or a User Friendly Name [Kille90],
      of the desired OSI filestore.  It is the responsibility of the
      gateway to resolve this Distinguished Name, or User Friendly Name, to
      its corresponding Presentation address.

      5.1.1     FTP Client Responsibility

      Once connected to the gateway, the FTP Client should identify the
      desired FTAM Responder service via the Responder's Distinguished
      Name, or User Friendly Name, which is resolved by an algorithm
      running on the Directory Services provider.  This information is sent
      via a SITE command.

      For example, suppose an FTAM Responder had the following
      Distinguished Name:

            CountryName         =         "US"
            Organization        =         "Open Networks"
            CommonName          =         "netwrx1"
            CommonName          =         "OSI file service"


      The FTP user action will appear as:


                                                                          9(s10h(s12V



            % ftp washdc1-osigw.navy.mil
            ftp> site "c=US@o=Open Networks@cn=netwrx1@cn=file service"
            ftp> user mindel
            ftp> pass ***********

      The "ftp washdc1-osigw.navy.mil" initiates the connection between the
      FTP Client and the FTP-FTAM gateway at the Washington Navy Yard,
      Washington D.C.  Once connected, the OSI filestore at Open Networks
      is identified via its Distinguished Name, "c=US@o=Open
      Networks@cn=netwrx1@cn=file service".  Alternatively, a User Friendly
      Name, such as:

            "netwrx1, Open Networks, us"

      can be specified, enabling the following FTP user action:

      The FTP User action would appear as:

            % ftp washdc1-osigw.navy.mil
            ftp> site "netwrx1, Open Networks, us"
            ftp> user mindel
            ftp> pass ***********

      5.1.2     Gateway Responsibility

      Upon receipt of a Distinguished Name or a User Friendly Name, the
      Gateway FTAM Initiator should contact the OSI Directory (X.500 or
      local static table), present the Distinguished Name or User Friendly
      Name and request the Presentation address associated with that name.

      Once the Presentation address is obtained, the gateway can attempt a
      connection with the ultimate destination file transfer service
      represented by this Presentation address.

      5.2  Responder-Client Gateway Service

      The FTAM Initiator uses the Responder-Client gateway service to
      utilize the resources of an FTP Server.

      The FTAM Initiator is responsible for providing the gateway with an
      authoritative Domain Name of the desired TCP/IP filestore.  It is the
      responsibility of the gateway to resolve this Domain Name to its
      corresponding IP address.

      5.2.1     FTAM Initiator Responsibility

      Once connected to the gateway, the FTAM Initiator should identify the
      desired FTP Server via the FTP Server's Domain Name.  The Domain Name
      concept is described in [RFC1101].

      5.2.2     Gateway Responsibility




                                                                         10(s10h(s12V


      The Gateway FTP Client should incorporate the BIND Resolver
      functionality so that upon receipt of a Domain Name, the Gateway FTP
      Client can resolve it via the distributed Domain Name System.

      Once the IP address is obtained, the gateway can attempt a connection
      with the ultimate destination host represented by this IP address.

      6.   Gateway State Variables and Transitions

      As described, the FTP-FTAM gateway provides two sets of services:
      Server-Initiator and Responder-Client.  Each service has its own
      mutually exclusive set of state variables and transitions that
      deterministically define the actions of the gateway.

      Concerning error conditions, if a connection is dropped when the
      gateway is in any state other than SI:Initial-State or RC:Initial-
      State, then the gateway will issue a fatal error message to the host
      with the remaining connection, and then drop that connection.  If the
      remaining host is an FTP Client, then the gateway will send an ABOR,
      QUIT, and 426 reply code (Connection closed, transfer aborted).  If
      it is an FTAM Initiator, then the gateway will send an F-P-ABORT with
      a <Diagnostic> value with identifier 1011 (Lower layer failure), as
      well as any known <Further Details>.

      Other error conditions are not addressed in this discussion.

      6.1  Server-Initiator Gateway Service

      The set of state variables for the Server-Initiator Gateway service
      follow:


      State Variable                State Definition
      ----------------------------------------------------------------

      SI:Initial-State              Initial state of Server-Initiator
                                    Gateway service.

                                    Gateway is waiting for an FTP Client to
                                    issue a USER command in order to
                                    proceed with connection establishment
                                    with remote FTAM Responder.  If SITE or
                                    ACCT commands are sent while waiting
                                    for USER command, save arguments for
                                    subsequent use.

      SI:Wait-for-PASS              Gateway has already received USER
                                    command from FTP Client, as well as
                                    userid and destination host DN.
                                    Gateway is waiting for the FTAM
                                    Responder login password.

      SI:Wait-for-PAddress          Gateway has already received PASS
                                    command from FTP Client.  Gateway is


                                                                         11(s10h(s12V


                                    resolving the FTAM Responder's
                                    Distinguished Name to a Presentation
                                    Address.  DN resolution will typically
                                    be done using X.500 directory services.

      SI:Wait-for-Connection        Gateway has initiated a connection to
                                    the FTAM Responder and is waiting for
                                    notification as to whether or not the
                                    login is successful.

      SI:Wait-for-NextMapping       Connection exists between FTP Client
                                    and FTAM Responder.  Gateway maps
                                    between FTP and FTAM as commands and
                                    responses are received.



      Each of the possible state transitions is provided in the remainder
      of Section 6.1.  For each state transition, the actions causing the
      transition are listed.

      6.1.1     SI:Initial-State   -->   SI:Initial-State

        1. Gateway receives SITE or ACCT command from FTP Client.  SITE
           argument includes Distinguish Name of FTAM Responder.

      6.1.2     SI:Initial-State   -->   SI:Wait-for-PASS

        1. Gateway receives USER command from FTP Client.  Arguments
           include Distinguished Name of FTAM Responder and userid on FTAM
           responder.

      6.1.3     SI:Wait-for-PASS   -->   SI:Wait-for-PAddress

        1. Gateway receives PASS command from FTP Client.

      6.1.4     SI:Wait-for-PAddress   -->   SI:Wait-for-Connection

        1. Gateway resolves Distinguished Name of FTAM Responder to OSI
           Presentation address.
        2. Gateway sends F-INITIALIZE to FTAM Responder with Presentation
           Address in <Called Presentation Address>, userid in <Initiator
           Identity>, and password in <Filestore Password>.

      6.1.5     SI:Wait-for-Connection   -->   SI:Wait-for-NextMapping

        1. Gateway receives <State Result> of "Success" .
        2. Gateway sends 230 reply code (User Logged In) to FTP Client.

      6.1.6     SI:Wait-for-NextMapping   -->   SI:Wait-for-NextMapping

        1. Gateway performs mappings between FTP and FTAM, as defined in
           Section 9.1.



                                                                         12(s10h(s12V


      6.1.7     SI:Wait-for-NextMapping   -->   SI:Wait-for-USER

        1. Gateway receives QUIT command from FTP Client; maps QUIT as per
           Section 9.1.

      6.2  Responder-Client Gateway Service

      The set of state variables for the Responder-Client Gateway service
      follow:


      State Variable                State Definition
      ----------------------------------------------------------------

      RC:Initial-State              Initial state of Responder-Client
                                    Gateway Service.

                                    Gateway is waiting for an FTAM
                                    Initiator to issue an F-INITIALIZE
                                    command in order to proceed with
                                    connection establishment with remote
                                    FTP Server.

      RC:Wait-for-IPAddress         Gateway has already received F-
                                    INITIALIZE from FTAM Initiator.
                                    Gateway typically resolves the Domain
                                    Name to an IP address using the BIND
                                    Domain Name Service.

      RC:Wait-for-Connection        Gateway has initiated a connection to
                                    the FTP Server and is waiting for
                                    notification as to whether or not the
                                    login is successful.

      RC:Wait-for-NextMapping       Connection exists between FTAM
                                    Initiator and FTP Server.  Gateway maps
                                    between FTAM and FTP as commands and
                                    responses are received.


      Each of the possible state transitions is provided in the remainder
      of Section 6.2.  For each state transition, the actions causing the
      transition are listed.

      6.2.1     RC:Initial-State   -->   RC:Wait-for-IPAddress

        1. Gateway receives F-INITIALIZE from FTAM Initiator.  Domain Name
           of FTP Server is either in <Responding Presentation Address> or
           in the "@host" portion of the <Initiator Identity> parameter.
           The userid is in <Initiator Identity>, and password is in
           <Filestore Password> parameter.

      6.2.2     RC:Wait-for-IPAddress   -->   RC:Wait-for-Connection



                                                                         13(s10h(s12V


        1. Gateway resolves Domain Name of FTP Server to IP address.
        2. Gateway sends USER to FTP Server.
        3. Gateway sends PASS to FTP Server.

      6.2.3     RC:Wait-for-Connection   -->   RC:Wait-for-NextMapping

        1. Gateway receives 230 reply code (User Logged In) from FTP
           Server.
        2. Gateway sends <State Result> of "Success" to FTAM Initiator.

      6.2.4     RC:Wait-for-NextMapping   -->   RC:Wait-for-NextMapping

        1. Gateway performs mappings between FTAM and FTP, as defined in
           Section 9.2.

      6.2.5     RC:Wait-for-NextMapping   -->   RC:Wait-for-INITIALIZE

        1. Gateway receives F-CLOSE primitive from FTAM Initiator; maps F-
           CLOSE as per Section 9.2.

      7.   Document Type Support

      The set of FTAM document types supported by the FTP-FTAM gateway is a
      subset of the document types identified in the Stable Implementation
      Agreements for Open Systems Interconnection Protocols:  Part 9 - FTAM
      Phase 2, produced by the March 1992 Open Systems Environment
      Implementors' Workshop [NIST92].  This subset was chosen for its
      equivalence to those document types supported by FTP.  The set
      includes:

                FTAM-1    "ISO FTAM Unstructured text file

                FTAM-3    "ISO FTAM Ustructured binary file

                NBS-9     "NBS-9 FTAM File directory file"

      FTAM document types map to FTP document types as follows:

                FTAM      <->       FTP
                ----------------------------------

                FTAM-1    <->       ASCII

                FTAM-3    <->       8 bit binary

                NBS-9     <->       Directory

      7.1  Notes on NBS-9

      NBS-9 is optional in GOSIP versions 1 and 2 [NIST91].  NBS-9 will be
      superseded by its replacement when ISO/IEC ISP 10607-2 and ISO/IEC
      ISP 10607-2/Amendment 1 are published [NIST92].




                                                                         14(s10h(s12V


      For conformance to NBS-9, an FTAM Responder is only required to
      return the <Filename> file attribute, subject to local security and
      access control.  All other requested attributes need not be returned.

      Systems supporting the NBS-9 document type shall make available an
      NBS-9 document called 'DIRLIS'.  This document can be used to obtain
      a listing of files and their associated attributes from a remote
      Filestore.

      8.   Functional Comparison of FTP and FTAM

      A comprehensive comparison of the services offered by FTP and FTAM is
      beyond the scope of this specification.  What follows is an analysis
      of several key points.  Refer to [NIST 86a] and [ROSE90] for a more
      complete discourse on this topic.

      FTAM is not a strict superset of FTP; each protocol has functions
      that only it performs.  The set of FTAM functions is, however, larger
      than the set of FTP functions.

      FTP combines file management and file transfer into one protocol
      engine, whereas FTAM separates management and transfer as they relate
      to files.

      The file transfer services of both FTP and FTAM expect a reliable
      underlying end-to-end service.  At a minimum, this service includes
      the capability to transfer entire files between remote hosts and to
      display remote filenames.

      In addition to this basic file transfer service, FTAM supports the
      capability to:  access a few records from a file server, create a
      network file system (similar to Sun's Network File System), handle
      printing and spooling, and access remote database records.  FTP does
      not support these additional capabilities.

      FTP uses TELNET services to set up a connection between the FTP
      Client and FTP Server.  A three-digit reply code followed by
      explanatory text indicates the status of the preceding request and
      provides diagnostic information explaining each transaction.

      FTAM relies on the Association Control Service Element (ACSE) to
      start and stop the network for network file interaction.  Generally,
      the ASCE establishes the application association and related
      application context needed to support the FTAM protocol.

      The FTAM protocol is modularized so as to keep the allowable number
      of actions in any particular state relatively small.  There are many
      more possible sequences of FTP operations than possible sequences of
      FTAM operations [NIST86].

      Because FTAM is more robust than FTP, FTAM allows greater flexibility
      for conveying information about files.  FTAM deals only with aspects
      of application processes, and leaves data representation and data
      management facilities to other OSI service elements.


                                                                         15(s10h(s12V


      In contrast to the Client/Server model present in the FTP scheme,
      FTAM is based on the Initiator/Responder model.  The key distinction
      is that once the FTAM Initiator has established a connection with a
      remote host, either the Initiator or Responder can request services
      of the other.  In the FTP realm, the Client both initiates a
      connection and requests all services.

      The FTP Client knows the real properties of the remote host
      filesystem.  FTAM, in contrast, embraces a conceptual model of a
      filesystem, labeled a virtual filestore model.  The virtual filestore
      is a collection of files, each of which has a name that uniquely
      identifies it.  Each file has a set of attributes, such as ownership
      information and contents, which is the data associated with the file.
      One file attribute is the <Contents Type> of the file, typically of
      value "FTAM-1", "FTAM-3", or "NBS-9".  The FTAM Initiator only knows
      the properties of the corresponding Responder and virtual filestore,
      not the real properties of the filesystem on the remote host.

      8.1  Document Type Support

      The set of FTAM document types supported by the FTP-FTAM gateway is a
      subset of the document types identified in the Stable Implementation
      Agreements for Open Systems Interconnection Protocols:  Part 9 - FTAM
      Phase 2, produced by the March 1992 Open Systems Environment
      Implementors' Workshop [NIST92].  This subset was chosen for its
      equivalence to those document types supported by FTP.  The set
      includes:

                FTAM-1    "ISO FTAM Unstructured text file

                FTAM-3    "ISO FTAM Ustructured binary file

                NBS-9     "NBS-9 FTAM File directory file"

      FTAM document types map to FTP document types as follows:

                FTAM      <->       FTP
                ----------------------------------

                FTAM-1    <->       ASCII

                FTAM-3    <->       8 bit binary

                NBS-9     <->       Directory

      8.1.1     Notes on NBS-9

      NBS-9 is optional in GOSIP versions 1 and 2 [NIST91].  NBS-9 will be
      superseded by its replacement when ISO/IEC ISP 10607-2 and ISO/IEC
      ISP 10607-2/Amendment 1 are published [NIST92].

      For conformance to NBS-9, an FTAM Responder is only required to
      return the <Filename> file attribute, subject to local security and
      access control.  All other requested attributes need not be returned.


                                                                         16(s10h(s12V


      Systems supporting the NBS-9 document type shall make available an
      NBS-9 document called 'DIRLIS'.  This document can be used to obtain
      a listing of files and their associated attributes from a remote
      Filestore.

      8.2  Loss of Functionality

      As happens whenever two dissimilar protocols, or languages for that
      matter, are translated, some loss of functionality is inevitable.
      With reference to the FTP-FTAM gateway, several of the most blatant
      losses of functionality are:

        1. Diagnostics passed between protocols may not be precisely
           translated.

        2. The FTAM partial file (record) transfer is not supported.

        3. Some FTAM attributes are not supported by FTP.

      The primary goal of the gateway protocol mappings are to minimize
      this loss of functionality. As this gateway specification and
      subsequent implementations evolve, means to partially overcome loss
      of functionality may become more obvious.  For example, the gateway
      may be able to emulate file record transfers between FTAM Initiators
      and FTP Servers.

      9.   Protocol Function and Representation Mappings

      The mappings presented are based upon the FTAM protocol
      implementation as defined in Stable Implementation Agreements for
      Open Systems Interconnection Protocols:  Part 9 - FTAM Phase 2,
      produced by the March 1992 Open Systems Environment Implementors'
      Workshop [NIST92], and in [ISO8571-1], [ISO8571-2],[ISO8571-
      3],[ISO8571-4], and [ISO8571-5].  The FTP protocol as defined in
      Request for Comments [RFC959].   The mappings are strongly influenced
      by the work of M. A. Wallace et. al. at NIST [NIST86] and John Scott
      at MITRE [MITRE87].

      At a minimum, the FTAM implementation in the FTP-FTAM gateway should
      support Implementation Profiles T1 (Simple File Transfer) and M1
      (Management), as defined in [NIST92].  These Implementation Profiles
      correspond to the A/111 and A/13 Profiles of Standards Promotion and
      Application Group in Europe, respectively [NIST92].

      The FTP protocol functions that are addressed in these mappings
      include:

        ABOR         ACCT           ALLO           APPE
        CDUP         CWD            DELE           HELP
        LIST         MKD            MODE           NLST
        NOOP         PASS           PASV           PORT
        PWD          QUIT           REIN           REST
        RETR         RMD            RNFR           RNTO
        SITE         SMNT           STAT           STOR


                                                                         17(s10h(s12V


        STOU         STRU           SYST           TYPE
        USER


      The FTAM protocol functions that are addressed in these mappings
      include:

        F-BEGIN-GROUP REQ           F-CANCEL REQ
        F-CHANGE-ATTRIBUTE REQ      F-CHECK REQ
        F-CLOSE REQ                 F-CREATE REQ
        F-DATA PDU                  F-DATA-END REQ
        F-DELETE REQ                F-DESELECT REQ
        F-END-GROUP REQ             F-ERASE REQ
        F-INITIALIZE REQ            F-LOCATE REQ
        F-OPEN REQ                  F-READ REQ
        F-READ-ATTRIBUTE REQ        F-RECOVER REQ
        F-RESTART REQ               F-SELECT REQ
        F-TERMINATE REQ             F-TRANSFER-END
        F-P-ABORT REQ               F-U-ABORT REQ
        F-WRITE REQ

      A key goal of the mappings presented in this document is to minimize
      the loss of functionality between the two protocols.  The specific
      approach taken to implement the mappings is left to the discretion of
      the gateway implementor.  The focus of the protocol function and
      representation mappings is on non-error encumbered processing.  The
      mapping of diagnostic and error messages is treated separately in
      section 10.

      POSIX file naming and organization conventions are assumed in these
      mappings; i.e., files in the systems are assumed to be organized in a
      hierarchical structure in which all of the non-terminal nodes are
      directories and all of the terminal nodes are any other type of file.

      The following terminology is used in the mapping specifications:

        argument .......FTP Service Command argument, as used in [RFC959].

        parameter ......FTAM Service Primitive parameters and attributes,
                        as enumerated in Tables 6, 50, and 51 of [ISO8571-
                        3].

      The following notation is used in the mapping specifications:

        Arguments and parameters are enclosed in angle brackets; e.g.
        <Action Result>

        Values of arguments and parameters are enclosed in quotation
        marks; e.g. "Success"

        FTP Service Commands and FTAM Primitives are in uppercase; e.g. F-
        INITIALIZE

      9.1  Server-Initiator Mappings


                                                                         18(s10h(s12V


      The protocol mapping between FTP and FTAM may be one-to-zero (i.e.,
      not mappable), one-to-one, or one-to-many.

      The general steps taken by the FTP-FTAM gateway to provide the
      Server-Initiator service are:

        1. Accept an FTP Client request at the FTP Server side of the
           gateway service.

        2. Map the request to the (set of) corresponding FTAM Initiator
           function(s).

        3. Acting as an FTAM Initiator, send the FTAM Initiator function(s)
           to the FTAM Responder.

        4. Accept information returned to the FTAM Initiator side of the
           gateway.  This information originated at the FTAM Responder.

        5. Map this returned information to the protocol form understood by
           the FTP Server side of the gateway.

        6. Send this returned information from the FTP Server side of the
           gateway to the FTP Client.

      At a minimum, the gateway should support ASCII and 8 bit binary file
      types.  It should also support FTP File Stream Mode.

      Section 9.1 shows the steps required to implement the Server-
      Initiator gateway service.

      9.1.1     ABOR

        1. Send F-CANCEL to FTAM Responder.
        2. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
           F-BEGIN-GROUP
           F-CLOSE
           F-DESELECT
           F-END-GROUP
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply codes
           to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

      9.1.2     ACCT

        1. Set <Account> parameter value for issuing F-INITIALIZE to FTAM
           Responder.
        2. If <Called Presentation Address>, <Initiator Identity>, and
           <Filestore Password> parameters are available, attempt
           connection with FTAM Responder;
           Otherwise wait for additional ACCT commands.



                                                                         19(s10h(s12V


        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply codes
           to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. The ACCT command will be effective with the next PASS command.

      9.1.3     ALLO

        1. Return a 200 reply code to FTP Client.

      9.1.4     APPE

        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.  If no saved CWD string, proceed to step
           12.
        2. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-READ-ATTRIBUTES
                Save <Contents Type> parameter value
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        3. If the <Contents Type> parameter value returned with the F-READ-
           ATTRIBUTES has a value of "NBS-9", proceed to step 12.
        4. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CREATE
                Set the <Override> parameter in the F-CREATE to "Select Old
           File".
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        5. If the file existed, set the <Contents Type> parameter in the F-
           CREATE to match that returned by the F-READ-ATTRIBUTES.
        6. If the file did not exist and no previous FTP TYPE "Image"
           command was issued, then set the <Contents Type> parameter to
           "FTAM-1";
           Otherwise, set the <Contents Type> parameter to "FTAM-3".
        7. Send F-WRITE, with <Bulk Data Transfer Specification, FADU
           Operation> parameter set to "File Extend", to FTAM Responder.
        8. Loop reading data from FTP data connection, sending the data in
           F-DATA PDUs until end-of-file on the FTP connection.
        9. Send F-DATA-END to FTAM Responder.
        10. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        11. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP




                                                                         20(s10h(s12V


        12. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        13. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           APPE.

      9.1.5     CDUP

        1. Determine parent directory from saved CWD string.  If no saved
           CWD string, proceed to step 4.
        2. Set <Contents Type> parameter to "NBS-9".
        3. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
           F-BEGIN-GROUP
           F-SELECT
           F-DESELECT
           F-END-GROUP
        4. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        5. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. A POSIX file organization is assumed; i.e., files in the systems
           are organized in a hierarchical structure in      which all of
           the non-terminal nodes are directories and all of the terminal
           nodes are any other type of file.
        b. If the parent directory  does not exist, the current working
           directory remains unchanged.
        c. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           CDUP.

      9.1.6     CWD

        1. Save <pathname> argument as CWD string.
        2. Set <Contents Type> parameter to "NBS-9".
        3. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        4. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.




                                                                         21(s10h(s12V


        5. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. The <pathname>  argument is assumed to be an absolute directory
           specification.
        b. If the specified directory does not exist, the current working
           directory remains unchanged.
        c. Saved CWD string is used in other FTP-to-FTAM mappings, such as
           APPE.

      9.1.7     DELE

        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.  If no saved CWD   string, proceed to step
           3.
        2. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-DELETE
            F-END-GROUP
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM parameters
           and send parameters to FTAM Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           DELE.

      9.1.8     HELP

        1. If no <string> argument is provided, send helpful information
           about the implementation of the gateway to the FTP Client.  If
           an argument is provided, send more specific information.
        2. Return the FTP reply code 214 to the FTP Client.

      9.1.9     LIST

        1. If <pathname> argument is provided, proceed to step 3.
        2. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument;  If no saved CWD string, proceed to step
           11.
        3. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-READ-ATTRIBUTES
                Save <Filename>, <Contents Type>, <Data/Time of Last
           Modification>, and <Filesize> parameters
            F-DESELECT


                                                                         22(s10h(s12V


            F-END-GROUP
        4. If the <Contents Type> parameter of the F-READ-ATTRIBUTES is not
           "NBS-9", then return the <Filename>, <Contents Type>, <Date/Time
           of Last Modification>, and <Filesize> parameter values, obtained
           with the previous F-READ-ATTRIBUTES, to the FTP data connection;
           and proceed to step 8.
        5. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        6. Send F-READ to FTAM Responder.
        7. Loop reading F-DATA until F-DATA-END.  As data is received,
           write the <Filename>, <Permitted Actions>, <Contents Type>, and
           <Date/Time of Last Modification> parameter values from the PDU
           to the FTP data connection.
        8. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        9. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        10. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        11. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. Assume the <pathname> argument is relative to the saved CWD,
           whether filename or directory      specification.
        b. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           LIST.
        c. Transfers over data connection should be in ASCII.
        e. If list of files with full directory/file specification is
           received from FTAM Responder,  then gateway should     parse
           list to strip off directory portion.

      9.1.10    MKD

        1. Return a 502 reply code (Command not implemented) to the FTP
           Client.

        Note:
        a. As indicated in the NIST Stable Implementation Agreements for
           FTAM [NIST92], creation or deletion of NBS-9 files is outside
           the scope of the agreements.

      9.1.11    MODE

        1. If <argument> is "Stream", return 200 reply code to FTP Client;
           Otherwise return a 504 reply code (Command not implemented for
           that parameter).


                                                                         23(s10h(s12V


      9.1.12    NLST

        1. If <pathname> argument is provided, use <pathname> argument as
           <Filename> parameter value in F-SELECT issued in step 3.
        2. If no argument is provided, use saved CWD value as <Filename>
           parameter value in F-SELECT   issued in step 3; If no CWD string
           is saved and no argument is provided, proceed to step 9.
        3. Set <Contents Type> parameter to "NBS-9".
        4. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        5. Send F-READ to FTAM Responder.
        6. Loop reading F-DATA until F-DATA-END.  As data is received,
           write the filenames and other useful    information from the PDU
           to the FTP data connection.
        7. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        8. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        9. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        10. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic>parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. As per RFC 959 (FTP), the NLST <pathname> argument is a
           directory.
        b. Assume the argument is relative to the saved CWD, whether
           filename or directory specification.
        c. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           NLST.
        d. Transfers over data connection should be in ASCII.
        e. Gateway should parse full directory/file specifications received
           from FTAM Responder to strip off   directory portion.  This is
           required to support the "FTP multiple get" function that pipes
           NLST output to      the STOR command.

      9.1.13    NOOP

        1. Return a 200 reply code to FTP Client.

      9.1.14    PASS

        1. Set <Filestore Password> parameter for F-INITIALIZE.
        2. If <Called Presentation Address>, <User Identity>, and
           <Filestore Password> are available, issue F- INITIALIZE to FTAM
           Responder.



                                                                         24(s10h(s12V


        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

      9.1.15    PASV

        1. Wait for data transfer on default data port or data port
           specified by PORT command.
        2. Return a 200 reply code to FTP Client.

      9.1.16    PORT

        1. Return a 200 reply code to FTP Client.

      9.1.17    PWD

        1.If there is a saved CWD string, return it to the FTP client and
           proceed to step 4.
        2. Set <Contents Type> attribute to "NBS-9".
        3.Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-READ-ATTRIBUTES
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        4. Return the current directory name to the FTP client.
        5. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        6. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

      9.1.18    QUIT

        1. If user is not logged in, proceed to step 5.
        2. If file transfer is in progress, send F-P-ABORT or F-U-ABORT to
           FTAM Responder.
        3. If file transfer is not in progress, send and F-TERMINATE to
           FTAM Responder.
        4. Return charge information to FTP Client.
        5. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        6. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

      9.1.19    REIN

        1. Flush all I/O and account information.


                                                                         25(s10h(s12V


        2. Allow all transfers in progress to be completed.
        3. Set all parameters to default values.
        4. Send F-CANCEL to FTAM Responder.
        5. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        6. Leave the control connection open.
        7. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        8. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic>parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. Typically followed by a USER command.

      9.1.20    REST

        1. Send F-CHECK to FTAM Responder.
        2. Send F-RESTART to FTAM Responder.
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Notes:
        a. Will only have affect on FTAM Responder if the restart
           functional unit is negotiated on F-INITIALIZE.
        b. Refer to ISO 8571-3 for additional subtleties of FTAM checkpoint
           and restart.

      9.1.21    RETR

        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.  If no saved CWD   string, proceed to step
           9.
        2. Set <Contents Type> parameter to appropriate type of file.
        3. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        4. If file does not exist, proceed to step 9.
        5. Send F-READ to FTAM Responder.
        6. Loop reading F-DATA until F-DATA-END.  As data is received,
           write it to the FTP data connection.
        7. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        8. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP


                                                                         26(s10h(s12V


            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        9. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        10. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           RETR.

      9.1.22    RMD

        1. Return a 502 reply code (Command not implemented) to the FTP
           Client.

        Note:
        a. As indicated in the NIST Stable Implementation Agreements for
           FTAM [NIST92], creation or deletion of NBS-9 files is outside
           the scope of the agreements.

      9.1.23    RNFR

        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.  If no saved CWD   string, proceed to step
           3.
        2. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
                Get <Filename> parameter value from RNFR <pathname>
           argument.
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. Together with RNTO, this command causes a file to be renamed.
        c. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           RNFR.

      9.1.24    RNTO



                                                                         27(s10h(s12V


        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.  If no saved CWD   string, proceed to step
           3.
        2. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-CHANGE-ATTRIBUTES
                Get <Filename> parameter from arguments provided by RNTO
           and previous RNFR.
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. Together with RNFR, this command causes a file to be renamed.
        c. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           RNTO.

      9.1.25    SITE

        1. Save the specified destination address information.
        2. Set the <Called Presentation Address> parameter value equal to
           the <string> argument.  This  parameter will be used when the F-
           INITIALIZE is sent to the FTAM Responder.
        3. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        4. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

      9.1.26    SMNT

        1. Return a 502 reply code to FTP Client.

        Note:
        a. Argument is ignored.

      9.1.27    STAT

        1. Provide the gateway session status to the FTP Client.
        2. Return a 211 reply code to FTP Client.

        Note:
        a. Argument is ignored.

      9.1.28    STOR


                                                                         28(s10h(s12V



        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.    If no saved CWD      string, proceed to
           step 11.
        2. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-READ-ATTRIBUTES
                Save <Contents Type> parameter value
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        3. If the <Contents Type> parameter returned with the F-READ-
           ATTRIBUTES indicates a directory,  proceed to step 11.
        4. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CREATE
                Set the <Override> parameter in the F-CREATE to "Delete and
           create with new attributes.".
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        5. If the file existed, set the <Contents Type> parameter in the F-
           CREATE to match the F-READ-ATTRIBUTES.  If the file did not
           exist, set the <Contents Type> parameter to "FTAM-1".  If TYPE 
            "Image" was previously requested, set the <Contents Type>
           parameter to "FTAM-3".
        6. Send F-WRITE, with <Bulk Data Transfer Specification, FADU
           Operation> parameter set to "File Extend", to FTAM Responder.
        7. Loop reading data from FTP data connection, sending the data in
           F-DATA PDUs until end-of-file on the    FTP connection.
        8. Send F-DATA-END to FTAM Responder.
        9. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        10. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        11. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        12. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           STOR.

      9.1.29    STOU

        1. Save current pathname by appending saved CWD string with
           <pathname> argument.    If no saved CWD      string, proceed to
           step 11.


                                                                         29(s10h(s12V


        2. Send the following grouped request to FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-SELECT
            F-READ-ATTRIBUTES
                Save <Contents Type> parameter value
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        3. If the file already exists, proceed to step 12.
        4. If the <Contents Type> parameter returned with the F-READ-
           ATTRIBUTES indicates a directory, proceed to step 11.
        5. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CREATE
                Set the <Override> parameter in the F-CREATE to "Delete and
           create with new attributes.".
            F-OPEN
            F-END-GROUP
        6. If the file existed, set the <Contents Type> parameter in the F-
           CREATE to match the F-READ-ATTRIBUTES.  If the file did not
           exist, set the <Contents Type> parameter to "FTAM-1".  If TYPE
           "Image" was previously requested, set the <Contents Type>
           parameter to "FTAM-3".
        7. Send F-WRITE, with <Bulk Data Transfer Specification, FADU
           Operation> parameter set to "File Extend", to FTAM Responder.
        8. Loop reading data from FTP data connection, sending the data in
           F-DATA PDUs until end-of-file on the    FTP connection.
        9. Send F-DATA-END to FTAM Responder.
        10. Send F-TRANSFER-END to FTAM Responder.
        11. Send the following grouped request to the FTAM Responder.
            F-BEGIN-GROUP
            F-CLOSE
            F-DESELECT
            F-END-GROUP
        12. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        13. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. <pathname> argument is assumed to be a filename, relative to the
           currently saved CWD.
        b. Same as STOR, except the name of the created file must be unique
           in that directory.
        c. CWD of the FTAM system must be defined prior to issuance of
           STOU.

      9.1.30    STRU

        1. If <structure code> argument is not "File", return 504 reply
           code to FTP Client;
           Otherwise return 200 reply code to FTP Client.



                                                                         30(s10h(s12V


      9.1.31    SYST

        1. Return 502 reply code to FTP client.

      9.1.32    TYPE

        1. If no <type code> argument is provided, set <Contents Type>
           parameter equal to "FTAM-1".
        2. If argument is provided, and equal to "ASCII", set <Contents
           Type> parameter to "FTAM-1".
        3. If argument is provided, and equal to "Image", set <Contents
           Type> parameter to "FTAM-3".
        4. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        5. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic>  parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. Default to ASCII if no <type code> argument is provided.

      9.1.33    USER

        1. Set <Initiator Identity> parameter for issuing F-INITIALIZE to
           FTAM Responder.
        2. If destination was encoded in the user identity (e.g.,
           user@host), set <Called Presentation Address> parameter for
           issuing F-INITIALIZE to FTAM Responder.
        3. If destination was not encoded in the user identity, then get
           the destination address from the argument to the previously
           issued SITE command.  If no destination address is available,
           proceed to step 5.
        4. Prompt user for password.
        5. Translate FTAM Responder <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply code(s) and send reply
           code(s) to FTP Client.
        6. Translate FTP Client reply codes to equivalent FTAM <Action
           Result> and <Diagnostic>  parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Responder.

        Note:
        a. A USER command should be acceptable in any state.
        b. If host not included in USER argument (that is, argument is not
           in user@host format), then SITE command with destination host DN
           should have been issued previously.

      9.2  Responder-Client Mappings

      The protocol mapping between FTP and FTAM may be one-to-zero (i.e.,
      not mappable), one-to-one, or one-to-many.

      The general steps taken by the FTP-FTAM gateway to provide the
      Responder-Client service are:


                                                                         31(s10h(s12V



        1. Accept an FTAM Initiator request at the FTAM Responder side of
           the gateway.

        2. Map the request to the (set of) corresponding FTP Client
           function(s).

        3. Acting as an FTP Client, send the FTP Client function(s) to the
           FTP Server.

        4. Accept information returned to the FTP Client side of the
           gateway.  This information originated at the FTP Server.

        5. Map this returned information to a form understood by the FTAM
           Responder side of the gateway.

        6. Send this returned information from the FTAM Responder side of
           the gateway to the FTAM Initiator.

      At a minimum, the gateway should support the following FTAM document
      types: FTAM-1 (unstructured text file), FTAM-3 (unstructured binary
      file), and NBS-9 (set of directory entries).

      Section 9.2 shows the steps required to implement the Responder-
      Client gateway service.  Where appropriate, each FTAM service
      primitive is followed by those parameters that are relevant to the
      mapping.

      9.2.1     F-BEGIN-GROUP REQ

        1. Send F-BEGIN-GROUP RESP PDU to FTAM Initiator signifying that
           processes are available to handle  concatenated requests.

      9.2.2     F-CANCEL REQ

        1. Close FTP data connection.
        2. Send ABOR to FTP Server.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           action and diagnostic parameters and    send parameters to FTAM
           Initiator via F-CANCEL RESP PDU.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator action and diagnostic parameters to
           equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply    codes to FTP
           Server.

        Note:
        a. F-U-ABORT REQ is a viable alternative to F-CANCEL REQ.
        b. Note that since ABOR is not implemented by all FTP Servers, the
           remote file may be corrupted, though    accessible.

      9.2.3     F-CHANGE-ATTRIBUTE REQ

        1. Get original filename from <Filename> parameter and send it with
           an RNFR to the FTP Server.



                                                                         32(s10h(s12V


        2. Get new filename from <Filename> parameter and send it with an
           RNTO to the FTP Server.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           action and diagnostic parameters and send parameters to FTAM
           Initiator via F-CHANGE-ATTRIBUTE RESP PDU
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator action and diagnostic parameters to
           equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. Allow for processing an arbitrary number attributes at one time.
        b. Allow for responses of "Attribute currently unavailable for
           change" and "Attribute not currently supported".
        c. At a minimum, support the <Filename>, <Permitted Actions>, and
           <Contents Type> parameters.

      9.2.4     F-CHECK REQ

        1. Send an F-CHECK RESP PDU to the FTAM Initiator.

      9.2.5     F-CLOSE REQ

        1. Send F-CLOSE RESP PDU , with <Action Result> parameter value of
           "Success", to FTAM Initiator.

        Note:
        a. If an error had occurred during transfer, it would have been
           noted before the F-CLOSE REQ.

      9.2.6     F-CREATE REQ

        1. Send STOR and zero data bytes to FTP Server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.7     F-DATA PDU

        1. If necessary, send ALLO command to FTP Server.
        2. Depending on whether reading or writing, send STOR, RETR, or
           APPE command to FTP Server.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. The use of an FTP command may be unnecessary.  Sending the data
           on the data connection may be adequate.



                                                                         33(s10h(s12V


      9.2.8     F-DATA-END REQ

        1. Close the data connection.
        2. Save mandatory Diagnostic parameter for later use.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.9     F-DELETE REQ

        1. Send DELE to FTP server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-DELETE RESP PDU.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.10    F-DESELECT REQ

        1. Return F-DESELECT RESP PDU, with <Action Result> parameter value
           of "Success", to FTAM Initiator.

      9.2.11    F-END-GROUP REQ
        1. Send STAT command sequence to FTP Server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters and send parameters to FTAM Initiator via F-END GROUP
           RESP.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.12    F-ERASE REQ

        1. Send DELE to FTP Server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-ERASE RESP PDU.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.13    F-INITIALIZE REQ

        1. Establish initial area for activity attributes.
        2. Save <Responding Presentation Address>, <Initiator Identity>,
           and <Filestore Password> parameter values received from FTAM
           Initiator.
        3. Get ultimate destination address (FTP Server Domain Name) from
           <Responding Presentation Address> parameter.  If this parameter


                                                                         34(s10h(s12V


           is null, look at the "@host" portion of the <Initiator Identity>
           parameter.
        4. Get userid from <Initiator Identity> and send it with USER
           command to FTP Server.
        5. Get password from <Filestore Password> and send it with PASS
           command to FTP Server.
        6. If necessary, send ACCT command to FTP Server.
        7. Negotiate acceptance of mandatory functional units, service
           classes, service types, presentation contexts, and attribute
           groups.
        8. Accept context management functional unit passed by Presentation
           service provider.
        9. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-INIT RESP PDU
        10. Translate FTAM Initiator  <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.


      9.2.14    F-LOCATE REQ

        Note:
        a. Not supported since FTAM-1 and FTAM-3 don't support this
           primitive.

      9.2.15    F-OPEN REQ

        1. Get <Contents Type> and <Processing Mode> parameter values from
           FTAM Initiator.
        2. Send TYPE command to FTP Server.
        3. Send MODE command to FTP Server.
        4. Send STRU command to FTP Server.
        5. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters and send parameters to FTAM Initiator via F-OPEN RESP
           PDU.
        6. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. Establishes definite value for presentation context name
           parameter for this data transfer.
        b. Assumes that the <Requested Access> parameter is permitted.

      9.2.16    F-READ REQ

        1. If requested file type and file mode are different than current
           settings, send TYPE and MODE to FTP Server.
        2. If <Contents Type> is FTAM-1 or FTAM-3, then send RETR to FTP
           Server.
        3. If <Contents Type> is "NBS-9", then send NLST to FTP Server.



                                                                         35(s10h(s12V


        4. If reply code from FTP Server is 1xx, open FTP data connection
           and loop until End-of-File is read on FTP data connection.
           Inside loop, read block from FTP data connection, format FTAM
           DATA PDU, and send FTAM PDU to FTAM Initiator.  At End-of-File
           on FTP data connection, send F-DATA-END and return.
        5. If reply code from FTP Server is not 1xx, send F-CANCEL REQ to
           FTAM Initiator.
        6. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-READ RESP PDU.
        7. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. To send NLST response, TYPE must be ASCII.

      9.2.17    F-READ-ATTRIBUTE REQ

        1. Send LIST to FTP Server.
        2. Translate returned information into the <Filename>, <Contents
           Type>, and <Permitted Actions> parameter values and return them
           to the FTAM Initiator.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-READ-ATTRIBUTE RESP PDU.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.18    F-RECOVER REQ

        1. Send REST command to FTP Server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. Regime recovery is only possible if the <Recovery Functional
           Unit> parameter was negotiated previously    by an F-INITIALIZE.

      9.2.19    F-RESTART REQ

        1. To interrupt any bulk data transfer in progress, send ABOR to
           FTP Server.
        2. To negotiate the point at which data transfer is to be
           restarted, get <Checkpoint Identifier> parameter from FTAM
           Initiator and send it with REST to FTP Server.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-RESTART RESP PDU.


                                                                         36(s10h(s12V


        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.20    F-SELECT REQ

        1. Get <Filename> parameter and send with LIST command to FTP
           Server to determine whether  or not the file exists.
        2. If file exists, compare the POSIX file access rights with the
           <Requested Access> parameter sent by the FTAM Initiator.  If the
           access rights match, return <Action Result> parameter value of
           "Success", otherwise return <Action Result> parameter value of
           "Failure".
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-SELECT RESP PDU.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

        Note:
        a. The specified file is binary/text file if one record is received
           or is a directory file if multiple records are received

      9.2.21    F-TERMINATE REQ

        1. Send QUIT to FTP Server.
        2. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>  parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator via F-TERMINATE RESP PDU.
        3. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.22    F-TRANSFER-END

        1. Get <Action Result> parameter value from last F-DATA-END and
           return it to FTAM Initiator as <Action Result> parameter of this
           F-TRANSFER-END.

      9.2.23    F-P-ABORT REQ

        1. Send QUIT to FTP Server.
        2. Return <Action Result> parameter value of "Permanent Error" to
           FTAM Initiator.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>  parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.24    F-U-ABORT REQ



                                                                         37(s10h(s12V


        1. Send QUIT to FTP Server.
        2. Return <Action Result> parameter value of "Permanent Error" to
           FTAM Initiator.
        3. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>  parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        4. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      9.2.25    F-WRITE REQ

        1. Save bulk transfer specification parameter from PDU.
        2. Send NOOP to FTP Server to receive status information.
        3. If the <Bulk Data Transfer Specification, FADU Operation>
           parameter has a value of "File Extend", then send an APPE to the
           FTP Server, otherwise send a STOR to the FTP Server.
        4. If reply code from FTP Server is 200, then accept FTP data
           connection; otherwise send F-CANCEL REQ to FTAM Initiator.
        5. Translate FTP Server reply code to equivalent FTAM Responder
           <Action Result> and <Diagnostic> parameters and send parameters
           to FTAM Initiator.
        6. Translate FTAM Initiator <Action Result> and <Diagnostic>
           parameters to equivalent FTP reply codes and send reply codes to
           FTP Server.

      10.  Mapping between FTP Reply Codes and FTAM Parameters

      The focus of the protocol function and representation mappings,
      presented in the previous sections, is on non-error encumbered
      processing.  Though appropriate responses are designated in many
      cases, it is intended that a more thorough use of responses will be
      incorporated into gateway implementations.

      The purpose of this section is to provide a set of mappings between
      FTAM responses (<Action Result> and <Diagnostic>) and FTP responses
      (reply codes).

      The <Action Result> parameter of the FTAM File Service primitives
      conveys information which summarizes that available in the
      <Diagnostic> parameter.  The value is never less than the most severe
      diagnostic value.  The valid values of this parameter are "Success",
      "Transient Error", and "Permanent Error".  The FTP response text
      should be supplied in the <Further Details> field of the
      <Diagnostics> sequence in the FTAM response and abort messages.

      An FTAM <Action Result> "Success" may be accompanied by a
      <Diagnostic> with value of "Informative Error Type".  These "Success"
      diagnostic messages are associated with error type 0 in the table
      below (and in [ISO8571-3]).  Error type 1 indicates a transient
      error, while type 2 indicates a permanent error.

      An FTP reply consists of a three digit number followed by some text.
      The number is defined as a 3-digit code, each digit of which has a


                                                                         38(s10h(s12V


      special significance.  The first digit conveys approximately the same
      information as the FTAM <Action Result> parameter; i.e., positive,
      transient negative, or permanent negative.

      The FTP specification document [RFC959] explicitly states that the
      list of reply codes should not be expanded beyond that which is
      presented in [RFC959].  This requirement is adhered to in the
      mappings presented in this document.

      10.1 FTP Reply Codes to FTAM Parameters

      This section presents the set of mappings between FTP reply codes and
      their equivalent FTAM action and diagnostic parameters.  The
      following abbreviations are used for FTAM action parameter values:

        trans   =    transient error
        perman  =    permanent error







































                                                                         39(s10h(s12V


      FTP Reply                                    |FTAM Diagnostic
                                                   |
                                                   |
      Code      Text                               |Result   Type Id
      ---------------------------------------------+------------------
      110       Restart marker reply               |success  0    0
      120       Service ready in nnn minutes       |success  0    0
      125       Data connection open, transfer     |
                starting                           |success  0    0
      150       File status okay; about to open    |
                data connection                    |success  0    0
      200       Command okay                       |success  0    0
      202       Command not implemented;           |
                superfluous                        |success  0    0
      211       System status, or system help      |
                reply                              |success  0    0
      212       Directory status                   |success  0    0
      213       File status                        |success  0    0
      214       Help message                       |success  0    0
      215       NAME system type                   |success  0    0
      220       Service ready for new user         |success  0    0
      221       Service closing control connection |success  0    0
      225       Data connection; no transfer in    |
                in progress                        |success  0    0
      226       Closing data connection            |success  0    0
      227       Entering passive mode (h1,h2,..)   |success  0    0
      230       User logged in, proceed            |success  0    0
      250       Requested file action okay,        |
                completed                          |success  0    0
      257       "PATHNAME" created                 |success  0    0
      331       User name okay, need password      |success  0    0
      332       Need account for login             |success  0    0
      350       Requested file action pending      |
                further information                |success  0    0
      421       Service not available, closing     |
                control connection                 |trans    1    1
      425       Can't open data connection         |trans    1    3
      426       Connection closed, transfer        |
                aborted                            |trans    1    1014
      450       Requested file action not taken,   |
                file unavailable (e.g., file busy) |trans    1    5041
      451       Requested file action aborted,     |
                local error in processing          |trans    1    5028
      452       Requested action not taken,        |
                insufficient storage space         |trans    1    9
      500       Syntax error, command unrecognized |perman   2    5015
      501       Syntax error in parameters or      |
                arguments                          |perman   2    4004
      502       Command not implemented            |perman   2    5016
      503       Bad sequence of commands           |perman   2    1015
      504       Command not implemented for that   |
                parameter                          |perman   2    4003
      530       Not logged in                      |perman   2    2020
      532       Need account for storing files     |perman   2    2008


                                                                         40(s10h(s12V


      550       Requested action not taken; file   |
                unavailable (e.g., file not found, |
                no access)                         |perman   2    3013
      551       Requested action aborted, page     |
                type                               |perman   2    5002
      552       Requested file action aborted,     |
                exceeded storage allocation        |perman   2    9
      553       Requested file action not taken,   |
                file name not allowed              |perman   2    3024















































                                                                         41(s10h(s12V


      10.2 FTAM Parameters to FTP Reply Codes

      This section presents the set of mappings between FTAM diagnostic
      parameters and their equivalent FTP reply codes.  As previously
      mentioned, type 0 is an informative error type that may be returned
      with a "Success" action result, type 1 is a transient error type, and
      type 2 is a permanent error type.


      FTAM Diagnostic                                   |FTP Reply Code
                                                        |
      Type      Id   Reason                             |
      --------------------------------------------------+--------
                                                        |
      1,2       0    No reason                          |    421
      0         1    Responder error                    |    211
      1,2       1    Responder error                    |    421
      1,2       2    System shutdown                    |    421
      0         3    FTAM mgmt problem, unspecific      |    211
      1,2       3    FTAM mgmt problem, unspecific      |    425
      0         4    FTAM mgmt, bad account             |    221
      2         4    FTAM mgmt, bad account             |    532
      0         5    FTAM mgmt, security not passed     |    211
      2         5    FTAM mgmt, security not passed     |    530
      0         6    Delay may be encountered           |    211
      0         7    Initiator error, unspecific        |    211
      1,2       7    Initiator error, unspecific        |    421
      0         8    Subsequent error                   |    211
      1,2       8    Subsequent error                   |    421
      0         9    Temporal insufficiency of resources|    211
      1,2       9    Temporal insufficiency of resources|    452
      1,2       10   Access req. violates VFS security  |    550
      1,2       11   Access req. violates local security|    550
      2         1000 Conflicting parameter values       |    504
      2         1001 Unsupported parameter values       |    504
      2         1002 Mandatory parameter not set        |    504
      2         1003 Unsupported parameter              |    504
      2         1004 Duplicated parameter               |    504
      2         1005 Illegal paramater type             |    504
      2         1006 Unsupported paramater types        |    504
      2         1007 FTAM protocol err., unspecific     |    426
      2         1008 FTAM protocol err., procedure err  |    426
      2         1009 FTAM protocol err., funct. unit err|    426
      2         1010 FTAM protocol err., corruption err.|    426
      2         1011 Lower layer failure                |    426
      1,2       1012 Lower layer addressing error       |    426
      1,2       1013 Timeout                            |    426
      1,2       1014 System shutdown                    |    426
      2         1015 Illegal grouping sequence          |    503
      2         1016 Grouping threshold violation       |    503
      2         1017 Inconsistent PDU request           |    503
      2         2000 Association with user not allowed  |    532
      2         2002 Unsupported service class          |    504
      0         2003 Unsupported functional unit        |    211


                                                                         42(s10h(s12V


      2         2003 Unsupported functional unit        |    502
      0         2004 Attribute group error, unspecific  |    211
      1,2       2004 Attribute group error, unspecific  |    504
      2         2005 Attribute group not supported      |    504
      0         2006 Attribute group not allowed        |    211
      2         2006 Attribute group not allowed        |    504
      0         2007 Bad account                        |    211
      2         2007 Bad account                        |    532
      0         2008 Association management, unspecific |    211
      1,2       2008 Association management, unspecific |    532
      2         2009 Association management, bad address|    532
      1,2       2010 Association management, bad account|    532
      0         2011 Checkpoint window error, too large |    211
      2         2011 Checkpoint window error, too large |    426
      0         2012 Checkpoint window error, too small |    211
      2         2012 Checkpoint window error, too small |    426
      0         2013 Checkpoint window error, unsupp.   |    211
      2         2013 Checkpoint window error, unsupp.   |    504
      0         2014 Communications QoS not supported   |    211
      1,2       2014 Communications QoS not supported   |    504
      2         2015 Initiator identity unacceptable    |    532
      0         2016 Context management refused         |    211
      0         2017 Rollback not available             |    211
      0         2018 Contents type list cut by          |
                     responder                          |    211
      0         2019 Contents type list by              |
                     Presentation Service               |    211
      2         2020 Invalid filestore password         |    530
      2         2021 Incompatible service classes       |    530
      1,2       3000 Filename not found                 |    550
      1,2       3001 Selection attributes not matched   |    550
      2         3002 Initial attributes not possible    |    550
      2         3003 Bad attribute name                 |    550
      1,2       3004 Non-existent file                  |    550
      1,2       3005 File already exists                |    553
      1,2       3006 File cannot be created             |    553
      1,2       3007 File cannot be deleted             |    553
      0         3008 Concurrency control not available  |    211
      2         3008 Concurrency control not available  |    503
      0         3009 Concurrency control not supported  |    211
      2         3009 Concurrency control not supported  |    502
      0         3010 Concurrency control not possible   |    211
      2         3010 Concurrency control not possible   |    503
      0         3011 More restrictive lock              |    211
      1         3011 More restrictive lock              |    450
      1,2       3012 File busy                          |    450
      1,2       3013 File not available                 |    450
      0         3014 Access control not available       |    211
      1,2       3014 Access control not available       |    503
      0         3015 Access control not supported       |    211
      1,2       3015 Access control not supported       |    502
      0         3016 Access control inconsistent        |    211
      1,2       3016 Access control inconsistent        |    503
      0         3017 Filename truncated                 |    211


                                                                         43(s10h(s12V


      0         3018 Initial attributes altered         |    211
      1,2       3019 Bad account                        |    532
      0         3020 Override selected existing file    |    211
      0         3021 Override deleted and recreated     |    211
      0         3022 Create override deleted and        |
                     recreate file with new attributes  |    211
      1,2       3023 Create override, not possible      |    553
      1,2       3024 Ambiguous file specification       |    553
      2         3025 Invalid create password            |    550
      2         3026 Invalid delete password on override|    550
      2         3027 Bad attribute value                |    550
      2         3028 Requested access violation         |    550
      2         3029 Functional unit not available for  |    550
                     requested access                   |
      0         3030 File created but not selected      |    211
      1         3030 Invalid create password            |    550
      0         4000 Attribute non-existent             |    211
      1,2       4000 Attribute non-existent             |    501
      1,2       4001 Attribute cannot be read           |    504
      1,2       4002 Attribute cannot be changed        |    504
      1,2       4003 Attribute not supported            |    504
      2         4004 Bad attribute name                 |    501
      2         4005 Bad attribute value                |    501
      0         4006 Attribute partially supported      |    211
      0         4007 Additional set attribute value     |
                     not distinct                       |    211
      1,2       5000 Bad FADU, unspecific               |    550
      2         5001 Bad FADU, size error               |    501
      2         5002 Bad FADU, type error               |    551
      2         5003 Bad FADU, poorly specified         |    501
      2         5004 Bad FADU, bad location             |    550
      0         5005 FADU does not exist                |    550
      1         5005 FADU does not exist                |    550
      0         5006 FADU not available, unspecific     |    550
      1,2       5006 FADU not available, unspecific     |    550
      1,2       5007 FADU not available for reading     |    550
      1,2       5008 FADU not available for writing     |    550
      1,2       5009 FADU not available for location    |    550
      1,2       5010 FADU not available for erasure     |    550
      1,2       5011 FADU cannot be inserted            |    550
      1,2       5012 FADU cannot be replaced            |    550
      0         5013 FADU cannot be located             |    550
      1,2       5013 FADU cannot be located             |    550
      2         5014 Bad data element type              |    550
      1,2       5015 Operation not available            |    500
      1,2       5016 Operation not supported            |    502
      0         5017 Operation inconsistent             |    211
      2         5017 Operation inconsistent             |    503
      0         5018 Concurrency control not available  |    211
      1,2       5018 Concurrency control not available  |    503
      0         5019 Concurrency control not supported  |    211
      2         5019 Concurrency control not supported  |    502
      0         5020 Concurrency control inconsistent   |    211
      2         5020 Concurrency control inconsistent   |    503


                                                                         44(s10h(s12V


      0         5021 Processing mode not available      |    211
      1,2       5021 Processing mode not available      |    503
      0         5022 Processing mode not supported      |    211
      2         5022 Processing mode not supported      |    504
      0         5023 Processing mode inconsistent       |    211
      2         5023 Processing mode inconsistent       |    503
      0         5024 Access context not available       |    211
      2         5024 Access context not available       |    503
      0         5025 Access context not supported       |    211
      2         5025 Access context not supported       |    504
      1,2       5026 Bad write, unspecific              |    550
      1,2       5027 Bad read, unspecific               |    550
      0         5028 Local failure, unspecific          |    211
      1,2       5028 Local failure, unspecific          |    451
      0         5029 Local failure, filespace exhausted |    211
      1,2       5029 Local failure, filespace exhausted |    552
      0         5030 Local failure, data corrupted      |    211
      1,2       5030 Local failure, data corrupted      |    451
      0         5031 Local failure, data corrupted      |    211
      1,2       5031 Local failure, data corrupted      |    451
      2         5032 Future file size exceeded          |    451
      0         5034 Future file size increased         |    211
      0         5035 Functional unit invalid in         |
                     processing mode                    |    211
      2         5035 Functional unit invalid in         |
                     processing mode                    |    503
      0         5036 Contents type inconsistent         |    211
      2         5036 Contents type inconsistent         |    503
      0         5037 Contents type simplified           |    211
      0         5038 Duplicate FADU name                |    211
      1,2       5039 Damage to select/open regime       |    553
      1,2       5040 FADU locking not available on file |    450
      1,2       5041 FADU locked by another user        |    450

      10.3 Future Mapping Problem

      At some point in the future, the FTAM <Responding Presentation
      Address> parameter may be used for purposes other than the current
      use of passing the final destination address in the Responder-Client
      gateway service [NIST86].  If this happens, the destination address
      will have to be passed in another location, such as in the "@host"
      portion of the <Initiator Identity>.  Currently, the FTP-FTAM gateway
      specification permits either mechanism for storage of the ultimate
      destination address.

      10.4 Error Handling

      The minimal acceptable solution for Responder-Client service errors
      is to map FTP failures to FTAM "Unrecoverable error" and return the
      FTP diagnostic string in the FTAM <Further Details> field.  Similarly
      for Server-Initiator service errors, the minimal acceptable solution
      is to return reply code 221, "Service closing control connection,
      Logged out if appropriate".



                                                                         45(s10h(s12V


      11.  Implementation and Configuration Guidelines

      The intent of this specification is to specify the required
      characteristics and functions of an FTP-FTAM gateway.  The specific
      approach taken to realize these specifications in an operational
      gateway are left to the discretion of the implementor.  We do take
      the liberty, however, of suggesting several ideas concerning the
      configuration and implementation of such gateways.

      11.1 Robustness

      The gateway should be robust enough to handle situations where a
      subset of the FTP and/or FTAM protocols are implemented on a host.

      The gateway should support multiple concurrent FTP and FTAM
      connections.

      11.2 Well-Known TCP/IP Port

      The Server-Initiator gateway process should listen on TCP/IP port 21,
      the well-known port for FTP listener processes.  As the gateway
      computer is primarily intended to provide gateway services,  use of
      this port will alleviate the need for gateway users to specify the
      desired port when they connect to the gateway.  The standard FTP
      server listener process should be moved to another port that is known
      to those users (e.g., System Administrators) requiring FTP-to-FTP
      access to the gateway computer.

      11.3 Gateway Listener Processes

      To simplify the administrative overhead on the gateway computer
      system, it is advisable to merge the Server-Initiator service and
      Responder-Client gateway listener processes into a single executable
      module.  This single daemon would act as the one and only gateway
      listener processes.  As connections were established with hosts,
      other processes would be created.

      11.4 Implementation Testing

      To assist in the development and evaluation of FTP-FTAM gateway
      prototypes, NIST has developed a test system to evaluate a gateway's
      conformance to the protocol standards [NIST88].

      11.5 POSIX File Naming and Organization

      The OSI profiles do not define a standard manner for an FTAM
      Responder to return file names.

      To avoid unnecessary complexity, proprietary file systems are not
      addressed in these mappings.  POSIX file naming and organization
      conventions are assumed; i.e., files are assumed to be organized in a
      hierarchical structure in which all of the non-terminal nodes are
      directories and all of the terminal nodes are any other type of file.



                                                                         46(s10h(s12V


      12.  Security Considerations

      The gateway system places the burden of authentication on the
      destination system.  The authentication parameters of each protocol
      are applied at the destination and no additional parameters are
      needed for authentication at the gateway.  As such, no gateway
      password file is required to support gateway functions.

      Additional gateway security can be maintained by employing standard
      TCP access restrictions.

      13.  References

      [ISO8571-1]    Information  processing   systems   -   Open   Systems
                Interconnection -  File  Transfer, Access  and  Management,
                Part 1:    General  Introduction, International  Standards
                Organization for Standards, First Edition, October 1988.

      [ISO8571-2]    Information  processing   systems   -   Open   Systems
                Interconnection -  File  Transfer, Access  and  Management,
                Part  2:    Virtual  Filestore  Definition,  International
                Standards  Organization  for   Standards,  First   Edition,
                October 1988.

      [ISO8571-3]    Information  processing   systems   -   Open   Systems
                Interconnection -  File  Transfer, Access  and  Management,
                Part 3:  File Service  Definition, International  Standards
                Organization for Standards, First Edition, October 1988.

      [ISO8571-4]    Information  processing   systems   -   Open   Systems
                Interconnection -  File  Transfer, Access  and  Management,
                Part  4:   File   Protocol   Specification,  International
                Standards  Organization  for   Standards,  First   Edition,
                October 1988.

      [ISO8571-5]    Information  processing   systems   -   Open   Systems
                Interconnection -  File  Transfer, Access  and  Management,
                Part  5:  Protocol  Implementation  Conformance  Statement,
                International Standards Organization  for Standards,  First
                Edition.

      [KILLE90] Using the OSI  Directory to achieve  User Friendly  Naming,
                S.E. Kille, June 1990.

      [MITRE87] An  FTP/FTAM   Application  Bridge,   An  FTAM/FTAM   (MTR-
                87W00186), John A. Scott, The MITRE Corporation, July 1987.

      [NETWRX90a]    Gateway Technical Specification, Joshua L Mindel, Open
                Networks, Inc. (formerly NetWorks One) 28 February 1990.

      [NETWRX90b]    FTP  Gateway  User's  Guide,  Joshua  L  Mindel,  Open
                Networks, Inc. (formerly NetWorks One) 28 February 1990.




                                                                         47(s10h(s12V


      [NIST86]  A Gateway Architecture Between FTP and FTAM (ICST/SNA86-6),
                M.A. Wallace  et al,  National Institute  of Standards  and
                Technology, U.S. Department of Commerce, July 1986.

      [NIST91]  CSL Bulletin:    File  Transfer,  Access,  and  Management,
                National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology,   U.S.
                Chamber of Commerce, July 1991.

      [NIST88]  A Test  System for  Implementations of  FTAM/FTP  Gateways:
                Final Report Part  1, National Institute  of Standards  and
                Technology, U.S. Chamber of Commerce, October 1988.

      [NIST91]  CSL Bulletin:    File  Transfer,  Access,  and  Management,
                National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology,   U.S.
                Chamber of Commerce, July 1991.

      [NIST92]  Stable   Implementation   Agreements   for   Open   Systems
                Interconnection Protocols:  Part 9  - FTAM Phase 2, Output
                from the March 1992 Open Systems Environment  Implementors'
                Workshop (OIW), March 1992.

      [RFC959]  File Transfer  Protocol (FTP),  Request for  Comments  959,
                John Postel and Joyce Reynolds, ISI, October 1985.

      [RFC1101] DNS Encoding of Network Names and other Types, Request  for
                Comments 1101, P.V. Mockapetris, April 1989.

      [ROSE90]  The Open Book: A Practical Perspective on OSI, Marshall T.
                Rose, Prentice-Hall Inc., 1990.

      14.  Authors' Addresses

        Joshua L Mindel
        Open Networks, Inc.
        11490 Commerce Park Dr., Suite 205
        Reston, Virginia 22091  USA
        Phone:  (703) 648-0013
        E-mail: mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com


        Robert L. Slaski
        Open Networks, Inc.
        11490 Commerce Park Dr., Suite 205
        Reston, Virginia 22091  USA
        Phone:  (703) 648-0013
        E-mail: slaski@netwrx1.nw1.com










                                                                         48


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05721;
          4 Sep 92 14:10 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05717;
          4 Sep 92 14:10 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14257;
          4 Sep 92 14:12 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 4 Sep 1992 13:09:56 +0000
Date: Fri, 4 Sep 1992 13:09:56 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..822:04.08.92.18.09.56]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 4 Sep 1992 13:09:55 
                      +0000;
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"60318140902991/3227 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Mail-11 (resending)


Hallo I'm just resending the last version of the mail-11 mapping document,
as I'm not sure it was distributed on x400ops list already last week.
There are only very few changes, according the discussion following the
Boston meeting. 

Allan, could you please replace the internet-draf version with this one?

thanks indeed.

PS: sorry to thos of you which are getting it twice!
Claudio

-------------cut here --------------------

COSINE S2.2                                  Claudio Allocchio
Draft v2.3                                   I.N.F.N. - Italy
                                             August 22, 1992
                                             Allocchio@elettra-ts.infn.it


   Mapping between X.400(1984/1988) and Mail-11 (DECnet mail)


Status of this Memo:

         This  document  describes  a set  of mappings  which will 
enable  inter working  between  systems  operating the CCITT X.400 
(1984/1988)  Recommendations  on  Message  Handling  Systems,  and 
systems running the Mail-11  (also known as DECnet mail) protocol.
The specifications are valid within DECnet Phase IV addressing and
routing scheme. The complete  scenario of X.400 / RFC822 / Mail-11
is also considered,  in order  to cover the possible complex cases 
arising in multiple gateway translations.

This  document  cover mainly  the O/R  address  to DECnet  from/to 
address  mapping  (and vice versa);  other mappings  are  based on 
RFC1327 and its updates.

This document  provides an  experimental standard  definition, and
is expected to be revised after an initial test period.

Distribution is unlimited.





(c) notice:
Mail-11,  DECnet, VMSmail,  VAX/VMS, DEC are trademarks of Digital 
Equipment Corporation; Jnet is a trademark of Joiner Inc.




Chapter 1 - Introduction


1.1.  X.400

         The  standard  referred  shortly  into  this  document as 
"X.400"   relates  to  the  CCITT  1984   and  1988  X.400  Series
Recommendations  covering  the  Message  Oriented Text Interchange 
Service (MOTIS). This document covers the Inter Personal Messaging 
System (IPMS) only.


1.2. Mail-11

         Mail-11, also known  as DECnet mail and often improperly 
referred as  VMSmail, is the proprietary protocol  implemented by 
Digital Equipment Corporation (DEC) to establish a real-time text 
messaging system among  systems implementing  the DECnet Phase IV 
networking protocols.


1.3. RFC 822

         RFC 822 was defined as a standard for personal messaging 
systems within the  DARPA Internet and  is now diffused on top of 
many  different message  transfer  protocols,  like  SMTP,  UUCP, 
BITNET,  JNT Grey Book, CSnet.  Its  mapping with  X.400 is fully 
described  in RFC1327.  In this document we  will try to consider 
its relations with Mail-11, too.

 1.4. The user community.

         The community using  X.400 messaging system is currently 
growing in  the whole world, but  there is still a number of very 
large communities using  Mail-11 based  messaging systems willing 
to communicate  easily with X.400 based Message Handling Systems. 
Among  these large DECnet based  networks we can include the High 
Energy Physics network  (HEPnet) and the  Space Physics  Analysis 
Network (SPAN).

         The se DECnet communities  will in  the future  possibly 
migrate to DECnet Phase V (DECnet-OSI) protocols, converting thus 
their messaging  systems to OSI specifications, i.e. merging into 
the X.400 MHS;  however the transition period could be long,  and 
there could always be some DECnet Phase IV communities around.

         For  these  reasons  a  set  of  mapping  rules covering 
conversion  between  Mail-11  and  X.400  is  described  in  this
document.

         This document  also  covers  the case of Mail-11 systems 
implementing  the  "foreign mail protocol"  allowing  Mail-11  to 
interface other mail systems, including RFC 822 based system.





Chapter 2 - Message Elements


2.1. Service Elements

	Mail-11 protocol offers a very restricted set of elements 
composing   a   Inter  Personal  Message   (IPM),  whereas  X.400 
specifications  support  a  complex  and large  amount of service 
elements. Considering the case where a message is relayed between 
two X.400 MHS  via a DECnet network this could result in a nearly 
complete loss of information. To minimise this inconvenience most 
of X.400 service elements will  be mapped into  Mail-11 text body 
parts. To consider also the case when a message originates from a 
network implementing RFC 822 protocols and is relayed via Mail-11 
to and X.400 MHS, the applied mapping from X.400 service elements 
into  Mail-11 text body part the  rules specified in  RFC1327 and 
their updates will be used, producing an RFC822-like header.


2.2. Mail-11 service elements
 
         All  envelope  (P1)  and  header  (P2)  Mail-11  service 
elements  are supported  in  the conversion  to X.400.  Note that 
Mail-11 P1 is solely composed by P1.From and P1.To, and any other 
Mail-11 element belongs to Mail-11 P2:

         - P1.From
                  maps to P1.Originator

         - P1.To
                  maps to P1.Primary Recipient

         - P2.From
                  maps to P2.Originator

         - P2.To
                  maps to P2.Primary Recipient

         - Cc
                  maps to P2.Copy Recipient

         - Date
                  maps to Submission Time Stamp

         - Subj
                  maps to Subject


Any eventual RFC822-like text header in Mail-11 body part will be 
interpreted as specified into RFC1327 and its updates.


2.3. X.400 service elements

         The  following  X.400  service  elements  are  supported 
directly into Mail-11 conversion:

         - P1.Originator
                  maps to P1.'From'

         - P1.Primary Recipients
                  maps to P1.'To'

         - P2.Originator
                  maps to P2.'From'

         - P2.Primary Recipients
                  maps to P2.'To'

         - Copy Recipients
                  maps to 'Cc'

         - Submission Time Stamp
                  maps to 'date'

         - Subject
                  maps to 'Subj'

         The   following  X.400  service   element  is  partially 
supported into Mail-11 conversion:

         - Blind Copy Recipient
                  to ensure  the required privacy, when a message 
                  contains  a BCC address,  the following actions 
                  occurs:
                  - a new message is created, containing the body 
                    parts;
                  - a  new  envelope is added to the new message, 
                    containing   the   originator  and   the  BCC
                    recipient addresses only.
                  - the new message is delivered separately.

         Any  other  X.400  service   element  support   is  done 
accordingly  to  RFC1327 including the  mapped element  into  the 
RFC822-like header into Mail-11 body part.




Chapter 3 - Basic Mappings

         The basic mappings indicated in RFC1327 and its updates 
should be fully used.




Chapter 4 - Addressing


4.1. Mail-11 addressing

         Mail-11  addressing can vary from a very simple case up 
to complex ones,  if there are other Mail-11 to "something-else" 
gateways involved.  In any case a  Mail-11 address  is  an ASCII 
string composed of different elements.


4.2. X.400 addressing

         On the other hand, An X.400 O/R address is a collection 
of attributes,  which can anyway be  presented as an IA5 textual 
representation as defined in chapter 4 of RFC1327.


4.3. Mail-11 address components

         Let  us start defining the  different parts composing a 
Mail-11 address. We can consider any Mail-11 address as composed 
by 3 parts:

         [[route]::] [[node]::] local part

         where  'route' and  'node' are optional and only 'local 
part'  is compulsory.  Here comes  a strict definition  of these 
elements

  node = *(ALPHA/DIGIT) / *DIGIT / *DIGIT "." *DIGIT

  route = *(node "::")

  local part = username / nickname / for-protocol

  username = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  nickname = <printablestring - <" " and HTAB>>

  for-protocol = (f-pref f-sep <">f-address<">)

  f-pref = *(ALPHA/DIGIT)

  f-sep = "%" / "::"

  f-address = printablestring / rfc822-address / X400-text-address

  X400-text-address = <textual representation of an X.400 O/R addr>

Please note that in x-text-address both the ";" notation and the 
"/"   notation  are  equivalent  and  allowed (see  examples  in 
different sect.)


some examples:

route           node    local part
----------------------------------------------------------
                        USER47
                MYNODE::BETTY
BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
                        IN%"M.T.Rose@Dicdum.cc.edu"
        UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB"
                MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
        CCUBVX::VS3100::Jnet%"IAB3425@IBAX23L"
                        MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
                MAINVX::IN%"path1!path2!user%dom"
                GWX400::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=aaa;PRMD=ppp;S=Lee;"
                GX409A::x400%"/C=xx/A=aaa/P=ppp/S=Lee"




Chapter 5 - Mapping


5.1. Mapping scheme

         DECnet address field is somehow a 'flat land' with some 
obliged  routes  to  reach  some  hidden  areas.  Thus  a  truly 
hierarchical   mapping  scheme using mapping  tables as suitable 
for RFC822 is not the appropriate solution. A fixed set of rules 
using DDAs support is defined in order to define the mapping.

         Another   important   aspect  of  the  problem  is  the 
coexistence of many  disjoint DECnet  networks,  using  the same 
DECnet address space, i.e. 'area' and 'node' numbers. A possible 
case exists  when we have a common  X.400 and/or RFC 822 mailing 
system  acting  as glue to  connect  different isolated  Mail-11 
islands.  Thus, to identify uniquely each DECnet network we must 
also  introduce  the concept of  'DECnet network name', which we 
will refer shortly as 'net' from now onwards. We define as 'net' 
a unique  ASCII  string  identifying  the DECnet  network we are 
connected  to.  To be  more  specific,  the  'net' element  will 
identify the DECnet  community being  served, i.e. it could also 
differ  from  the actual  official  network  name.  Aliases  are 
allowed for the 'net' attribute. Some possible examples are:

       net = 'HEPnet'   the High Energy Physics DECnet Network
       net = 'SPAN'     the Space Physics Analysis Network
       net = 'Enet'     the Digital Equipment Corporate Network

         The need of labelling each DECnet network with its name 
comes also  from the requirement to  implement the 'intelligent' 
gateway,  i.e. the  gateway  which  is  able to  understand  its 
ability  to connect  directly  to  the specified DECnet network, 
even  if the  O/R address specify a path to a different gateway. 
A more detailed discussion of the problem is in 5.3 and 5.5. 

         A  registry of 'net' attributes and their correspondent 
gateways must also be implemented to insure uniqueness of names.
A  simple table coupling 'net'  and the gateway address is used, 
in  a  syntax similar  to  the 'gate'  table used in RFC1327. An 
example:

         HEPnet#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
         SPAN#OU$Cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$IT#
         SPAN#O$ESRIN1.PRMD$esa.ADMD$Master400.C$it#

Ambiguous  left entries  are  allowed.  Gateway  implementations 
could simply choose among one of them, or try them all in cyclic 
order to obtain better performances.

         In  order  to  keep  the  mapping  rules  very  simple, 
avoiding  the need to  analyse Mail-11  addresses to distinguish 
the  'route', 'node' and 'local part',  we will  define only the 
minimum  set  of  DDAs strictly  needed  to  cover  the  mapping 
problem.


5.2. Mail-11 --> X.400

	We define the following Domain Defined Attributes to map 
a Mail-11 address:

         DD.Dnet
         DD.Mail-11

We thus define the mapping rule

         route::node::localpart

maps into 

         C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
         DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

with

         xx  = country code of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         yyy = Admd of the gateway performing the conversion
         zzz = Prmd of the gateway performing the conversion
         ooo = Organisation of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         uuu = Org. Unit(s) of the gateway performing the          
               conversion
         net = name of the DECnet network (e.g. HEPnet,          
               SPAN,...)

('zzz', 'ooo', 'uuu'  being  used or  dropped  appropriately  in 
order  to  identify  uniquely within  the X.400 MHS  the gateway 
performing the conversion).

The following defaults also apply:

  if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11 originator 
  (From)  then 'node'  defaults  to the  DECnet node name of the 
  gateway (gwnode);

  if 'node' is missing and we are mapping the Mail-11  recipient 
  (To, Cc) then 'node' defaults to the DECnet node  name  of the
  'From' address.

  if 'DD.Dnet=net'  is  missing,  then  it  defaults  to a value 
  defined locally by the gateway: if the gateway is connected to
  one DECnet network only, then 'net' will be  the  name of this
  unique network; if the gateway is   connected to more than one
  DECnet network, then  the   gateway will  establish  a  'first
  choice' DECnet network,  and 'net' will default to this value.

In  case  'local part'  contains  'x400-text-address'  see  also 
section 6.4.3;

In case 'local part' contains 'rfc822-address' see also  section 
6.4.4.


5.2.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr'
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

 USER47
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::USER47;

 MYNODE::BETTY
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MYNODE::BETTY;

 BOSTON::CLUS02::GOOFY1::MARY34
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=BOSTON::GOOFY1::MARY34;

 UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::"MBOX1::MBX34:MYC3::BOB"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=UCLA13::MVAX93::MRGATE::(q)MBOX1::MBX34::MYC3::BOB(q)

 MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=MIAMI2::George.Rosenthal;

 MRGATE::"C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=xx::A=bbb::P=ppp::S=Joe(q)

 MAINVX::In%"path1!path2!user%dom"
  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=MAINVX::In(p)(q)path1(b)path2(b)user(p)dom(q)


5.3. X.400 encoding of Mail-11 --> Mail-11

         In  order  to assure  path  reversibility  in  case  of 
multiple Mail-11/X.400 gateway crossing we must distinguish  two 
cases:

- DD.Dnet=net  is  known  to  the  gateway  as one of the DECnet 
  networks  it is connected to.  In  this case  the  mapping  is
  trivial:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=zzz; O=ooo; OU=uuu; DD.Dnet=net; 
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

  (see  sect.  5.2 for explication of 'xx', 'yyy', 'zzz', 'ooo',
  'uuu','net')

maps into

     route::node::localpart

- DD.Dnet=net  is NOT known to the gateway as one of the  DECnet 
  networks it  is  connected to.  In  this case the mapping rule 
  described into section 5.4 apply:

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; PRMD=www; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;

maps into

     gwnode::gw%"C=xx;ADMD=yyy;PRMD=www;DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::node::localpart;"


5.3.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP;
  DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::MRGATE::(q)C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay(q)
    MRGATE::"C=ab::A=dsa::P=qwerty::OU=mine::S=Clay"

  C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=EASYNET; DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;
    X4TDEC::gw%"C=it;ADMD=garr;DD.Dnet=EASYNET;
    DD.Mail-11=ROM01::CARLO;"
 
(in the above example 'EASYNET' is supposed to be not  connected 
to our gateway located on X4TDEC DECnet node).


 5.4. X.400 --> Mail-11

         The  mapping  of an  X.400  O/R address into Mail-11 is 
done encoding  the various attributes into the X400-text-address 
as  defined  in chapter  4 of  RFC1327,  and including  this  as 
'f-address'.  A 'f-pref'  and  a  'f-sep'  are  added completing 
'local part'.  'gwnode'  is  included as the DECnet node name of 
the gateway.

Thus

   x400-text-address

will be encoded like

   gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

having spaces dividing attributes as optional.


5.4.1. Example

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';

Thus

  C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=ucl; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

  X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=ucl/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

or its equivalent with the ";" notation

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=gb;ADMD=Gold 400;PRMD=AC.UK;O=ucl;OU=cs;G=Paul;S=Smith;"


5.5. Mail-11 encoding of X.400 --> X.400

	It  can happened  that Mail-11 is used to relay messages  
between  X.400  systems;  this  will mean multiple X.400/Mail-11 
gateway  crossing   and  we  will  encounter  Mail-11  addresses 
containing embedded X.400 information's. In order to assure path 
reversibility we must then distinguish two cases:

- the  embedded X.400 address  belongs to a  domain whose naming 
  and routing  rules are known  to the global X.400 MHS. In this
  case the mapping is trivial:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     x400-text-address

    'route' and 'gwnode' are  mapped  into X.400  Trace  service
    elements.

- the  encoded x.400 domain does not belong to the global  X.400
  name  space.  In  this  case the  mapping rule  described into 
  section 5.2 apply:

     route::gwnode::gw%"x400-text-address"

maps into

     C=xx; ADMD=yyy; DD.Dnet=net;
     DD.Mail-11=route::gwnode::gw(p)(q)x400-text-address(q);

The  latter  case   is deprecated  and  must  be  regarded  as a 
possible temporary solution only, while waiting to include  into 
the global X.400 MHS also this domain.

5.5.1. Examples

Let us suppose that:

  the DECnet network name (net) is 'HEP';
  the DECnet node name of the gateway (gwnode) is 'X4TDEC';
  the Country Code of the gateway is 'IT' and its ADMD is 'garr';
  (and these two fields are enough to identify uniquely the 
  gateway within the x.400 MHS).

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=fr;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ifip;O=poly;S=Moreau;"
    C=fr; ADMD=atlas; PRMD=ifip; O=poly; S=Moreau;

  X4TDEC::gw%"C=zz;ADMD= ;PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;"
    C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
    DD.Mail-11=X4TDEC::gw(p)(q)C=zz;ADMD= ; 
    PRMD=Botwa;O=Miner;S=Chiuaw;(q)

(in the above example  C=zz is unknown to the global X.400 MHS)




Chapter 6 - Complex mapping


6.1. The protocol triangle

         The  bilateral mappings  described in chapter 5 must be 
extended  in order  to cover also the case in which also RFC 822 
addressing is involved,  and  the following triangular situation 
occurs:

          x.400
           /  \
          /    \
         /      \
    Mail-11----RFC822

 
         The  X.400 - RFC 822  side is fully covered by RFC1327, 
and   the   previous  chapters  in  this   document  cover   the 
Mail-11 - X.400 side. 

         Currently a  number of implementations also perform the 
mapping  along  the  Mail-11 - RFC 822 side.  The most important 
among these de facto  standards  are  discussed  in  Appendix A, 
jointly  with  a Mail-11 - RFC 822  mapping scheme  which covers 
this side of the triangle.

6.2. RFC822 mapped in Mail-11

         The   'rfc822-address'  is  usually  included in 'local 
part'  as  'f-address' using  the  Mail-11 foreign mail protocol 
syntax:

     route::gwnode::gw%"rfc822-address"

an example

     NVXA23::SMTPGW::in%"M.T.Rose@CS.UCLA.edu"


6.3. Mail-11 mapped in RFC822

         There are different styles in mapping a Mail-11 address 
in RFC 822; let's have a short summary.

- Mail-11 address  encoded in  "Left Hand Side" (LHS) of RFC 822 
  address, using "%" syntax or "::" syntax;

     route::node::localpart

  maps to

     localpart%node%route@gw-domains

  or

     "route::node::localpart"@gw-domains

  where  'gw-domains'  identify  uniquely  the  Mail-11 / RFC822
  gateway.

- Mail-11 address maps partly to LHS and partly to 'domain' part 
  of RFC822 address:

     node::localpart

  maps to

     localpart@node.gw-domains

- Mail-11  address  is  completely  hidden  by  a  mapping table 
  or  directory  and the  resultant RFC822  address  contains no 
  trace at all of the original address.

As  you  could notice,  in any of the quoted cases the resultant 
RFC822 address  is  not distinguishable  from  a  genuine RFC822 
address.


6.4. Multiple conversions

         Let  us  now examine  briefly  the possible  situations 
which involve  multiple conversions,  having one  protocol  as a 
relay between the other two.  This summary suggest some possible 
enhanced solutions  to avoid heavy  and unduly mappings, but the 
'step by step' approach,  considering blindly  one conversion as 
disjointed to the other,  as described in the previous sections, 
can always be used.


6.4.1. X.400 --> RFC 822 --> Mail-11

         We apply the RFC1327 rules to the first step, obtaining 
an  RFC 822  address  which  can  be mapped in Mail-11 using the 
'f-address' field, as described in section 6.2.

an example:

  C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and finally becomes

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

where 'SMTPGW'  is  the DECnet node  name of the machine running
the RFC 822 to Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.2. Mail-11 --> RFC 822 --> X.400

         Some  of the  possible mapping described in section 6.3 
apply to the Mail-11 address,  hiding completely its origin. The 
RFC1327 apply on the last step.

an example:

   RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

could map into RFC 822 as

   BETTY%MYNODE@RELAY.dnet.gw1.it

and accordingly to RFC1327

   C=it; A=garr; P=dom1; O=gw1; OU=RELAY; S=BETTY(p)MYNODE;

where  'dnet.gw1.it'  is the domain  of the machine  running the 
Mail-11 to RFC 822 gateway.


6.4.3. X.400 --> Mail-11 --> RFC 822

         The  X.400 address  is stored  into Mail-11 'f-address' 
element  as described  in sections 5.3  and 5.4;  then  if  the 
Mail-11  to RFC 822 gateway is able  to understand the presence 
of a  'x400-text-address' into  the  Mail-11  address, then  it 
applies  RFC1327 to  it,  and  encodes  'route'  and  'node' as 
'Received:' elements into RFC 822 message header.  Otherwise it 
applies the rules described in 6.3

an example:

 C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

will be encoded like

 X4TDEC::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

If the Mail-11 to RFC822 gateway recognise the x400-text-address, 
then the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

 Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

and the following RFC 822 header line is added

 Received: from X4TDEC with DECnet (Mail-11) on xx-xxx-xxxx.

Otherwise one of the dumb rules could produce

 gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"@X4TDEC.domains


6.4.4. RFC 822 --> Mail-11 --> X.400

         The  RFC 822  address  is  encoded in Mail-11 f-address 
element as described in sect. 6.2;  then if the Mail-11 to X.400 
gateway   is   able   to   understand   the   presence   of   an 
'rfc822-address' into  the  Mail-11  address,  then  it  applies 
RFC1327  to  it,  and  encodes  'route'  and  'node'  as 'trace' 
elements of the message header.  Otherwise  it applies the rules 
described in 5.2 and 5.5.

an example:

   Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

will be encoded like

   SMTPGW::In%"Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK"

If  the Mail-11  to  X.400 gateway recognise the rfc822-address, 
then the address becomes, accordingly to RFC1327

   C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

and a 'trace' record is added into the X.400 P1 data, stating 
that a node named SMTPGW was crossed.

Otherwise dumb rule produces

   C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; 
   DD.Mail-11=SMTPGW::In(p)(q)Paul.Smith(a)cs.UCL.AC.UK(q)


6.4.5. RFC 822 --> X.400 --> Mail-11

         We  apply RFC1327 to the first conversion, obtaining an 
X.400 address.  Then the rules described in sections 5.3 and 5.4 
are used to store  the X.400 address as 'x400-text-address' into 
the Mail-11 'local part'.

an example:

 Paul.Smith@cs.UCL.AC.UK

maps accordingly to RFC1327 to

 C=gb; ADMD=Gold 400; PRMD=AC.UK; O=UCL; OU=cs; G=Paul; S=Smith;

and finally becomes

 SMTPGW::gw%"/C=gb/A=Gold 400/P=AC.UK/O=UCL/OU=cs/G=Paul/S=Smith"

where  'SMTPGW' is  the DECnet node  name of the machine running 
the X.400 to Mail-11 gateway.


6.4.6. Mail-11 --> X.400 --> RFC 822

         The Mail-11 address is encoded as specified in sections 
5.2  and  5.5;  then RFC1327  is used to  convert the address in 
RFC822.

an example:

 RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY

maps into X.400 as

 C=it; ADMD=garr; DD.Dnet=HEP; DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY;

and accordingly to RFC1327

 "/C=it/A=garr/DD.Dnet=HEP/DD.Mail-11=RELAY::MYNODE::BETTY"@gw2.it

where  'gw2.it' is the domain of the machine running the RFC1327 
gateway.




Appendix A Mail-11 - RFC 822 mapping

A.1 Introduction

         The  implementation of a  Mail-11 - RFC 822 gateway was 
faced  by  many  software  developers   independently,  and  was 
included  in  many mail  products  which  were running  on  both 
VAX/VMS  and UNIX  systems.  As there  was not a unique standard 
mapping way,  the  implementations  resulted  into a  number  of 
possible  variant methods  to  map  a Mail-11  address  into  an 
RFC 822  one.   Some  of  these  products  became  then  largely 
widespread,  starting  to create  a number  of  de-facto mapping 
methods.

         In  this small appendix some sort of standardisation of 
the mapping problem is considered,  trying to be compatible with 
the existing installed software.  We must also  remind that,  in 
some cases,  only simple Mail-11  addresses could be mapped into 
RFC 822, having complex ones producing all sort of quite strange 
results.

         On the other hand, the mapping of an RFC 822 address in
Mail-11  was   quite  straightforward,  resulting  in  a  common 
definition which  uses "Mail-11 foreign mail protocol" to design 
an RFC 822 address:

     [[node::][node::]...]prot%"rfc-822-address"

or

     [node::][node::]...]::"rfc-822-address"


A.2 De-facto implementations

         A  considerable number  of de-facto  implementations of 
Mail-11 / RFC822   gateways   is  existing.    As  said  in  the 
introduction,  the mapping  of  RFC 822 addresses  in Mail-11 is 
accomplished using  the foreign mail protocol syntax and is thus 
unique.

On the other hand,  Mail-11  addresses  are encoded  in  RFC 822 
syntax in various ways. Here are the most common ones:

         a) "node::user"@gateway-address
         b) user%node@gateway-address
         c) user@node.decnet.domains
         d) user%node.dnet@gateway-address

Let's have a quick look to these different choices.
 
a - This  form simply  encloses  as quoted Left Hand Side string 
the original Mail-11  address into  the  RFC 822 address  of the 
Mail-11 / RFC822  gateway.  This method is fully conformant with 
RFC 822 syntax,  and the Mail-11 address is left untouched; thus 
no encoding rules need to applied to it.

b - As one will immediately notice, this form has nothing in  it 
indicating the address is a Mail-11 one; this makes the encoding 
indistinguishable  from  a  similar  encoding  of  RSCS (BITnet) 
addresses used by some IBM VM Mailer systems.  It should thus be 
deprecated. 

c - In this  case a  sort  of 'reserved word'  (decnet) embedded 
into the  address  itself identifies the  presence  of a Mail-11 
original  address  preceding  it.   The  decoding  is  possible, 
dropping  'domains'  and  extracting  'user' and  'node'  parts. 
However  complex Mail-11  addresses cannot be mapped properly in 
this syntax,  and  there  is  no  specific  rule for  adding the 
'domains' part of the address.

d - In this  case again there is a 'reserved word' (dnet)  which 
make  possible  the   identification  of  the  original  Mail-11 
address;   'gateway-address'   points  to  the  Mail-11 / RFC822 
gateway and  'node' and  'user' information can  be easily drawn 
from the address.  However  complex  Mail-11 addresses cannot be 
embedded easily into this syntax.

A.3 Recommended mappings

         From the  examples  seen in the  previous paragraphs we 
can derive a canonical form for representing the mapping between 
Mail-11 and RFC822. 

A3.1 RFC822 mapped in Mail-11

         The  mapping  of  an  RFC 822  address  in  Mail-11  is 
straightforward,   using   the   "Mail-11 foreign mail protocol" 
syntax. The two possible variants are:

    [[node::][node::]...]prot%"rfc-822-address"

or

    [node::][node::]...]::"rfc-822-address"

A3.2 Mail-11 mapped in RFC822

         RFC822  foresee  a  canonical  form  for   representing 
non-RFC822 addresses:  put  the foreign  address in  local  part 
(Left Hand Side, LHS) is  a  form as similar  as possible to its 
original syntax. Thus the suggested mapping is:

"Mail-11-address"@gateway-address

This  format  assures  also the return  path via the appropriate 
gateway. 

A.4 Conclusions

         A  standard  way  of  mapping  Mail-11  addresses  into 
RFC 822 and vice versa is feasible. A suggestion is thus made to 
unify  all  existing  and future implementations.  It  should be 
noted,  however,  that  there  is  no way  to  specify in  these 
mappings the  name  of  the decnet  community owning the encoded 
address,  as it  was done for X.400,  thus the implementation of 
the 'intelligent' gateway in this case is impossible.

Acknowledgements

         I wish  to  thank all those people which read the first 
draft and contributed a lot with their useful suggestions to the 
revision of this document, in particular RARE WG1 and IETF X.400 
ops group members and S. Hardcastle-Kille.


References

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.430," Message Handling
  Systems: Red Book, October 1984

  CCITT, "CCITT Recommendations X.400-X.420," Message Handling
  Systems: Blue Book, November 1988

  D.H. Crocker, "Standard of the Format of ARPA Internet Text
  Messages," RFC 822, August 1982.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400 and RFC 822," UK Academic
  Community Report (MG.19) / RFC 987, June 1986.

  S.E. Kille, "Mapping Between X.400(1988) / ISO 10021 and RFC
  822," RFC 1327, March 1992.

  Digital Equipment Corp.;, "VAX/VMS Mail Utility"

  Joiner Associates Inc., "Jnet User's Manual"

  PMDF User's Guide.




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01354;
          17 Sep 92 7:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01350;
          17 Sep 92 7:01 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03879;
          17 Sep 92 7:04 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <11072-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 06:04:34 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 06:04:18 -0500
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.01848-1@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 12:03:32 +0100
Received: from localhost by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01212-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 09:36:52 +0100
To: Joshua L Mindel <mindel@netwrx1.nw1.com>
Cc: IETF <ietf-osi@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Robert Cooney <cooney@wnyose.nctsw.navy.mil>, 
    Rob Hagens <hagens@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: Draft FTP-FTAM Gateway Spec
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 03 Sep 92 17:29:21 -0400. <9209031729.aa00755@netwrx1.NW1.COM>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 92 09:36:50 +0100
Message-Id: <1210.716719010@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

Joshua,

I think that this is a useful piece of work, and deserves to be
promoted.  I do have a number of comments.

1) 3. 4th para.   Surely you mean FTAM over TCP??


2) 3.1  need to explain the three node model


3) UFN is now two references, and you need to decide which one (or
both ) that you want to use.   I'd recommend UFN.


4) 3.2   You mention transparent mode, but do not describe it.  I thik
that it is important to work on this.   The UK Whitebook transition
devise a global means to make FTAM/FTP interaction transparent.  I do
not believe that this is needed, but it would be sensible to specify a
mechanism so that FTAM hosts can be transparently registered as FTP
hosts and vice versa.   Broadly, this should be done by registering
the service in the other domain, and using the gateway address.   The
gateway can the figure out from the name (by X.500 lookup, using RFC
1279 for the FTP) where the actual host is resident.    

Another hook that you might consider is to allow the PSEL to be a DNS
Name.   This would allow an FTAM implementation to take a DNS Name,
and switch it to an appropriate FTAM/FTP Gateway.

All of this would make an FTAM/FTP gateway vastly easier to deploy
into the existing environment


5) 5.1.1  Your example uses a QUIPU private syntax for a DN, and this
should be replaces


6)  You use the terms server-initiator and client responder to
dsitinguish the two directions.  This terminology is unambiguous, but
not clear.  YOu should use something like "FTP as initiatior"


7) I think that the separation of the initialisation (6) and the PDUs
(9) is artificial, and that these should be brought together

8) 8.1 duplicates section 7


9) 8.2  I think that the key approach is that you are providing about
FTP level of functionality.


10) 9 (introduction).   Giving the list of services is useful.   I
think that it would be useful to expand this into a service section.
For each direction, you should 
  - go through the services, indicating if it can be supported, any
	major restrictions, and a summary of the mapping
  - list the services of the other side that are needed


11)  The details of section 9 describe the servivce mappings and
sequencing of operations.   I think that you should go further and
describe how each of the paramaters for each service should be filled
in.  I know that this is a lot of work, and in many cases it is
"obvious" what to do.   However, I am sure that there will be
potential for confusion, and the details should be filled in here.

12) In 11.5 you mention POSIX naming conventions.   The explanation of
this should be expanded


I hope that this is useful



Steve


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04338;
          17 Sep 92 12:34 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04334;
          17 Sep 92 12:34 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12223;
          17 Sep 92 12:37 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <00460-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 10:48:04 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 03:17:15 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa19551; 17 Sep 92 1:17 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa03290; 17 Sep 92 1:13 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: Marshall T Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 01:13:49 -0700
Message-Id: <3288.716717629@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

At Last!  Here is what you all have been holding your breath for;-).

It took a lot of slow subliminal thinking and a little quick writing.

This draft is intentionally brief, and to the specific point of
asserting the name A=INTERNET under C=US, and establishing an IANA
PRMD Name registry with a simple set of rules.  I believe it
immediately solves the entire PRMD naming problem in the internet.

It allows for anyone with a DNS name to have a PRMD name in C=US,
A=INTERNET, regardless of country, at the discretion of the owner.
	
I believe it is critical for this document to stay lean and mean,
without any extraneous text.  I take it as my mission to keep it this
way.  Suggestions that shorten this draft are most welcome.

Let the discussion begin!			Enjoy...\Stef

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


    draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992




	draft          Assertion of A=INTERNET              Sep 92


 		       Assertion of A=INTERNET
				   
		     Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
				   
				   
			  Einar A. Stefferud
		 Network Management Associates, Inc.
			     stef@nma.com



	1.  Status of this Memo

This document is an Internet Draft.  Internet Drafts are working
documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas,
and its Working Groups.  Note that other groups may also distribute
working documents as Internet Drafts.

Internet Drafts are valid for a maximum of six months and may be
updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time.  (The
file 1id-abstracts.txt on nic.ddn.mil describes the current status of
each Internet Draft.) It is not appropriate to use Internet Drafts as
reference material or to cite them other than as a "work in progress".


	2.  Abstract

This memo establishes an Internet X.400 Administrative Management
Domain (ADMD) with the asserted name of "INTERNET" (A=INTERNET) in the
United States of America (C=US), according to the applicable rules of
the CCITT standards, and in keeping with existing practices in the
United States of America.  It also establishes a naming authority
under the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) to register and
openly publish Private Management Domain (PRMD) names subordinate to
A=INTERNET.


	3.  Introduction

X.400 is the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee (CCITT) identifier for a set of Message Handling System
(MHS) protocol recommendations [REF] which many people and
organizations in the Internet community wish to implement and deploy
for the purpose of exchanging messages.

The X.400 recommendations call for a specific naming and addressing
infrastructure consisting of Administrative Management Domain (ADMD)
entities within each sovereign Country (C), where each ADMD must have
an unambiguous name within a given country and where each ADMD then
becomes a naming authority for the registration of unambiguous names
of Private Management Domain (PRMD) entities, subordinate to the ADMD
which is acting as their PRMD naming authority.  In its turn, each
PRMD then becomes a naming authority for Organization names of
organizational entities subordinate to the PRMD, and so forth down
naming tree.

In combination, the set of domain attributes and name values
constitute tagged attribute=value pairs, as in C=US, A=INTERNET,
P=SOME-NAME, O=COMPANY, etc.  In this draft, we are only concerned
with this infrastructural scheme at the ADMD and PRMD levels.  

ADMD and PRMD Name values are limited to a length of 16 PrintableString
characters.  Case is non-distinguishing.  The PrintableString character
set is shown in section [SSS].  It is essentially USASCII without:

		@       atsign
		!       exclamation point (bang)
		%       percent sign
		_       underscore
		"	double quote

Working within the CCITT rules, there has been some difficulty in
establishment of named X.400 Private Management Domains in the C=US
portion of the Internet community, in the absence of a named ADMD for
the Internet in the United States.  This draft establishes and names
the required Internet ADMD to meet the X.400 infrastructural need.

NOTE: This same problem may also exist in other countries, in which
case Internet member organizations in these countries may wish to copy
and use the concepts of this draft in their own countries.
 
The X.400 naming scheme has certain similarities to the Internet
Domain Naming System (DNS) [REF], which is global and hierarchical
with distribution of naming authority to each subordinate level in the
DNS naming tree.  Many thousands of names have already been registered
in the DNS.  The DNS coincidentally uses the same international
register of country names (ISO 3166) for its top level names (e.g,. US
and GB), except that the DNS also includes a few names not in ISO
3166.  These are COM, EDU, GOV, INT, MIL, NET, and ORG.

DNS names are limited to [howmany] characters of USASCII letters
(A-Z), digits (0-9), hyphen (-) and dot (.), with dot used as a
constructive delimiter between concatenated names from ascending DNS
levels.  Case is non-distinguishing.


	4.  Name of the Internet ADMD

	The name of the Internet ADMD is "INTERNET" -- (A=INTERNET)


	5.  PRMD Names in the Internet ADMD

PRMD names to be registered under A=Internet must be drawn from names
already registered in the DNS naming tree.  For example: 

    P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov

Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.

The key requirement is that a PRMD name must be any unambiguous string
of permitted characters uniquely registered to a single owner under
the registering ADMD, so any existing DNS name under any DNS top level
domain may be used as a PRMD name in A=INTERNET because all DNS names
are already unambiguous and uniquely assigned in the Internet.

This is a secondary use of a DNS name.  If a name is ever removed from
the DNS for any reason, then it must also be removed from the IANA
PRMD name register, if is so registered.


	6. Operation of A=INTERNET

The operational behavior rules of elements of the X.400 Mail Transfer
System (MTS) in the Internet are articulated in [REF].

<Basically, the rules are what is in the X.400ops drafts, plus a
<aditional draft that states the rules for interconnection of
<A=INTERNET with other operational ADMDs.

<The first cut in ADMD interconnect rules is that the Internet is
<simply not able to, and will not, interconnect on any basis other than
<"originator keeps all revenue" for all mail excanged in either
<direction across an external A=INTERNET boundary.



             Expires March 10, 1993            [Page ?]


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04724;
          17 Sep 92 13:27 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04720;
          17 Sep 92 13:27 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13415;
          17 Sep 92 13:31 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:06:10 +0000
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:06:10 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..592:17.08.92.16.06.10]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:06:07 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"93121171902991/3471 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: DNS storage of rfc1327 rules - NSLOOKUP query instructions

>
>
> Hallo,
>
> for those of you willing to make some tests in querying DNS for RFC1327
> mapping tables, here are some useful hints.
>
> The mapping tree is currently stored under .X400.IT top level domains.
>
> The root server for this tree is artsbl.area.trieste.it (140.105.13.3)
>
> The International mapping tables (last version) are stored in PTR format.
>
> To query the whole mapping tables issue:
>
>    nslookup
>    > server artsbl.area.trieste.it
>    > ls -d x400.it
>
> if you nslookup implementation is ok then you'll get the whole mapping tables
> (beware! many implementations producre a very poor looking output when a
> whole domain is looked for, even if you query a standard rfc822 domain)
>
> To query single mapping rules:
>
>    nslookup
>    > set query=PTR
>    > domain.x400.it
>
>   (an example: > infn.it.x400.it)
>
>    > ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.it
>
>   (to get mapping rule 1)
>
> Have a nice "looking"... and let me know problems...
>
> regards
> Claudio
>
>
>



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05526;
          17 Sep 92 14:03 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05522;
          17 Sep 92 14:03 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14315;
          17 Sep 92 14:06 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:48:20 +0000
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:48:20 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..874:17.08.92.16.48.20]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:48:19 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: "Kevin E. Jordan" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>
Message-ID: <6ECD2AB8B691001*/I=E/G=Kevin/S=Jordan/OU=mercury/OU=oss/OU=arh/O=cpg/PRMD=cdc/ADMD=attmail/C=us/@MHS>
To: Stef <Stef@nma.com>
Cc: IPM Return Requested <ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    Marshall T Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
In-Reply-To: <3288.716717629@nma.com*@mercury-gw.udev.cdc.com>
Subject: Reply to draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt

I think that the concepts in this A=INTERNET I-D are excellent.  It has
a few (very few) typos to be fixed and some references to be filled in.
After these minor editorial changes are made, I would vote for advancement
as an official I-D.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06239;
          17 Sep 92 14:57 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06235;
          17 Sep 92 14:57 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18429;
          17 Sep 92 15:00 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01264-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 13:47:03 +0000
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 13:46:56 -0500
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by VTVM1.CC.VT.EDU (IBM VM SMTP V2R2) with BSMTP 
          id 5988; Thu, 17 Sep 92 14:46:10 EDT
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (VALDIS) 
          by vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (Mailer R2.08 R208002) with BSMTP id 6601;
          Thu, 17 Sep 92 14:46:10 EDT
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 92 14:30:08 EDT
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Organization: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
To: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>, ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: Marshall T Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
In-Reply-To: <3288.716717629@nma.com>
Message-Id: <920917.143008.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>

On Thu, 17 Sep 1992 01:13:49 -0700 you said:
...
>    draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
...
>ADMD and PRMD Name values are limited to a length of 16 PrintableString
                                                      ^^
...
>DNS names are limited to [howmany] characters of USASCII letters
                           ^^^^^^^
...
>    P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
                    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

Lucky for us  that Marshall lives in  Mt View. I'd be out  of luck, here
in blacksburg.va.us  - just ever so  slightly out of room  for a company
name...

I think we need a disambiguating mechanism for the case of two purported
PRMD's that are  not unique within the first 16  characters, or that are
longer  than   16  characters   and  produce  misleading   values  under
truncation.

Given that the  Host Requirements RFC specifies that  you 'MUST' support
64-octet domain names, and 'SHOULD' support 255, I think we need a clear
means of selecting 16-from-64....

                                  Valdis Kletnieks
                                  Computer Systems Engineer
                                  Virginia Polytechnic Institute


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07930;
          17 Sep 92 17:03 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07926;
          17 Sep 92 17:03 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa23313;
          17 Sep 92 17:07 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01543-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 16:05:54 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 16:05:49 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab13149; 17 Sep 92 13:07 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa04330; 17 Sep 92 13:04 PDT
To: "Kevin E. Jordan" <Kevin.E.Jordan@mercury.oss.arh.cpg.cdc.com>
Cc: IPM Return Requested <ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: Reply to draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 17 Sep 1992 11:48:20 -0000. <6ECD2AB8B691001*/I=E/G=Kevin/S=Jordan/OU=mercury/OU=oss/OU=arh/O=cpg/PRMD=cdc/ADMD=attmail/C=us/@MHS>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 13:04:22 -0700
Message-Id: <4328.716760262@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

Thanks Kevin -- It felt really good flowing onto the paper.  I even liked it better when it was "done".

But, I think lots of people are going to need to sleep on it for a
while.  It is just too simple to be credible to people who have not
been mulling the problem over for a long period of time.

So, I expect lots of interesting traffic to flow as the reality of it
soaks in.  It took me all the time since the IETF Meeting to get it to
settle down in my own thinking.  I cannot say whether or not I would
have come to the same result in an active netmail discussion.

Anyway, lets see how the discussion goes.  We should have a good
handle on it by the next IETF meeting, and then maybe we can adopt it.

I think we need to develop some other drafts as well.

1. to set a similarly simple framework for ADMD interconnection policy.

2. to set a similarly simple framework for ADMD operations, 
   (what ever that means;-).

We should look at the MHSMD Behavioral Guidlines for some ideas on
this, though that document is too long and complex for my tastes.

We should soon be able to get a good look at the MHSMD ADMD Behavioral
Guidlines draft on this list.  Maybe after the next MHDMD meeting on
Sep30-Oct2?

If we have some sort of consensus on this draft by Sep 30, we should
feed it in as an informational contribution to the MHSMD.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10047;
          17 Sep 92 21:46 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10043;
          17 Sep 92 21:46 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29055;
          17 Sep 92 21:50 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01865-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 20:16:38 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 20:16:34 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ad06653; 17 Sep 92 17:10 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa05000; 17 Sep 92 16:47 PDT
To: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 17 Sep 1992 14:30:08 -0400. <920917.143008.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 16:47:22 -0700
Message-Id: <4998.716773642@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com


From message <920917.143008.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu> :
>On Thu, 17 Sep 1992 01:13:49 -0700 you said:
>...
>>    draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
>...
>>ADMD and PRMD Name values are limited to a length of 16 PrintableString
>                                                      ^^
>...
>>DNS names are limited to [howmany] characters of USASCII letters
>                           ^^^^^^^
>...
>>    P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
>                    ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^

16 Characters is a limit from teh X.400 recommendations.  
It is a very serious problem, but it is not an ietf-osi-x400 issue.
It was cast in stone before the CCITT knew what it meant.
We are not going to debate this issue here!

>Lucky for us  that Marshall lives in  Mt View. I'd be out  of luck, here
>in blacksburg.va.us  - just ever so  slightly out of room  for a company
>name...

Huntington Beach is no better, so abreviate it.  One only uses your
locality name to help find a unique named local subdomain.  
You try bburg.va.us, and I will try hb.ca.us.  This is a DNS issue.
It is not an X.400 PRMD naming issue.

>I think we need a disambiguating mechanism for the case of two purported
>PRMD's that are  not unique within the first 16  characters, or that are
>longer  than   16  characters   and  produce  misleading   values  under
>truncation.

You misunderstand the draft.  You cannot use any substring of a DNS
registered name as your PRMD name.  You must use entire registered
domain and subdomain names, concatinated together in the normal DNS
way, to form an acceptable PRMD name, as constrained by X.400 rules.

This is not an issue in this draft.

>Given that the  Host Requirements RFC specifies that  you 'MUST' support
>64-octet domain names, and 'SHOULD' support 255, I think we need a clear
>means of selecting 16-from-64....

No, not at all.  It is the task of the registrant of any PRMD name to
select the string to be registered for PRMD use.  The string selected
by the registrant must be a concatenation of the uppermost leevels of
a DNS domain name already registered in the DNS to the PRMD registrant.

I suppose all this legalistic verbiage is a candidate for inclusion.
I will leave it to the list to provide guidance in this matter.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11005;
          18 Sep 92 0:26 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11001;
          18 Sep 92 0:26 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01817;
          18 Sep 92 0:30 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01950-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 17 Sep 1992 22:32:45 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 17 Sep 92 22:32:42 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa16815; 17 Sep 92 19:08 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa05399; 17 Sep 92 18:55 PDT
To: Erik Skovgaard <eskovgaa@cue.bc.ca>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of 17 Sep 1992 17:39:00 -0700. <1217*eskovgaa@cue.bc.ca>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Thu, 17 Sep 1992 18:55:08 -0700
Message-Id: <5397.716781308@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Erik -- I am sending this along to the main list, for all to see.
 
> You may want to change your ISO3166 reference to ISO3166
> two-character codes.  ISO3166 also contain three-caracter codes.

Good point.  I have made the change in my revised draft.  Thanks...
 
> Maybe I missed something as your message scrolled up on my screen,
> but who ensures that PRMD names are unique within A=Internet?
 
Yes, you missed the point that only registered DNS names may be used
as PRMD names under A=INTERNET.  All DNS names are guaranteed unique
in assignment to single entities, and are guaranteed to be unambiguous.

You cannot register a PRMD name in A=INTERNET without first
registering the same name in the DNS.  The only difference is that the
PRMD name value (e.g., P=nma.com) is parsed in X.400 as an atomic
string, while its DNS version is parsed in implementations that use
DNS names as a pair of tokens separated by a dot.

These "parsing facts" are specified in the X.400 and DNS or other
protocol and application standards that use X.400 or DNS names, since
meaningful parsing is only done in implementations.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09578;
          18 Sep 92 15:12 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09574;
          18 Sep 92 15:12 EDT
Received: from calypso.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19068;
          18 Sep 92 15:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by calypso.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15989-0@calypso.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 14:14:31 +0000
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Allan Cargille <cargille@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>
Message-Id: <9209181914.AA04139@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>
Received: by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:14:24 -0500
Subject: closing ietf-osi mailing list
To: ietf-osi@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:14:21 CDT
Cc: Allan Cargille <cargille@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]

Hello everyone,

When Rob Hagens left Wisconsin for ANS, I became the ietf-osi mailing
list administrator.  As announced by Greg V. a while ago, the IETF OSI
working group has ended.  To save you all some time, and me lots of
email, I'm turning off the ietf-osi list.

Cheers,

allan


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10278;
          18 Sep 92 15:58 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10269;
          18 Sep 92 15:58 EDT
Received: from dimacs.rutgers.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa20508;
          18 Sep 92 16:01 EDT
Received: by dimacs.rutgers.edu (5.59/SMI4.0/RU1.4/3.08) 
	id AA04910; Fri, 18 Sep 92 15:30:21 EDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by dimacs.rutgers.edu (5.59/SMI4.0/RU1.4/3.08) 
	id AA04904; Fri, 18 Sep 92 15:30:17 EDT
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ae11393; 18 Sep 92 12:04 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07057; 18 Sep 92 12:00 PDT
To: nmsig@ics.uci.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu, ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsnews@ics.uci.edu, ifip-nm@bbn.com, ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-smtp@dimacs.rutgers.edu
Cc: mhsmd@ics.uci.edu
Subject: ANNOUNCEMENT: Sep 22-23 JOINT OIW MHS-MGMT MEETING at NIST
Reply-To: Stef=mhsig@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 12:00:07 -0700
Message-Id: <7055.716842807@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

ANNOUNCEMENT:   JOINT OIW MHS-MGMT MEETING at NIST 
		Tuesday-Wednesday, September 22-23, 1992

CO-SPONSORS:   OIW MHSIG & NMSIG
CO-CONVENORS:  Einar Stefferud, NMA & Paul Brusil, MITRE

The organizational part of the meeting will take place on Tuesday at 9am.
Subsequent technical meetings will be held on Wed (in a room to be announced).

The Tuesday morning meeting will be held in Lecture Room A on the ground floor
of the Administration Building on the NIST campus in Gaithersburg Maryland.
The Administration Building is the only high-rise building.

The OIW registration desk is on the Administration Building ground floor.

Registration fees for the entire week are around $250.  

A reduced registration exists for those not attending the entire week.

Driving instructions for getting to the NIST Campus and the
Administration Building are included at the end of this announcement.

BACKGROUND: +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

This MHS-MGMT meeting has been called because of a new sense of urgency with
regard to the need for coherent progress in the development of management
systems for X.400 services and networks.  This is an exploratory meeting,
organized to find out as much as possible about what is going on in different
pockets of activity.  The hope is to identify a coherent set of activities
that can be organized to progress cohernet interworking managment tools.

The purpose of this meeting is to assess and organize the efforts of several
organizations and individuals to develop X.400 MHS managed objects and
capabilities.  The ultimate goal will be to form a work group with a specific
charter to further these efforts in a timely manner (within a year) resulting
in useable, registered, X.400 MOs.

To that end, the following tentative agenda items have been developed.

The current agenda includes:
	1) a summary of current X.400 management activities within
	   international/national standards bodies and consortia,
	2) the presentation of X.400 MTA work performed at MITRE, and
	3) status or details of work in commercial organizations.

The first task, after introductions and administrivia will be to review
tentative agenda to decide what items to persue and in what order.


TENTATIVE DRAFT AGENDA -- CONVENING MEETING -- JOINT MHS/NM WG ++++++++++
 
Intro/Background (Summary of activities leading to this mtg) - Brusil
 
Review and revision of agenda - Stef
 
Tutorials: Reviews of On-going work
        Overview of standards activities - Ann McL/Kris K
        Presentation of MITRE X.400 MTA managed object work - Ann McL
        Presentations or status and/or details of X.400 management
        Work in other companies - TBD (e.g., Soft Switch, HP,
              Enterprise Solutions, etc.)
 
Review and agree on charter - Stef
 
Prioritize activities/ seek leaders & contributors/develop schedules - Stef
 
Adjourn to breakout(s) - Stef & leaders
        - to agree X.400 management model
        - to begin work to refine MTA object definitions
        - to initiate work to refine other contributions

DRIVING INSTRUCTIONS ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

To get to NIST, you can fly into either of the two airports in the
Washington DC area: Washington National Airport and Dulles Airport.  
Both are about 25 miles from NIST.

From either airport, get to the Beltway 
(Route 495) that is north of Washington.

Then take Interstate 270 North to 
Exit 10 (Clopper Rd.; Rt 117W). 

Take the exit ramp to the end, 
continue right to get onto Rt 117W, 
go about a quarter mile to the first red light and 
go left to enter the NIST campus. 

At the end of the entrance road to the campus,
go left onto the perimeter road and 
look for signs for OIW or look for the high-rise Admin Bldg.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11123;
          18 Sep 92 16:47 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11119;
          18 Sep 92 16:47 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21727;
          18 Sep 92 16:51 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04077-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 13:52:19 +0000
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 13:52:07 -0500
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by VTVM1.CC.VT.EDU (IBM VM SMTP V2R2) with BSMTP 
          id 9041; Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:51:16 EDT
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (VALDIS) 
          by vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (Mailer R2.08 R208002) with BSMTP id 2388;
          Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:51:16 EDT
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:35:31 EDT
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Organization: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
To: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>, Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <4998.716773642@nma.com>
Message-Id: <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>

On Thu, 17 Sep 1992 16:47:22 -0700 you said:
>16 Characters is a limit from teh X.400 recommendations.
>It is a very serious problem, but it is not an ietf-osi-x400 issue.
>It was cast in stone before the CCITT knew what it meant.
>We are not going to debate this issue here!

I am fully aware  that the CCITT probably didn't know  what it was doing
on this one.  I know it's a problem.  I don't intend to debate the
issue of PRMD being stuck at 16 characters maximum.

>Huntington Beach is no better, so abreviate it.  One only uses your
>locality name to help find a unique named local subdomain.
>You try bburg.va.us, and I will try hb.ca.us.  This is a DNS issue.
>It is not an X.400 PRMD naming issue.

Does this  mean that  if I  *already* have *one*  domain name  that's 23
characters  long, if  I  wish to  follow  this draft  I  have to  aquire
*ANOTHER* one?

>You misunderstand the draft.  You cannot use any substring of a DNS
>registered name as your PRMD name.  You must use entire registered
>domain and subdomain names, concatinated together in the normal DNS
>way, to form an acceptable PRMD name, as constrained by X.400 rules.

Oh, I understood it  fully - the problem that I have with  it is that it
only works for those lucky souls who have a DNS name of 16 characters or
less.

>This is not an issue in this draft.

It is an issue for all those who have long domain names.  For instance,

If you add  to the draft some verbage explaining  *what* people who have
over-sized DNS entries  should do, I'll be happy.

/Valdis


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11123;
          18 Sep 92 16:47 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11119;
          18 Sep 92 16:47 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21727;
          18 Sep 92 16:51 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04077-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 13:52:19 +0000
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 13:52:07 -0500
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu by VTVM1.CC.VT.EDU (IBM VM SMTP V2R2) with BSMTP 
          id 9041; Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:51:16 EDT
Received: from vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (VALDIS) 
          by vtvm1.cc.vt.edu (Mailer R2.08 R208002) with BSMTP id 2388;
          Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:51:16 EDT
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:35:31 EDT
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Organization: Virginia Polytechnic Institute
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
To: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>, Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
In-Reply-To: <4998.716773642@nma.com>
Message-Id: <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>

On Thu, 17 Sep 1992 16:47:22 -0700 you said:
>16 Characters is a limit from teh X.400 recommendations.
>It is a very serious problem, but it is not an ietf-osi-x400 issue.
>It was cast in stone before the CCITT knew what it meant.
>We are not going to debate this issue here!

I am fully aware  that the CCITT probably didn't know  what it was doing
on this one.  I know it's a problem.  I don't intend to debate the
issue of PRMD being stuck at 16 characters maximum.

>Huntington Beach is no better, so abreviate it.  One only uses your
>locality name to help find a unique named local subdomain.
>You try bburg.va.us, and I will try hb.ca.us.  This is a DNS issue.
>It is not an X.400 PRMD naming issue.

Does this  mean that  if I  *already* have *one*  domain name  that's 23
characters  long, if  I  wish to  follow  this draft  I  have to  aquire
*ANOTHER* one?

>You misunderstand the draft.  You cannot use any substring of a DNS
>registered name as your PRMD name.  You must use entire registered
>domain and subdomain names, concatinated together in the normal DNS
>way, to form an acceptable PRMD name, as constrained by X.400 rules.

Oh, I understood it  fully - the problem that I have with  it is that it
only works for those lucky souls who have a DNS name of 16 characters or
less.

>This is not an issue in this draft.

It is an issue for all those who have long domain names.  For instance,

If you add  to the draft some verbage explaining  *what* people who have
over-sized DNS entries  should do, I'll be happy.

/Valdis


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11276;
          18 Sep 92 17:01 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11272;
          18 Sep 92 17:01 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa22056;
          18 Sep 92 17:05 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04228-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 14:30:22 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 14:30:09 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ae11393; 18 Sep 92 12:04 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07057; 18 Sep 92 12:00 PDT
To: nmsig@ics.uci.edu, mhsig@ics.uci.edu, ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu, 
    mhsnews@ics.uci.edu, ifip-nm@bbn.com, ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-smtp@dimacs.rutgers.edu
Cc: mhsmd@ics.uci.edu
Subject: ANNOUNCEMENT: Sep 22-23 JOINT OIW MHS-MGMT MEETING at NIST
Reply-To: Stef=mhsig@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 12:00:07 -0700
Message-Id: <7055.716842807@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

ANNOUNCEMENT:   JOINT OIW MHS-MGMT MEETING at NIST 
		Tuesday-Wednesday, September 22-23, 1992

CO-SPONSORS:   OIW MHSIG & NMSIG
CO-CONVENORS:  Einar Stefferud, NMA & Paul Brusil, MITRE

The organizational part of the meeting will take place on Tuesday at 9am.
Subsequent technical meetings will be held on Wed (in a room to be announced).

The Tuesday morning meeting will be held in Lecture Room A on the ground floor
of the Administration Building on the NIST campus in Gaithersburg Maryland.
The Administration Building is the only high-rise building.

The OIW registration desk is on the Administration Building ground floor.

Registration fees for the entire week are around $250.  

A reduced registration exists for those not attending the entire week.

Driving instructions for getting to the NIST Campus and the
Administration Building are included at the end of this announcement.

BACKGROUND: +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

This MHS-MGMT meeting has been called because of a new sense of urgency with
regard to the need for coherent progress in the development of management
systems for X.400 services and networks.  This is an exploratory meeting,
organized to find out as much as possible about what is going on in different
pockets of activity.  The hope is to identify a coherent set of activities
that can be organized to progress cohernet interworking managment tools.

The purpose of this meeting is to assess and organize the efforts of several
organizations and individuals to develop X.400 MHS managed objects and
capabilities.  The ultimate goal will be to form a work group with a specific
charter to further these efforts in a timely manner (within a year) resulting
in useable, registered, X.400 MOs.

To that end, the following tentative agenda items have been developed.

The current agenda includes:
	1) a summary of current X.400 management activities within
	   international/national standards bodies and consortia,
	2) the presentation of X.400 MTA work performed at MITRE, and
	3) status or details of work in commercial organizations.

The first task, after introductions and administrivia will be to review
tentative agenda to decide what items to persue and in what order.


TENTATIVE DRAFT AGENDA -- CONVENING MEETING -- JOINT MHS/NM WG ++++++++++
 
Intro/Background (Summary of activities leading to this mtg) - Brusil
 
Review and revision of agenda - Stef
 
Tutorials: Reviews of On-going work
        Overview of standards activities - Ann McL/Kris K
        Presentation of MITRE X.400 MTA managed object work - Ann McL
        Presentations or status and/or details of X.400 management
        Work in other companies - TBD (e.g., Soft Switch, HP,
              Enterprise Solutions, etc.)
 
Review and agree on charter - Stef
 
Prioritize activities/ seek leaders & contributors/develop schedules - Stef
 
Adjourn to breakout(s) - Stef & leaders
        - to agree X.400 management model
        - to begin work to refine MTA object definitions
        - to initiate work to refine other contributions

DRIVING INSTRUCTIONS ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

To get to NIST, you can fly into either of the two airports in the
Washington DC area: Washington National Airport and Dulles Airport.  
Both are about 25 miles from NIST.

From either airport, get to the Beltway 
(Route 495) that is north of Washington.

Then take Interstate 270 North to 
Exit 10 (Clopper Rd.; Rt 117W). 

Take the exit ramp to the end, 
continue right to get onto Rt 117W, 
go about a quarter mile to the first red light and 
go left to enter the NIST campus. 

At the end of the entrance road to the campus,
go left onto the perimeter road and 
look for signs for OIW or look for the high-rise Admin Bldg.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12597;
          18 Sep 92 18:31 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12593;
          18 Sep 92 18:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24542;
          18 Sep 92 18:34 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04703-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:33:09 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 17:33:04 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa24554; 18 Sep 92 14:29 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07536; 18 Sep 92 14:21 PDT
To: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 18 Sep 1992 14:35:31 -0400. <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 14:21:23 -0700
Message-Id: <7534.716851283@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

Hello Valdis -- I do not know what to do in response to your problems.
                I also do not wish to be unresponsive, or unlpeasant.

From message <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu> :

>I am fully aware  that the CCITT probably didn't know  what it was doing
>on this one.  I know it's a problem.  I don't intend to debate the
>issue of PRMD being stuck at 16 characters maximum.
201z
Yes, it is an awful problem... What would you like to change in the draft?

>>You try bburg.va.us, and I will try hb.ca.us.  This is a DNS issue.
>>It is not an X.400 PRMD naming issue.
>
>Does this  mean that  if I  *already* have *one*  domain name  that's 23
>characters  long, if  I  wish to  follow  this draft  I  have to  aquire
>*ANOTHER* one?

Yes, because the CCITT requirements disallow the longer name.
The buttered bread principle of life applies here.  

		 If, after you buttered your bread,
	     It falls upon the ground Buttered side down,
		  You have buttered the wrong side.

	     What would you like to change in the draft?

>>You misunderstand the draft.  You cannot use any substring of a DNS
>>registered name as your PRMD name.  You must use entire registered
>>domain and subdomain names, concatinated together in the normal DNS
>>way, to form an acceptable PRMD name, as constrained by X.400 rules.
>
>Oh, I understood it  fully - the problem that I have with  it is that it
>only works for those lucky souls who have a DNS name of 16 characters or
>less.
>
>>This is not an issue in this draft.
>
>It is an issue for all those who have long domain names.  For instance,
>
>If you add  to the draft some verbage explaining  *what* people who have
>over-sized DNS entries  should do, I'll be happy.

Yes, it is an unfortunate issue for all those who have long names,
including those with long domain names.  Maybe you can get a discount
on the second name?

Life is not a fair game.  What would you like to change in the draft?

I can very easily sympathize with your concerns, but after dealing
with these problems for more than 7 years, I find that we can only
work around them.

In the meantime, I have this drafty swamp to drain...

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12758;
          18 Sep 92 19:31 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12754;
          18 Sep 92 19:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa25372;
          18 Sep 92 19:35 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:56:26 +0000
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:56:26 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..780:18.08.92.22.56.26]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:56:26 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9209182256.AA09127@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992

> PRMD names to be registered under A=Internet must be drawn from names
> already registered in the DNS naming tree.  For example: 
	
	If I read this correctly, you are proposing we should use:

    /c=us/a=internet/p=es.net/o= ...

	That is not what I heard expressed at our last meeting or by 
the desires of my users.  This solution does provide a simple
solution, it sounds simular to what Kevin suggested for the X.500 effort.
It would seem the only reason to use DNS is to make the job simplier for 
IANA.  If IANA can not handle registering unique NAMEs then maybe we should 
find someone else to to it.   

I think Valdis points out if we start to construct prmd names from our
dns name, for those with long dns names, we have  already broken this 
simple solution.  This would lead us to being able to register any name with
IANA. Which is what I want. I just do not want the dotted domains.

	We want to use the name ESnet for our prmd, how do we register this
with IANA?  If I can't then how do I register via mhsmd to get our 
prmd name.  We paid ansi for it, now I want to use it.

> 
>     P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
> 
> Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
> if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.
> 
	Do we realy want to do this? It looks like an interesting routing
problem?  

> The key requirement is that a PRMD name must be any unambiguous string
> of permitted characters uniquely registered to a single owner under
> the registering ADMD, so any existing DNS name under any DNS top level
> domain may be used as a PRMD name in A=INTERNET because all DNS names
> are already unambiguous and uniquely assigned in the Internet.

	The only other nit with this is that it make the already stupid
looking X.400 address look really ridiculous against domain addressing:

	genovese@es.net

	/s=genovese/o=nersc/prmd=es.net/admd=internet/c=us/



	The draft must be changed to allow any name to be register.  Maybe
we should find another registration athority if IANA can not handle unigue
prmd names. And I do NOT mean names based on my domain! I would love a 
simple solution like this but I think we can do better.  Is there some
reason IANA can not handle this job?  

	And befor you tell me how you have gone over this for N years I 
know I was there.  ANSI has a workable solution for "name" registration
why don't we use it?


Tony...


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14249;
          19 Sep 92 0:52 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14245;
          19 Sep 92 0:52 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa29431;
          19 Sep 92 0:56 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04972-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 23:39:43 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 23:39:38 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ac27144; 18 Sep 92 21:35 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa08452; 18 Sep 92 19:45 PDT
To: Valdis Kletnieks <VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 18 Sep 1992 14:35:31 -0400. <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 19:45:27 -0700
Message-Id: <8450.716870727@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

Thank you Valdis!  I regret that my prior reply to you zipped put past
your incoming message to me bearing this suggested change in the text...

From message <920918.143531.EDT.VALDIS@vtvm1.cc.vt.edu> :
>On Thu, 17 Sep 1992 16:47:22 -0700 you said:
>If you add  to the draft some verbage explaining  *what* people who have
>over-sized DNS entries  should do, I'll be happy.

Fine -- Will do.  Though I would hope that this does not break down
the gate guarding against turning this draft into a tutorial;-).

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00615;
          19 Sep 92 4:52 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab00605;
          19 Sep 92 4:51 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00600;
          19 Sep 92 2:52 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04975-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 18 Sep 1992 23:39:49 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 18 Sep 92 23:39:43 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ad27144; 18 Sep 92 21:35 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa08477;
          18 Sep 92 21:13 PDT To: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:56:26 -0000. <9209182256.AA09127@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 18 Sep 1992 21:13:25 -0700
Message-Id: <8475.716876005@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

Hi Tony -- Yes, we have sat in many meetings working on this together
over the last 5 years.  Pretty sad, isn't it, that we are still not to
the goal.  We may never get there at the present rate of progress.

From message <9209182256.AA09127@ophelia.nersc.gov> :
>> PRMD names to be registered under A=Internet must be drawn from names
>> already registered in the DNS naming tree.  For example: 
>	
>	If I read this correctly, you are proposing we should use:
>
>    /c=us/a=internet/p=es.net/o= ...

YES!  That is correct.

>	That is not what I heard expressed at our last meeting or by 
>the desires of my users.  This solution does provide a simple
>solution, it sounds similar to what Kevin suggested for the X.500 effort.

YES!  It is not what I had in mind in Boston either, but the more I
      thought about it all, the more obvious it became that this is
      the right solution.  I will admit however that it is going to
      take some time for some folks in the Internet community to
      mentally digest it, and come to accept it.  I think they will.

      You are showing exactly the signs of mental indigestion that I
      predicted when I sent out the draft.  I hope that our colleagues
      can help you to get past the discomfort.  I know it is not easy.

>It would seem the only reason to use DNS is to make the job simpler for 
>IANA.  If IANA can not handle registering unique NAMEs then maybe we should 
>find someone else to to it.   

NO!  I never gave any thought to IANA problems here.  I did not ask.

>I think Valdis points out if we start to construct prmd names from our
>dns name, for those with long dns names, we have already broken this 
>simple solution.  This would lead us to being able to register any name with
>IANA.  Which is what I want.  I just do not want the dotted domains.

WELL:  If your DNS name is too long, it will very likely also be too
       long before appending a top level domain name, except in a very
       very few cases of second level domain names that fall in
       between 12-16 characters.  

       Can someone do some analysis of how many currently used domain
       names are too long?  I will bet that the number is very small.
       And I will bet that many cases that will be called out are
       relatively pathological.

>We want to use the name ESnet for our prmd, how do we register this
>with IANA?  If I can't then how do I register via mhsmd to get our 
>prmd name.  We paid ansi for it, now I want to use it.

YES!  BUT!  I also remember warning that ANSI did not then (and still
      does not now) have the authority to assert that you could in
      fact use those ANSI registered Organizational Names as PRMD
      names.

      MHSMD is just now coming close to finalizing the rules for PRMD
      Name Registration in C=US, and there is only one ADMD under
      which you are guaranteed the right to use a Nationally
      Registered PRMD name, and that it what is temporarily called
      A=US-MTS, which is the US version of what the British call
      A=<single-space>.  It is a virtual ADMD with a National PRMD
      Name Register.

BUT!  All existing, and to-be-established ADMDs in C=US will still be
      naming subauthorities, as they are now, and so A=INTERNET still
      has to operate a PRMD Name registry in any case.  A=INTERNET
      cannot simple use PRMD names from the National MD Registry.

      What you are missing is that the MHSMD decided to cancel the
      requirement that all PRMD Names in C=US must be unique, regardless
      of their superior ADMD.  Thus, A=US-MTS and A=INTERNET, and
      A=SPRINT, etc, are all on a par, except that A=US-MTS only uses
      PRMD names drawn from the National Register.  All PRMD names in
      C=US are now qualified by their associated ADMD name.

      If you think about this long enough, you will see that it 
      reduces the A=US-MTS ADMD to being just like any other ADMD
      except that it is virtual, and is operated cooperatively by its
      members.

      The reason why the MHSMD canceled the nationally unique PRMD
      naming requirement was to cope with the problem of grandfathering
      the installed base of ADMD registered PRMD names.  The voting
      process on this issue was quite cathartic!  Cleansed the soul!
      In the end, everyone gave a great sigh of relief and went along.

SO!   The Internet, if it decides to self assert that it is an ADMD,
      must have a way to register PRMD names that are unique under its
      jurisdiction.  To my way of thinking, there in nothing better
      than to just use the names that we all know and love, and have
      already registered in the DNS.  Except for a few cases,
      everyone becomes an instant winner, with a PRMD name that they
      are already using in another context.


ALSO!  I want to note that in C=GB, the academic community voluntarily
       chose to use P=ac.uk for its X.400 name.


>>     P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
>> 
>> Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
>> if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.
>> 
>	Do we really want to do this? It looks like an interesting routing
>problem?  

WELL! What is the harm?  It sure takes care of anyone in a country
      where they can't get an INTERNET PRMD name, and if they can get
      a locally national (C=FR; A=INTERNET; P=inria.fr) name in their
      own country, all is well.  

      Or C=fr; A=internet; P=inria if .fr wishes.

>> The key requirement is that a PRMD name must be any unambiguous string
>> of permitted characters uniquely registered to a single owner under
>> the registering ADMD, so any existing DNS name under any DNS top level
>> domain may be used as a PRMD name in A=INTERNET because all DNS names
>> are already unambiguous and uniquely assigned in the Internet.
>
>	The only other nit with this is that it make the already stupid
>looking X.400 address look really ridiculous against domain addressing:
>
>	genovese@es.net
>
>	/s=genovese/o=nersc/prmd=es.net/admd=internet/c=us/

WELL!  Whose fault is that?  I gather that you just love:

	/s=genovese/o=nersc/prmd=ESnet/admd=internet/c=us/

      I fail to see the monstrous significance of one extra "."
      when compared with:

	genovese@es.net

ASIDE!  One of my very favorite professors taught me a wonderful but
        terribly simple thing: "Do not" he said "become emotionally
                                attached to your variables!"

>	The draft must be changed to allow any name to be registered.

OK!  I will leave this issue to be sorted out by the WG, while I go
     off for two plus weeks of travel to the OIW, RWS-CC, MHSMD, and
     two client meetings, returning home on Oct 6.

>                                                                  Maybe
>we should find another registration authority if IANA can not handle unique
>prmd names. And I do NOT mean names based on my domain! I would love a 
>simple solution like this but I think we can do better.  Is there some
>reason IANA can not handle this job?  

BUT!  The IANA is not an issue.  The IANA did not contribute to this
      draft.  We have yet to hear from them on this topic.  They need
      to be brought into it very soon now.

>	And before you tell me how you have gone over this for N years I 
>know I was there.  ANSI has a workable solution for "name" registration
>why don't we use it?
>Tony...

GEE!   I think you bet on the wrong horse.

       As I mentioned earlier, ANSI did not and does not have the C=US
       National Authority to make their offer stick, and it has come
       unstuck.  There is nothing you can write in any RFC that will
       help ANSI keep its word on its inappropriate offer.

       I tried really hard in the ANSI RAPIT Final Meeting in San
       Francisco in 1988 to head off that ANSI position, but failed to
       carry the day.  So, maybe you would like to sue ANSI?  Fear of
       legal challenges is one of the components of their cost analysis
       that sets the price on their Organizational Names at $2500
       each.

BUT!  Relief is on the way.  It was agreed at the last MHSMD meeting
      that all currently ANSI registered Organizational Names should be
      re-registered in the MHSMD National MD name Register if the owner
      so wishes.  This will let you use your paid-for ANSI registered
      name in A=US-MTS.  

      It may or may not be unique in A=INTERNET, since this is a
      separate and uncoordinated name space because all C=US PRMD name
      spaces under ADMDs are separate and uncoordinated, as now planned.

      MHS MD names are now also entirely separate and uncoordinated
      with ANSI Registered Organizational Names.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01083;
          19 Sep 92 7:02 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01079;
          19 Sep 92 7:02 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03824;
          19 Sep 92 7:06 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <05540-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 19 Sep 1992 04:17:23 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 19 Sep 92 04:17:20 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ad15272; 19 Sep 92 2:14 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa09085; 19 Sep 92 1:49 PDT
To: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: OK! Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 18 Sep 1992 17:56:26 -0000. <9209182256.AA09127@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Sat, 19 Sep 1992 01:49:01 -0700
Message-Id: <9083.716892541@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

WELL!  I went to the gym for a workout late tonight, as is my
       practice, and had a few new thoughts about allowing what Tony
       wants.  I really don't like to be so mean spirited.

> The draft must be changed to allow any name to be registered.  Maybe
> we should find another registration authority if IANA can not handle
> unique prmd names.  And I do NOT mean names based on my domain!  I would
> love a simple solution like this but I think we can do better.  Is
> there some reason IANA can not handle this job?

At this point, I do not see a big problem, if the IANA can handle it,
and I expect that can because it is not going to be nearly as big and
the DNS registration problem.

But, we need some rules to assure some things.  Specifically, we must
prevent anyone from registering a "just any name" that will conflict
with any DNS name, even if the DNS name is not yet registered.

My original draft rules will assure this, because there are no name
other than DNS registered names.  The question is, how can we assure
this and allow people to register any non-`DNS registered names?

Well, it is actually quite easy, and should not deny anyone the use of
their desired name (provided they can legally defend their use).

Here it is:

1.  Disallow any one to register a PRMD name that is also in the `DNS,
    unless it is owned by the same registrant.  (Obvious and easy)

2.  Disallow any one to register a PRMD name the ends in a 3 character
    top-level domain name string (e.g., ....com, ....edu, etc).
    (Obvious and easy)

3.  Disallow any one to register a PRMD name the ends in a dot (.)
    followed by any two USACII characters of the kind allowed in DNS
    top level domain names.  (Obvious and easy)

That's all there is!

In 3, we anticipate and pre-block any new two character ISO 3166
country codes which might become new top level domains some day.

In 2, we block the use of names with ".com, et al, but not any other
the character top level domains, on the assumption that there will not
be any more assigned.  If this is false, then we need to block all 3
character suffixes following a dot (.).

In 1, we block conflicts with existing DNS registered names, if any
conflicts are possible given rules 2 and 3.

I will also note that we do not need to worry about conflicts wth
names in the US Namtional MD Register, any more than ATTMAIL and
MCIMail do, which is not at all.

I will be pleased if someone will draft up the text to insert in the
draft while I am on travel.

I only promised to deliver an initial draft.  (No Rose Garden!)

Its your draft now, though I will be pleased to keep my name on it as
original author as long as it stays close to its original form.

Someone else is welcome to be editor, at least while I am on travel.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03603;
          19 Sep 92 19:23 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03599;
          19 Sep 92 19:23 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13079;
          19 Sep 92 19:27 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <06211-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 19 Sep 1992 17:55:27 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 19 Sep 92 17:55:23 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ab12706; 19 Sep 92 15:49 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa09862; 19 Sep 92 15:38 PDT
To: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>, 
    ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: CORRECTION Re: OK! Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=-
In-Reply-To: Your message of Sat, 19 Sep 1992 01:49:01 -0700. <9083.716892541@nma.com>
Reply-To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Sat, 19 Sep 1992 15:38:54 -0700
Message-Id: <9860.716942334@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

It was too late when I wrote that last night....

2.  Disallow any one to register a PRMD name the ends in a 3 character
    top-level domain name string (e.g., ....com, ....edu, etc).
    (Obvious and easy)

Should be 

2.  Disallow any one to register a PRMD name the ends in a dot (.)
    followed by any 3 character DNS top-level domain name string 
    (ie., .com, .edu, .gov, .int, .mil .net, .org), unless hey are the
    registered owner of the DNS name being used.  (Obvious and easy)

The logic that is employed here is the each top level DNS domain is a
sub authority that registers the names below it, and so on recursively
down the hierarchy.  Thus, in a sense, all top level DNS domains
(country coded too) are subauthorities that can construct unique PRMD
names, in addition to their DNS capability to construct DNS names.

The big distinction is the the PRMD name is treated in its protocol
use as an atomic string value, while the DNS applications and
protocols are allowed to and are willing to usefully parse the DNS
name into its subtokens.

Enjoy...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08991;
          21 Sep 92 4:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08987;
          21 Sep 92 4:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08878;
          21 Sep 92 4:20 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <07619-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 03:02:18 +0000
Received: from mitsou.inria.fr by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 21 Sep 92 03:01:34 -0500
Received: from localhost.inria.fr by mitsou.inria.fr 
          with SMTP (5.65c/IDA-1.2.8) id AA07114;
          Mon, 21 Sep 1992 10:00:15 +0200
Message-Id: <199209210800.AA07114@mitsou.inria.fr>
To: Stef$=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of "18 Sep 92 21:13:25 PDT." <8475.716876005(a)nma.com>
Date: Mon, 21 Sep 92 10:00:00 -0400
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Christian Huitema <Christian.Huitema@sophia.inria.fr>
X-Mts: smtp

>>>     P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
>>> 
>>> Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
>>> if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.
>>>
>>Do we really want to do this? It looks like an interesting routing
>>problem?  
>
>WELL! What is the harm?  It sure takes care of anyone in a country
>      where they can't get an INTERNET PRMD name, and if they can get
>      a locally national (C=FR; A=INTERNET; P=inria.fr) name in their
>      own country, all is well.  
>
>      Or C=fr; A=internet; P=inria if .fr wishes.
As I tend to like actually receiving my mail, may I please point out that
my X.400 and Internet addresses are:

   ORName:
      /C=FR/ADMD=atlas/PRMD=inria/OU=sophia/S=huitema/G=christian/
   RFC-822:
      christian.huitema@sophia.inria.fr

Did you really have to bring us into this discussion? As you may guess, the
"relation" between PRMD and domain names is as much a subject of debate in
France as anywhere else. We sort of ended up however with a working
consensus:

1) A French organization should only use a "real X.400" domain name if it is
actually connected to an X.400 ADMD and got a PRMD name from that ADMD.
French organizations that cannot justify such an allocation (by showing
their subscription form) are addressed from X.400 ADMDs by using the
"DD.RFC-822=user(a)foo.bar.fr" form.

2) A French PRMD that does not have a fully registered domain name cannot be
addressed by using the domain name form. It would have to use the gateway
form of addresses: "/S=user/PRMD=FOOBAR/ADMD=ATLAS/C=FR/".

3) Dual homed organizations are encouraged to use the same text string as
prmd name and domain name. That is, <user@foobar.fr> and
"/S=user/PRMD=FOOBAR/ADMD=ATLAS/C=FR/". In any case, the association between
the two tokens is registered by the French Internet-X.400 coordination (the
RED group), and distributed to international X.400-Internet gateways. 

The French Internet-X.400 coordination has been considering formally
registering an ADMD, "/ADMD=RED/C=FR/". This ADMD notation has been used for
some time by the X.400 pilot part of the French research network;
registration with this pilot was considered a valid response to the question
1 above (formal registration of PRMD). The momentum for this ADMD is not
formidable however, as obtaining a full ADMD registration would require
sizeable investments. The French research network directorate (RENATER) seem
to believe that other investment opportunities exist; also, the pressure
to use X.400 rather than SMTP and MIME is pretty low.

The one point of non-consensus regards the distribution of the "mapping
tables". The individual manning the "X.400 coordination" are getting tired
of manually updating these ackward tables. Several of us would much prefer
an automated solution. My personal preference would be to let those RFC-822
domain which did subscribe one or several X.400 attachments to document it
as an "MHS" record in their DNS entry (that would replace what is called
today "mapping table 1") and to use either a parallel tree or an intelligent
algorithm or a combination of them in order to replace what is called
today "mapping table 2".


Christian Huitema


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08991;
          21 Sep 92 4:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08987;
          21 Sep 92 4:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08878;
          21 Sep 92 4:20 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <07619-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 03:02:18 +0000
Received: from mitsou.inria.fr by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 21 Sep 92 03:01:34 -0500
Received: from localhost.inria.fr by mitsou.inria.fr 
          with SMTP (5.65c/IDA-1.2.8) id AA07114;
          Mon, 21 Sep 1992 10:00:15 +0200
Message-Id: <199209210800.AA07114@mitsou.inria.fr>
To: Stef$=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of "18 Sep 92 21:13:25 PDT." <8475.716876005(a)nma.com>
Date: Mon, 21 Sep 92 10:00:00 -0400
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Christian Huitema <Christian.Huitema@sophia.inria.fr>
X-Mts: smtp

>>>     P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov
>>> 
>>> Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
>>> if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.
>>>
>>Do we really want to do this? It looks like an interesting routing
>>problem?  
>
>WELL! What is the harm?  It sure takes care of anyone in a country
>      where they can't get an INTERNET PRMD name, and if they can get
>      a locally national (C=FR; A=INTERNET; P=inria.fr) name in their
>      own country, all is well.  
>
>      Or C=fr; A=internet; P=inria if .fr wishes.
As I tend to like actually receiving my mail, may I please point out that
my X.400 and Internet addresses are:

   ORName:
      /C=FR/ADMD=atlas/PRMD=inria/OU=sophia/S=huitema/G=christian/
   RFC-822:
      christian.huitema@sophia.inria.fr

Did you really have to bring us into this discussion? As you may guess, the
"relation" between PRMD and domain names is as much a subject of debate in
France as anywhere else. We sort of ended up however with a working
consensus:

1) A French organization should only use a "real X.400" domain name if it is
actually connected to an X.400 ADMD and got a PRMD name from that ADMD.
French organizations that cannot justify such an allocation (by showing
their subscription form) are addressed from X.400 ADMDs by using the
"DD.RFC-822=user(a)foo.bar.fr" form.

2) A French PRMD that does not have a fully registered domain name cannot be
addressed by using the domain name form. It would have to use the gateway
form of addresses: "/S=user/PRMD=FOOBAR/ADMD=ATLAS/C=FR/".

3) Dual homed organizations are encouraged to use the same text string as
prmd name and domain name. That is, <user@foobar.fr> and
"/S=user/PRMD=FOOBAR/ADMD=ATLAS/C=FR/". In any case, the association between
the two tokens is registered by the French Internet-X.400 coordination (the
RED group), and distributed to international X.400-Internet gateways. 

The French Internet-X.400 coordination has been considering formally
registering an ADMD, "/ADMD=RED/C=FR/". This ADMD notation has been used for
some time by the X.400 pilot part of the French research network;
registration with this pilot was considered a valid response to the question
1 above (formal registration of PRMD). The momentum for this ADMD is not
formidable however, as obtaining a full ADMD registration would require
sizeable investments. The French research network directorate (RENATER) seem
to believe that other investment opportunities exist; also, the pressure
to use X.400 rather than SMTP and MIME is pretty low.

The one point of non-consensus regards the distribution of the "mapping
tables". The individual manning the "X.400 coordination" are getting tired
of manually updating these ackward tables. Several of us would much prefer
an automated solution. My personal preference would be to let those RFC-822
domain which did subscribe one or several X.400 attachments to document it
as an "MHS" record in their DNS entry (that would replace what is called
today "mapping table 1") and to use either a parallel tree or an intelligent
algorithm or a combination of them in order to replace what is called
today "mapping table 2".


Christian Huitema


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12851;
          21 Sep 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12847;
          21 Sep 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17766;
          21 Sep 92 11:47 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <08969-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 10:04:57 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 21 Sep 92 10:04:27 -0500
Return-Path: <lazear@outrigger.mitre.org>
Received: from outrigger.mitre.org by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) 
          id AA04847; Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:59 -0400
Received: by outrigger.mitre.org (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA00265;
          Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:24 EDT
Message-Id: <9209211502.AA00265@outrigger.mitre.org>
To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Fri, 18 Sep 92 21:13:25 PDT." <8475.716876005@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:13 -0400
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: lazear@outrigger.mitre.org

Stef,
	Thanks for the work you've done to define a=INTERNET.
I have a concern.  It seems that you are using DNS strings as
the basis for ensuring unique names for PRMDs.  This is like
using Ethernet addresses to come up with NSAP System IDs.  Both
give unique IDs.  The danger lies in someone thinking
they can pull the value in that field out and interpret it as
a DNS name (or Ethernet MAC address) *in every case*.

	It seems just as easy to set up a registry for PRMDs,
so that we are not stuck with people who want to be OSI only,
but have to register a DNS name (while running no server).
If the current DNS name is over 16 characters, people have to
register an X.400-only name anyway (I wouldn't expect them to
change their SMTP naming scheme to accomodate X.400, so they'll
continue to use their original long DNS names).

	If people want to use DNS names because it makes
gatewaying easier (remember the danger above?), then they
can tread that area delicately.  But to force the use of
one registry that has operational support issues for another
world's purpose seems like a quick fix without long term
redeeming value.  (OK, you don't *have* to be listed anywhere 
as a server just because you create a domain name).

	Perhaps an interesting question is:  what's the problem
with having hundreds of DNS domains registered, but not showing
up in an online search of the DNS?  That is, no NS and SOA
records anywhere?  How would people check for uniqueness, 
except by querying some other database (besides online DNS
trees) for registered names?

	Walt


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12851;
          21 Sep 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12847;
          21 Sep 92 11:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17766;
          21 Sep 92 11:47 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <08969-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 10:04:57 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 21 Sep 92 10:04:27 -0500
Return-Path: <lazear@outrigger.mitre.org>
Received: from outrigger.mitre.org by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) 
          id AA04847; Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:59 -0400
Received: by outrigger.mitre.org (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA00265;
          Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:24 EDT
Message-Id: <9209211502.AA00265@outrigger.mitre.org>
To: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Fri, 18 Sep 92 21:13:25 PDT." <8475.716876005@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:02:13 -0400
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: lazear@outrigger.mitre.org

Stef,
	Thanks for the work you've done to define a=INTERNET.
I have a concern.  It seems that you are using DNS strings as
the basis for ensuring unique names for PRMDs.  This is like
using Ethernet addresses to come up with NSAP System IDs.  Both
give unique IDs.  The danger lies in someone thinking
they can pull the value in that field out and interpret it as
a DNS name (or Ethernet MAC address) *in every case*.

	It seems just as easy to set up a registry for PRMDs,
so that we are not stuck with people who want to be OSI only,
but have to register a DNS name (while running no server).
If the current DNS name is over 16 characters, people have to
register an X.400-only name anyway (I wouldn't expect them to
change their SMTP naming scheme to accomodate X.400, so they'll
continue to use their original long DNS names).

	If people want to use DNS names because it makes
gatewaying easier (remember the danger above?), then they
can tread that area delicately.  But to force the use of
one registry that has operational support issues for another
world's purpose seems like a quick fix without long term
redeeming value.  (OK, you don't *have* to be listed anywhere 
as a server just because you create a domain name).

	Perhaps an interesting question is:  what's the problem
with having hundreds of DNS domains registered, but not showing
up in an online search of the DNS?  That is, no NS and SOA
records anywhere?  How would people check for uniqueness, 
except by querying some other database (besides online DNS
trees) for registered names?

	Walt


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13132;
          21 Sep 92 12:20 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13128;
          21 Sep 92 12:20 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa18878;
          21 Sep 92 12:24 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <08365-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 05:41:16 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 21 Sep 92 05:41:11 -0500
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.01889-2@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 11:40:40 +0100
Received: from localhost by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01448-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Mon, 21 Sep 1992 11:04:16 +0100
To: Stef@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu, Marshall T Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
In-Reply-To: Your message of Thu, 17 Sep 92 01:13:49 -0700. <3288.716717629@nma.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Mon, 21 Sep 92 11:04:14 +0100
Message-Id: <1446.717069854@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

Stef,

I do not think that this is a useful proposal.   Besides the
objections raised (name lenth and non-US domains), there is a more
fundamental problem.

For X.400 routing to work, it is important that an ADMD is a tangible
X.400 entity.  That is to say, there must be a body that represents
the ADMD and is operationally prepared to interact with other ADMDs.  
There is no such body for ADMD=Internet.   

This is a reflection of the more serious operational situation, that
the Internet collectively has not taken an operational postion on how
to interact with X.400.   I think that the first thing to do is to
establish service gateways for the Internet community.   I believe
that in the process of doing that, the constuency of the service
gateways will be determined and appropriate addressing structures will
fall out in the wash.   

I think that an approach such as yours (reminiscent of EAN V1) which
tries to simply encapsulate the internet address space within X.400
will fail.



Steve



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09892;
          22 Sep 92 15:04 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa09888;
          22 Sep 92 15:04 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14652;
          22 Sep 92 15:08 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 02:15:30 +0000
Date: Tue, 22 Sep 1992 02:15:30 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..648:22.08.92.07.15.30]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 02:15:29 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2910*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: OPS! Has everybody seen this?

I suddenly noticed that Stef sent out is Draft about Assertion of A=INTERNET,
to

   ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu

and not to the correct address

   ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu.

The discussion following has also taken place on the wrong list.
ietf-osi-x400 is as far as I know, the list belonging to the first X.400
WG, before X.400 OPS was created. I do not know if ietf-osi-x400 has been
turned into an alias for ietf-osi-x400ops, so I am attaching Stefs draft,
and I ask the list if all of you have seen this. If you have not seen it,
please reply to my personal mailbox.

If a lot of people of the ietf-osi-x400ops list have not seen it, I will
forward the discussion to you.

Best regards,
Alf H.


==================

Delivery-date: Mon, 21 Sep 1992  8:33:29 UTC+0200
From:              <stef@nma.com>
Authorizing-Users: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
To:                <ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu>
Cc:                Marshall T Rose <mrose@dbc.mtview.ca.us>
Reply-To:          <Stef@nma.com>
Importance:        normal
Message-ID:        inbox:808 3288.716717629(a)nma.com
Subject:           draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 
                   1992

At Last!  Here is what you all have been holding your breath for;-).

It took a lot of slow subliminal thinking and a little quick writing.

This draft is intentionally brief, and to the specific point of
asserting the name A=INTERNET under C=US, and establishing an IANA
PRMD Name registry with a simple set of rules.  I believe it
immediately solves the entire PRMD naming problem in the internet.

It allows for anyone with a DNS name to have a PRMD name in C=US,
A=INTERNET, regardless of country, at the discretion of the owner.
	
I believe it is critical for this document to stay lean and mean,
without any extraneous text.  I take it as my mission to keep it this
way.  Suggestions that shorten this draft are most welcome.

Let the discussion begin!			Enjoy...\Stef

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++


    draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992




	draft          Assertion of A=INTERNET              Sep 92


 		       Assertion of A=INTERNET
				   
		     Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
				   
				   
			  Einar A. Stefferud
		 Network Management Associates, Inc.
			     stef@nma.com



	1.  Status of this Memo

This document is an Internet Draft.  Internet Drafts are working
documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas,
and its Working Groups.  Note that other groups may also distribute
working documents as Internet Drafts.

Internet Drafts are valid for a maximum of six months and may be
updated, replaced, or obsoleted by other documents at any time.  (The
file 1id-abstracts.txt on nic.ddn.mil describes the current status of
each Internet Draft.) It is not appropriate to use Internet Drafts as
reference material or to cite them other than as a "work in progress".


	2.  Abstract

This memo establishes an Internet X.400 Administrative Management
Domain (ADMD) with the asserted name of "INTERNET" (A=INTERNET) in the
United States of America (C=US), according to the applicable rules of
the CCITT standards, and in keeping with existing practices in the
United States of America.  It also establishes a naming authority
under the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA) to register and
openly publish Private Management Domain (PRMD) names subordinate to
A=INTERNET.


	3.  Introduction

X.400 is the International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee (CCITT) identifier for a set of Message Handling System
(MHS) protocol recommendations [REF] which many people and
organizations in the Internet community wish to implement and deploy
for the purpose of exchanging messages.

The X.400 recommendations call for a specific naming and addressing
infrastructure consisting of Administrative Management Domain (ADMD)
entities within each sovereign Country (C), where each ADMD must have
an unambiguous name within a given country and where each ADMD then
becomes a naming authority for the registration of unambiguous names
of Private Management Domain (PRMD) entities, subordinate to the ADMD
which is acting as their PRMD naming authority.  In its turn, each
PRMD then becomes a naming authority for Organization names of
organizational entities subordinate to the PRMD, and so forth down
naming tree.

In combination, the set of domain attributes and name values
constitute tagged attribute=value pairs, as in C=US, A=INTERNET,
P=SOME-NAME, O=COMPANY, etc.  In this draft, we are only concerned
with this infrastructural scheme at the ADMD and PRMD levels.  

ADMD and PRMD Name values are limited to a length of 16 PrintableString
characters.  Case is non-distinguishing.  The PrintableString character
set is shown in section [SSS].  It is essentially USASCII without:

		@       atsign
		!       exclamation point (bang)
		%       percent sign
		_       underscore
		"	double quote

Working within the CCITT rules, there has been some difficulty in
establishment of named X.400 Private Management Domains in the C=US
portion of the Internet community, in the absence of a named ADMD for
the Internet in the United States.  This draft establishes and names
the required Internet ADMD to meet the X.400 infrastructural need.

NOTE: This same problem may also exist in other countries, in which
case Internet member organizations in these countries may wish to copy
and use the concepts of this draft in their own countries.
 
The X.400 naming scheme has certain similarities to the Internet
Domain Naming System (DNS) [REF], which is global and hierarchical
with distribution of naming authority to each subordinate level in the
DNS naming tree.  Many thousands of names have already been registered
in the DNS.  The DNS coincidentally uses the same international
register of country names (ISO 3166) for its top level names (e.g,. US
and GB), except that the DNS also includes a few names not in ISO
3166.  These are COM, EDU, GOV, INT, MIL, NET, and ORG.

DNS names are limited to [howmany] characters of USASCII letters
(A-Z), digits (0-9), hyphen (-) and dot (.), with dot used as a
constructive delimiter between concatenated names from ascending DNS
levels.  Case is non-distinguishing.


	4.  Name of the Internet ADMD

	The name of the Internet ADMD is "INTERNET" -- (A=INTERNET)


	5.  PRMD Names in the Internet ADMD

PRMD names to be registered under A=Internet must be drawn from names
already registered in the DNS naming tree.  For example: 

    P=nma.com or P=dbc.mtview.ca.us or P=nic.ddn.mil or P=nsf.gov

Actually, there is no reason to disallow C=US; A=Internet; P=inria.fr
if INRIA.FR wishes to so register.

The key requirement is that a PRMD name must be any unambiguous string
of permitted characters uniquely registered to a single owner under
the registering ADMD, so any existing DNS name under any DNS top level
domain may be used as a PRMD name in A=INTERNET because all DNS names
are already unambiguous and uniquely assigned in the Internet.

This is a secondary use of a DNS name.  If a name is ever removed from
the DNS for any reason, then it must also be removed from the IANA
PRMD name register, if is so registered.


	6. Operation of A=INTERNET

The operational behavior rules of elements of the X.400 Mail Transfer
System (MTS) in the Internet are articulated in [REF].

<Basically, the rules are what is in the X.400ops drafts, plus a
<aditional draft that states the rules for interconnection of
<A=INTERNET with other operational ADMDs.

<The first cut in ADMD interconnect rules is that the Internet is
<simply not able to, and will not, interconnect on any basis other than
<"originator keeps all revenue" for all mail excanged in either
<direction across an external A=INTERNET boundary.



             Expires March 10, 1993            [Page ?]


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10459;
          22 Sep 92 15:24 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10455;
          22 Sep 92 15:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa17030;
          22 Sep 92 15:28 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:09:59 +0000
Date: Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:09:59 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..388:22.08.92.19.09.59]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:09:58 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: " (Tony Genovese)" <genovese@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Message-ID: <9209221909.AA11420@ophelia.nersc.gov>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992

> 
> I do not think that this is a useful proposal.   Besides the
> objections raised (name lenth and non-US domains), there is a more
> fundamental problem.

Well, I would not go that far.  I beleave this is a good Start.  Stef
was kind enough to put himself on the naming/registration hot seat that
has grayed everyone that I have seen take it on. And I have the feeling 
it is not about to cool any time soon :)

> 
> For X.400 routing to work, it is important that an ADMD is a tangible
> X.400 entity.  That is to say, there must be a body that represents
> the ADMD and is operationally prepared to interact with other ADMDs.  
> There is no such body for ADMD=Internet. 

	This is a very good point!  We are exploring this issue now
with a company.  I am afraid the talks are very early and I don't want 
to put them on the spot to quickly, it may scare them away ;-)   It is 
hoped that we can have a meeting with them and the other PRMD managers 
sometime in the near future.  

> 
> This is a reflection of the more serious operational situation, that
> the Internet collectively has not taken an operational postion on how
> to interact with X.400.   I think that the first thing to do is to
> establish service gateways for the Internet community.   I believe
> that in the process of doing that, the constuency of the service
> gateways will be determined and appropriate addressing structures will
> fall out in the wash.   

	By service gateways do you mean between the Internet X.400 service
and the Public X.400 service providers? Or between Internet 822 and 
Internet X.400?  I beleave the later is being provided somewhat by Xnren 
and we provide simular service to the ESnet community.  The service to public
providers would be better served if we had someone providing the Internet
ADMD service. 
 
	I guess we were of the opinion that we needed to have the naming and
registration set up before the service gateways were established. Maybe
these issues should be worked together. 


Tony...


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12985;
          22 Sep 92 17:49 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12981;
          22 Sep 92 17:49 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa22557;
          22 Sep 92 17:53 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 16:37:28 +0000
Date: Tue, 22 Sep 1992 16:37:28 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..721:22.08.92.21.37.28]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 16:37:27 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"62923222902991/6219 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: test

test, please discard



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13942;
          22 Sep 92 19:18 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13938;
          22 Sep 92 19:18 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24583;
          22 Sep 92 19:22 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:53:29 +0000
Date: Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:53:29 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..531:22.08.92.19.53.29]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 22 Sep 1992 14:53:29 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"05239122902991/6145 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Subject: Internet Draft: use of DNS for X.400 RFC1327 and Routing Tables

Hallo,
well, finally here it is, the merged version dealing with the use of DNS for
rfc1327 mapping tables and for X.MHS routing informations.
This version should also be submitted for comments to the DNS WG.

Who is now in charge of submitting Internet drafts? I just checked, and also
the mail-11 mapping version currently stored in FTP servers is the out of date
one, even if the new one was sent out more than 1 month ago.

Which is the distribution list name for DNS GW?

Of course any comment, correction suggestion etc is welcome! it is a
draft "Request for Comments", thus it needs comments. This defintion is
now the one presented during S. Diego and Boston IETF, and it is stable
since then. An implementation of RFC1327 routing tables (under X400.it
tree) is already available: Name Server artsbl.area.trieste.it 
(140.105.13.3).

regards
Claudio

----------------- cut here -------------------




     X400 Operations Working Group                        September 1992
     Request for Comments:  DRAFT v3.0


       Using the Internet DNS to maintain RFC1327 Address Mapping Tables
                         and X.400 Routing Informations

                Claudio Allocchio (Allocchio@elettra.trieste.it)
                     A. Blasco Bonito (blasco@cnuce.cnr.it)
                         Bruce Cole (cole@cs.wisc.edu)
                    Silvia Giordano (Giordano@cnuce.cnr.it)
                       Robert Hagens (hagens@cs.wisc.edu)

                     GARR-Italy & Wisconsin University CC-US


     0.  Status of this memo

     This memo proposes a method of storing in  the  Internet  Domain  Name
     System the information needed by RFC1327 e-mail gateways to map RFC822
     domain names into X.400 OR-names and viceversa.   Mapping  information
     can  be  managed  in  a  distributed  rather  than  a centralized way.
     Gateways  located  on  Internet  hosts  can   retrieve   the   mapping
     information querying the DNS instead of having fixed tables which need
     to be centrally updated and distributed.   A  proposal  about  storing
     also  X.400  routing  informations into the Internet DNS is presented,
     too.   This  document  specify  an  experimental  standard   proposal.
     Distribution of this memo is unlimited.




     1.  Introduction

     RFC1327 describes a set of mappings between the X.400 (1984/88) series
     of  protocols  and the RFC822 mail protocol, or protocols derived from
     RFC822.  That document addresses conversion  of  services,  addresses,
     message  envelopes,  and  message bodies between the two mail systems.
     This document is concerned with one aspect of RFC1327:  the  mechanism
     for  mapping  between X.400 O/R addresses and RFC822 domain names.  As
     described in Appendix F of RFC1327,  implementation  of  the  mappings
     requires  a database which maps between X.400 O/R addresses and domain
     names, and this database is statically defined.

     This approach requires many efforts to maintain the  correct  mapping:
     all  the  gateways  need  to  get  coherent  tables  to apply the same
     mappings, the conversion tables must  be  distributed  among  all  the
     operational  gateways,  and also every update needs to be distributed.
     This static mechanism requires quite  a  long  time  to  be  spent  in
     modifying   and   distributing   these   informations,  putting  heavy
     constraints on the time schedule of every update.  In fact it does not
     appear efficient compared to the Internet distributed name service.

     A first proposal to use  the  Internet  DNS  to  store,  retrieve  and
     maintain those mappings was introduced by two of the authors (B.  Cole
     and R.  Hagens) adopting two new DNS resource record  types:   TO-X400
     and  TO-822.   However  there  was a critical point:  the Internet DNS
     nameservers wishing to provide this mapping information needed  to  be
     modified  to support those new resource record types and a new address
     class.  In the real Internet, those modifications cold not  really  be
     accomplished on a significant number of operational DNS servers within
     a reasonable time period.  This new proposal tries to bypass the above
     problem.

     The basic idea is to use an already defined,  commonly  available  DNS
     resource- records type to store the mapping information.  In addition,
     the use of a new domain name space is  envisaged  in  order  to  fully
     implement a "two-way" mapping resolution scheme.

     The creation of the new domain name space also gives the chance to use
     the  DNS  to  distrubute  dynamically  the X.400 routing informations,
     solving thus another efficiency problem currently affecting the  X.400
     MHS implementations.

     In this paper we will adopt the RFC1327 mapping rules syntax,  showing
     how  it  can  be  stored into the Internet DNS, and the DOMAIN and WEP
     document  definitions  from  Urs  Eppenberger's  routing  coordination
     document.

     1.1 Definitions syntax

     The definitions in this document is given in  BNF-like  syntax,  using
     the following conventions:

       |     means choice
       \     is used for continuation of a definition over serveral lines
       []    means optional
       {}    means repeated one or more times

     The definitions, however, are detailed only until a certain level, and
     below it self- explaining character text strings will be used.



     2.  Motivation

     Implementations of RFC1327 gateways  require  that  a  database  store
     address  mapping  information  for X.400 and RFC822.  This information
     must be  disseminated  to  all  RFC1327  gateways.   In  the  internet
     community,  the DNS has proven to be a practical means for providing a
     distributed nameservice.  Advantages of using a DNS based system  over
     a  table  based  approach for mapping between O/R addresses and domain
     names are:

          - It avoids fetching and storing  of  entire  mapping  tables  by
     every host that wishes to implement RFC1327.

          - Modifications to the DNS based mapping information can be  made
     available in a more timely manner than with a table driven approach.

          - Table management is  not  necessarily  required  for  DNS-based
     RFC1327 gateways.

          - One can determine the mappings in use by a  remote  gateway  by
     querying the DNS (remote debugging).

     Also the distribution via DNS of the current statically defined  X.400
     MHS routing information will take the same advantages listed above.


     3.  Proposal:  the new "X400.ARPA" domain space

     Usual domain names (the ones normally used as the global  part  of  an
     RFC822 e-mail address) and their associated information, i.e.  host ip
     addresses, mail exchanger names, etc., are stored  in  the  DNS  as  a
     distributed  database  under a number of top- level domains (EDU, COM,
     countries like  UK, IT, FR,  etc).  The special top-level/second-level
     couple  IN-ADDR.ARPA  is  used  to store the IP address to domain name
     relationship.

     Our proposal, which closely resembles the above model, is to store the
     RFC1327  mapping  informations  in  a new branch of the DNS name space
     (under the already defined top-level  domain  "ARPA")  using  the  PTR
     resource-record.   In particular in this new name space "X400.ARPA" we
     will have a complete set of existing  resource  records  available  to
     store  any  other  useful informations concerning X.400, like routing,
     responsible people, etc.

     This name space is thus used to contain completely  the  informations:
     the  data  required  by  an e-mail gateway to perform the X.400-RFC822
     mapping can be easily  found  with  a  simple  query  to  the  nearest
     nameserver,  thus  avoiding  a  long  search  in  complex,  statically
     defined, mapping tables.  Moreover there is no more any need to store,
     maintain and distribute manually those tables.

     The special name space begins at the top-level "X400.ARPA" and  should
     have  a  structure following the X.400 hierachical structure (country,
     ADMD, PRMD, organization, ...).   The  fully-qualified  PTR  value  is
     constructed  starting  from  the  original  RFC1327  mapping rule, and
     chaining the string ".X400.ARPA" at the end.

     The construction of the new domain space tree  will  follow  the  same
     procedures  used  when  organizing  at  first the already existing DNS
     space:  authoritative information about the X400.ARPA top-level domain
     is  maintained  by the root servers while a central nameserver in each
     country is delegated by the root servers to hold the national part  of
     the  mapping  tables.   At  first,  however,  the informations will be
     stored in a quite centralized way, and distribution of authority  will
     be   gradually   achieved.   A  seprate  document  will  describe  the
     implementation phase.



     4.  Detailed storage proposal for RFC1327 mapping rules.

     Among the resource-record types that can be  associated  to  a  domain
     name  in  the  DNS,  the  PTR  is  generically defined as a pointer to
     another part of the domain name space.  The only use of the PTR record
     being well known is in the IN-ADDR.ARPA domain space:  in that context
     it provides the IP address to domain name resolution (or "inverse name
     resolution").   PTR  in the new "X400.ARPA" name space will instead be
     used for storing RFC1327 mapping informations.

     The PTR format, as defined in the RFC 1034, section 3.3 is as follows:

             +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+
             |                 PTRDNAME                      |
             +--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+

     where:

     PTRDNAME       A <domain-name> which points to some location
                    in the domain name space.

     These resource records are used in special domains to  point  to  some
     other  location  in  the domain space.  These records are simple data,
     and do not imply any special processing.

     The PTR value, as defined in the RFC 1034, must be a domain name, i.e.

     <domain> ::= <subdomain> | " " 
     <subdomain> ::= <label> | <label>.<subdomain>
     <label> ::= <alphanum> {<alphanumhyphen>} <alphanum>
     <alphanum> ::= "0".."9" | "A".."Z" | "a".."z"
     <alphanumhyphen> ::= "0".."9" | "A".."Z" | "a".."z" | "-"

     As you will notice, the legal  character  set  for  <label>  does  not
     correspond  to  the  IA5  Printablestring  one.  However a very simple
     "escape mechanism" can be applied in order to bypass the problem.   We
     can simply describe the mapping rule format as:

     <map-rule> ::= <map-element> | <map-element> { "." <map-element> }
     <map-element> ::= <attr-label> "$" <attr-value>
     <attr-label> ::= "C" | "ADMD" | "PRMD" | "O" | "OU"
     <attr-value> ::= " " | "@" | IA5-Printablestring

     In our model we define the following logical equivalences:

     <domain>  == <map-rule> + "X400.ARPA"
     <label> == <map-element>

     i.e.  we will use insert the <map-rule> information where usually  the
     <domain>  one  is,  and  the  <map-element>  will  replace the <label>
     element.

     4.1 IA5-Printablestring to <alphanumhyphen> mappings

     The problem of unmatching IA5-Printablestring  and  <label>  character
     set definition is solved by a simple character mapping rule:  whenever
     an IA5 character does not  belong  to  <alphanumhyphen>,  then  it  is
     mapped  using  its 3 digit decimal ASCII code, enclosed in hyphens.  A
     small set of special rules is  also  defined  for  the  most  frequent
     cases.  Moreover some frequent characters combinations used in RFC1327
     rules are also mapped as special cases.

     Let's then define the following simple rules:

     RFC1327 rule        DNS store translation   conditions
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     <attr-label>$@      <attr-label>            missing attribute
     <attr-label>$       <attr-label>"b"         blank attribute
     <attr-label>$xxx    <attr-label>-xxx        elsewhere

     Non <alphanumhyphen> characters in <attr-value>:

     RFC1327 rule        DNS store translation   conditions
     -------------------------------------------------------------------
     -                   -h-                     hyphen
     \.                  -d-                     quoted dot
     blank               -b-                     blank
     non A/N character   -<3digit-decimal>-      elsewhere

     If the DNS store translation of <attr-value> happens to  end  with  an
     hyphen, then this last hyphen is omitted.

     Let's now have some examples:
     RFC1327 rule       DNS store translation    condition
     ------------------------------------------------------------------
     PRMD$@             PRMD                     missing attribute
     ADMD$              ADMDb                    blank attribute
     ADMD$400-net       ADMD-400-h-net           hyphen mapping
     PRMD$UK\.AC        PRMD-UK-d-AC             quoted dot mapping
     O$ACME Inc\.       O-ACME-b-Inc-d           blank & final hyphen
     PRMD$main-400-a    PRMD-main-h-400-h-a      hyphen mapping
     O$-123-b           O--h-123-h-b             hyphen mapping
     OU$123-x           OU-123-h-x               hyphen mapping

     Thus, a complete RFC1327 mapping rule like

           OU$uuu.O$@.PRMD$ppp\.rrr.ADMD$aaa ddf-mmm.C$cc

     translates to

           OU-uuu.O.PRMD-ppp-d-rrr.ADMD-aaa-b-ddd-h-mmm.C-cc

     another example:

           OU$sales dept\..O$@.PRMD$ACME.ADMD$ .C$GB

     translates to

           OU-sales-b-dept-d.O.PRMD-ACME.ADMDb.C-GB

     4.1.1 Flow chart

     In order to achieve the proper DNS store translations of  the  RFC1327
     mapping rules some software tools will be used.  It is in fact evident
     that the above rules for converting mapping table from RFC1327 to  DNS
     format  (and  viceversa)  are  not  user friendly enough to think of a
     human made conversion.

     To help in designing such tools, a small flow chart will be described.
     The fundamental rule to be applied during translation is, however, the
     following:

     "A string must be parsed from left to right, moving appropriately  the
     pointer  in  order  not  to consider again the already tranlsated left
     section of the string in subsequent analysis."


     Flow chart 1 - Translation from rfc1327 to DNS format:

                     parse single attribute
                   (enclosed in . separators)
                               |
                 (yes)     <label>$@ ?     (no)
                   |                         |
             map to <label>         (no)  <label>$  ?  (yes)  
                   |                  |                  |         
               next elem.         map to <label>-    map to <label>"b"
                                      |                  |
                               map "\." to -d-       next elem.
                                      |
                               map "-" to -h-
                                      |
                              map non A/N char
                                      |
                           remove (if any) last "-"
                                      |
                                  next elem.



     Flow chart 2 - Translation from DNS to rfc1327 format:

                    parse single attribute
                   (enclosed in . separators)
                               |
                 (yes)      <label> ?      (no)
                   |                         |
            map to <label>$@        (no)  <label>"b" ? (yes)  
                   |                  |                  |         
               next elem.         map to <label>-    map to <label>$ 
                                      |                  |
                                map -d- to "\."       next elem.
                                      |
                                map -h- to "-"
                                      |
                         map -<3digit> to non A/N char
                                      |
                                  next elem.

     Using RFC1327's assumption of an asymmetric mapping between X.400  and
     RFC822  addresses,  two  separate  relations are required to store the
     mapping database:  RFC1327 Table 1 and RFC1327 Table 2; thus  also  in
     DNS we will mantain the two different sections, even if they will both
     belong to the PTR section.  More over RFC1327  also  specify  a  third
     table:   RFC1327  Gate Table.  This additional table, however, has the
     same syntax rules than RFC1327 Table 2 and thus the  same  tranlsation
     procedure  as  Table 2 will be applied; some details about the RFC1327
     Gate table are discussed in section 4.2.

     A file containing the RFC1327 mappig  rules  and  RFC1327  Gate  table
     written in DNS format will look like the following example:

     !
     ! RFC1327 table 1: X.400  --> RFC822
     !
     ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.                       IN PTR it.X400.ARPA.
     PRMD-switch.ADMD-arcom.C-ch.X400.ARPA.          IN PTR switch.ch.X400.ARPA.
     O-uw-h-madison.PRMD-xnren.ADMDb.C-us.X400.ARPA. IN PTR cs.wisc.edu.X400.ARPA.
     !
     ! RFC1327 table 2: RFC822 --> X.400
     !
     cnr.it.X400.ARPA.       IN PTR  PRMD-CNR.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     infn.it.X400.ARPA.      IN PTR  O.PRMD-infn.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     ac.uk.X400.ARPA.        IN PTR  PRMD-uk-d-ac.ADMDb.C-gb.X400.ARPA.
     !
     ! RFC1327 Gate Table
     !
     my.G.X400.ARPA.   IN PTR  OU-cosine-h-gw.O.PRMD-infn.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     edu.G.X400.ARPA.  IN PTR  O-mhs-h-relay.PRMD-xnren.ADMDb.C-us.X400.ARPA.

     which corresponds to the following RFC1327 table:

     #
     # RFC1327 table 1: X.400  --> RFC822
     #
     ADMD$garr.C$it#it#
     PRMD$switch.ADMD$arcom.C$ch#switch.ch#
     O$uw-madison.PRMD$xnren.ADMD$ .C$us#cs.wisc.edu#
     #
     # RFC1327 table 2: RFC822 --> X.400
     #
     cnr.it#PRMD$CNR.ADMD$garr.C$it#
     infn.it#O.PRMD$infn.ADMD$garr.C$it#
     ac.uk#PRMD$uk\.ac.ADMD$ .C$gb#
     #
     # RFC1327 Gate table
     #
     my#OU$cosine-gw.O$@.PRMD-infn.ADMD$garr.C$it#
     edu#O$mhs-relay.PRMD$xnren.ADMD$ .C$us#


     4.2 Storing the RFC1327 Gate table

     The RFC1327 Gate table syntax is identical to RFC1327 Table  2.   Thus
     the  same  syntax  translation rules from RFC1327 to DNS format can be
     applied.  However, as the three RFC1327 tables  are  stored  into  the
     same  DNS  PTR  section,  we must distinguish between Table 2 and Gate
     Table informations.  This is easily obtained adding and additional "G"
     third  level  pseudo-domain  (i.e.   "G.X400.ARPA"  as a whole) to the
     RFC822 domain part of the table.  The example in section  4.1.1  shows
     clearly  the  result.   As  "G"  is an illegal RFC822 top level domain
     there are no comflicts  or  ambiguities  in  using  it  as  a  special
     identifier.   To  be more explicit, the left hand side (RFC822 domain)
     of a Table 2 rule adds ".X400.ARPA", wheareas the left hand side of  a
     Gate table entry adds ".G.X400.ARPA".  The right hand side (O/R domain
     address) adds ".X400.ARPA" in both cases.


     5.  Finding RFC1327 mapping information from DNS

     The RFC1327 mapping information is  stored  in  PTR  resource  records
     located  in nodes of the the DNS tree.  The resource record associated
     with a particular node is identified by the  concatenation  of  labels
     encountered while traversing the tree to that node.  As defined above,
     a PTR record is identified by  elements  derived  from  an  X.400  O/R
     address  (Table  1)  or  by  an  RFC-822 domain name (Table 2 and Gate
     table).

     Moreover, placing our PTR mapping records under the same new X400.ARPA
     root  will  provide  a  good  facility for management of the mappings,
     distribution of the zones of  the  DNS,  and  minimize  zone  transfer
     resource consumption.

     The mapping information  stored  in  PTR  resource  records  does  not
     represent  a  full  O/R address.  It is a template which specifies the
     fields of the O/R address that are used by the mapping algorithm.

     When mapping information is stored in the DNS, queries to the DNS  are
     issued whenever an iterative search through the mapping table would be
     performed (RFC1327:  section 4.3.4, State I;  section  4.3.5,  mapping
     B).   A  recursive  set of queries to the DNS will be issued trying to
     find a PTR record with the longest possible match.   As  specified  in
     RFC1327,  a  search of the mapping table will result in either success
     (mapping found) or failure (all queries failed, mapping not found).

     When a DNS query is issued, a third possible result  is  timeout.   If
     the  result  is  timeout,  the  gateway  operation is delayed and then
     retried at a later time.  A result of success or failure is  processed
     according  to  the  algorithms  specified in RFC 1327.  If a DNS error
     code is returned, an error message should be logged  and  the  gateway
     operation is delayed as for timeout.

     Searching the name-server which can authoritatively solve the query is
     automatically performed by the DNS distributed name-service.

     5.1 A DNS query example

     An RFC1327 mail-gateway  located  in  the  Internet,  when  traslating
     addresses  from RFC822 to X.400, can get information about the RFC1327
     mapping rule asking the DNS.  As  an  example,  when  translating  the
     address SUN.CNUCE.CNR.IT, the gateway will append "X400.ARPA" and then
     query DNS for the associated PTR record.  The DNS should contain a PTR
     record like this:

     cnuce.cnr.it.X400.ARPA. IN PTR O-cnuce.PRMD-cnr.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.

     The first query will  fail.   Then  'SUN'  will be dropped and a  new
     query  will be issued, returning the mapping rule is DNS store format.
     Applying  the  syntax  translation  specified in  paragraph  4.1  and
     dropping "X400.ARPA" the RFC1327 mapping rule will be obtained.

     Translating from X.400 to RFC822 the address

          C=de; ADMD=dbp; PRMD=dfn; O=gmd;

     the mail gateway should convert the syntax according to paragraph 4.1,
     append  "X400.ARPA"  and  then  query  DNS  for  the corresponding PTR
     record.  The DNS should contain:

     ADMD-dbp.C-de.X400.ARPA.  IN PTR dbp.de.X400.ARPA.

     Assuming that there are not more specific  PTR  records  in  DNS,  the
     first  two  queries  will  fail;  then  the PTR record value is found,
     "X400.ARPA" is dropped and the RFC1327 rule is available.

     When looking for an entry in the RFC1327 Gate table, the gateway  will
     append  "G.X400.ARPA"  to the RFC822 domain and then query DNS for the
     associated PTR record.  If we are looking for  the  Gate  table  entry
     representing  top level domain "MY", then the DNS should contain a PTR
     record like this:

     my.G.X400.ARPA.  IN PTR O-cnuce.PRMD-cnr.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.

     DNS will return, possibly after some recursive iterations, the rule in
     DNS  store  format.   Applying  the  syntax  translation  specified in
     paragraph 4.1 and dropping "X400.ARPA" the RFC1327  Gate  table  entry
     rule will be obtained.




     6.  Administration of mapping information

     Not all RFC1327 gateways will be able to use the Internet DNS  to  map
     between  O/R  addresses  and RFC822 domain names.  It is expected that
     gateways in a particular country or management domain will conform  to
     one of the following models:

          Table-based    DNS-based    X.500-based

     Table-based countries and management domains will submit  and  receive
     their mapping tables from the International Mapping Table coordinator.
     DNS-based countries and management domains will  store  their  mapping
     information   in  the  DNS.   The  DNS  Mapping  coordinator  will  be
     responsible  for  operating  authoritative  nameservers  for  resource
     records  pertinent  to management domains in Table- based communities.
     Also, the DNS Mapping coordinator will be responsible  for  generating
     the table form of mappings based in the DNS and transmitting it to the
     International Mapping Table coordinator.  X.500-based storage  is  not
     yet fully defined.

     As of this writing, the International Mapping Table coordinator is the
     COSINE  MHS Project Team and the DNS Mapping coordinator is the COSINE
     Gateway Service.

     A set of coordination procedures to keep  aligned  the  three  mapping
     distribution  services  will  be published in the implementation phase
     document.



     7.  Storing and finding X.400 routing informations

     In the usual domain name space  the  MX  records  are  used  to  store
     information for SMTP mailers; their content is a list of possible Mail
     eXchanger and a pure number  stating  the  preferred  order  of  these
     mailers  (priority).  As we created a new domain space under X400.ARPA
     top level domain, we can now use the MX  resource  records  in  it  to
     store  informations  about  routing  in  the X.400 MHS, using the same
     principles adopted by SMTP mailers.  A document defining the X.400 MHS
     routing   strategy   has   been   defined   by  Urs  Eppenberger  from
     SWITCH/COSINE MHS project team.  In this document the approach to  the
     routing  problem  is  again table driven, using the so called "DOMAIN"
     and "WEP" documents (section 3).  However  the  data  defined  in  the
     DOMAIN  document  closely  resembles the MX approach, allowing an easy
     use of DNS MX resource records for storing  X.400  MHS  routing  data.
     Some  other  DNS  resource  records  will  then  be  used to store the
     additional data present in the WEP document.

     The definition of the usual MX record in DNS is:

     <domain> <class> MX <prio> <dest-host-domain>

     where <dest-host-domain> is then resolved via an "A"  resource  record
     into  an  IP  host address:  in fact the only transport forseen in DNS
     for SMTP protocol is TCP/IP, and  the  socket  number  25  is  already
     reserved.  Also DDCMP and X.25 transports are used for SMTP (DSMTP and
     XSMTP), but their connection data are not included and distributed via
     DNS.

     In the X.400 MHS routing document we can identify these elements:

     <MHS-subtree> <Default-Priority> <UniqueMTAkey> <Delay>

     which can be somehow equivalenced to the usual DNS elements.   However
     the  routing  can be done on different protocol stacks, and each stack
     can have a different priority.  Thus we have additional data for  each
     specific stack:

     <Service-type> <P-address> <Priority>

     On the other hand, the MTA connection data are much more complex  than
     a  simple  4-byte  IP  address.   For each connection stack we have in
     fact:

     <password> <called-connection> <calling connection>

     and both <called-connection> and  <calling-connection>  is  a  set  of
     complex data.  Thus we will need additional store to keep these data.

     7.1 Detailed storage proposal for routing informations in DNS

     To implement in the most convenient  way  the  storage  of  X.400  MHS
     routing data we can take advantage of the DNS MX records; in fact they
     already provide  wildcard  support  and  a  priority  mechanism  (note
     however  that the X.400 MHS priority values must be interpreted in the
     opposite direction than SMTP  ones).   Other  available  DNS  resource
     record  types  will  be  then  used  for  the  remaining  WEP data; in
     particular  the  HINFO  resource  record  can  be  used  for  the  WEP
     connection and system data.

     Let us define the <MHS-route-record> object which can be inserted into
     a DNS MX reseource record:

     <MHS-route-record> ::= <MHS-ORdomain> "IN" "MX" <Defualt-Priority> \
                            <WEP-data>

     where:

     <MHS-ORdomain> ::= DNS translation of <MHS-subtree> (sect. 7.1.1)

     <WEP-data> ::= { <DNS-Service-key> "-" <DNS-Priority> "." } \
                      <DNS-Delay> "." <DNS-MTAkey>

     <DNS-MTAkey> ::= DNS translation of <UniqueMTAkey> (sect. 7.1.2)

     <DNS-Delay> ::= DNS translation of <Delay> (sect. 7.1.3)

     <DNS-Priority> ::= DNS translation of <Priority> (sect. 7.1.4)

     <DNS-Service-key> ::= A unique keywork to identify a <WEP-call-data> 
                           and <WEP-clng-data> record (sect. 7.1.5)

     The additional data for a WEP connection are  stored  into  HINFO  DNS
     resource  records.   In particular we need to store informations about
     the WEP itself (password, system,  supported  stacks)  and  about  the
     network  connectivity (service type, MTS, P- address).  We define thus
     three records, which will be stored into  three  different  DNS  HINFO
     records:

     <WEP-host_data> ::= <DNS-MTAkey>  "IN" "HINFO" "<password> <system>" \
                         "<DNS-Service-key> { [ "." <DNS-Service-key> ] }"

     <WEP-call-data> ::= "C." <DNS-Serivce-key> "." <DNS-MTAkey> \
                         "IN" "HINFO" "<Service-type> <MTS>" "<P-address>"

     <WEP-clng-data> ::= "R." <DNS-Serivce-key> "." <DNS-MTAkey> \
                         "IN" "HINFO" "<Service-type>" "<P-address>"

     Note   that   the   <DNS-Service-key>   list   contained   into    the
     <WEP-host-data> record must contain exactly the same elements used for
     any couple of <WEP-call-data> and <WEP-clng-data> records, i.e.  is we
     have  3  couples  of connection information records using "XX0", "RX0"
     and "IT6" keys, then this list must be present in the  <WEP-host-data>
     record.

     The HINFO resource record can hold up  to  twice  256  octet  strings,
     allowing  thus  enough  available  space  even for complex <P-address>
     data.

     The concept of routing records in the DOMAIN document has an  implicit
     wildcard   specification:    anything   ending   up  with  the  stated
     <MHS-subtree> is to be routed as indicated,  unless  a  more  specific
     routing  record  is  found.   In DNS MX records this must be specified
     using explicitly wildcards, as it allows to  specify  fully  qualified
     domains,  too.  This feature could eventually be used to obtained more
     detailed X.400 MHS routing rules with DNS (see an example  in  section
     7.2).



     7.1.1 DNS translation of <MHS-subtree>

     The allowed character set for an <MHS-ORdomain> is the same  described
     in  section  4,  as  its  definition  corresponds in DNS to a <domain>
     element.  Thus we will follow the same approach described  in  section
     4.1  for non {alphanumhypehn} elements, and a similar solution for the
     general tranlsation.

     The definition of <MHS-subtree> in the DOMAIN document is:

     <MHS-subtree> ::= "Domain: " \
                       "C=" 'Two Character Contry Code ISO-3166' \
                       ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
                       [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
                       [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                       [ { ";OU=" 'Org-unit-name' } ]

     i.e.  a label ("Domain:") followed by a string made  up  by  Attribute
     Labels  ("C", "ADMD", "PRMD", "O", "OU") plus Attribute Values and ";"
     as separators.

     This definition allows  in  its  syntax  to  skip  eventually  missing
     intermediate  address  elements,  instead  of substituting them with a
     standard placeholder ("@") as defined in  RFC1327  for  mapping  rules
     syntax.  The new DNS tree under top level domain "X400.ARPA", however,
     must be coherent in order to allow a correct distribution of authority
     and  a  correct  sequence of queries along its branches.  Thus we will
     insert again  the  skipped  attributes  into  our  DNS  translaion  of
     <MHS-subtree>  and  <UniqueMTAkey>,  using  the same placeholder ("@")
     defined in RFC1327.

     An equivalent definition of <MHS-subtree> is:

     <MHS-subtree> ::= "Domain: " <addr-element> [ { ";" <addr-element> } ]
     <addr-element> ::= <attr-label> "=" <attr-value>
     <attr-label> ::= "C" | "ADMD" | "PRMD" | "O" | "OU"
     <attr-value> ::= IA5-Printablestring

     To obtain our <DNS-ORdomain> we will follow these rules:

     - drop the "Domain: " label;
     - revert the order of <addr-element>;
     - insert eventually missing intermediate attributes as
       <attr-label> "=" "@";
     - "quote" all dots (".") in <attr-value>;
     - build <DNS-ORdomain> as:
       
     <DNS-ORdomain> ::= <d-addr-elem> [ { "." <d-addr-elem> } ] ".X400.ARPA"
     <d-addr-elem>  ::= <attr-label> "-" <mapped-attribute-value>

     Substituing the "$" sign with the "=" sign and the "." separator  with
     the ";" one, the same rules specified in sections 4.1 and 4.1.1 can be
     thus used to translate <attr-  value>  into  <mapped-attribute-value>.
     Let's have some examples:

          Domain:  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=WHO;

     is translated in <DNS-ORdomain> as

          PRMD-WHO.ADMD-arcom.C-ch.X400.ARPA

     Another one:

          Domain:  C=GB;ADMD= ;PRMD=UK.AC;OU=ACME Inc.;

     is translated in <DNS-ORdomain> as

          OU-ACME-b-Inc-d.O.PRMD-UK-d-AC.ADMDb.C-GB.X400.ARPA

     7.1.2 DNS translation of <UniqueMTAkey>

     The character set and syntax allowed for a <DNS-MTAkey> is  again  the
     one  corresponding  in DNS to a <domain> element.  Thus sections 4 and
     4.1 already give us the correct solution.

     More over <UniqueMTAkey> syntax is very  close  to  the  <MHS-subtree>
     one:

     <UniqueMTAkey> ::=  "C=" 'Two Character Contry Code ISO-3166' \
                       ";ADMD=" 'ADMDname' \
                       [ ";PRMD=" 'PRMDname' ] \
                       [ ";O=" 'Organization-name' ] \
                       [ { ";OU=" 'Org-unit-name' } ] \
                       ";MTAname=" 'MTAname'

     i.e.  an <MHS-subtree> definition, locating exactly the MTA within its
     management domain, plus the MTA name itself.  An equivalent definition
     is again

     <UniqueMTAkey> ::= <addr-element> [ { ";" <addr-element> } ]
     <addr-element> ::= <attr-label> "=" <attr-value>
     <attr-label>   ::= "C" | "ADMD" | "PRMD" | "O" | "OU" | "MTAname"
     <attr-value>   ::= IA5-Printablestring

     To obtain our <DNS-MTAkey> we will follow these rules:

     - revert the order of <addr-element>;
     - insert eventually missing intermediate attributes as
       <attr-label> "=" "@";
     - "quote" all dots (".") in <attr-value>;
     - replace "MTAname=" with "MTA=" 
     - build <DNS-MTAkey> as:
       
     <DNS-MTAkey>  ::= <d-addr-elem> [ { "." <d-addr-elem> } ] ".X400.ARPA"
     <d-addr-elem> ::= <attr-label> "-" <mapped-attribute-value>

     Substituing the "$" sign with the "=" sign and the "." separator  with
     the ";" one, the same rules specified in sections 4.1 and 4.1.1 can be
     thus used to translate <attr-  value>  into  <mapped-attribute-value>.
     Let's have some examples:

          C=it;ADMD=garr;PRMD=infn;OU=cosine-gw;MTAname=cosine-gw.infn.it

     is translated in <DNS-MTAkey> as

          MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.OU=cosine-h-gw.O.PRMD-infn. \
          ADMD-garr.c-it.X400.ARPA

     Another one:

          C=GB;ADMD= ;PRMD=UK.AC;MTAname=uk.ac.mhs-relay

     is translated in <DNS-MTAkey> as

          MTA-uk-d-ac-d-mhs-h-relay.PRMD-UK-d-AC.ADMDb.C-GB.X400.ARPA


     7.1.3 DNS translation of <Delay>

     As <Delay> is a pure number, we need to apply a label to it  in  order
     to  be  conformant  with  RFC1034  and also to distinguish it from the
     other elements.  Thus our definition of <DNS-delay> is

     <DNS-delay> ::= "D" <Delay>

     If <Delay> is defined as "25", then its DNS translation will be "D25".

     7.1.4 DNS translation of <Priority>

     As <Priority> is a pure number, we need to apply  a  label  to  it  in
     order  to  be  conformant with RFC1034 and also to distinguish it from
     the other elements.  Thus our definition of <DNS-priority> is

     <DNS-priority> ::= "P" <Priority>

     If <Priority> is defined as "5", then  its  DNS  translation  will  be
     "P5".

     7.1.5 Defining the <DNS-Service-key>

     The <DNS-Service-key> is just a  label  to  identify  a  DNS  resource
     record  where  the  relevant MTA connection data are stored.  Thus its
     only  requirement  is  to  be  unique  within  an  MTA  identified  by
     <DNS-MTAkey>.  However it could be very useful to define some criteria
     and common abbreviations in order to have short  keys  and  also  some
     "guessable"  keys  for  the  most  common cases.  Our suggestion is to
     adopt a three characters key:

     <DNS-Service-key> ::= <k-name> <k-service> <k-protocol>

     <k-name> ::= one A/N character identifying the network name, adopting
                  the following abbreviations:

                       'X' Public-X.25
                       'I' Internet
                       'R' RARE-IXI
                       'L' RARE-CLNS

     <k-service> ::= "X" | "O" | "L" | "T"
                     standing respectively for X.25, CONS, CLNS, TCP

     <k-protocol> ::= "0" | "2" | "4" | "6"
                      standing respectively for TP0, TP2, TP4, RFC1006

     Thus "Internet/TCP/RFC1006" will produce a  <DNS-Service-key>  =  IT6,
     while "RARE-IXI/CONS/TP0" produces <DNS-Service-key> = RO0.


     7.2 An example of DNS stored Domain and WEP documents

     As said in the previous sections, the X.400 MHS routing  data  can  be
     stored  in  DNS  using  MX  and  HINFO reseouce records and the set of
     defined mapping rules.  Let's see an example  containing  the  routing
     data of a management domain.

     ;
     ; document it.garr
     ;
     ; Community: COSINE-MHS
     ; Update: DATE=920806
     ;
     *.ADMD-GARR.C-it.X400.ARPA. IN  MX 10 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
                             IN  MX 20 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     ;
     *.PRMD-Y-h-net.ADMD-Master400.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  MX  10 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
                             IN  MX 20 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     ;
     ; WARNING the next record routes ONLY C=it;ADMD=Master400;PRMD=ssgrr;
     ; OR address, excluding any subdomain.
     ;
     PRMD-ssgrr.ADMD-Master400.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  MX  10 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
                             IN  MX 20 \
       RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     ;
     *.PRMD=isanet.ADMD-0.C-is.X400.ARPA.  \
        IN  MX 10 D5.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
        IN  MX 20 D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     ;
     ; Now infn.it WEP host data
     ;
     MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "Password: not used; COM=VAX4000; OPS=VMS5.5; MHS=MRX2.2-000" \
       "RX0.XX0"
     ;
     ; Now infn.it WEP connection data
     ;
     C.RX0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; MTS-TP-84" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432240000+CUDF+03010100" 
     ;
     R.RX0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432240000" 
     ;
     C.XX0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
      "Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; MTS-TP-84" \
      "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+01+22225110072+CUDF+03010100"
     ;
     R.XX0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
      "Public-X.25/X.25/TP0" \
      "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+01+22225110072"
     ;
     ; Now cosine-gw.infn.it WEP host data
     ;
     MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "Password: not used; COM=VAX9210; OPS=VMS5.5; MHS=MRX2.2-000" \
       "RX0.XX0"
     ;
     ; Now cosine-gw.infn.it WEP connection data
     ;
     C.RX0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0; MTS-TP-84" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432240009008+CUDF+03010100"
     ;
     R.RX0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "RARE-IXI/X.25/TP0" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+04+20432240009008"
     ;
     C.XX0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "Public-X.25/X.25/TP0; MTS-TP-84" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+01+22225110072082+CUDF+03010100"
     ;
     R.XX0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.  IN  HINFO \
       "Public-X.25/X.25/TP0" \
       "INFN/TELEX+00728722+X25(80)+01+22225110072082"

     Note that the above lines have been wrapped for clarity reasons, using
     "\" to show continuation on the same line.

     7.3 An example of query to DNS for routing data

     In this example we will assume that the routing data those defined  in
     section 7.2; let's see how it works.

     Ca3e 1:  OR address C=it;ADMD=garr;PRMD=infn;S=helpdesk;

     After translation of the routing part of the OR address in DNS syntax,
     a   first   query   for   an  MX  records  list  will  be  issued  for
     PRMD-infn.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA; DNS will match the query with  the
     first couple of MX records listed in our above example, i.e.

     IN MX 10 RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     IN MX 20 RX0-P9.XX0-P7.D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.

     The answer contains already a choice between 2 possible WEPs and again
     2  available connection stacks per each WEP, identified by RX0 and XX0
     keyworks and with different priorities.  Note that the RX0 key of  the
     first  records  has nothing to do with the identical one in the second
     record:  they just happen to look the same, but a  <DNS-  service-key>
     is meaningful and must be uniqe only within a <DNS-MTAkey>.

     As priority 20 indicated the preferred WEP, and we already  have  also
     the  preferred  connection  stack (identified by RX0 key) we can query
     directly for connection data, looking an HINFO record like:

     C.RX0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.

     and attempt connection to the remote WEP.  If this fails, according to
     Eppenberger's  document,  we  will  then  query for the next supported
     stack connecton record (identified by XX0 key plus  <DNS-MTAkey>)  and
     continue like that.

     Case 2:  OR address C=is;ADMD=0;PRMD=isanet;O=mgr;S=postmaster;

     After translation of the routing part of the OR address in DNS syntax,
     a first query for an MX records list will be issued for

     O-mgr.PRMD-isanet.ADMD-0.C-is.X400.ARPA

     DNS will match the query with:

     IN  MX 10 D5.MTA-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.
     IN  MX 20 D0.MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA.

     In this case the answer only indicates  2  possible  WEPs  with  their
     priority,  but  gives  no preference about possible connection stacks,
     nor informs us about the availble connection  stacks.   We  will  then
     query for an HINFO record containing the WEP host informations for the
     preferred 'cosine-gw.infn.it' one, i.e.  query for

     MTA-cosine-h-gw-d-infn-d-it.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA. 

     HINFO record. The result will be:

     "Password: not used; COM=VAX9210; OPS=VMS5.5; MHS=MRX2.2-000" \
     "RX0.XX0"

     We can now choose, at  our  discrection  about  2  possible  connecton
     stacks,   identified  by  RX0  and  XX0  keywords,  querying  for  the
     respective <WEP-call-data> records and continuing as for  the  case  1
     example.



     8.  Conclusion

     The use of the PTR resource-record and a new name space tree  promises
     to  provide  a good possible repository for mapping informations.  The
     mapping information is stored in the DNS tree structure so that it can
     be  easily  obtained  using  the DNS distributed name-service.  At the
     same time the introduction of the new "X400.ARPA"  domain  name  space
     allows us also to use the DNS to store and distribute many other X.400
     MHS informations, including the routing ones.  The use of the DNS  has
     many  advantages in storing, managing and updating information.  Using
     the existing resource records in the  new  name  tree  does  not  even
     require  the  introduction  of new types.  A further study to define a
     storage detailed strategy for routing informations  is  expected  when
     the table-driven routing strategy for X.400 MHS becomes stable.

     Software to query the DNS and then  to  convert  between  the  textual
     representation  of DNS resource records and the address format defined
     in RFC1327 needs to be developed.   Also  some  tools  to  derive  DNS
     format  from  DOMAIN  and  WEP  documents  will  be needed to help the
     implementation of this specification.




     9.  References


          [CCITT] CCITT SG 5/VII, "Recommendation X.400," Message  Handling
     Systems:  System Model - Service Elements, October 1988.


          [RFC 1327] Kille, S., "Mapping between X.400(1988)  /  ISO  10021
     and RFC 822", RFC 1327, March 1992


          [RFC  1034]  Mockapetris,  P.,  "Domain  Names  -  Concepts   and
     Facilities",  RFC  1034,  USC/Information Sciences Institute, November
     1987.


          [RFC 1035] Mockapetris, P., "Domain names  -  Implementation  and
     Specification", RFC 1035, USC/Information Sciences Institute, November
     1987.


          [Internet draft] Eppenberger, U., "Routing Coordination for X.400
     MHS  services  within  a  multi protocol / multi network environment",
     March 1992.



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00730;
          23 Sep 92 4:09 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00726;
          23 Sep 92 4:09 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01626;
          23 Sep 92 4:13 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 03:07:25 +0000
Date: Wed, 23 Sep 1992 03:07:25 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..368:23.08.92.08.07.25]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 03:07:24 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2921*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Schedule, next meeting, IETF X.400 OPS WG.

Hi,

Just to keep you informed about our next meeting:

The next IETF X.400 OPS WG meeting will take place at the IETF in
Washington DC, USA. In case some of you have not seen it, I enclose
general info about the next IETF.

The schedule for our meeting is as follows:

TUESDAY, November 17, 1992

4:00-6:00 pm  Afternoon Sessions II

              OSI   X.400 Operations WG (x400ops) (Alf Hansen/SINTEF DELAB)

7:30-10:00 pm Tuesday, November 17, 1992 - Evening Sessions

              OSI   X.400 Operations WG (x400ops) (Alf Hansen/SINTEF DELAB)


Please send proposals for topics for the agenda to me, and I will prepare
and distribute the agenda not later than one week before the meeting.

Best regards,
Alf H.


==================

Delivery-date: Wed, 23 Sep 1992  8:12:54 UTC+0200
From:              List Manager <Postmaster@nri.reston.va.us>
Authorizing-Users: <ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us>
To:                IETF Announce >
Reply-To:          <ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us>
Importance:        normal
Message-ID:        inbox:845 9209221120.aa04059(a)IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
Subject:           IETF MAILING 2: IETF, November 16-20, 1992/Washington, DC

RFC-822-HEADERS:
X-Orig-Sender: mdavies@NRI.Reston.VA.US

==================


Dear IETFers:

This is the second mailing of logistics for the upcoming IETF 
(November 16-20, 1992/Washington, DC).  You should READ THIS
CAREFULLY as there are a number of IMPORTANT items.  Please 
direct any questions to IETF-RSVP@NRI.RESTON.VA.US.

Included in this mailing are the following:

1.  AT-A-GLANCE SHEET :  A one page write-up of pertinent information
                         (i.e., Dates, Registration Info., Hotel,
                         Airline, Shuttle, etc.)

2.  REGISTRATION FORM :  We will accept payment by credit card and/or
                         check.  Please be sure to read the form carefully
                         and provide complete information.
---------

PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING:

1.  REGISTRATION: We must receive your REGISTRATION Form before or on 
    October 9th, in order for you to qualify for the $130.00 registration 
    fee.  Your payment MAY, but does NOT have to, accompany the FORM.  
    Any Registration Forms received after October 9th will, without 
    exception, require payment of $150.00.  

2.  HOTELS: Please make your hotel reservations immediately, space is 
    limited.  I would encourage you to make reservations even if you are 
    uncertain as to the exact dates you will be attending the IETF.  Please
    keep in mind that it is far easier to cancel reservations, than it is 
    to find a room at the last minute.

3.  NEWCOMER'S ORIENTATION: On Sunday, November 15th at 4:30 p.m. we will
    be holding an orientation session for newcomers (Room TBD).

4.  AGENDA: A Draft version of the Agenda will be sent out shortly.  There
    are several significant changes you should be aware of.  Below is 
    a sketch outline of the arrangement of Working Group and
    Technical Presentation Slots:

		Mon.	  Tue.	    Wed.	Thu.	   Fri.
                ==============================================

0900-9:30       Opening   Tech      Tech        Tech       WG (optional)

0930-1200	Tech      WG	    WG		WG	   

1330-1530	WG	  WG	    WG	  	WG        

1600-1800	WG	  WG        WG	        Tech      

19:30-2200	BOF/WG**  BOF/WG    BOF/WG      Open Plenary	   

----------

FYI.....

A reminder that the quality of these meetings (and in
particular the Working Group technical *working* sessions) is
dependent upon the informed, constructive participation of the
individual attendees.  Please come prepared.

Information on the current status and progress of the individual
Working Groups can be obtained in several ways:

1. Working Group objectives and notes from previous sessions are 
   available online (send to ietf-info@nri.reston.va.us for retrieval 
   instructions). 

2. Working Group objectives and notes from previous meetings are 
   also reproduced in the hardcopy Proceedings (to order, send to 
   proceedings@nri.reston.va.us).   

3. Agendas and reading lists for Working Group meetings will also be 
   posted to the respective Working Group mailing lists.


IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS REGARDING THE SCHEDULING OF A PARTICULAR WORKING
GROUP, PLEASE CONTACT THE CHAIR OF THAT GROUP DIRECTLY.  A LISTING OF 
WORKING GROUP MAILING LISTS IS AVAILABLE VIA ANONYMOUS FTP, CD IETF,
GET "1wg-summary.txt". 

LOOKING AHEAD....

The  Spring 1993 IETF will be held in Columbus, Ohio,
March 28th - April 2nd.  Our Local Hosts will be OARnet and 
The Ohio State University.  The July 1993 meeting will be held
in Amsterdam.

==========

25th INTERNET ENGINEERING TASK FORCE	     Mailing Date  : 9/22/92  
AT-A-GLANCE				     Mailing Number: 2

DATES: November 16-20, 1992                  HOST(S): 
                                             Tom Dunkenberger, Sprint  
                                             Bob Collet, Sprint 
                             
HOTEL/MEETING SITE: Hyatt Regency Washington 
                     On Capitol Hill 
                    400 New Jersey Avenue, NW 
                    Washington, DC 20001 
                    Phone: (202) 737-1234 {fax: (202) 737-5773}
		    CI 4:00 p.m.; CO 12:00 p.m. 
                    250 Rooms reserved until October 9, 1992
                    $119.00/single; $119.00/double (please add 11% tax
                     plus $1.50/night)
                    Specify: IETF or 25th Internet Engineering Task Force  

ALTERNATE ACCOM:    The Washington Court
                    525 New Jersey Avenue, NW
                    Washington, DC 20001
                    Phone: (800) 321-3010 {fax: (202) 737-2641}
                    CI 3:00 p.m.; CO 1:00 p.m.
                    20 Rooms reserved until October 9, 1992
                    $115.00/single; $115.00/double (please add 
                    Specify: IETF or 25th Internet Engineering Task Force  


NEWCOMER'S          Sunday, November 15, 1992
ORIENTATION:        4:30pm - 5:30pm
                    Room: TBD
    
PRE-REGISTRATION:   Sunday, November 15, 1992 
		    6pm - 8pm (reception during)
                    Hyatt Regency Washington 
                    Room: TBD

REGISTRATION:	    Monday, November 16, 1992 
                    8am - 9am 
                    Hyatt Regency Washington 
                    Room: TBD 

ATTENDANCE FEE:     PAYMENT BY: Credit Card or Check  
	            $130.00 if registered BY October 9, 1992  
	 	    $150.00 if registered AFTER October 9, 1992 

AIRLINE:            United Airlines (special rate roundtrip only)
                    1 (800) 521-4041 Meeting ID: 514VS (IETF)
                    We regret that discounted fares are not 
                    available for international flights.

CAR RENTAL:         Hertz Discounts available through United. 

AIRPORT:	    National Airport/Dulles International 

PARKING:            Hyatt Regency: $14/day for guests
                    Visitors :$5.50 each time out. 

SHUTTLE:            None available, although the Metro from National 
                    Airport stops at Union Station (two blocks from hotel).

CAB:                $12 from National to Hyatt Regency
========

                            REGISTRATION FORM
             25th Internet Engineering Task Force - Page 1 of 2
                           November 16-20, 1992   
                             Washington, DC   

Please print or type:

Name (Mr/Dr/Ms)__________________________________________________________

Title____________________________________________________________________

Organization_____________________________________________________________

Address__________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________

City_____________________________State_____________Postal Code___________

Country__________________________________________________________________

Telephone______________________________Fax_______________________________

Email____________________________________________________________________


Do you plan to attend the Sunday, November 15th NEWCOMER'S ORIENTATION at 
4:30 p.m. ET?
   
    YES___   NO___

Do you plan to attend the Sunday, November 15th reception at 6:00 p.m. ET? 

    YES___   NO___


$130.00 Registration postmarked no later than Friday, October 9, 1992 
(emailed forms must reflect a date no later than October 9, 1992).

$150.00 ($130.00 + $20.00 late fee) Registration postmarked after 
Friday, October 9, 1992.

Method of payment:  ___AMEX  ___VISA  ___MC  ___Diners  ___Check 

                    (U.S. dollars, drawn on a U.S. Bank), payable to:
                    Corporation for National Research Initiatives

Account No.____________________________ Expiration Date__________________

Cardholder Name__________________________________________________________ 

Cardholder Signature_____________________________________________________


Please return a copy of the Registration Form today to take advantage of
the reduced rate of $130.00.  Registration Forms can be sent via electronic 
mail, facsimile, or postal mail:

	Electronic:  ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us
	Facsimile:   +1-703-620-0913
	Postal:      Corporation for National Research Initiatives
        	     Accounting Department - 25th IETF Meeting
	     	     1895 Preston White Drive, Suite 100
        	     Reston, VA 22091-5434  USA


                              REGISTRATION FORM
                 25th Internet Engineering Task Force - Page 2 of 2
                             November 16-20, 1992
                                Washington, DC 


IMPORTANT:

     1.   Advance Registrations must be postmarked no later than 
          October 9, 1992 to qualify for the $130.00 meeting fee.
          Payment MAY, but does NOT have to, accompany the Form. 
     2.   Register ONE person per form.  Substitutions are NOT allowed.  
     3.   Include a completed Registration Form with payment.
     4.   Purchase orders are NOT accepted. 
     5.   DD Form 1556 IS accepted. 
     6.   Registration Forms will be accepted via electronic mail and
          facsimile until 1:00 p.m. EDT on Friday, November 13, 1992.
     7.   Requests for refunds must be received by July 10, 1992.
     8.   Refund policy:  Refunds are subject to a $20.00 service charge.   
                          Late fees will not be refunded. 
     9.   Your registration fee includes a copy of the Meeting's Proceedings,
		Sunday evening reception (cash bar), and a daily continental
                breakfast and coffee breaks.


	
For additional information or assistance, please contact +1-703-620-8990, 
+1-703-620-0913 (Fax) or ietf-rsvp@nri.reston.va.us.  Direct all inquiries 
to:  25th IETF Meeting - Washington, DC. 



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01320;
          23 Sep 92 6:21 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01316;
          23 Sep 92 6:21 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03192;
          23 Sep 92 6:25 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 04:48:42 +0000
Date: Wed, 23 Sep 1992 04:48:42 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..817:23.08.92.09.48.42]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 04:48:41 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <2926*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ALLOCCHIO <ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
In-Reply-To: 05239122902991/6145 INFN:
Subject: Internet Draft: use of DNS for X.400 RFC1327 and Routing Tables

Hi Claudio,

You ask:

> Who is now in charge of submitting Internet drafts? I just checked, and also
> the mail-11 mapping version currently stored in FTP servers is the out of date
> one, even if the new one was sent out more than 1 month ago.

I should have clarified this much earlier, when you sent out the updated
Mail 11 document. Anyway: I am enclosing the procedures that has to be
followed to submit an Internet Draft. The author(s) should themselves 
make sure that these procedures are followed. All you have to do is
to edit the text needed into your documents, and send them to 

    Internet-drafts@nri.reston.va.us

of course with a copy also to the ietf-osi-x400ops list.

Can you do that?

Best regards,
Alf H
===========================


Hi,

As many of you know, there is a history of confusion and misinformation
pertaining to the status of Internet Drafts, especially when incorrectly
assuming them to be Internet Standards. Also, there has been a significant
number of requests to provide paper copies of Internet Drafts by postal mail.
Because of these reasons, the following changes in the content are being
implemented for Internet Drafts, and all new Internet Draft submissions must 
comply with these requirements.

We have received your Internet Draft submission, but are unable to process it
as it does not comply with the new formatting requirements. Please make
the appropriate changes and resubmit. The new requirements are:

   1. The following text *MUST* be included in a Status of the Memo section.

	This document is an Internet Draft.  Internet Drafts are working 
	documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF), its Areas, 
	and its Working Groups. Note that other groups may also distribute
        working documents as Internet Drafts. 

	Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of six 
	months.	Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or obsoleted
	by other documents at any time.  It is not appropriate to use
	Internet Drafts as reference material or to cite them other than
	as a "working draft" or "work in progress."

	Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each Internet 
        Draft directory to learn the current status of this or any 
        other Internet Draft.

  2. A Document Expiration Date must appear either as a header or footer on
     each page if the document is paginated. Otherwise, the expiration date
     must be noted on the first and last page of the Internet Draft. The
     Expiration date is always six months following the submission of the
     document as an Internet Draft. 


I look forward to receiving your revised Internet Draft.  Please let me know 
if you have any questions.

Best Regards,

Cynthia




Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02492;
          23 Sep 92 9:24 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02488;
          23 Sep 92 9:24 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07266;
          23 Sep 92 9:28 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 07:48:01 +0000
Date: Wed, 23 Sep 1992 07:48:01 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..331:23.08.92.12.48.01]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 07:48:01 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"83934132902991/6655 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Mail11 and X.400-DNS drafts submitted.


Hallo Alf,
thanks for the informations you gave me!
I just added the standard disclaimer and submitted the 2 drafts.
regards
Claudio



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16921;
          23 Sep 92 16:30 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16917;
          23 Sep 92 16:30 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24424;
          23 Sep 92 16:34 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 15:20:17 +0000
Date: Wed, 23 Sep 1992 15:20:17 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..498:23.08.92.20.20.17]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Wed, 23 Sep 1992 15:20:16 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"93122232902991/6957 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: letter to DNS discussion list.


Dear colleagues,
during the last meetings of the x400ops WG a discussion was taken about the
possiible strategies to implement distributed name services for the X.400
MHS. Along with the "natural" proposal of implementing the X.500 directory
service coupled with the X.400 MHS, a number of ideas came out in order to
use the already available, distributed and surely well tested DNS for the 
same scope. At last a final proposal came out, just after a number of
practical tests and experimental implementations were used. As said in the
"motivation" section, there are a number of advantages in using DNS since
now for the mentioned scopes.
During the experiments the whole new tree was implemented (and is still there)
under the X400.it top levels, but for such a global implementation like
the proposed one, it looks more convenient to place the new tree under
a more global section. Some discussions were done on the x400ops, the
COSINE MHS and the RIPE discussion lists, and consensus was reached on
the proposal to use X400.ARPA as root for the new tree. This is however
still a proposal, and other locations can be decided, provided they allow
the same flexibility and general management.
The implementation phase will be at the beginning centralised, giving the
authority on the management of X400.ARPA root to the body in charge to
manage the mapping tables (or to some other authority tied to it), and then
authority will be gradually distributed. This is a proposal as well, but
the full description ofthe implementation phase will be given in a separate
document still in preparation.
As our proposals cover the creation of the new name tree, and imply a new
use of currently existing DNS RRs, we feel that your opinions about the
new name tree are absolutely important.
Hereunder you will find the Internet draft discussing the proposal.

As none of the authors is included in your distribution list, could you
please cc x400ops list?

thanks indeed for your time and comments.
regards
C. Allocchio (et.al.)



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01765;
          24 Sep 92 7:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01761;
          24 Sep 92 7:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04572;
          24 Sep 92 7:47 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <17369-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 06:18:48 +0000
Message-Id: <9209241118.AA17694@cs.wisc.edu>
Received: from sun2.nsfnet-relay.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu;
          Thu, 24 Sep 92 06:18:43 -0500
Via: uk.ac.qmw.omega; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 12:18:13 +0100
Received: from fseg.css.qmw.ac.uk by omega.qmw.ac.uk with SMTP (PP) 
          id <09675-0@omega.qmw.ac.uk>; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 11:59:37 +0100
X-Mailer: Eudora 1.3b34
Date: Thu, 24 Sep 1992 12:24:46 +0000
To: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: F.S.E.Greyer@qmw.ac.uk
Subject: Re: Mail name conventions

I originally posted this question to the "pp-people" list. One of the
replies suggested that I contact you.

>I think this question has been asked before, but I don't recall seeing any
>replies. Is there any convention on the use of prefixed surnames in mail
>names? By prefixed surnames, I mean, e.g.
>
>                R.d'Inverno
>                W. von Schlippe
>



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15482;
          24 Sep 92 20:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15478;
          24 Sep 92 20:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26459;
          24 Sep 92 20:20 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:10:12 +0000
Date: Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:10:12 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..556:24.08.92.22.10.12]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:10:11 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"81110052902991/7587 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Subject: some useful comments about use if DNS

From:	SYNW06::MRGATE::"INFNGW::C=BE::A=rtt::P=iihe::O=helios::S=paridaens" 24-SEP-1992 16:10:51.76
To:	ALLOCCHIO
CC:	
Subj:	Using DNS for RFC1327 tables

From:	NAME: Olivier Paridaens
	FUNC: helios <G=olivier@S=PARIDAENS@O=HELIOS@P=IIHE@A=RTT@C=BE>
To:	FUNC: elettra
	NAME: allocchio <allocchio@O=ELETTRA@P=TRIESTE@A=GARR@C=IT>

Claudio,

I just had a look at your internet draft, and got two questions :

1. How do you store local mapping rules in the DNS ?

2. Would it not be better to distinguish between RFC1327 table 2 and
the Gate table by putting a 'G' in the value stored rather than in the entry
identifier itself ?
I.e. An entry of the form

cnr.it.X400.ARPA	IN PTR	PRMD-cnr.ADMD-garr.C-it.X400.ARPA

describes an entry of the RFC1327 table2, while an entry of the form

edu.X400.ARPA	IN PTR	OU-cosine-h-gw.O.PRMD-infn.ADMD-garr.C-it.G.X400.ARPA.

would describe an entry of the Gate table.

This would have the advantage of getting the information in one query, rather
than having to do a second one with edu.G.X400.ARPA, if you did not find with
edu.X400.ARPA. (as it is the case with the current mechanism).

I admit I did not have a deep thought about all this, so perhaps you already
have counter-arguments.  Just let me knwo them.

Thanks,

op.



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15725;
          24 Sep 92 21:16 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15721;
          24 Sep 92 21:16 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27315;
          24 Sep 92 21:20 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:11:42 +0000
Date: Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:11:42 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..556:24.08.92.22.11.42]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Thu, 24 Sep 1992 17:11:35 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Message-ID: <"92210052902991/7591 INFN*"@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Subject: DNS again, some other considerations

From:	SYNW03::ALLOCCHIO    "Claudio Allocchio, +39 40 3758523" 25-SEP-1992 00:06:53.12
To:	SYNW06::MRGATE::"INFNGW::C=BE::A=rtt::P=iihe::O=helios::S=paridaens"
CC:	ALLOCCHIO
Subj:	RE: Using DNS for RFC1327 tables

Hallo Olivier,
your questions are absolutely sensible.

The local addition/modifications to the mapping table are to be kept local
within one management domain, no matter if it is large or a single MTA.
But DNS (alnd also X.500 implementations) are total and global distributors
of informations which produces a coherent hyerarchical tree. Thus in this tree
trere cannot be local variations.

The only solution which we envisage for local variations is to use some
different means. In standard DNS the locl HOST table is used for this
purpouse. In our case we could use again local static tables, in case of
a single MTA or very few ones, or again adopt a local subtree of the
global DNS one for distributing local mappings (i.e. a tree under
x400.it could contain local mappings for IT etc.)

However this implementations considerations are dealing with the actual
set up of a distributed DNS system for x.400. A specific paper describing the
implementation phase will be produced, taking care of these facts.

In fact the general considerations in the Internet draft just apply to
the global mapping table, which are uniqe and not ambiguous.

Your idea of marking with the G the value and not the label is also
one possibility. It saves in fact one quer to DNS, but it does not
allow choice. If the mtroe is done like you propose, then for domain
xy there can be only OR a mapping rule or an indication to use DDAs.
It is perfectly fine if ANY implementation in the world is able
to use DDAs, but what about if some one would prefer to use mapping for
domain xy? Doing the store as in the paper you can propose a mapping rule
and a gate rule for the same domain, even if you use 2 query in case
of failure for the mapping rule one.

Of course this is just our opinion, which can be discussed and evnetually
reverted: is it better to have lesse queries, but non possible choice?
I thik is a question of taste....

I'll just propose your suggestions to the discussion list, and just
wait for other opinions...

thanks for your interesting comments,

claudio



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00433;
          25 Sep 92 3:03 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00429;
          25 Sep 92 3:03 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa00806;
          25 Sep 92 3:07 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <19084-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 25 Sep 1992 01:51:43 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 25 Sep 92 01:51:39 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa05363; 24 Sep 92 20:59 PDT
To: Christian Huitema <Christian.Huitema@sophia.inria.fr>
Cc: Stef=ietf-osi-x400@nma.com, ietf-osi-x400@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Mon, 21 Sep 92 10:00:00 EDT. <199209210800.AA07114@mitsou.inria.fr>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Thu, 24 Sep 92 20:59:35 -0700
Message-Id: <5359.717393575@ics.uci.edu>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu

Hello Christian -- Sorry to have used INRIA in an example that would be
distracting.  I will change it to some other country.  Maybe one that
does not exist.

None-the-less, the fact is that within the scheme I have written into
the draft, the example option exisits, only as an otion, to be used or
not used at the discretion of the DNS domain onwer.  Of course, any
country or community can impose whatever it will on its internal
domains, with regard to using or not using such options.

As for the rest of your message, I believe it addresses issues that are
outside the scope of the draft.

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01185;
          25 Sep 92 7:29 EDT
Received: from NRI.NRI.Reston.Va.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01181;
          25 Sep 92 7:29 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03802;
          25 Sep 92 7:33 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <20038-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Fri, 25 Sep 1992 06:31:11 +0000
Received: from mailimailo.cicb.fr by cs.wisc.edu; Fri, 25 Sep 92 06:31:04 -0500
Received: by mailimailo.univ-rennes1.fr (5.65c8/150391);
          Fri, 25 Sep 1992 13:29:11 +0200
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: "Serge Aumont - CICB Rennes 99.84.71.47" <Serge.Aumont@univ-rennes1.fr>
Message-Id: <199209251129.AA24436@mailimailo.univ-rennes1.fr>
Subject: Re: DNS again, some other considerations
To: ALLOCCHIO@elettra-ts.infn.it
Date: Fri, 25 Sep 92 13:29:10 MET DST
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
In-Reply-To: <33210052902991/7593 INFN>; from "ALLOCCHIO@ELETTRA-TS.infn.it" at Sep 25, 92 12:15 am
X-Mailer: MEL [version 2.3-MEL PL8]
X-Charset: LATIN1
X-Char-Esc: 29


ALLOCCHIO@ELETTRA-TS.infn.it ecrit (writes):
> 
> The local addition/modifications to the mapping table are to be kept local
> within one management domain, no matter if it is large or a single MTA.
> But DNS (alnd also X.500 implementations) are total and global distributors
> of informations which produces a coherent hyerarchical tree. Thus in this tree
> trere cannot be local variations.
That's why I think DNS and/or X500 are a good way to managed mapping tables!
> 
> The only solution which we envisage for local variations is to use some
> different means. In standard DNS the locl HOST table is used for this
> purpouse. In our case we could use again local static tables, in case of
> a single MTA or very few ones, or again adopt a local subtree of the
> global DNS one for distributing local mappings (i.e. a tree under
> x400.it could contain local mappings for IT etc.)

 Local mapping rules are mainly a way to contravenate RFCs and to disorganize
international network administration rules. 
 The following exemples extracted from distributed X2r mapping rules are
heretic :

# France
O$FR.PRMD$inet.ADMD$fumail.C$fi#FR#
# French Guiana
O$GF.PRMD$inet.ADMD$fumail.C$fi#GF#

 France and French Guiana aren't  organisations from Finland, and .gf isn't
a legal top level domain.

 I think we must not do any RFCs patch just to permit abomination like that.
It's time to discuss one's more COSINE rules. RFC 1327 describe our to use
DDA's and RFC-822 local part to code adresses when no mapping rules can be
found, so COSINE mapping rules set should be now a bijective function and
mapping result shouldn't be gateway dependant any more in any part of
COSINE-MHS.

 Regards 
 Serge


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08601;
          27 Sep 92 23:04 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08597;
          27 Sep 92 23:04 EDT
Received: from [128.105.8.53] by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05890;
          27 Sep 92 23:09 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24141-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sun, 27 Sep 1992 22:07:09 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sun, 27 Sep 92 22:07:04 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa06782; 27 Sep 92 20:04 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Tue, 22 Sep 92 14:09:59 -0000. <9209221909.AA11420@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: stef=ietf-osi-x400ops@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Sun, 27 Sep 92 20:04:19 -0700
Message-Id: <6771.717649459@ics.uci.edu>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu

I am surprised at some of the comments from Steve H-K, and Walt.

I cannot reconcile Steve's complaint about using a DNS name (such as
AC.UK) as a PRMD name, since that is the choice of the AC.UK
community;-).  Of all the involved people, I think this list should
understand the meaning of the statement that the PRMD name, regardless
of its character strings is always treated in X.40 protocol as an atomic
string, an is never parsed into its substrings, whether delimited by
(.), (+), (=), or anything else.

Also, I did not say that one should use the longest possible DNS domain
name as your PRMD name, and did not say that every DNS name must be used
as a PRMD name.  I do not undersand the loud complaints about how so
many DNS names exceed 16 characters.  I want to see real examples to
back up the claims of trouble with long DNS names

Now, lets assume that we do not choose this scheme that I have proposed:

Does this mean that all names that match any DNS right hand end are
disallowed as PRMD names.  I seriously doubt this.  How could anyone
enforce this, and who will tell P=AC.UK to abandon its use?

Next, I have agreed to add rules for allowing anyone to choose any names,
except certain names that match DNS names, so I regard this to be a
resolved issue, unless someone wants to argue against the rules I
proposed.  Comments on this are invited!

So, with the changes that have been suggested and accepted, what real
issues are left to be resolved?

Oh yes, the operations issues.  I regard that as a topic for another RFC.

If you want me to draft that one also, you will have to wait a few weeks
till I get home from this very long trip, and catch up, ad find time to
write up another new draft.

Or, someone else can take a shot at it.  I suggest that you try to keep
it as short as what I provided for naming.  (At least try;-)!

Cheers...\Stef

PS: I am a bit surprised that the discussion has wound down in my
absence.  Are you all really leaving it to me to resolve everything?
Seems odd...\s


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08601;
          27 Sep 92 23:04 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08597;
          27 Sep 92 23:04 EDT
Received: from [128.105.8.53] by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa05890;
          27 Sep 92 23:09 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <24141-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sun, 27 Sep 1992 22:07:09 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sun, 27 Sep 92 22:07:04 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa06782; 27 Sep 92 20:04 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Tue, 22 Sep 92 14:09:59 -0000. <9209221909.AA11420@ophelia.nersc.gov>
Cc: stef=ietf-osi-x400ops@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Sun, 27 Sep 92 20:04:19 -0700
Message-Id: <6771.717649459@ics.uci.edu>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu

I am surprised at some of the comments from Steve H-K, and Walt.

I cannot reconcile Steve's complaint about using a DNS name (such as
AC.UK) as a PRMD name, since that is the choice of the AC.UK
community;-).  Of all the involved people, I think this list should
understand the meaning of the statement that the PRMD name, regardless
of its character strings is always treated in X.40 protocol as an atomic
string, an is never parsed into its substrings, whether delimited by
(.), (+), (=), or anything else.

Also, I did not say that one should use the longest possible DNS domain
name as your PRMD name, and did not say that every DNS name must be used
as a PRMD name.  I do not undersand the loud complaints about how so
many DNS names exceed 16 characters.  I want to see real examples to
back up the claims of trouble with long DNS names

Now, lets assume that we do not choose this scheme that I have proposed:

Does this mean that all names that match any DNS right hand end are
disallowed as PRMD names.  I seriously doubt this.  How could anyone
enforce this, and who will tell P=AC.UK to abandon its use?

Next, I have agreed to add rules for allowing anyone to choose any names,
except certain names that match DNS names, so I regard this to be a
resolved issue, unless someone wants to argue against the rules I
proposed.  Comments on this are invited!

So, with the changes that have been suggested and accepted, what real
issues are left to be resolved?

Oh yes, the operations issues.  I regard that as a topic for another RFC.

If you want me to draft that one also, you will have to wait a few weeks
till I get home from this very long trip, and catch up, ad find time to
write up another new draft.

Or, someone else can take a shot at it.  I suggest that you try to keep
it as short as what I provided for naming.  (At least try;-)!

Cheers...\Stef

PS: I am a bit surprised that the discussion has wound down in my
absence.  Are you all really leaving it to me to resolve everything?
Seems odd...\s


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11781;
          28 Sep 92 9:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11777;
          28 Sep 92 9:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16060;
          28 Sep 92 9:48 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <25587-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 28 Sep 1992 07:34:49 +0000
Received: from gateway.mitre.org by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 28 Sep 92 07:34:46 -0500
Return-Path: <lazear@outrigger.mitre.org>
Received: from outrigger.mitre.org by gateway.mitre.org (5.61/SMI-2.2) 
          id AA05337; Mon, 28 Sep 92 08:34:36 -0400
Received: by outrigger.mitre.org (4.1/SMI-4.1) id AA03816;
          Mon, 28 Sep 92 08:34:13 EDT
Message-Id: <9209281234.AA03816@outrigger.mitre.org>
To: stef@nma.com
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, stef=ietf-osi-x400ops@nma.com
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of "Sun, 27 Sep 92 20:04:19 PDT." <6771.717649459@ics.uci.edu>
Date: Mon, 28 Sep 92 08:33:58 -0400
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: lazear@outrigger.mitre.org

Stef,
	I like your modifications to allow arbitrary name
usage in addition to DNS names.  I think my comments about
separate registry crossed your mods in transit (or at the end
of my large mailbox).  Sorry for appearing to disagree with
the mods.  

	Could we characterize the DNS as the starting point
for an PRMD registry, with other strings to be added as users
require?  Users are free to use their DNS entry or register
some other string, as they see fit (without prejudice).  There
is no *requirement* to use the DNS name.

	Walt


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01456;
          30 Sep 92 7:43 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01452;
          30 Sep 92 7:43 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04233;
          30 Sep 92 7:47 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <00496-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 30 Sep 1992 06:46:22 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 30 Sep 92 06:46:16 -0500
Received: from ics.uci.edu by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa18370; 30 Sep 92 4:42 PDT
To: lazear@outrigger.mitre.org
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, stef=ietf-osi-x400ops@nma.com
Subject: Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Mon, 28 Sep 92 08:33:58 EDT. <9209281234.AA03816@outrigger.mitre.org>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-To: stef@nma.com
Date: Wed, 30 Sep 92 04:42:53 -0700
Message-Id: <18367.717853373@ics.uci.edu>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@ics.uci.edu


Thanks Walt -- The use of DNS names is only permissive.

That is, the owner of a DNS registered name can use register it as the
PRMD name for the same owner, but all DNS names are not considered to be
regitered PRMD names in A=INTERNET without the owner taking deliberate
action to register it as such.

There will be many many fewer PRMD names than DNS names.

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01678;
          1 Oct 92 8:48 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01674;
          1 Oct 92 8:48 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06268;
          1 Oct 92 8:53 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <03027-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Thu, 1 Oct 1992 06:22:26 +0000
Message-Id: <9210011122.AA14016@cs.wisc.edu>
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by cs.wisc.edu; Thu, 1 Oct 92 06:22:19 -0500
Received: from chx400.switch.ch by chx400.switch.ch 
          id <03616-0@chx400.switch.ch>; Thu, 1 Oct 1992 12:21:50 +0100
Subject: Draft: Requirements for mail based servers
To: wg-msg@rare.nl
Date: Thu, 1 Oct 92 12:21:46 MET
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch
Organisation: COSINE MHS
Address: Limmatquai 138, CH-8001 Zurich, Europe
Phone: +41 1 2623143
Fax: +41 1 2623151
X-Mailer: ELM [version 2.3 PL11]
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jeroen Houttuin <houttuin@chx400.switch.ch>
X-Orig-Sender: houttuin@chx400.switch.ch


Dear all,

as promised, I hereby send you the draft of the document

      'Requirements for mail based servers'

It is the intention to present the paper at the next IETF
meeting (mail requirements group) as well as at the next 
RARE WG-MSG meeting, both in November.
As for the mailing list on which the discussion will be
carried out: It seems that the 'mail requirements group'
hasn't got an operational mailing list yet, so I propose 
to use the RARE WG-MSG list. 

Thanks in advance for your comments,
kind regards,
JH
----
PS1. In order to subscribe to the RARE WG-MSG list, send a 
     message to mailserver@rare.nl , with in the body the 
     text:

     subscribe wg-msg 'your-first-name' 'your-last-name'

PS2. The document is also available on nic.switch.ch per
     anonymous FTP, in the files:

     e-mail/mbs-reqs.txt
     e-mail/mbs-reqs.ps



 
 Mail Requirements Group                      Jeroen Houttuin
 INTERNET-DRAFT                                Allan Cargille
                                               September 1992
    
    
    
    
    
    
                              
                              
                              
             Requirements for mail based servers
    
    
    
    
 
 Status of this Memo
    
    This document defines minimal requirements and
    recommendations that must be implemented in all mail based
    servers in the Internet e-mail community and all e-mail
    networks connected to it, such as the GO-MHS community.
    
    This document is an Internet Draft. Internet Drafts are
    working documents of the Internet Engineering Task Force
    (IETF), its Areas, and its Working Groups. Note that other
    groups may also distribute working documents as Internet
    Drafts.
    
    Internet Drafts are draft documents valid for a maximum of
    six months. Internet Drafts may be updated, replaced, or
    obsoleted by other documents at any time.  It is not
    appropriate to use Internet Drafts as reference material
    or to cite them other than as a "working draft" or "work
    in progress."
    
    Please check the I-D abstract listing contained in each
    Internet Draft directory to learn the current status of
    this or any other Internet Draft.
    
    Distribution of this memo is unlimited.


INTERNET-DRAFT	                                     September 1992
 
 
 Contents
 
    1. Introduction                                      1
    2. Terminology                                       3
    3. Mail based server types                           4
      3.1. Replier                                       5
           3.1.1. Echo server                            5
           3.1.2. (NON)-Delivery Message                 5
           3.1.3. Command server                         5
           3.1.4. Auto-replier                           5
      3.2. Forwarder                                     6
           3.2.1. Distribution List                      6
           3.2.2. Auto-forwarder                         6
    4. Requirements                                      6
      4.1. General                                       7
      4.2. Repliers                                      7
           4.2.1. Echo-servers                           8
           4.2.2. (NON)-Delivery Messages                9
           4.2.3. Command servers                        9
      4.3. Forwarders                                   10
           4.3.1. Distribution Lists                    10
           4.3.2. Auto-forwarders                       10
    5. Recommendations                                  10
      5.1. General                                      10
      5.2. Repliers                                     11
           5.2.1. Echo-servers                          11
           5.2.2. Command servers                       11
      5.3. Forwarders                                   12
           5.3.1. Distribution Lists                    12
           5.3.2. Auto-forwarders                       12
    6. Mapping to X.400(88) and RFC 822                 12
    7. Acknowledgements                                 13
    8. References                                       13
    9. Authors' Addresses                               14
 
 
 1. Introduction
 
    
    Electronic mail systems are increasingly being used by
    automated processes, such as echo servers, distribution
    lists, etc. Although such applications differ widely in
    nature, they have many properties and problem areas in
    common and can be grouped under the term 'mail based
    servers'.
    
    Mail based servers are used for a number of purposes:
      
      - Enhancing the Message Handling Environment. Examples
        of such usage are distribution lists (DLs) and mail
        based file servers.



Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993	          [page  1]

INTERNET-DRAFT	                                     September 1992


      - Monitoring the status of the MHS. Examples of this
        usage are echo servers and forced (non-)delivery
        messages (the so-called nosuchuser test).
   
    Since mail based servers deal with automatically
    receiving, forwarding and replying to messages, which may
    themselves have been generated by automatic processes,
    strong requirements are needed on the one hand to minimise
    human effort to manage such servers, and on the other hand
    to make the behaviour of mail based servers deterministic
    enough to build reliable tools upon them.
    
    A classic example of what can go wrong is when a DL
    contains an invalid address. The remote mailer generates a
    non-delivery message and sends it to the originator of the
    original message, which, under circumstances, could be the
    DL itself, which then again distributes the non-delivery
    message to the non-existing recipient, etc. Following
    strict requirements on how a DL should handle message
    header fields will avoid such looping-endangered
    situations.
    
    A more complicated example of the usefulness of strong
    requirements for mail based servers is the following:
    suppose a distributed tool will check the connectivity of
    mailers by sending a message to an echo-server. The
    connectivity tool could request the echo to be sent to
    another component of the tool instead of to itself. If for
    some reason the address of that other component cannot be
    routed to, an automatically generated non-delivery message
    could be sent back to the echo server, which results in a
    message loop.
    
    Throughout this document, X.400(84) terminology is
    preferred to X.400(88) and RFC 822 for the following
    reasons
      
      - X.400 has more pre-defined message attributes than
        RFC 822
      
      - X.400(88) has already defined a specific mechanism
        for DLs. This implies that a separate recommendation
        for a mail based server approach to DLs is only
        useful in the context of X.400(84) or RFC 822.
      
      - Requirements for mail based servers are needed now.
        Since most available products are X.400(84)
        implementations, this document will sort more effect
        if it uses X.400(84) terminology.
    
    Once expressed in X.400(84) terminology, most requirements
    can be mapped to RFC 822 and X.400(88) mail systems using
    

Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  2]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


    RFC 1327 and X.400(84) to X.400(88) upgrading,
    respectively. For the reader's convenience, chapter 6
    lists the used X.400(84) terminology together with their
    RFC 822 and X.400(88) equivalents. For those requirements
    that cannot be mapped implicitly, chapter 6 will also
    explicitly state how such requirements must be implemented
    for the other mail standards.
    
    The requirements defined in this document will as much as
    possible be aligned with comparable rules that either have
    already been defined in other standards (X.400(88) DLs) or
    have already been used for a long time (X.400(84) Status
    Reports; distribution lists in the Internet).
 
 
 2. Terminology
 
 
 
 Mail based server (MBS)
 
    
    A mail based server is a process in an MHS that
    automatically generates (a) message(s) as a result of
    receiving a message. An MBS can be implemented/modelled in
    the following ways:
      
      - within the MTS, in which case it can be considered an
        enhancement of the X.400 message dispatcher. This is
        called a P1 MBS.
      
      - as an MTS service user, in which case it can be
        considered an automated User Agent (UA). Per default,
        this is called a P3 MBS. If, in addition, the MBS is
        P2 based, it is called a P2 MBS.
    
    Upon receiving a message, an MBS will generate at least
    one message, whose contents and list of recipients depend
    on
      
      - the kind of server
      
      - the contents and header of the received message.
 
 
 (Non-)Dedicated MBS
 
    
    A dedicated MBS is an MBS that is meant to be used as an
    MBS only. Examples of non-dedicated MBSs are auto-
    forwarding UAs, and UAs that automatically send back
    vacation notes (auto-repliers).
 
 
Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  3]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992
 
    
 MBS administrator

    For every dedicated MBS, there exists an MBS administrator
    who is responsible for managing the MBS.
 
 
 MBS Submit Permission
 
    
    Associated with an MBS is a list of addresses that are
    allowed to use the MBS (I.e. have the MBS send output
    messages). Implementation of MBS Submit Permission is
    considered a local matter. The main implementation options
    are:
      
      - Implicit: Only those addresses explicitly listed are
        not allowed to send messages to the MBS.
      
      - Explicit: Only those addresses explicitly listed are
        allowed to send messages to the MBS.
 
 
 Messages
 
    
    An input message is a message that triggers the generation
    of (a) message(s) by an MBS. Depending on the
    implementation of the MBS, this is defined either as a
    P1.MPDU or as the parameters of an MTS.DELIVER.Indication.
    
    An output message is a message that is being generated by
    an MBS as a result of a received input message. Depending
    on the implementation of the MBS, this is defined either
    as a P1.MPDU or as the parameters of an
    MTS.SUBMIT.Request.
 
 
 Originator
 
    
    For P2 messages, the originator of an input message is
    defined as the P2.originator, or if this attribute is not
    present, the P2.authorizingUsers. For non-P2 messages, the
    originator of an input message is defined as the
    P1.originator.
 
 
 3. Mail based server types
 
    
    This chapter defines the different types of MBSs. Two main
    types are identified: repliers and forwarders.
 
 
Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  4]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


 3.1. Replier
 
    
    Intuitively speaking, a replier is an MBS that will send
    an output message to the originator of the input message.
    There are also exceptions to this rule, such as replying
    to a P2.replyToUsers field. More formally speaking, a
    replier is characterised by the fact that the recipient of
    the output message is uniquely defined in (the heading of)
    the input message. The different types of repliers can be
    classified by the content of the output message.
 
 
 3.1.1. Echo server
 
    
    An echo server is a dedicated replier that will submit the
    contents of the input message.
 
 
 3.1.2. (NON)-Delivery Message
 
    
    This document does not consider the behaviour of
    P1.Service.MPDUs and P2.SR-UAPDUs, which is assumed to be
    well defined in X.400(84) already.  RFC 822 mailers and
    RFC 1327 gateways however can generate a message (P2.IM-
    UAPDU) explaining the (NON-)Delivery of an input message.
    In this case the mailer/gateway can be considered an MBS.
    
    The MBS administrator is the administrator of the
    mailer/gateway.
 
 
 3.1.3. Command server
 
    
    The contents of an output message submitted by a command
    server depends on commands that were included in the input
    message. Concrete examples are file servers, archie
    servers, DL-registration servers and address conversion
    servers.
 
 
 3.1.4. Auto-replier
 
    
    Some UAs have an auto-reply feature that will temporarily
    and/or conditionally turn the UA into an MBS. Thus an auto-
    replier is a non-dedicated replier. The content of the
    output message is often a note such as 'I am on holidays.'
 
 
     
Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  5]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


3.2. Forwarder
 
    
    A forwarder is an MBS that will send its output messages
    to a list of recipients. These recipients are independent
    of (the heading of) the input message.
 
 
 3.2.1. Distribution List
 
    
    Upon receiving an input message, a DL will generate output
    messages to a list of DL members, which is managed by the
    MBS administrator.
    
    In X.400(84), no DLs are defined. Many vendor-specific
    implementations exist, some of which are nothing more than
    local multi-recipient aliases, others use local
    directories for DL expansion. This document defines the
    requirements for X.400(84) DLs as well as a recommendation
    for how to implement them. Their behaviour will as much as
    possible be aligned with that of X.400(88) DLs.
 
 
 3.2.2. Auto-forwarder
 
    
    Some UAs have an auto-forward feature that will
    temporarily and/or conditionally turn the UA into an MBS.
    Thus an auto-forwarder can be considered a non-dedicated
    forwarder. Upon receiving an input message, an auto-
    forwarder will submit an output message to a locally
    defined (list of) address(es), which is managed by the
    owner of the UA.
 
 
 4. Requirements
 
    
    MBSs shall follow the requirements defined in X.411 and
    X.420 as a minimum. This document describes additional
    requirements in terms of P1, P3, and P2. Depending on the
    implementation of the MBS, it can discard requirements
    that are not applicable. I.e.: as far as appropriate, any
    P2 MBS shall not only follow the P2 requirements, but also
    all P3 requirements, and any P3 MBS shall also follow all
    P1 requirements.
 
 
    




Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  6]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992



 4.1. General
 
      
      - The following attributes shall have the same value in
        the output message as in the input message:
             
             P2.Sensitivity
      
      - I case of an MBS Submit Permission violation, a
        P1.DeliveryReportMPDU shall be sent to the
        P1.originator of the input message. The
        P1.DeliveryReportMPDU shall have the following
        values:
             
         ReasonCode:               unableToTransfer(1)
             
         DiagnosticCode:           uaUnavailable(4)
             
         SupplementaryInformation: "Submit Permission Violation"
      
      - The address of the MBS administrator shall be the
        same as that of the MBS, except for the Personal
        Name.
      
      - The following types of input messages are invalid as
        input messages:
             
             P1.ServiceMPDU
             
             P2.SR-UAPDU
      
        Instead of generating an output message, the MBS
        shall send a warning message to the MBS
        administrator.
 
 
 4.2. Repliers
 
      
      - The following attributes shall have the same value in
        the output message as in the input message:
             
             P3.Priority
             
             P2.Importance
      
      - The following attributes shall not be used in the
        output message:
             
             P2.replyRequest
             
                

Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  7]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


             P2.replyBy
 
             P2.expiryDate.
      
      - If a P2.replyToUsers field is used in the output
        message, it shall not contain the address of the MBS.
      
      - Repliers shall not send output messages to addresses
        which are likely to be MBSs, such as addresses with
        the following values in the Surname attribute:
             
             echo
             
             autoanswer
             
             listserv
             
             netserv
      
        These values must be matched in any combination of
        upper case and lower case. Instead, a replier shall
        forward the input message to the MBS administrator.
        The list of dangerous Surnames is subject to change;
        an up-to-date version of this list is available in
        [dontreply]
      
      - Every PerRececipientFlag in the output message shall
        have the following bits set:
             
             Report Request:      00
             
             User Report Request: 00
      
        i.e. the Non-delivery Notification service shall be
        prevented.
 
 
 4.2.1. Echo-servers
 
      
      - The following attributes shall have the same value in
        the output message as in the input message:
             
             P1.ContentType
      
      - If a P2.replyToUsers field is present in the input
        message, the output message shall be sent to this
        address. Otherwise the output message shall be sent
        to the originator of the input message. If the
        P2.replyToUsers field contains more than one address,
            



Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  8]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


        at least the first address shall be replied to.
        Replying to the others is not recommended.
      
      - If an output message is not sent to the P2.originator
        of the input message, its P2.authorizingUsers field
        shall contain the addresses of the P2.originator and
        the P2.authorizingUsers of the input message.
      
      - The P2.originator of the output message shall contain
        the address of the MBS administrator.
      
      - Echo servers shall not send an output message if the
        input message contains a P2.In-Reply-To or
        P2.crossReferences field. Instead, the input message
        is forwarded to the MBS administrator.
 
 
 4.2.2. (NON)-Delivery Messages
 
      
      - The P1.recipient and the P2.recipient of a (non-)DM
        should equal the P1.originator of the input message.
      
      - A message addressed to S=nosuchuser should always
        result in an NRN or a non-DM being generated.
      
      - The P2.Originator of the output message shall contain
        the address of the MBS administrator.
 
 
 4.2.3. Command servers
 
      
      - If a P2.replyToUsers field is present in the input
        message, the output message shall be sent to this
        address. Otherwise the output message shall be sent
        to the originator of the input message. If the
        P2.replyToUsers field contains more than one address,
        at least the first address shall be replied to.
        Replying to the others is not recommended.
      
      - If an output message is not sent to the P2.originator
        of the input message, its P2.authorizingUsers field
        shall contain the addresses of the P2.originator and
        the P2.authorizingUsers of the input message.
      
      - The P2.Originator of the output message shall contain
        the address of the MBS administrator.
      
      - Command servers shall not send an output message if
        the input message contains an P2.inReplyTo or
        P2.crossReferences field. Instead, the input message
    

Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page  9]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992

 
        is forwarded to the MBS administrator.

 4.3. Forwarders
 
      
      - The following attributes shall have the same value in
        the output message as in the input message:
             
             P3.ContentType
 
 
 4.3.1. Distribution Lists
 
      
      - The P1.contents of an output message shall be the
        same as that of the input message.
      
      - The P1.originator of the output message shall contain
        the address of the DL administrator.
      
      - All P1.ExtensionIdentifiers in an output message
        shall be distinct.
 
 
 4.3.2. Auto-forwarders
 
      
      - The output message(s) shall have the P2.autoForwarded
        flag set to true.
 
 
 5. Recommendations
 
    
    Please note that all recommendations for names of MBSs and
    MBS administrators should apply to internationally used
    MBSs. Local MBSs can use similar mechanisms in their local
    language.
 
 
 5.1. Generals
 
      
      - For all MBSs, at least an MBS administrator with
        Surname=postmaster should exist.
      
      - MBS Submit Permission implementation should be
        'implicit'.
 
 
         



Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page 10]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


 5.2. Repliers
 
      
      - The P2.In-Reply-To attribute of an output message
        should contain the IPMessageID of the input message.
 
      - A replier should not reply to an auto-forwarded input
        message.
      
      - Dedicated repliers should at least log the
        P2.Originator of the input message and the
        P2.recipient of the output message so that the MBS
        administrator can track down malicious behaviour.
      
      - The P2.inReplyTo and P2.crossReferences attributes
        are optional in an output message. If used, they
        should contain the IPMessageID of the input message.
 
 
 5.2.1. Echo-servers
 
      
      - The Surname  attribute of the echo server should have
        the value "echo".
      
      - The Surname  attribute of the echo server
        administrator should have the value "echo-reply".
      
      - The complete input message should be included in the
        output message in a readable format, e.g. in an
        IA5Text bodypart.
      
      - The P2.subject of the output message should contain
        the string 'Re: ', concatenated with the subject of
        the input message.
      
      - An echo server may put additional information in
        separate bodyparts.
 
 
 5.2.2. Command servers
 
    
    Although it is beyond the scope of this document to define
    requirements for the command syntax used by command
    servers, it is in general recommended that:
      
      - Commands should only be put in the body of the input
        message, e.g. a command server should ignore the
        P2.subject field.
      
      - It is recommended that the recipient of the output
 

Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page 11]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


        message can be uniquely identified from the heading
        of the input message. I.e. Alternate recipients
        should not be negotiated in the body of the input
        message.
 

5.3. Forwarders
 
 
 
 5.3.1. Distribution Lists
 
      
      - DLs should preferably be implemented as P1 MBSs. This
        has some important advantages over P3/P2 based
        implementations:
             
             - Using P3 would result in loosing
               P1.TraceInformation
             
             - Better alignment with X.400(88), which also
               defines DLs within the MTS
             
             - An MTS DL distributes P1.UMPDUContent
               transparently, and will thus implicitly
               implement one of the requirements for DLs.
      
      - The Surname attribute of the DL administrator should
        be that of the DL, concatenated with "-request".
 
 
 5.3.2. Auto-forwarders
 
      
      - The input message should be encoded as a
        P2.ForwardedIPMessage bodypart in the output message.
 
 
 6. Mapping to X.400(88) and RFC 822
 
    
    For the exact mapping between X.400 and RFC 822, see RFC
    1327. The following table gives some examples:
    
    X.400(84)       X.400(88)                      RFC 822
    ----------------------------------------------------------
    P2.expiryDate   IPMS.Heading.expiry-time       Expiry-Date:
    P2.inReplyTo    IPMS.Heading.replied-to-IPM    In-Reply-To:
    P2.replyBy      IPMS.Heading.reply-time        Reply-By:
    P2.replyToUsers IPMS.Heading.reply-recipients  Reply-To:
    etc.
    
 

Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page 12]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


    88 based DLs shall, in case of conflicts between the
    requirements stated in this document and those in
    X.400(88), follow the requirements in X.400(88).

 
 7. Acknowledgements
 
    
    Within the context of the connectivity testing tool
    'concord', initial work on the requirements for echo
    servers and distribution lists was done within COSINE MHS
    and XNREN (see [Concordreqs]).
    
    Thanks for comments and corrections: Urs Eppenberger
    (SWITCH), Juan Pizzorno (DFN).
 
 
 8. References
 
    
    CCITT/ISO88a.
      CCITT/ISO, "CCITT Recommendations X.400/ ISO IS 10021-1,"
      Message Handling: System and Service Overview , December
      8.1.
 
    CCITT/ISO88b.
      CCITT/ISO, "CCITT Recommendations X.420/ ISO IS 10021-7,"
      Message Handling Systems: Interpersonal Messaging System,
      December 1988.
 
    CCITT/ISO88c.
      CCITT/ISO, "CCITT Recommendations X.411/ ISO IS 10021-4,"
      Message Handling Systems: Message Transfer System: Abstract
      Service Definition and Procedures, December 1988.
 
    CCITT/ISO88d.
      CCITT/ISO, "Specification of Abstract Syntax Notation One
      (ASN.1)," CCITT Recommendation X.208 / ISO IS 8824, December
      8.2.
 
    Concordreqs.
      COSINE MHS server
      Mail: cosine-mhs-server@nic.switch.ch
      FTP: nic.switch.ch, Username: cosine
      File: procedures/echo-server-reqs
 
    Crocker82.
      Crocker, D., "Standard of the Format of ARPA Internet Text
      Messages," RFC 822, UDEL, August 1982.
 
    



Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page 13]

INTERNET-DRAFT                                       September 1992


    Dontreply.
      COSINE MHS server
      Mail: cosine-mhs-server@nic.switch.ch
      FTP: nic.switch.ch, Username: cosine
      File: procedures/dontreply

    Hardcastle-Kille92a.
      Hardcastle-Kille, S., "Mapping between X.400(1988) /
      ISO 10021 and RFC 822," RFC 1327, UCL, May 1992.
 
    Hardcastle-Kille92b.
      Hardcastle-Kille, S., "X.400 1988 to 1984 downgrading," RFC
      8.3. UCL, May 1992.
 
    Kille-86.
      Kille, S., "Mapping between X.400 and RFC 822," RFC 987,
      June 1986.
 
    Westine/Postel91.
      Westine, A. & Postel, J., "Problems with the Maintenance
      of Large Mailing Lists," RFC 1211, March 1991.
 
 
 9. Authors' Addresses
 
     
    Jeroen Houttuin                                Allan Cargille
    
    TOP LEVEL EC                University of Wisconsin - Madison
    Esserweg 14                           1210 West Dayton Street
    NL-9722 SN Groningen                       Madison, WI  53706
    Europe                                                    USA
    Tel. +31 50 255445                       Tel. +1 608 262 5084
    houttuin@amiga.physik.unizh.ch           cargille@cs.wisc.edu




















Houttuin, Cargille     Expires: April 1993                [page 14]


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08760;
          6 Oct 92 18:21 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa08756;
          6 Oct 92 18:21 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa21275;
          6 Oct 92 18:21 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <14176-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 6 Oct 1992 17:19:11 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 6 Oct 92 17:19:07 -0500
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.05062-0@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Tue, 6 Oct 1992 23:16:23 +0100
Received: from localhost.cs.ucl.ac.uk by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <06312-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Tue, 6 Oct 1992 23:18:16 +0100
To: "Robert S. Miles" <rsm@spyder.ssw.com>
Cc: ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, 
    Jon Postel <postel@venera.isi.edu>, 
    Greg Vaudreuil <gvaudre@NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Subject: A very nasty typo
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 05 Oct 92 11:27:52 +0100. <9210051527.AA02729@spyder.ssw.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Tue, 06 Oct 92 23:17:58 +0100
Message-Id: <6310.718409878@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

Robert,

You are quite right that this is a problem.   However, the difficulty
is that there is a typo in RFC 1327.  The value of the UCL OID is
correct in other places (e.g., RFC 1274).  

The OID component should be (19200300) and not (234219200300)

This clearly needs fixing.   I'm assuming that there will be a revised
1327 at some stage fairly soon in order to fold in the MIME-MHS
changes.   I'd propose waiting until then, rather than reissue for a
single typo.  However, I'm happy to take advice on this.

Another solution would be to shift to a less perverse OID.    (e.g.,
IANA or Enterpise assigned). 


Steve

 >From:  "Robert S. Miles" <rsm@spyder.ssw.com>
 >To:    Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>
 >Subject: Re: RFC-1327 OIDs
 >Date:  Mon, 05 Oct 92 11:27:52 +0100

 >I wish I were wrong, but I believe this is a problem, particularly for
 >compatability with future implementations.
 >
 >	UCL OID element	value (per RFC 1327):			234219200300
 >	Common maximum unsigned integer ((2 ** 32) - 1):	  4294967295
 >	Truncated UCL OID element value (mod (2 ** 32)):	  2290966316
 >
 >Both ISODE and Retix use an array of integers to store OID elements
 >before encoding.  On 32 bit machines this means the OID element value
 >can be truncated.
 >
 >					-Bob


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13626;
          7 Oct 92 5:17 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13622;
          7 Oct 92 5:17 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01037;
          7 Oct 92 5:17 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15030-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 7 Oct 1992 04:15:37 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 7 Oct 92 04:15:33 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id af12602; 7 Oct 92 2:14 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa07931; 6 Oct 92 21:43 PDT
To: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>
Cc: "Robert S. Miles" <rsm@spyder.ssw.com>, ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, Jon Postel <postel@venera.isi.edu>, 
    Greg Vaudreuil <gvaudre@NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Subject: Re: A very nasty typo
In-Reply-To: Your message of Tue, 06 Oct 1992 23:17:58 +0100. <6310.718409878@isode.com>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Tue, 06 Oct 1992 21:43:12 -0700
Message-Id: <7929.718432992@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

I seriously believe that the ISOC or the IAB should apply for and
obtain an ICD OID assignment from BSI under { 1 3 } for The Internet
(IETF).  Either the ISOC or the IAB are clearly an International
Organization, and that is what that registry is for.

This would help politically by removing the appearance of US DoD
dominance and control, and provide a nice short OID for the IANA.

I beleive that BSI would not even blink at the request, and would
promptly assign the next open ICD OID in their register.

Since you are only a short phone call away, how about you giving them
a call?  I expect that the ISODE Consortium should also be thinking of
getting one for itself anyway;-).

Cheers...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13765;
          7 Oct 92 6:26 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13761;
          7 Oct 92 6:26 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01882;
          7 Oct 92 6:26 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <15145-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 7 Oct 1992 05:23:41 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 7 Oct 92 05:23:35 -0500
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.02029-0@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Wed, 7 Oct 1992 11:22:54 +0100
Received: from localhost.cs.ucl.ac.uk by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01637-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Wed, 7 Oct 1992 11:24:42 +0100
To: Stef@nma.com
Cc: "Robert S. Miles" <rsm@spyder.ssw.com>, ifip-gtwy@ics.uci.edu, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, Jon Postel <postel@venera.isi.edu>, 
    Greg Vaudreuil <gvaudre@NRI.Reston.VA.US>
Subject: Re: A very nasty typo
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
In-Reply-To: Your message of Tue, 06 Oct 92 21:43:12 -0700. <7929.718432992@nma.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Wed, 07 Oct 92 11:24:24 +0100
Message-Id: <1623.718453464@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

The ISODE Consortium has an OID in the BSI managed number space
as as an IANA enterprise.   I am using these as seems 
approrpriate (I've only used hte IANA one to date, as I received
that first).   

Steve


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11761;
          12 Oct 92 18:05 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11757;
          12 Oct 92 18:05 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27635;
          12 Oct 92 18:06 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <27078-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 12 Oct 1992 16:38:58 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 12 Oct 92 16:38:54 -0500
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id aa14137; 12 Oct 92 13:28 PDT
Received: from ics.uci.edu by odin.nma.com id aa20128; 12 Oct 92 11:34 PDT
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Subject: Any More Comments? -- Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 
         00:18:50 PDT 1992
In-Reply-To: Your message of Wed, 30 Sep 1992 04:42:53 -0700. <18367.717853373@ics.uci.edu>
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <Stef@nma.com>
Date: Mon, 12 Oct 1992 11:34:42 -0700
Message-Id: <20126.718914882@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

I will try by next week to complete a revision edit to incorporate
(account for) all the comments received so far.  These especially
include the opening up to allow PRMD names to be anything other than a
match for certain DNS names (see the discussion mail), etc.

Please make any other comments as soon as possible to the list so I
can consider them in this edit.

Also, does anyone have any ideas for development of operating rules
for A=INTERNET?  If not, I will attempt sometime soon to draft
something that will give us a point of departure for discussion and
development.

Issues of importance include finding ways to convince PRMD operators
that A=INTERNET is real and stable and reliable, etc.  Other ADMD
operators are quite interested in this issue also;-).

Best...\Stef


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02342;
          13 Oct 92 10:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02338;
          13 Oct 92 10:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07903;
          13 Oct 92 10:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 13 Oct 1992 09:13:27 +0000
Date: Tue, 13 Oct 1992 09:13:27 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..468:13.09.92.14.13.27]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 13 Oct 1992 09:13:27 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Alf Hansen <Alf.Hansen@delab.sintef.no>
Message-ID: <3013*/G=Alf/S=Hansen/OU=delab/O=sintef/PRMD=uninett/C=no/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <20126.718914882@nma.com>
Subject: Any More Comments? -- Re: draft-stef-a=internet-00.txt -=- Thu Sep 17 
         00:18:50 PDT 1992

> I will try by next week to complete a revision edit to incorporate
> (account for) all the comments received so far.  These especially
> include the opening up to allow PRMD names to be anything other than a
> match for certain DNS names (see the discussion mail), etc.

I think this change is good. My posision has always been that a name is a
name for something. PRMD=xxx says that xxx is a PRMD, and does what a PRMD
should do. I think PRMD=cs.wisc; is not a good idea, because cs.wisc is
not a PRMD (cs.wisc is in this context just an example of any Internet
domain..).

> Also, does anyone have any ideas for development of operating rules
> for A=INTERNET?  If not, I will attempt sometime soon to draft
> something that will give us a point of departure for discussion and
> development.

Do you mean C=us; ADMD=Internet;? Or do you mean to lay out some
rules for ADMD=Internet in every country?

This is from the top of my head:

C=us;ADMD=Internet will:

 - Operate at least one common RFC 1148 gateway for its PRMDs and Os
 - Provide connectivity to all other ADMDs in the world, either by
     * negotiating agreements directly with each of them or
     * let another "friendly" ADMD act as a relay to everybody else or
     * something in between
 - Register unique PRMD names under C=us;ADMD=Internet
 - Make sure that X.400/RFC1148 address mapping is defined properly 
   for ADMD=Internet
 - Operate an info server for ADMD=Internet reachable from the whole
   Internet, including X.400
 - Produce statistics
 - Operate help-desk for PRMD managers
 - Make sure that all PRMDs (or Os) under ADMD=Internet are interconnected
 - Develop operational routines
 - 
 - ..
 - In the U.S., do some of the things that the COSINE MHS Project team
   is doing in Europe.

Cheers,
Alf H.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03226;
          13 Oct 92 12:20 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03220;
          13 Oct 92 12:20 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10117;
          13 Oct 92 12:21 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 13 Oct 1992 11:18:54 +0000
Date: Tue, 13 Oct 1992 11:18:54 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..915:13.09.92.16.18.54]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 13 Oct 1992 11:18:53 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <1926*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD report
Reply-To: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>

Dear All,

We are writing a report on ADMDs. The report's focus is twofold,

a) evaluation of ADMDs and their services and

b) compiling some recommendations & information to help/stimulate ADMDs to
   interconnect to the R&D X.400 service.

The above is carrying on from what we discussed at the manager's meeting 
in Zurich in June. As there is also an action from the Boston IETF X.400 
OPS group meeting in this area, we've cced it to that list as well. 

We would like comments on what we propose before we go away and start the
work.  I would suggest we limit public discussions to one list. And I would 
suggest we use the manager's list. 

We now have a draft report that sets the framework for what we are trying 
to do, the information we think is needed, etc. It's enclosed with this mail.

Our schedule for this thing is the following,

- we would like comments on any suggested changes to the report or it's
  appendices. DO NOT fill in the appendices. That comes later. Deadline 
  for comments by the 20th Oct. Is that enough time?

- after the 20th Oct, we will send out the questionnaire contained in
  Appendix K plus any of the report's appendices that are needed, to each 
  of the R&D managers and ask that you fill the information in for your 
  country (please feel free to circulate it to your ADMD for comment). We 
  guess two weeks for completing the questionnaire should be enough.
  BTW - we would be more than happy to receive inputs from any sources NOT
        just the R&D managers.

- finally we will collate the responses and issue the report.


Thanks 
JIm

Jim Romaguera, COSINE MHS Project Team

8<------------draft ADMD report---------->8




                 COSINE MHS Report: DRAFT version 0.0

                     Evaluation of ADMDs 
                            and 
       Integration aspects with respect to the R&D messaging 
                        community


     This Deliverable is generated under the COSINE S2.1 contract by
                      SWITCH for RARE.
                  (c) RARE 13th October 1992.


     Authors: James A. (Jim) Romaguera, NetConsult AG, Bern, Switzerland
              Paul Klarenberg, NetConsult AG, Bern, Switzerland


Table of Contents

1. Summary
2. Scope
3. Introduction
        3.1 Status
        3.2 Goals of the report
4. Improving reachability
        4.1 Routing via COSINE MHS community
        4.2 ADMD routing policies
5. Harmonising interworking between the X.400 & RFC822 communities
        5.1 DNS registration of <admd>.<country> toplevel domains
        5.2 COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"
6. ADMD tariffing 
7. Conclusions
8. Acknowledgements
9. References

Appendix A: ADMD service providers in the world
Appendix B: ADMD backbones and support of ADMD=" "
Appendix C: ADMD <-> ADMD connectivity
Appendix D: ADMD services + MHS's acceptable use statements
Appendix E: ADMD tariffs
Appendix F: R&D networks participating in the COSINE MHS community
Appendix G: COSINE MHS community <-> ADMD connectivity
Appendix H: R&D ADMDs/PRMD's reachable via COSINE MHS community
Appendix I: SAA mapped RFC822 addresses
Appendix J: COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"
Appendix K: Method & Questionnaires
Appendix L: Characters recommended NOT to use in e-mail addresses 


1. Summary
[...]


2. Scope

This report seeks to provide an evaluation of the ADMDs for the 
R&D networks. It also seeks to act as a single source of information
for ADMDs that wish to improve their connectivity to the R&D world.


3. Introduction

3.1 Status

	At the present time there exist two major providers of
international X.400 e-mail.  The PTTs (and some multinationals) which
provide ADMD services to the commercial community and the global R&D
community that provides the COSINE MHS service.  A list of all the
ADMDs in the world that we are aware of can be found in Appendix A.

	COSINE MHS is an X.400 service provided by the cooperation of
32 national R&D networks.  The X.400 service provided by a national R&D
network is called an MHS service.  The management of an MHS service is
performed by an MHS manager.  Whilst ADMDs have both commercial and R&D
X.400 customers, the COSINE MHS community primarily serves R&D
customers in the X.400 world, as well as R&D customers in the RFC 822
e-mail world by means of operating gateways.  Appendix F contains a
full list of R&D Networks participating in the COSINE MHS community and
the MHS Managers.

	Although, as of August 1992, the COSINE MHS community  has 22
connections to ADMDs both services are not as well integrated
as they could be. As a result of this less than optimum integration the
end user can sometimes experience a degradation of service when his
mail crosses from one community into another. An example is that
routing policies and incomplete interconnection of the ADMDs causes
failing return paths for mail originated within the COSINE MHS
community.


3.2 Goals of the report

	The information in this report is useful for MHS managers who
wish to set up symmetric routing paths to ADMDs. Especially so where
the forward path may traverse the COSINE MHS community and the return
path the ADMD community (for details see Section 4.1 case 1)).

	Further, the report intends to encourage the ADMDs to improve
their global service. One mechanism is to provide information as
regards what R&D ADMDs/PRMDs are reachable via the COSINE MHS
community. The report also supplies the MHS managers with a combined
set of facts that can be referenced in the process of starting or
continuing bilateral agreements with their ADMD service providers.

	The report formulates conditions that are considered necessary
to harmonise the interworking between X.400 and RFC 822 e-mail
R&D communities and the ADMD community.

	It is the hope that the implementation of the report's
recommendations plus the information contained within the report's
appendices will help to achieve a more coherent global X.400 e-mail
service, especially from the end user's point of view.  A coherent
global X.400 service is necessary to fulfill the promise of a pervasive
world wide e-mail service available to all.  Exploitation of such a
pervasive e-mail service, especially the commercial part of it, should
be attractive to ADMD service providers.

	It must be said, however, that this report does not recommend
specific solutions as regards interconnection agreements, etc.  between
the R&D networks and the ADMD community


4. Improving reachability

4.1 Routing via COSINE MHS community

	It is recommended that an ADMD coordinates it's routing policy
with the R&D Network within in it's country. A mechanism to achieve
this could be that the ADMD is regularly updated with COSINE MHS
community reachable R&D ADMDs/PRMDs (ie. Appendices H and I).  There
are at least two situations where coordination leads to improvement of
the COSINE MHS service as well as the ADMD service.

	1) Mail with X.400 R&D users BUT no ADMD-ADMD connection

	   Where there is no connection between two ADMDs it is not
	   possible for a commercial customer of the ADMD to mail to an
	   R&D user in another country.  The commercial customer can on
	   the other hand be reached by R&D users, but there is often
	   no return path back to the R&D user.  The ADMD user as well
	   as the R&D user will perceive this as a failing service from
	   their respective service providers.  Provision of the return
	   paths mentioned creates extra traffic for the ADMD.  It can
	   be done by setting up the ADMD's routing based on the
	   domains that the COSINE MHS community can route to (see
	   Appendix H).

	2) Mail with RFC822 R&D users

	   The COSINE MHS community operates a number of "Well Operated
	   Gateways" to RFC 822 mail users.  Routing via the COSINE MHS
	   community makes the RFC 822 world available to ADMD users
	   without the need for the ADMD to operate it's own gateway.
	   It also provides return paths to RFC822 R&D users that send
	   mail to commercial customers of the ADMD.  Routing can be
	   set up such that recipient addresses with the DD.RFC822
	   attribute as well as SAA mapped RFC822 addresses are routed
	   via the COSINE MHS community (see Appendix I).  The use of
	   this mechanism does not preclude originators in the RFC 822
	   e-mail community to source route e-mail over specific
	   gateways to X.400 users ie. to use "left hand side encoding"
	   as per RFC1327.

	NOTE: ADMDs may attempt to set up routing such that mail
	between two commercial PRMDs is relayed via the COSINE MHS
	community.  This is, however, in general NOT an acceptable use
	of ADMD-MHS service connection, due to most R&D Networks having
	restrictions on relaying commercial traffic.

4.2 ADMD routing policies
	CCITT X.400(84) states:

	[...]
	3.6 Aspects relating to ADMD to PRMD connections

	    The following restrictions apply to the use of the Message 
        Transfer Protocol between a PRMD and an ADMD:

	    1) A PRMD will not act as a relay between two ADMDs.  Therefore,
	       a private domain identifier may only appear in the first or the
	       last item in a sequence of trace information.
	[...]

	It is highly recommended that ADMDs do NOT apply these restrictions
        in their routing.


5. Harmonising interworking between the X.400 & RFC822 communities

5.1 DNS registration of ADMD names under RFC822 toplevel domains

	Mail originating from an RFC822 user with an X.400 recipient
must be routed to an appropriate gateway.  The RFC 822 user may source
route to a specific gateway ie. by use of "left hand side encoding" as
per RFC1327.  If, however, the RFC 822 user is using an RFC 822 mapped
X.400 address, routing information for a suitable gateway is obtained
by querying the Internet's Domain Name System (DNS). It is considered
desirable to use RFC 822 mapped X.400 addresses wherever possible and
only to use source routing ie. "left hand side encoding" as a "last
resort".

	The RFC 822 mapping of ADMD=x; C=y, typically x.y should be
registered at the naming authority of country y, before routing
information can be entered into the DNS.  It is therefore recommended
that every ADMD registers it's name at the toplevel naming authority
domain.

	Together with the registration there must also be a gateway
specified that can be used to route RFC 822 mail to the ADMD.

	Consequently, ADMDs should recommend their customers to define
attribute values that do not contain characters that can not be mapped
into an RFC 822 address.  See Appendix L for the list of characters
recommended not to be used. In addition, the R&D Networks in each
country can provide further assistance and guidance if needed.

5.2 COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"

	Most R&D Networks operate their own gateways, for which
acceptable use statements are publicised in Appendix J.  RFC 1327 is
the Internet Draft that defines the mapping between RFC 822 and X.400
e-mail systems.  This report recommends that all gateways between X.400
and RFC 822 mail systems comply to RFC 1327.  All gateways within the
COSINE MHS community are "Well Operated", which means that they are RFC
1327 compliant and that they follow the COSINE MHS community procedures
for the installation of the international address mapping tables ie.
see Appendix J for contact details for such "Well Operated" gateways.


6. ADMD tariffing

	Typically ADMDs charges for X.400 e-mail services are based on
volume.  Tariffs for services other than mail transfer are out of the
scope of this report. ADMD tariffs can be characterised by charges

	- per message
	- per number of recipients per message
	- per unit of length of message (e.g. 1 kB)
	- per distance (national/Europe/world)
	- per incoming and outgoing mail.

Appendix F presents the tariffs charged by the ADMDs as per October
1992, (normalised to mECU i.e. milli ECU).

	The global R&D community has a very large user base. It is
estimated that there are over 3 million R&D e-mail users. Traffic
on a part of the COSINE MHS backbone has been measured and shows that 
1.4 gigabytes of international e-mail in July 1992 was relayed on that
part of the backbone.

	It is likely that if ADMDs encourage and ease communication
between their own commercial customers and the large established R&D
user base, the large R&D user base will act as a catalyst to increase
the ADMD's e-mail traffic volume.  However, because of the volume
dependent tariffing imposed by many ADMDs, R&D networks often restrict
the access on their ADMD connection, and therefore to the commercial
customers of the ADMD, to R&D users within their own network.  This
policy thus leads to a decrease in the perceived connectivity and the
actual e-mail traffic volume between the ADMD community and the R&D
community as a whole.  It is therefore recommended that R&D networks
and ADMDs reach agreement on volume independent charges for message
transfer between the R&D network and the ADMD.


7. Conclusions
[...]


8. Acknowledgements

        The report was funded by the Swiss R&D Network SWITCH, as a 
deliverable for the COSINE S2.1 contract.  We would also like to thank,
[...]


9. References
[...]


Appendix A: ADMD service providers in the world

Country		Service Provider    ADMD name		Code for report
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
...
ch              Swiss PTT           Arcom               ch
[...]


Appendix B: ADMD backbones and support of ADMD=" "

Country     ADMDs      Backbone name
-------------------------------------
[...]


Appendix C: ADMD <-> ADMD connectivity

The following table shows the connectivity between ADMDs.  The data
have been verified by the COSINE MHS community.

 \ADMD
ADMD \ at  be  ch ...
---------------------
at   | x   c   +  ...
be   | c   x   c  ...
[...]

x: not applicable
+: claimed by ADMD
c: confirmed by COSINE MHS community
-: no connection


Appendix D: ADMD services + MHS's acceptable use statements

MHS	ADMD        Services          acceptable use
----------------------------------------------------
[...]


Appendix E: ADMD tariffs

explanation: Most commercial X.400 email charge a price for
sending a mail that is built of the following components:
	1. a per message charge (msg)
	2. a per recipient charge (rec)
	3  a per unit of volume charge (kB)
The charges differ according to the destination of the mail.
In many cases both sender and recipient of mail charged. The
following table shows, for the destination distances national,
Europe and world, the charges per message, recipient and kB in
mill ECU.  The column incoming/outgoing shows whether prices are
charged for incoming or outgoing

----------+--------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
ADMD      | incoming/    |         msg/rec/kB (mECU)         |
          |    outgoing  | national  |  Europe   |   world   |
----------+--------------+-----------------------------------+
ACONET    |    I         |100/---/100|200/---/200|250/---/250|
ACONET    |    O         |100/100/100|200/200/200|250/250/250|
ARCOM     |   ...
[...]


Appendix F: R&D networks participating in the COSINE MHS community

R&D Network	MHS Manger	
------------------------------------------------------------
[...]


Appendix G: COSINE MHS community <-> ADMD connectivity

Country     Network    ADMD
-----------------------------
Austria     ACONET     ADA
[...]


Appendix H: R&D ADMDs/PRMD's reachable via the COSINE MHS community

C=x; ADMD=y; PRMD=z
[...]


Appendix I: SAA mapped RFC822 addresses

SAA mapped RFC 822 address are an alternative form of addressing RFC
822 users in X.400.  The preferred method though is using the DDA "RFC
822".  For the sake of completeness a list of SAA mapped RFC 822
addresses follows.  These addresses were obtained by scanning the
international RFC 1327 mapping tables.

C=x; ADMD=y; PRMD=z
[...]

Appendix J: COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"

	country:
	address:
	accepted use:
	contact:
[...]

Appendix K: Method & Questionnaires

ADMD questionnaire to be filled in by MHS Manager x
--------------------------------------------------
(Y/N) :
.......:

Country:
MHS:

1. Which ADMDs exist in your country?
	ADMD=    		Service Provider (name/address/contact)
	1. .............        .......................................
	2. .............        .......................................
	3. .............        .......................................

	If there is more than one:
	- do the ADMDs form a backbone?(Y/N) If yes:
		- is PRMD registration centrally coordinated to get
		  unique PRMD names within the country?(Y/N)
		- what is the ADMD attribute value for the backbone?
		  (space/other.......).

If there is more than one ADMD in the country, the following questions
should be answered for each ADMD.

2. ADMD general
	- in which international coordination bodies does the ADMD
	  participate? e.g. IETF, RARE-WGMSG, EEMA, EMA, others?

3. ADMD connectivity
	- to which other ADMDs does the ADMD claim connectivity? Is
	  the connectivity bidirectional? (fill in table)
	- which connections were verified by the MHS manager? (fill in table)
	- does the ADMD offer any other transport stack besides
	  Public-X.25 to customers? e.g. RFC1006 (ie. X.400 over TCP/IP)

	Country ADMD	connectivity	bidirectional
	---------------------------------------------
        at	ADA	y		n
        ch	ARCOM	y		
	de	DBP	n
	[...]

4. ADMD routing policy
	- Does your ADMD accept and reply to messages that come from
	  your WEP that have a different ADMD and/or country code. i.e.
	  do they allow messages to be funneled via your WEP from other
	  addresses.  If no, are these restrictions of a technical or
	  a policy nature?
	- Has the MHS offered to the ADMD to route messages to any R&D
	  destinations via the COSINE MHS community? If yes, what was 
          the result?
	- Has the ADMD registered an RFC 822 domain? If yes, what's the 
          domain name, and is there an RFC 1327 mapping rule defined for 
          the domain?

5. ADMD services general
	- Which body parts are supported by the ADMD?
		mandatory:
		[...]
		optional:
	        [...]
	- Does the ADMD provide on-line databases with user and/or
	  PRMD address details?(Y/N).
	  If yes, how are they accessible?(email/FTAM/telnet/PAD).
	- Does the ADMD operate an S=autoanswer echo server?(Y/N).
	- Is S=helpdesk and/or S=postmaster supported?(Y/N)

6. ADMD Value Added Services
    - Which of the following value added services does the ADMD provide?
      What conditions of use does the MHS define per service for other
      COSINE MHS community domains?
        - X.400 message transfer(Y/N)
	- FAX gateway service(Y/N)
	- TELEX gateway service(Y/N)
	- Voice delivery service(Y/N)
	- Paging service(Y/N)
	- Internet gateway service(Y/N). If yes, 
          - Is this service, RFC 1327 compliant? 
          - Where do they get their mapping tables from?
	- autoanswer service(Y/N)
	- other value added services not listed above:.................

7. ADMD tariffing
    - Does the MHS have an agreement with an ADMD for volume independent
      charging?(Y/N)
    - If not, what does your ADMD charge for X.400 mail i.e. exclusive
      transport costs e.g X.25 (fill in table below).

      (please fill in all prices in your local currency + the date
      applicable. We will do the conversion to ECUs.)

     Date:............
          Volume dependent charges
     +-------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     |                               | National |  Europe  |  World   |
     +-------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | ECUs per message per recipient|          |          |          |
     +-------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | ECUs per kB (1024 bytes)      |          |          |          |
     +-------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+

          Volume independent charges
     +-------------------------------+--------------------------------+
     | ECUs monthly PRMD abonnement  |                                |
     +-------------------------------+--------------------------------+
     | ECUs payment once             |                                |
     +-------------------------------+--------------------------------+

    - Does the ADMD charge for both outgoing AND incoming messages?(Y/N)
      If yes, and the charges for incoming mail differ from the charges
      for outgoing mail, please fill in also the charges for incoming mail
      in the tables above between brackets



Appendix L: Characters recommended NOT to use in e-mail addresses 

   (To be done)



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa02161;
          17 Oct 92 14:39 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id ab02157;
          17 Oct 92 14:39 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10124;
          17 Oct 92 14:40 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <12771-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 17 Oct 1992 13:37:03 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 17 Oct 92 13:36:59 -0500
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.02338-0@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Sat, 17 Oct 1992 19:36:47 +0100
Received: from localhost.cs.ucl.ac.uk by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <04633-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Sat, 17 Oct 1992 19:38:50 +0100
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu
Cc: Erik Huizer <huizer@surfnet.nl>, 
    Dave Piscitello <dave@sabre.bellcore.com>
Subject: Mapping between X.400 and RFC 822 for a closed RFC 822 Community
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Sat, 17 Oct 92 19:38:31 +0100
Message-Id: <4628.719347111@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

This document was discussed within the ISODE Consortium.   I
originally proposed that it be submitted as an informational RFC.  It
was argued by the meeting (esp Simon Poole) that it should be
standards track, as it addresses some real operational problems.  

I have submitted this as an I-D, and request that it is reviewed by
this WG in Washington DC.


Steve


Abstract:

This document proposes a modification of the X.400/RFC 822 mapping
described in RFC 1327, for a specific type of application.

This document will be submitted to the IETF X.400 OPS WG for suggested
progress as a standards track RFC.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16067;
          19 Oct 92 12:31 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa16062;
          19 Oct 92 12:31 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa24059;
          19 Oct 92 12:32 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 11:15:48 +0000
Date: Mon, 19 Oct 1992 11:15:48 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..331:19.09.92.16.15.48]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 11:15:47 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Paul Klarenberg <klarenberg@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <1178*/S=klarenberg/OU=cosine-mhs/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: ADMD report
Reply-To: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>

Dear all,

Maria Dimou-Zacharova raised a good point I think: 

[...]
>You write:
>
>           (...)  Routing via the COSINE MHS
>           community makes the RFC 822 world available to ADMD users
>           without the need for the ADMD to operate it's own gateway.
>
>
>I understand this is often the case, but in the document's purpose to
>get the ADMD's to improve their service I believe they should get a
>strong recommendation to operate such a gateway. Their business would
>increase and the connectivity will get much better.
>What do you think?
> - maria

The report deliberately did not recommend whether ADMDs should operate
their own gateways or not.  The report recommends however (section 5.1)
that " Together with the registration there must also be a gateway
specified that can be used to route RFC 822 mail to the ADMD.".  This
leaves it open to the ADMD to operate their own RFC 1327 gateway, or to
have agreements to route to a gateway of somebody else, e.g. the R&D
network's gateway.  Do you think this recommendation is not strong
enough?

regards,

Paul Klarenberg.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19061;
          19 Oct 92 13:49 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19057;
          19 Oct 92 13:49 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26075;
          19 Oct 92 13:50 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16537-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 12:12:41 +0000
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 19 Oct 92 12:12:34 -0500
Received: from localhost by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16209-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 18:12:16 +0100
To: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Cc: rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: ADMD report
In-Reply-To: Your message of Tue, 13 Oct 92 17:18:54 +0100. <1926*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Organisation: SURFnet bv
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Mon, 19 Oct 92 18:12:14 +0100
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>
Message-Id: <"survis.sur.213:19.09.92.17.12.25"@surfnet.nl>

Jim,

If this document is finished in an up-to-date way, it will certainly be
impressive, and also very interesting for the EEMA.

A couple of comments, mostly minor, and suggestions:

- section 2: I would omit the word single, as it might be interpreted
by ADMD operators as a rather paternalistic phrase.

- section 4.1. one 'in' to much in there

- section 4.2: You have to explain why they should not apply these,
otherwise you wont be very convincing for the ADMDs.

- section 4.2: It is also very important that the ADMD let's the R&D
PRMD know in a timely fashion what other PRMDs and ADMDs it is
connected to. (This may seem obvious, but my ADMD is utterly failing in
this aspect). You can also work this into the Questionaire under 4.

- Change L to: Characters recommended, and make clear that any
characters outside of this appendix will create problems. You then
only need to specify printable string minus the space.


So far,
Erik



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19073;
          19 Oct 92 13:50 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa19069;
          19 Oct 92 13:50 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa26114;
          19 Oct 92 13:51 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16579-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 12:25:22 +0000
Received: from survis.surfnet.nl by cs.wisc.edu; Mon, 19 Oct 92 12:25:13 -0500
Received: from surfnet.nl by survis.surfnet.nl with SMTP (PP) 
          id <16365-0@survis.surfnet.nl>; Mon, 19 Oct 1992 18:25:10 +0100
Received: from localhost by survival.surfnet.nl (4.1/SMI-4.1(TV920629)) 
          id AA18181; Mon, 19 Oct 92 18:25:08 +0100
Message-Id: <9210191725.AA18181@survival.surfnet.nl>
To: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Cc: ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: Re: ADMD report
In-Reply-To: Your message of Mon, 19 Oct 92 17:15:48 +0100. <1178*/S=klarenberg/OU=cosine-mhs/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
Organisation: SURFnet bv
Address: Cluetinckborch, P.O. Box 19035, 3501 DA Utrecht, NL
Phone: +31 30 310290
Telefax: +31 30 340903
Date: Mon, 19 Oct 92 18:25:07 +0100
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>

Maria, Paul,

==> From: Paul Klarenberg

> The report deliberately did not recommend whether ADMDs should operate
> their own gateways or not.  The report recommends however (section 5.1)
> that " Together with the registration there must also be a gateway
> specified that can be used to route RFC 822 mail to the ADMD.".  This
> leaves it open to the ADMD to operate their own RFC 1327 gateway, or to
> have agreements to route to a gateway of somebody else, e.g. the R&D
> network's gateway.  Do you think this recommendation is not strong
> enough?

I agree here with Paul, as in my case I rather have the current situation
(R&D provides gateway for ADMD) than see the ADMD providers mess this up.
So I like the formulation that recommends: do it yourself or get it from R&D.

Erik


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06160;
          20 Oct 92 13:00 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06156;
          20 Oct 92 13:00 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa11845;
          20 Oct 92 13:01 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <19916-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Tue, 20 Oct 1992 11:59:44 +0000
Received: from kirk.retix.com by cs.wisc.edu; Tue, 20 Oct 92 11:59:38 -0500
Received: by kirk.retix.com id AA25412; Tue, 20 Oct 1992 10:00:53 -0700
Date: Tue, 20 Oct 1992 10:00:53 -0700
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Barbara Nelson <barbara@kirk.retix.com>
Message-Id: <199210201700.AA25412@kirk.retix.com>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu


Please remove my name from this mailing list.

Thanks.


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07542;
          20 Oct 92 14:45 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa07538;
          20 Oct 92 14:45 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa14358;
          20 Oct 92 14:46 EDT
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Tue, 20 Oct 1992 11:50:17 +0000
Date: Tue, 20 Oct 1992 11:50:17 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..892:20.09.92.16.50.17]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Tue, 20 Oct 1992 11:50:16 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2007*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: Erik Huizer <Erik.Huizer@surfnet.nl>
Cc: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
In-Reply-To: <"survis.sur.213:19.09.92.17.12.25"@surfnet.nl>
Subject: Re: ADMD report

Erik,

You write:
>If this document is finished in an up-to-date way, it will certainly be
>impressive, and also very interesting for the EEMA.

To get this done will require cooperation from a alot of people. I think it's
doable and worth doing, so let's try.

(deleted)

>- section 2: I would omit the word single, as it might be interpreted
>by ADMD operators as a rather paternalistic phrase.

Done. On rereading the sentance, it is ambiguous. We'll change it.

>- section 4.1. one 'in' to much in there

Done.

>- section 4.2: You have to explain why they should not apply these,
>otherwise you wont be very convincing for the ADMDs.

Good point. We'll try and think up some text.

>- section 4.2: It is also very important that the ADMD let's the R&D
>PRMD know in a timely fashion what other PRMDs and ADMDs it is
>connected to. (This may seem obvious, but my ADMD is utterly failing in
>this aspect). You can also work this into the Questionaire under 4.

Agreed.

>- Change L to: Characters recommended, and make clear that any
>characters outside of this appendix will create problems. You then
>only need to specify printable string minus the space.

OK, we'll include your suggestions.

(deleted)

Best Regards
JIm

Jim Romaguera, COSINE MHS Project Team


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06699;
          21 Oct 92 12:23 EDT
Received: from NRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06695;
          21 Oct 92 12:23 EDT
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by NRI.Reston.VA.US id aa13554;
          21 Oct 92 12:24 EDT
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <23538-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Wed, 21 Oct 1992 11:22:46 +0000
Received: from garfield.inria.fr by cs.wisc.edu; Wed, 21 Oct 92 11:22:22 -0500
Received: by garfield.inria.fr (5.65c/IDA-1.2.8) id AA03155;
          Wed, 21 Oct 1992 17:23:54 +0100
Date: Wed, 21 Oct 1992 17:23:54 +0100
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.NRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Hossam Afifi <Hossam.Afifi@sophia.inria.fr>
Message-Id: <199210211623.AA03155@garfield.inria.fr>
To: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu

Please remove my name from this mailing list.

Thanks.



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01239;
          30 Oct 92 7:53 EST
Received: from CNRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01235;
          30 Oct 92 7:53 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04877;
          30 Oct 92 7:54 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:35:46 +0000
Date: Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:35:46 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..710:30.09.92.12.35.46]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:35:46 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2055*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: MHS managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD report - people

Dear All,

In this mail, is the list of people that I hope will fill in the questionnaire.
The mail directly following this one contains the questionnaire.

I have taken the liberty of drawing up a list of people to fill in the 
questionnaire. I am doing this simply such that everyone knows whose doing 
what and to speed things up. 

Could I ask that, if you are on the list, that you drop me a note informing 
me if you can or can not do the work? Where there is more than one person 
per network mentioned, can you tell me who will do the work? If you can't 
do the work, could I ask if you could recommend someone else to do it? By 
the way, anyone who would like to do some work but I haven't mentioned please 
drop me a line. We are still missing people.

The names came about by ,

- firstly, taking any volunteers
- secondly, choosing a WEP & MHS manager from a country where an MHS exists
- thirdly, choosing someone involved with MHS in the country


======> ADMDs I need volunteers for. Any help would be appeciated.

jp    - ADMD=KDD
      - ADMD=NTTPI
      - ADMD=ATI
      - ADMD=DALOMMHS

nz    - ADMD=STARNET

sg    - ADMD=SGMHS

su    - ADMD=SOVMAIL

??    - ADMD=EMBARC
        ADMD=OMNIPOST
        ADMD=POLECOM
        ADMD=CRO400
        ADMD=EMNET
        ADMD=TOMMAIL
        ADMD=BEZEQ
        ADMD=STM.TELEMAIL
        ADMD=TTNMAIL
        ADMD=PACBELL


The timescales for doing the questionnaire are,

- project team sends to lists by 30.10.92 

- returned filled in to project team by 14.11.92


I think the timescales for this are OK, as I think most of you know the 
answers to alot of the questions already.

Thanks
JIm

Jim Romaguera, COSINE MHS Project Team

romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch


8<--------cut here---->8

People who should fill in the questionnaire:
--------------------------------------------


at    Christian Panigl
      - ADMD=ADA

au    George Michaelson
      - ADMD=OTC
      - ADMD=TELEMEMO

be    Eftimios Tsigros
      - ADMD=RTT

br    Juan Pizzorno
      - ADMD=EMBRATEL
      - ADMD=EMBRATEL INTL

ca    John Demco 
      - ADMD=TELECOM
      - ADMD=TELEGLOBE

ch    Christoph Graf and Felix Kugler
      - ADMD=ARCOM

cn    Xiaofan Zhao and Xiaotao Zhang
      - C=HK; ADMD=INET.HK

de    Manfred Bogen and Gabriele von Siebert
      - ADMD=DBP 

dk    Klaus Hansen and Erik Lawaetz
      - ADMD=TELDK
      - ADMD=DK400

es    Iganacio Martinez
      - ADMD=MENSATEX

fi    Marko Kaittola and Teemu Kurki
      - ADMD=ELISA
      - ADMD=MAILNET

fr    Serge Aumont, Roger Negaret, Pays, Catherine Pierre-Radenac,
      Daniel Terrer, Odile Germes
      - ADMD=ATLAS

gb    Jim Craigie and Graeme Hairsine
      - ADMD=GOLD 400
      - ADMD=INTERSPAN
      - ADMD=TMAILUK
      - ADMD=CWMAIL
      - ADMD=IBMX400

ie    Niall O'Reilly
      - ADMD=EIRMAIL400
      - ADMD=INET400

in    Renu Budhiraja
      - ADMD=VSNB

is    Marius Olafsson
      - ADMD=ISHOLF

it    Claudio Allocchio, Antonietta Ghiselli, Tullio Fragiacomo
      - ADMD=MASTER400
      - ADMD=OMEGA400
      - ADMD=PTPOSTEL

lt    Petras Sulcas 
      - ADMD=LITPAK

lu    Alain Frieden and Georges Kesseler
      - ADMD=PT

nl    Jan Dikken and Marjo Rotschafter
      - ADMD=400NET

no    Harald Tveit Alvestrand and Steinar Haug
      - ADMD=TELEMAX

pt    Pedro Veiga and Henrique Silva
      - ADMD=GOLDMAIL
      - ADMD=MARCONI-SVA

se    Per Andersson
      - ADMD=SIL
      - ADMD=TEDE

si    Avgust Jauk 
      - ADMD=MAIL

us    Tony Genovese and Allan Cargille
      - ADMD=MCI
      - ADMD=INFONET
      - ADMD=DAILCOM
      - ADMD=WESTERN UNION
      - ADMD=COPMUSERVE

us    Erik Skovgaard
      - ADMD=TELEMAIL
      - ADMD=ATTMAIL
      - ADMD=MARK400

yu    Benjamin Zwittnig, Avgust Jauk 
      - ADMD=MAIL

za    Rob Brain
      - ADMD=TELEKOM400



Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01998;
          30 Oct 92 9:18 EST
Received: from CNRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa01994;
          30 Oct 92 9:18 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa06758;
          30 Oct 92 9:18 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:41:53 +0000
Date: Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:41:53 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..738:30.09.92.12.41.53]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 06:41:52 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2056*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: MHS managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD report - questionnaire

Dear All,

Please find enclosed the questionnaire for the ADMD report we are doing.

The timescales for this questionnaire are,

- sent to lists by 30.10.92 
==> done

- returned filled in to project team by 14.11.92


I think the timescales for this are OK, as I think most of you know the 
answers to alot of the questions already.

All the questionnaires should be filled in by the volunteers. In 
questionnaire J3 the manager should try to get the ADMD, together with 
him/her, to help in filling it out. Probably, over the telephone is the 
easiest way to do this. However, should you want to send questionnaire 
J3 to the ADMD, then it is formatted such that you could email it as is.
However, if the ADMD can't really help out in the timescale then it's 
better to fill it in as best you can and send it back to us by the due date. 

Thanks
JIm

Jim Romaguera, COSINE MHS Project Team

romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch


8<--------cut here---->8



Appendix J: Method & Questionnaires
-----------------------------------

ADMD questionnaires that was sent to every MHS Manager and WEP manager and
whoever else volunteered to help. The generic term MHS manager is used for 
the people filling in the questionnaires.

This appendix is in 3 parts:

- Appendix J1 is a country specific part.

- Appendix J2 is dealing with issues as viewed by an R&D customer of an ADMD.
  The appendix should be filled in for each ADMD within the country.

- Appendix J3 contains details regarding an ADMD.
  The appendix should be filled in for each ADMD within the country.


Appendix J1: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for a country 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Country and R&D network questionnaire relates to:
.................
.................



1. Which ADMDs exist in your country?

	ADMD=          Service Name  Service Provider (name/address/contact)
	1. ..........  ............  ......................................
	2. ..........  ...........   .......................................
	3. ..........  ...........   .......................................

	If there is more than one ADMD in your country:

	- Do the ADMDs form a backbone?........(Y/N) 
          If yes:
                - What is the name & details of the coordinating/responsible 
                  body for questions regarding the backbone?
                  .................
                  .................

		- Is PRMD registration centrally coordinated to get
		  unique PRMD names within the country?.......(Y/N)
                  If yes:
                        - What is the name & details of this body?
                          .................
                          .................

                - Is there an ADMD attribute value for the backbone? .....(Y/N)
                  If yes:
		        - What is the ADMD attribute value for the backbone?
		          eg. ADMD='space'
                          ...................
                          ...................
                  If no:
                       - Is there a defacto ADMD attribute value used by
                         the R&D community for the backbone? .....(Y/N)
                         If yes:
		               - What is this defacto ADMD attribute value 
                                 for the backbone? eg. ADMD='space'
                                 ...................
                                 ...................

======End of Questionnaire Appendix J1


If there is more than one ADMD in the country, the following Appendix J2
should be answered for each ADMD.


Appendix J2: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for each ADMD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Name of ADMD eg. C=xx;ADMD=yy;
.................



1. ADMD routing policy

	- Does your ADMD accept and reply to messages that come from
	  your WEP that have a different ADMD and/or country code. i.e.
	  do they allow messages to be funneled via your WEP from other
	  addresses.  .............(Y/N)
          If no:
               - Are these restrictions of a technical or a policy nature?
                 .............(technical/policy)

	- Has the MHS offered to the ADMD to route messages to any R&D
	  destinations via the COSINE MHS community? ...........(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - What was the result? (ie. offer rejected, still under 
                  discussion, other)
                  ....................
                  ....................


2. ADMD Value Added Services

    - What conditions of use does the R&D MHS network define per service 
      for other COSINE MHS community domains? (fill in table as indicated)


      Value Added services           : Conditions of use 
      --------------------------------------------------

      - X.400 message transfer       : ............... 
      - FAX gateway service          : ...............
      - TELEX gateway service        : ...............  
      - Voice delivery service       : ...............  
      - EDI service                  : ...............  
      - Paging service               : ...............  
      - Internet email gateway       : ...............  
      - other email gateways         : ...............  
      - other value added services not listed above:
        .................
        .................
          

3. ADMD tariffing

    - Does the R&D MHS network have an agreement with an ADMD for volume 
      independent charging?.................(Y/N)



4. ADMD connectivity

	- Which connections were verified by the MHS manager? Please
          indicate whether incoming, outgoing or bidirectional connectivity
          were verified. (fill in table as indicated)
         
        Please state connectivity for each ADMD in the table as one of 
        the below:

        x: not applicable
        i: incoming connectivity from ADMD in the table to this ADMD claimed 
        o: outgoing connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table claimed 
        b: bidirectional connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table 
           claimed 
        +: confirmed by COSINE MHS community by sending &/or receiveing
           a message 
        -: no connection
        ?: do not know

        An example on how to fill in the table follows:

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity
        -------------------------------+-------------
        xx          MAYA               | b+
        yy          ACME               | ?
        zz          BLAH               | i+



                      Connectivity Table
                      ------------------

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity 
        -------------------------------+-------------
        at          ADA                |
        au          OTC                |
        au          TELEMEMO           |
        be          RTT                |
        br          EMBRATEL           |
        br          EMBRATEL INTL      |
        ca          TELECOM            |
        ca          TELEGLOBE          |
        ch          ARCOM              |
        de          DBP                |
        dk          DK400              |
        dk          TELDK              |
        es          MENSATEX           |
        fi          ELISA              |
        fi          FUMAIL             |
        fi          MAILNET            |
        fr          ATLAS              |
        fr          RED                |
        gb          GOLD 400           |
        gb          INTERSPAN          |
        gb          TMAILUK            |
        gb          CWMAIL             |
        hk          INET.HK            |
        ie          EIRMAIL400         |
        ie          INET400            |
        in          VSNB               |
        is          ISHOLF             |
        it          MASTER400          |
        it          OMEGA400           |
        it          PTPOSTEL           |
        jp          KDD                |
        jp          NTTPI              |
        jp          ATI                |
        jp          DALOMMHS           |
        lt          LITPAK             |
        lu          PT                 |
        nl          400NET             |
        no          TELEMAX            |
        no          UNINETT            |
        nz          STARNET            |
        pt          GOLDMAIL           |
        pt          MARCONI-SVA        |
        se          SUNET              |
        se          SIL                |
        se          TEDE               |
        si          MAIL               |
        sg          SGMHS              |
        su          SOVMAIL            |
        us          ATTMAIL            |
        us          IBMX400            |
        us          MARK400            |
        us          MCI                |
        us          TELEMAIL           |
        us          INFONET            |
        us          DIALCOM            |
        us          WESTERN UNION      |
        us          COMPUSERVE         |
        yu          MAIL               |
        za          TELEKOM400         |

(Please note the following ADMD's country code is uncertain)

                    EMBARC             |
                    OMNIPOST           | 
                    POLECOM            |
                    CRO400             |
                    EMNET              |
                    TOMMAIL            |
                    BEZEQ              |
                    STM.TELEMAIL       |
                    TTNMAIL            |
                    PACBELL            |

(Please fill in any other ADMD that is missing)

                                       |

======End of Questionnaire Appendix J2


If there is more than one ADMD in the country, the following Appendix J3
should be answered for each ADMD.


Appendix J3: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for each ADMD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (preferrably this questionnaire should be filled in together
             --------------------------------------------------------------
              with the ADMD)
            ----------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Name of ADMD eg. C=xx;ADMD=yy;
.................


1. ADMD general

	- In which international coordination bodies does the ADMD
	  participate? e.g. IETF, RARE-WGMSG, EEMA, EMA, others?
          .................
          .................

2. ADMD transport stacks

        - Does the ADMD offer to transport X.400 mail to customers over
          any other transport stacks besides public X.25? eg. RFC1006
          (ie. X.400 over TCP/IP), other
          .................
          ................. 

3. ADMD routing policy

	- Does your ADMD accept and reply to messages that come from
	  your WEP that have a different ADMD and/or country code. i.e.
	  do they allow messages to be funneled via your WEP from other
	  addresses.  .............(Y/N)
          If no:
               - Are these restrictions of a technical or a policy nature?
                 .............(technical/political)


	- Has the ADMD registered an RFC 822 domain? ...........(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - what's the domain name?
                  ...................
                  ...................

                - Is there an RFC 1327 mapping rule defined for 
                  the domain?................(Y/N)
                  If yes:
                        - What is it?
                          ....................
                          ....................

        - Does the ADMD accept originator addresses from other ADMDs that 
          have a national ADMD backbone value in the address?............(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - What national ADMD backbone values, and from which 
                  countries, does it accept? eg. C=UK;ADMD='space', 
                  C=CH;ADMD='space', etc
                  ..................
                  ..................

4. ADMD services general

	- Which body parts are supported by the ADMD?
		mandatory:
                ..............
                ..............

		optional:
                ..............
                ..............

	- Does the ADMD provide on-line databases with user and/or
	  PRMD address details?..............(Y/N).
	  If yes:
                - How are they accessible?......(email/FTAM/telnet/PAD/other)
                  ................
                  ................

                - What are the conditions for accessing the database? 
                  eg. price or free, must register or openly available, etc
                  ................
                  ................
          If no:
               - How does your ADMD inform its own existing PRMDs/users
                 of the ADMD's new PRMDs/users?
                 ................
                 ................

	- Does the ADMD operate an S=autoanswer echo server?.......(Y/N).
          If yes:
                - What is its address?
                  ....................
                  ....................
          If no:
          - Does the ADMD operate another type of echo server?...........(Y/N)
            If yes:
                  - What is its address?
                    ....................
                    ....................

	- Is S=helpdesk and/or S=postmaster supported?............. (Y/N)

        - What is the ADMD's email helpdesk address?
            ................
            ................

5. ADMD Value Added Services

    - Which of the following value added services does the ADMD provide? (fill
      in table as indicated)

    - What comments are there for this service? eg. price, features, benefits,
      any other details that are thought useful to elaborate upon.
 

      Value Added services           : Y/N   : Comments
      -------------------------------------------------

      - X.400 message transfer       : Y/N   : ......
      - FAX gateway service          : Y/N   : ......
      - TELEX gateway service        : Y/N   : ......
      - Voice delivery service       : Y/N   : ......
      - EDI service                  : Y/N   : ......
      - Paging service               : Y/N   : ......
      - Internet email gateway       : Y/N   : ......
      - other email gateways         : Y/N   : ......
      - other value added services not listed above:
        .................
        .................
          

     - If the ADMD provides an Internet email (RFC822) gateway service,
       - Is this service, RFC 1327 compliant? ..............(Y/N)

       - Where does the ADMD get their mapping tables from?
         ................
         ................

6. ADMD tariffing

     - What does your ADMD charge for X.400 mail, exclusive 
       of lower layer transport costs? e.g X.25 (fill in table as 
       indicated).

      (Please fill in all prices in your local currency + the date
       applicable. We will do the conversion to ECUs.)

     Date:............

          Traffic charges
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     |                                | National |  Europe  |  World   |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | price per message per recipient|          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | price per kB (1024 bytes)      |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+

          Non-traffic fixed charges
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | monthly price to remain        |          |          |          |
     | connected to service           |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | initial connecting to          |          |          |          | 
     | service price                  |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+

    - Does the ADMD charge for both outgoing AND incoming messages?.....(Y/N)
      If yes:
            - And the charges for incoming mail differ from the charges
              for outgoing mail, please fill in also the charges for 
              incoming mail in the tables above using brackets to signify 
              this value.


7. ADMD connectivity

	- To which other ADMDs does the ADMD claim connectivity? What type 
	  of connectivity is claimed? eg. incoming, outgoing, bidirectional
          (fill in table as indicated)

         
        Please state connectivity for each ADMD in the table as one of 
        the below:

        x: not applicable
        i: incoming connectivity from ADMD in the table to this ADMD claimed 
        o: outgoing connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table claimed 
        b: bidirectional connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table 
           claimed 
        -: no connection
        ?: do not know

        An example on how to fill in the table follows:

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity
        -------------------------------+-------------
        xx          MAYA               | b
        yy          ACME               | ?
        zz          BLAH               | i


                    Connectivity Table
                    ------------------

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity 
        -------------------------------+-------------
        at          ADA                |
        au          OTC                |
        au          TELEMEMO           |
        be          RTT                |
        br          EMBRATEL           |
        br          EMBRATEL INTL      |
        ca          TELECOM            |
        ca          TELEGLOBE          |
        ch          ARCOM              |
        de          DBP                |
        dk          DK400              |
        dk          TELDK              |
        es          MENSATEX           |
        fi          ELISA              |
        fi          FUMAIL             |
        fi          MAILNET            |
        fr          ATLAS              |
        fr          RED                |
        gb          GOLD 400           |
        gb          INTERSPAN          |
        gb          TMAILUK            |
        gb          CWMAIL             |
        hk          INET.HK            |
        ie          EIRMAIL400         |
        ie          INET400            |
        in          VSNB               |
        is          ISHOLF             |
        it          MASTER400          |
        it          OMEGA400           |
        it          PTPOSTEL           |
        jp          KDD                |
        jp          NTTPI              |
        jp          ATI                |
        jp          DALOMMHS           |
        lt          LITPAK             |
        lu          PT                 |
        nl          400NET             |
        no          TELEMAX            |
        no          UNINETT            |
        nz          STARNET            |
        pt          GOLDMAIL           |
        pt          MARCONI-SVA        |
        se          SUNET              |
        se          SIL                |
        se          TEDE               |
        si          MAIL               |
        sg          SGMHS              |
        su          SOVMAIL            |
        us          ATTMAIL            |
        us          IBMX400            |
        us          MARK400            |
        us          MCI                |
        us          TELEMAIL           |
        us          INFONET            |
        us          DIALCOM            |
        us          WESTERN UNION      |
        us          COMPUSERVE         |
        yu          MAIL               |
        za          TELEKOM400         |

(Please note the following ADMD's country code is uncertain)

                    EMBARC             |
                    OMNIPOST           | 
                    POLECOM            |
                    CRO400             |
                    EMNET              |
                    TOMMAIL            |
                    BEZEQ              |
                    STM.TELEMAIL       |
                    TTNMAIL            |
                    PACBELL            |

(Please fill in any other ADMD that is missing)

                                       |



======End of Questionnaire Appendix J3


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04621;
          30 Oct 92 12:43 EST
Received: from CNRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa04617;
          30 Oct 92 12:43 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa12025;
          30 Oct 92 12:43 EST
X400-Received: by mta mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu in /PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;
               Relayed; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 11:29:55 +0000
Date: Fri, 30 Oct 1992 11:29:55 +0000
X400-Originator: cargille@cs.wisc.edu
X400-Recipients: non-disclosure:;
X400-MTS-Identifier: [/PRMD=XNREN/ADMD= /C=US/;mhs-relay..523:30.09.92.17.29.55]
Priority: Non-Urgent
DL-Expansion-History: ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu ; Fri, 30 Oct 1992 11:29:55 
                      +0000;
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Jim Romaguera <Romaguera@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>
Message-ID: <2060*/S=Romaguera/OU=COSINE-MHS/O=switch/PRMD=SWITCH/ADMD=ARCOM/C=CH/@MHS>
To: rd-mhs-managers <rd-mhs-managers@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>, 
    ietf-osi-x400ops <ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu>
Subject: ADMD report - draft 30.10.92
Reply-To: project-team <project-team@cosine-mhs.switch.ch>


The latest draft version of this report on ADMDs is now available. It is 
still rough round the edges and still a draft. However it might be useful to
bring it to the attention of your ADMD(s), as they hopefully would have some 
meaningful comments to contribute plus maybe it encourages them to help 
in filling out the questionnaire. As well, it's good to reassure the ADMD 
that the report is non-judgemental and more an ADMD inventory. 

To reiterate the report's focus is twofold,

a) evaluation of ADMDs and their services and

b) compiling some recommendations & information to help/stimulate ADMDs to
   interconnect to the R&D X.400 service.

Our schedule for this thing is the following,

- on the 30th Oct, we sent out the questionnaire contained in
  Appendix J, to the volunteers asking that that they fill it in.
  We guess two weeks for completing the questionnaire should be enough.

- finally we will collate the responses and issue the report.


Thanks 
JIm

Jim Romaguera, COSINE MHS Project Team

8<------------draft ADMD report---------->8






                 COSINE MHS Report: DRAFT version 0.1
       This draft report is out of date by the 15th November 1992. 



                     Evaluation of ADMDs 
                            and 
       Integration aspects with respect to the R&D messaging 
                        community


     This Deliverable is generated under the COSINE S2.1 contract by
          SWITCH Head Office, Zurich, Switzerland for RARE.
                  (c) RARE 30th October 1992.


     Authors: James A. (Jim) Romaguera, NetConsult AG, Bern, Switzerland
              Paul Klarenberg, NetConsult AG, Bern, Switzerland


Table of Contents

1. Summary
2. Scope
3. Introduction
        3.1 Status
        3.2 Goals of the report
4. Improving reachability
        4.1 Routing via COSINE MHS community
        4.2 ADMD routing policies
5. Harmonising interworking between the X.400 & RFC822 communities
        5.1 DNS registration of <admd>.<country> toplevel domains
        5.2 COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"
6. ADMD tariffing 
7. Conclusions
8. Acknowledgements
9. References

Appendix A: ADMD service providers in the world
Appendix B: ADMD backbones and support of ADMD=" "
Appendix B1: ADMD national backbones
Appendix B2: Support for ADMD national backbones
Appendix C: ADMD connectivity, routing , gatewaying and configuration
Appendix C1: ADMD <-> ADMD connectivity
Appendix C2: ADMD Configuration Details 
Appendix C3: ADMD RFC822 <-> X.400 gatewaying 
Appendix C4: ADMD routing policy 
Appendix D: ADMD services + R&D MHS Service's acceptable use statements
Appendix D1: R&D MHS Service's acceptable use statements
Appendix D2: ADMD Value Added services
Appendix E: ADMD tariffs
Appendix F: R&D networks participating in the COSINE MHS community
Appendix G: COSINE MHS community <-> ADMD connectivity
Appendix H: R&D ADMDs/PRMD's reachable via COSINE MHS community
Appendix I: SAA mapped RFC822 addresses
Appendix J: Method & Questionnaires
Appendix K: Characters recommended NOT to use in e-mail addresses 


1. Summary
----------

   This section is empty intentionally. Once the questionnaires are
returned we will update this section.

2. Scope
--------

        This report seeks to provide an evaluation of the ADMDs for the 
R&D community. It also seeks to bring together, into one document,
information and facts about the global R&D messaging community that
would be useful for ADMDs wishing to improve their connectivity to this
community.


3. Introduction
---------------

3.1 Status
----------

	At the present time there exist two major providers of
international X.400 e-mail.  The PTTs (and some multinationals) which
provide ADMD services to the commercial community and the global R&D
community that provides the COSINE MHS service.  A list of all the
ADMDs in the world that we are aware of can be found in Appendix A.

	COSINE MHS is an X.400 service provided by the cooperation of
32 national R&D networks.  The X.400 service provided by a national R&D
network is called an MHS service.  The management of an MHS service is
performed by an MHS manager.  Whilst ADMDs have both commercial and R&D
X.400 customers, the COSINE MHS community primarily serves R&D
customers in the X.400 world, as well as R&D customers in the RFC 822
e-mail world by means of operating gateways.  Appendix F contains a
full list of R&D Networks participating in the COSINE MHS community and
the MHS Managers.

	Although, as of August 1992, the COSINE MHS community  has 22
connections to ADMDs both services are not as well integrated
as they could be. As a result of this less than optimum integration the
end user can sometimes experience a degradation of service when his
mail crosses from one community into another. An example is that
routing policies and incomplete interconnection of the ADMDs causes
failing return paths for mail originated within the COSINE MHS
community.


3.2 Goals of the report
-----------------------

	The information in this report is useful for MHS managers who
wish to set up symmetric routing paths to ADMDs. Especially so where
the forward path may traverse the COSINE MHS community and the return
path the ADMD community (for details see Section 4.1 case 1)).

	Further, the report intends to encourage the ADMDs to improve
their global service. One mechanism is to provide information as
regards what R&D ADMDs/PRMDs are reachable via the COSINE MHS
community. The report also supplies the MHS managers with a combined
set of facts that can be referenced in the process of starting or
continuing bilateral agreements with their ADMD service providers.

	The report formulates conditions that are considered necessary
to harmonise the interworking between X.400 and RFC 822 e-mail
R&D communities and the ADMD community.

	It is the hope that the implementation of the report's
recommendations plus the information contained within the report's
appendices will help to achieve a more coherent global X.400 e-mail
service, especially from the end user's point of view.  A coherent
global X.400 service is necessary to fulfill the promise of a pervasive
world wide e-mail service available to all.  Exploitation of such a
pervasive e-mail service, especially the commercial part of it, should
be attractive to ADMD service providers.

	It must be said, however, that this report does not recommend
specific solutions as regards interconnection agreements, etc.  between
the R&D networks and the ADMD community


4. Improving reachability
-------------------------

4.1 Routing via COSINE MHS community
------------------------------------

	It is recommended that an ADMD coordinates it's routing policy
with the R&D Network(s) within it's country. A mechanism to achieve
this could be that the ADMD is regularly updated with COSINE MHS
community reachable R&D ADMDs/PRMDs (ie. Appendices H and I).  There
are at least two situations where coordination leads to improvement of
the COSINE MHS service as well as the ADMD service.

	1) Mail with X.400 R&D users BUT no ADMD-ADMD connection

	   Where there is no connection between two ADMDs it is not
	   possible for a commercial customer of the ADMD to mail to an
	   R&D user in another country.  The commercial customer can on
	   the other hand be reached by R&D users, but there is often
	   no return path back to the R&D user.  The ADMD user as well
	   as the R&D user will perceive this as a failing service from
	   their respective service providers.  Provision of the return
	   paths mentioned creates extra traffic for the ADMD.  It can
	   be done by setting up the ADMD's routing based on the
	   domains that the COSINE MHS community can route to (see
	   Appendix H).

	2) Mail with RFC822 R&D users

	   The COSINE MHS community operates a number of "Well Operated
	   Gateways" to RFC 822 mail users.  Routing via the COSINE MHS
	   community makes the RFC 822 world available to ADMD users
	   without the need for the ADMD to operate it's own gateway.
	   It also provides return paths to RFC822 R&D users that send
	   mail to commercial customers of the ADMD.  Routing can be
	   set up such that recipient addresses with the DD.RFC822
	   attribute as well as SAA mapped RFC822 addresses are routed
	   via the COSINE MHS community (see Appendix I).  The use of
	   this mechanism does not preclude originators in the RFC 822
	   e-mail community to source route e-mail over specific
	   gateways to X.400 users ie. to use "left hand side encoding"
	   as per RFC1327.

	NOTE: ADMDs may attempt to set up routing such that mail
	between two commercial PRMDs is relayed via the COSINE MHS
	community.  This is, however, in general NOT an acceptable use
	of ADMD-MHS service connection, due to most R&D Networks having
	restrictions on relaying commercial traffic.

4.2 ADMD routing policies
-------------------------

	CCITT X.400(84) states:

	[...]
	3.6 Aspects relating to ADMD to PRMD connections

	    The following restrictions apply to the use of the Message 
        Transfer Protocol between a PRMD and an ADMD:

	    1) A PRMD will not act as a relay between two ADMDs.  Therefore,
	       a private domain identifier may only appear in the first or the
	       last item in a sequence of trace information.
	[...]


	It is highly recommended that ADMDs do NOT apply these restrictions
in their routing.

        This section is not yet complete. It needs an analysis explaining
why it is in the interests of an ADMD to follow the above recommendation.


5. Harmonising interworking between the X.400 & RFC822 communities
------------------------------------------------------------------

5.1 DNS registration of ADMD names under RFC822 toplevel domains
----------------------------------------------------------------

	Mail originating from an RFC822 user with an X.400 recipient
must be routed to an appropriate gateway.  The RFC 822 user may source
route to a specific gateway ie. by use of "left hand side encoding" as
per RFC1327.  If, however, the RFC 822 user is using an RFC 822 mapped
X.400 address, routing information for a suitable gateway is obtained
by querying the Internet's Domain Name System (DNS). It is considered
desirable to use RFC 822 mapped X.400 addresses wherever possible and
only to use source routing ie. "left hand side encoding" as a "last
resort".

	The RFC 822 mapping of ADMD=x; C=y, typically x.y should be
registered at the naming authority of country y, before routing
information can be entered into the DNS.  It is therefore recommended
that every ADMD registers it's name at the toplevel naming authority
domain.

	Together with the registration there must also be a gateway
specified that can be used to route RFC 822 mail to the ADMD.

	Consequently, ADMDs should recommend their customers to define
attribute values that do not contain characters that can not be mapped
into an RFC 822 address.  See Appendix K for the list of characters
recommended not to be used. In addition, the R&D Networks in each
country can provide further assistance and guidance if needed.

5.2 COSINE MHS community "Well Operated Gateways"
-------------------------------------------------

	Most R&D Networks operate their own gateways, for which
acceptable use statements are publicised in Appendix D.  RFC 1327 is
the Internet Draft that defines the mapping between RFC 822 and X.400
e-mail systems.  This report recommends that all gateways between X.400
and RFC 822 mail systems comply to RFC 1327.  All gateways within the
COSINE MHS community are "Well Operated", which means that they are RFC
1327 compliant and that they follow the COSINE MHS community procedures
for the installation of the international address mapping tables ie.
see Appendix F for contact details for such "Well Operated" gateways.


6. ADMD tariffing
-----------------

	Typically ADMDs charges for X.400 e-mail services are based on
volume.  Tariffs for services other than mail transfer are out of the
scope of this report. ADMD tariffs can be characterised by charges

	- per message
	- per number of recipients per message
	- per unit of length of message (e.g. 1 kB)
	- per distance (national/Europe/world)
	- per incoming and outgoing mail.

Appendix F presents the tariffs charged by the ADMDs as per October
1992, (normalised to mECU i.e. milli ECU).

	The global R&D community has a very large user base. It is
estimated that there are over 3 million R&D e-mail users. Traffic
on a part of the COSINE MHS backbone has been measured and shows that 
1.4 gigabytes of international e-mail in July 1992 was relayed on that
part of the backbone.

	It is likely that if ADMDs encourage and ease communication
between their own commercial customers and the large established R&D
user base, the large R&D user base will act as a catalyst to increase
the ADMD's e-mail traffic volume.  However, because of the volume
dependent tariffing imposed by many ADMDs, R&D networks often restrict
the access on their ADMD connection, and therefore to the commercial
customers of the ADMD, to R&D users within their own network.  This
policy thus leads to a decrease in the perceived connectivity and the
actual e-mail traffic volume between the ADMD community and the R&D
community as a whole.  It is therefore recommended that R&D networks
and ADMDs reach agreement on volume independent charges for message
transfer between the R&D network and the ADMD.


7. Conclusions
--------------

   This section is empty intentionally. Once the questionnaires are
returned we will update this section.


8. Acknowledgements
-------------------

        The report was funded by the Swiss R&D Network SWITCH, as a 
deliverable for the COSINE S2.1 contract.  We would also like to thank,

- the list of people involved has not yet been updated

This section is not yet complete.


9. References
-------------

       The reference list is not yet inserted.

This section is not yet complete.


Appendix A: ADMD service providers in the world
-----------------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

Country	 Service Provider        ADMD value        Service name  
---------------------------------------------------------------

at       Radio Austria AG        ADA               ADA400      

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)
     

Appendix B: ADMD national backbones and support of ADMD=" "
-----------------------------------------------------------

Appendix B1: ADMD national backbones
------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

Country     ADMD value for             Coordinating/Responsible group
            national backbone          to contact re: national backbone
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

at          *                          ???
be          *                          ???
ca          *                          ???
ch          *                          ???
de          *                          ???
dk          *                          ???
es          *                          ???
fi          *                          ???
fr          *                          ???
gb          *                          ???
ie          *                          ???
is          *                          ???
it          *                          ???
lu          *                          ???
nl          *                          ???
no          *                          ???
pt          *                          ???
se          *                          ???
us          *                          ???
yu          *                          ???
za          *                          ???

* - the possible answers to this question are
    - the actual ADMD national backbone value. For example ' '.
      ==> <national backbone value>
    - a national backbone is in place but no special ADMD value is used.
      ie. ADMDs are fully interconnected but the ADMD's own value must
          be used. 
      ==> *1
    - no national backbone in place
      ==> *2
    - the common practice of the R&D community in this country ie. the
      defacto ADMD backbone value. For example ' '.
      ==> *3 <defacto backbone value> 
    - something else.
      ==> free form comment.

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix B2: Support for ADMD national backbones
------------------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

Country     ADMDs              Part of national  List of originator
                               backbone?         national backbone addresses
                                                 accepted by this ADMD?
------------------------------------------------------------------------

at          ADA                y/n               ................. 
(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix C: ADMD connectivity, routing , gatewaying and configuration
---------------------------------------------------------------------


Appendix C1: ADMD <-> ADMD connectivity
--------------------------------------

The following table shows the connectivity between ADMDs.  The data
have been verified by the COSINE MHS community. The data was collected
between during the 28.10.92 until 14.11.92.

The COSINE MHS Project Team will generate an ADMD connectivity matrix 
based upon the returned questionnaires.

(The matrix will be filled in once the questionnaires are returned to us)


Appendix C2: ADMD Configuration Details 
---------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

ADMD        Echo server         Helpdesk 
----------------------------------------

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix C3: ADMD RFC822 <-> X.400 gatewaying 
---------------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

ADMD     RFC822 Domain   RFC1327 mapping rule    Source of RFC1327 tables 
-------------------------------------------------------------------------

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix C4: ADMD routing policy 
---------------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

ADMD     Routing Policy 
-----------------------

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix D: ADMD services + MHS's acceptable use statements
-----------------------------------------------------------

Appendix D1: R&D MHS Service's acceptable use statements
-----------------------------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

MHS	ADMD        Services          acceptable use
----------------------------------------------------

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix D2: ADMD Value Added services
--------------------------------------

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

ADMD        Services         Comments 
-------------------------------------

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix E: ADMD tariffs
------------------------

The information was collected between 28.10.92 and 14.11.92.

explanation: Most commercial X.400 email charge a price for
sending a mail that is built of the following components:
	1. a per message charge (msg)
	2. a per recipient charge (rec)
	3  a per unit of volume charge (kB)
The charges differ according to the destination of the mail.
In many cases both sender and recipient of mail charged. The
following table shows, for the destination distances national,
Europe and world, the charges per message, recipient and kB in
mill ECU.  The column incoming/outgoing shows whether prices are
charged for incoming or outgoing. 

An example of how the table will look like follows. 

----------+--------------+-----------+-----------+-----------+
ADMD      | incoming/    |         msg/rec/kB (mECU)         |
          |    outgoing  | national  |  Europe   |   world   |
----------+--------------+-----------------------------------+
ACONET    |    I         |100/---/100|200/---/200|250/---/250|
ACONET    |    O         |100/100/100|200/200/200|250/250/250|
ARCOM     |   ...

(The information in this table will be filled in once the questionnaires
 are returned to us)


Appendix F: R&D networks participating in the COSINE MHS community
------------------------------------------------------------------

The information is current to the 28.10.92.

Austria
=======
ACOnet - Centre of Academic Networking
TU-Wien/ZWK
Gusshausstrasse 25/ E027
A-1040 Wien
Phone    +43 1 58801 3614
Fax      +43 1 5056849
e-mail
X.400:        C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=aconet;S=helpdesk;
or
Internet:     helpdesk@access.can.ac.at

Belgium
=======
Universities of Brussels (ULB/VUB)
Bd du Triomphe, CP 230
1050 Brussels
Belgium
Phone +32 2 650 57 02
Fax +32 2 641 38 16
e-mail
X.400: C=be; ADMD=rtt; PRMD=iihe; O=helios; S=postmaster;
or
Internet: postmaster@helios.iihe.rtt.be

Canada
======
John Demco
CDNnet Headquarters,
333-6356 Agricultural Road,
University of B. C.,
Vancouver,
B. C.,
Canada V6T 1Z2
Phone +1 (604) 822-6537
Fax +1 (604) 822-5485
e-mail
X.400: C=CA; ADMD=telecom.canada; PRMD=cdn; O=cdnnet; S=hq
or
Internet: hq@cdnnet.ca

China
=====
Xiaofan Zhao
NCI
P.O. Box 619
100083 Beijing
China
Phone    +86 201 7661 Ext.646
Fax      +86 201 8902
e-mail
X.400:         C=CN; PRMD=crn; S=helpdesk;
or
Internet:      helpdesk@crn.cn

Denmark
=======
UNI-C
Building 305, DTH
DK-2800 Lyngby
att. Netvaerksafdelingen
Phone: +45 45 93 83 55
Fax:   +45 45 93 02 20
e-mail
X.400: C=dk; ADMD=dk400; PRMD=minerva; O=uni-c; OU=danpost4; S=postmaster or
       C=dk; ADMD=dk400; PRMD=minerva; O=uni-c; S=postmaster
or
Internet:         postmaster@danpost4.uni-c.dk or
                  postmaster@uni-c.dk

Denmark
=======
DIKU
Klaus Hansen
Universitetsparken 1
DK-2100 Copenhagen
Denmark
Phone: +45 31 39 64 66
FAX: +45 31 39 02 21
e-mail
X.400: C=dk;ADMD=dk400;PRMD=minerva;O=diku;S=khan
RFC822: khan@diku.dk

Finland
=======
FUNET
c/o Tampere University of Technology
Software sytems lab
P.O. Box 553
sf-33101 Tampere
Finland
Phone    +358 31 161 940
Fax      +358 31 162 913
e-mail
X.400:         C=FI; ADMD=fumail; O=funet; S=helpdesk;
Internet:      helpdesk@funet.fi

France
======
ARISTOTE
Mr.Aumont CICB               Mrs.Radenac INRIA
Campus Beaulieu              Rocquencourt BP 105
35042 Rennes Cedex           78153 le Chesney Cedex
France                       France
Phone    +33 9 984 71 47     Phone    +33 1 396 35 26 1
Fax      +33 9 984 71 11     Fax      +33 1 396 35 33 0
e-mail
X.400:         C=Fr; ADMD=atlas; PRMD=inria; OU=pamir; S=adm-red;
or
Internet:      adm-red@pamir.inria.fr

Greece
======
ARIADNE Network
NRC DEMOKRITOS
153 10 Attiki-Athens
Greece
Phone +30 1 6513392 (9619932)
Fax   +30 1 6532175
e-mail
X.400: C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t;O=ariadne-t;OU=isosun;S=postmaster
Internet: postmaster@isosun.ARIADNE-t.gr

Germany
=======
Gesellschaft fuer Mathematik und
Datenverarbeitung (GMD)
- z.Hd.Volkmar Kobelt -
Rathausallee 10
W-5205 Sankt Augustin 1
Germany
Phone    +49 22 41 14 31 ext 87/86
Fax      +49 22 41 14 30 02
e-mail
X.400:        C=DE; ADMD=dbp; PRMD=gmd; OU=dfnrelay; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@dfnrelay.gmd.dbp.de .

Iceland
=======
Marius Olafsson
SURIS
Taeknigardi
Dunhaga 5
107 Reykjavik
Iceland
Phone    +354 1 694747
Fax      +354 1 28801
e-mail
X.400:        C=is; ADMD=0; PRMD=isanet; O=isgate; S=isnet-info;
or
Internet:     isnet-info@isgate.is

Ireland
=======
INCIP
University College Dublin
Computing Services
Belfield
Dublin 4, Ireland
+353.1.706 2375, +353.1.706 2370
+353.1.283 7077 (FAX)
e-mail
X.400:        C=IE;ADMD= ;O=UCD;OU=wep;S=postmaster
or
Internet:     postmaster@wep.ucd.ie

Italy
=====
INFN
Sez. di Trieste
Padriciano 99
I 34012 Trieste(TS)
Italy
Phone    +39 40 3 75 85 23
Fax      +39 40 2 26 33 8
e-mail
X.400:        C=IT; ADMD=garr; PRMD=infn; OU=elettra-ts; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@elettra-ts.infn.it

Lithuania
=========
LITNET
Petras Sulcas
Gostauto 12,
Vilnius 2600,
Lithuania
Phone: +7 0122 620758
FAX: +7 0122 359909
e-mail
X.400: C=lt;ADMD=litpak;PRMD=litnet;O=mii;S=sulcas;G=petras
or
Internet: petras.sulcas@mii.lt

Luxembourg
==========
Ministry of Education
RESTENA
6 rue Coudenhove-Kalergi
L-1359 Luxembourg-Kirchberg
Phone    +352 42 44 09
Fax      +352 42 44 09
e-mail
X.400:        C=LU; ADMD=pt; PRMD=restena; O=wep; S=mhs-managers;
or
Internet:     mhs-managers@wep.restena.lu

Norway
======
UNINETT
SINTEF DELAB
N 7034 Trondheim
Norway
Phone    +47 7 593030
Fax      +47 7 532586
e-mail
X.400:        C=no;ADMD= ;PRMD=uninett;O=uninett;S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@uninett.no

Portugal
========
INESC
Rua Alves Redol 9
1000 Lisboa
Portugal
Phone    +351 1 31500275/ 31500358
Fax      +351 1 525843
e-mail
X.400:        C=PT; ADMD= ; PRMD=inesc; O=ptmhs; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@ptmhs.inesc.pt.

Slovenia
========
ARNES
Jamova 39
61000 Ljubljana
Slovenia
Phone +38 61 159199
Fax   +38 61 161029
e-mail
X.400:        C=si; A=mail; P=ac; O=ijs; S=helpdesk
or
Internet:     helpdesk@ijs.si

South Africa
============
Department of Electronic Engineering
University of Natal
King George V Ave.
4001 Durban
South Africa
Phone    +27 31 816 2761
Fax      +27 31 816 2111
e-mail
X.400:        C=ZA; PRMD=uninet; O=und;OU= ee; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@bertha.ee.und.ac.za

Spain
=====
RedIRIS
FUNDESCO
Alcala 61
28014 Madrid
Spain
Phone    +34 1 4351214
Fax      +34 1 5781773
e-mail
X.400:        C=es;ADMD=mensatex;PRMD=iris;O=rediris;S=postmaster
or
Internet:     postmaster@rediris.es

Sweden
======
Sunet
Networking Group
c/o Dept. of Computer Engineering
Chalmers University of Technology
S-412 96 Gothenburg
Sweden
Phone    +46 31 772 17 81
Fax      +46 31 772 36 63
e-mail
X.400:        C=SE; ADMD=sunet; PRMD=chalmers; O=cdg; S=pa;
or
Internet:     pa@cdg.chalmers.se

Switzerland
===========
CERN
CN Division
CH-1211 Geneva 23
Switzerland
Phone    +41 22 767 33 56
Fax      +41 22 767 71 55
e-mail
X.400:         C=CH; ADMD=arcom; PRMD=cern; O=cern; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:      postmaster@cern.ch

Switzerland
===========
SWITCH
Limmatquai 138
CH-8001 Zurich
Switzerland
Phone    +41 1 261 81 12
Fax      +41 1 261 81 33
e-mail
X.400:        C=CH; ADMD=arcom; PRMD=switch; O=switch; S=postmaster;
or
Internet:     postmaster@switch.ch

The Netherlands
===============
SURFnet B.V
Goldebaldkwartier 24
Postbus 19035
3501 DA Utrecht
The Netherlands
Phone    +31 30 367676
Fax      +31 30 340903
e-mail
X.400:        C=NL; ADMD=400net; PRMD=surf; O=surfnet; S=info;
or
Internet:     info@surfnet.nl

The United Kingdom
==================
JNT, Joint Network Team
University of London Computer Centre
20 Guilford Street
London
WC1N 1DZ
England
Phone    +44 71 405 8400 Ext.373
Fax      +44 71 242 1845
e-mail
X.400:        C=GB; ADMD= ; PRMD=uk.ac; O=mhs-relay; S=liaison;
or
Internet:     liaison@mhs-relay.ac.uk

The United States of America
============================
US Dept of Energy, Energy Sciences Network
Tony Genovese
National Energy SuperCompter Center
P.O. box 5509
Livermore, California, USA 94550
Phone +1 510 423 2471
Fax   +1 510 422 0435
e-mail
X.400: C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=ESnet;O=NERSC;S=Postmaster
or
Internet: Postmaster@es.net

The United States of America
============================
Allan Cargille
NSF X.400 Project
University of Wisconsin
Computer Sciences Department
1210 West Dayton Street
Madison, W1 53706, USA
Phone    +1 608 262 5084
Fax      +1 608 262 9777
e-mail
X.400:        C=US; ADMD= ; PRMD=xnren; O=uw-madison; OU=cs;
              S=x400-project-team;
or
Internet:     x400-project-team@cs.wisc.edu

Yugoslavia
==========
YUNAC
Avgust Jauk
Jozef Stefan Institute
Jamova 39
61000 Ljubljana
Slovenia
Phone    +38 61 159 199
Fax      +38 61 161 029
e-mail
X.400:        C=SI; ADMD=mail ; PRMD=ac; O=ijs; S=helpdesk;
or
Internet:     helpdesk@ijs.si


Appendix G: COSINE MHS community <-> ADMD connectivity
------------------------------------------------------

There exist 20 possible national ADMD backbones within the 22
operational countries participating in the COSINE MHS service.
COSINE MHS services in 14(13) of these operational countries have
a total of 22(18) ADMD connections.

- COSINE MHS R&D networks that are European (EC, EFTA, Slovenia & 
  Yugoslavia) based are connected to 19 out of a possible 30 ADMDs.

- In the countries where COSINE MHS has a participating network, the 
  COSINE MHS networks are connected to 20 out of a possible 43 ADMDs.

Please note,

- that ADMDs that have multiple country codes are only counted once. For
  example it is assumed that a connection to C=FI; ADMD=IBMX400 brings
  connectivity to all the countries where the ADMD=IBMX400 exists.

- that if an ADMD is connected to more than 1 R&D network then that ADMD is
  only counted once ie. ADMD=IBMX400, ADMD=TELDK & ADMD=DK400 are each
  connected to 2 R&D networks.

The following table presents this data in some detail.


Country, R&D network  ADMD connectivity       
---------------------------------------

Austria, ACONET       Yes, A=ADA              
Belgium, ULB          Yes, A=RTT              
China, CRN            No                      
Denmark, DUNET        Yes, A=DK400, A=TELDK   
Denmark, DENET        Yes, A=DK400, A=TELDK   
Finland, FUNET        Yes, A=Elisa            
                           A=Mailnet
                           A=IBMX400
France, RED           Yes, A=ATLAS            
Germany, DFN          Planned, A=DBP          
Greece, ARIADNE       No ADMD exists          
Iceland, ISANET       No                      
Ireland, INCIP        Planned, A=Eirmail400   
Italy, INFN           Yes, A=MASTER400        
Luxembourg, RESTENA   No ADMD exists          
Netherlands, SURFNET  Yes, A=400NET           
Norway, UNINETT       Yes, A=TELEMAX          
Portugal, RCCN        No                      
Slovenia, ARNES       Yes, A=MAIL             
South Africa, UNINET  Yes, A=Telekom400       
Spain, RedIRIS        Yes, A=MENSATEX         
Sweden, SUNET         Planned, A=SIL          
Switzerland, CERN     No                      
Switzerland, SWITCH   Yes, A=ARCOM            
United Kingdom, JANET Yes, A=GOLD 400         
                           A=Interspan
                           A=IBMX400
                           A=TMAILUK
United States, XNREN  No                      
United States, ESNET  No                      
Yugoslavia, YUNAC     Yes, A=MAIL             


Appendix H: R&D ADMDs/PRMD's reachable via the COSINE MHS community
-------------------------------------------------------------------

The information is current to the 28.10.92.

Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=;O=radaus;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=ac;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=aconet;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=arcs;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=bmwf;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=co;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=gv;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=joanneum;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=or;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=tu-graz;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=tu-wien;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=uni-graz;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=uni-innsbruck;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=uni-klagenfurt;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=uni-salzburg;
Austria  C=at;ADMD=ada;PRMD=uni-wien;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=abcomp;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=ac;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=acset;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=agfa;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=alcatel-bell;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=alcatel-etb;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=alcbel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=atcmp;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=avn;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=barco;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=bbl;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=bbri;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=bim;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=buug;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=camme;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=capgsb;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=cec;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=cec;OU=mhsg;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=cenclcbel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=ciminko;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=compgen;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=csinn;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=delaware;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=dgc;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=distri;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=dvd;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=e2s;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=eurocontrol;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=fpbel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=fundp;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=iihe;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=imec;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=imx;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=informabel;O=informabel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=informabel;O=stesud;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=inftec;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=intecsi;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=jrc;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=jrf;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=kone;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=labux1;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=lbo;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=lhs;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=mietec;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=nrb;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=olivetti;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=oma;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=pepbenelux;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=pgsgent;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=philips;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=repko;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=retime;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=rigel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=rubens;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sas;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sema;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=siemens;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sni-bxl;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sni;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=spacebel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=staff;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sun;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sunbim;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=sydes;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=systmc;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=telindus;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=track-one;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=tractebel;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=twgene;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=unisys;
Belgium  C=be;ADMD=rtt;PRMD=y-net;O=sp1;
China  C=cn;ADMD= ;PRMD=crn;
Denmark  C=DK;ADMD=dk400;PRMD=denet;
Denmark  C=DK;ADMD=dk400;PRMD=inet;
Denmark  C=DK;ADMD=dk400;PRMD=uvm;
Denmark  C=dk;ADMD=dk400;PRMD=minerva
Finland  C=fi;ADMD=fumail;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=citilille;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=cnrs-gif;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=colos-paris;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=ens-cachan;;;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=ens;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=hbroussais;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=insa-rouen;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=lmcp;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=trotek;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=univ-orleans;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=univ-paris12;
France  C=FR;ADMD=0;PRMD=univ-perp;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=RRTR;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=Y-NET;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=Y-NETGW;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=bull;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ccett;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cdc;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cea;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cicb;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cirad;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=circe;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ciril;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=citi2;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cnam;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cnes;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cnet-pab;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cnet;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=cnusc;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=dass-elec;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=e3x;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=edfder;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=edfdgmit;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=emse;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ensm;;;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=glvt-cnrs;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=ill;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=inra;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=inria;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=int-evry;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=irisa;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=irpeacs;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=irpeacs;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=jussieu;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=marben;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=matups;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=oecd;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=onecert;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=pasteur;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=sept;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=u-paris10;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=u-paris13;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=u-strasbg;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=unicaen;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=unice;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=unilim;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=univ-lyon1;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=univ-pau;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=univ-st-etienne;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=univ-tours;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=univ-utc;
France  C=FR;ADMD=atlas;PRMD=urec;
France  C=FR;ADMD=red;
Germany  C=br;
Germany  C=cn;ADMD= ;PRMD=crn;
Germany  C=cs;ADMD=fesnet;PRMD=tu-liberec;
Germany  C=de;ADMD= ;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=adw;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=awi-bremerhaven;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ba-freiberg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=badw-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=bam-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=basf-ag;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=belwue;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=bessy;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=bgr;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=bitnet;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=coconet;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=daimlerbenz;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=danet;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=db-leipzig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dbi-berlin;       
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dfg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dfn;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=digital;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=diw-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dkrz-hamburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dlr;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=dt-bibliothek;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=embl;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fal-braunschweig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fernuni-hagen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fgan;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-coburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-darmstadt;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-frankfurt;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-friedberg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-fulda;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-furtwangen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-giessen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-hamburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-hannover;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-kiel;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-koeln;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-mittweida;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-nuernberg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-regensburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-rosenheim;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-rpl;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-wiesbaden;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-wolfenbuettel;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fh-wuerzburg-sw;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fhg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fhs-esslingen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fhss-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fht-esslingen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fhtw-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fiz-chemie;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=fu-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gbf-braunschweig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=germanlloyd;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gesis;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gfz-potsdam;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gkss;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gmd;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=gwdg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hab-weimar;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hfs-warnemuende;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hfv-dresden;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hh-leipzig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hmi;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hmt-hannover;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hoechst-ag;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hp;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=hu-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=iaas-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=iap-kborn;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ifm-warnemuende;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ifo-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ih-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=inat;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=io-warnemuende;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=juris;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=kfk;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=kowi;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ku-eichstaett;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=lrz-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=mdc-berlin-buch;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=medak-magdeburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=mh-hannover;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=mh-magdeburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=mpg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=netcs;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=pcs;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ptb;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=ruhr-uni-bochum;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=rwth-aachen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=sel-rc;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=softlab;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tfh-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-darmstadt;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-ilmenau;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-koethen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-leipzig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-merseburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-wismar;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-zittau;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=th-zwickau;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tiho-hannover;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-braunschweig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-chemnitz;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-cottbus;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-dresden;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-harburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-magdeburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=tu-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-augsburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-bamberg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-bayreuth;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-bielefeld;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-bochum;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-duesseldorf;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-erlangen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-frankfurt;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-freiburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-giessen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-greifswald;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-halle;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-hamburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-hannover;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-heidelberg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-jena;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-karlsruhe;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-kassel;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-kiel;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-koeln;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-konstanz;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-leipzig;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-mannheim;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-marburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-muenchen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-passau;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-regensburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-rostock;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-siegen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-stuttgart;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-trier;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-tuebingen;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-ulm;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-witten-h;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-wuerzburg;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uni-wuppertal;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=uucp;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=vw;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=wiko-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=wtza-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=y-net;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=zfk-rossendorf;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=zfw-dresden;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=zib-berlin;
Germany  C=de;ADMD=dbp;PRMD=zipe-potsdam;
Germany  C=pl;ADMD=nask;PRMD=pol-wroclaw;
Greece  C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t; O=ariadne-t; OU=isosun
Greece  C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t; O=aueb
Greece  C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t; O=cti
Greece  C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t; O=hep
Greece  C=gr;ADMD= ;PRMD=ariadne-t; O=tpci
Greece  C=gr;ADMD=0;PRMD=y-net;O=sp1
Iceland  C=IS;ADMD=isanet;PRMD=isgate;
Ireland  C=ie;ADMD= ;O=UCD
Ireland  C=ie;ADMD=Eirmail400;PRMD=EuroKom
Italy  C=IS;ADMD=0;PRMD=isanet;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=GARR;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;O=Rome;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;O=Teleo;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;O=associati;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;O=dlc;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;PRMD=Y-net;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;PRMD=esa;
Italy  C=IT;ADMD=Master400;PRMD=ssgrr;
Lithuania  C=lt;ADMD=litpak;PRMD=litnet
Luxembourg  C=LU;ADMD=PT;PRMD=RESTENA;
Norway  C=no;ADMD= ;
Norway  C=no;ADMD= ;PRMD=uninett
Norway  C=no;ADMD=uninett
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=INESC;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=INESCA;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=INESCB;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=INESCC;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=INESCN;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=LIP;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=LNEC;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UC;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UL;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UMINHO;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UNL;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UP;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UTAD;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD= ;PRMD=UTL;
Portugal  C=PT;ADMD=GOLDMAIL;PRMD=Y-NET;
Slovenia  C=si;ADMD=mail;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=0;PRMD=BITNET;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=0;PRMD=EUNET;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=0;PRMD=INTERNET;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=0;PRMD=TELETTRA;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=0;PRMD=UUCP;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=MENSATEX;PRMD=IRIS;
Spain  C=ES;ADMD=MENSATEX;PRMD=Y-NET;
Sweden  C=se;ADMD= ;PRMD=sunet;
Sweden  C=se;ADMD=sunet;
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ABB
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ALCATEL
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=CERBERUS
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ISREC
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=ITU
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=OSILABMAIL
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SANDOZ
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=SWITCH
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=UBS
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=WHO
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=rs
Switzerland  C=CH;ADMD=ARCOM;PRMD=zelcom
Switzerland C=ch;ADMD=arcom;PRMD=cern
The Netherlands  C=nl;ADMD=400net;
The Netherlands  C=nl;ADMD=400net;PRMD=surf;
USA  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=ANL
USA  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=ESnet
USA  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=Internet
USA  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=cos
USA  C=us;ADMD= ;PRMD=xnren
USA  C=us;ADMD=ATTmail;PRMD=Gov+USDOE.G02
USA  C=us;ADMD=ATTmail;PRMD=cdc
USA  C=us;ADMD=MCI;PRMD=Hughes
USA  C=us;ADMD=Telemail;PRMD=arc
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD= ;PRMD=Level-7 Ltd
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD= ;PRMD=UK.BL;O=BRITISH LIBRARY
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD= ;PRMD=X-Tel Services
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD= ;PRMD=uk.ac
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400;PRMD=HMG
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400;PRMD=HMG DTI
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400;PRMD=Level-7 Ltd
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400;PRMD=uk.ac
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=GOLD 400;PRMD=y-net
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=Interspan
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=TMAILUK
United Kingdom  C=gb;ADMD=TMAILUK;PRMD=uk.ac
United Kingdom  C=in;ADMD= ;PRMD=ERNET
Yugoslavia  C=yu;ADMD=mail;


Appendix I: SAA mapped RFC822 addresses
---------------------------------------

SAA mapped RFC 822 address are an alternative form of addressing RFC
822 users in X.400.  The preferred method though is using the DDA "RFC
822".  For the sake of completeness a list of SAA mapped RFC 822
addresses follows.  These addresses were obtained by scanning the
international RFC 1327 mapping tables.

C=x; ADMD=y; PRMD=z

(The information in this table has not yet been filled in.)


Appendix J: Method & Questionnaires
-----------------------------------

All the questionnaires were filled in by the volunteers. In 
questionnaire J3 the MHS manager should try to get the ADMD, together with 
him/her, to help in filling it out. Probably, over the telephone is the 
easiest way to do this. However, should someone want to send questionnaire 
J3 to the ADMD, then it is formatted such that it can be emailed as is.
However, if the ADMD can't really help out in the timescale then it's 
better to fill it in as best you can and send it back to us by the due date. 

ADMD questionnaires that was sent to every MHS Manager and WEP manager and
whoever else volunteered to help. The generic term MHS manager is used for 
the people filling in the questionnaires.

This appendix is in 3 parts:

- Appendix J1 is a country specific part.

- Appendix J2 is dealing with issues as viewed by an R&D customer of an ADMD.
  The appendix should be filled in for each ADMD within the country.

- Appendix J3 contains details regarding an ADMD.
  The appendix should be filled in for each ADMD within the country.


Appendix J1: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for a country 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Country and R&D network questionnaire relates to:
.................
.................



1. Which ADMDs exist in your country?

	ADMD=          Service Name  Service Provider (name/address/contact)
	1. ..........  ............  ......................................
	2. ..........  ...........   .......................................
	3. ..........  ...........   .......................................

	If there is more than one ADMD in your country:

	- Do the ADMDs form a backbone?........(Y/N) 
          If yes:
                - What is the name & details of the coordinating/responsible 
                  body for questions regarding the backbone?
                  .................
                  .................

		- Is PRMD registration centrally coordinated to get
		  unique PRMD names within the country?.......(Y/N)
                  If yes:
                        - What is the name & details of this body?
                          .................
                          .................

                - Is there an ADMD attribute value for the backbone? .....(Y/N)
                  If yes:
		        - What is the ADMD attribute value for the backbone?
		          eg. ADMD='space'
                          ...................
                          ...................
                  If no:
                       - Is there a defacto ADMD attribute value used by
                         the R&D community for the backbone? .....(Y/N)
                         If yes:
		               - What is this defacto ADMD attribute value 
                                 for the backbone? eg. ADMD='space'
                                 ...................
                                 ...................

======End of Questionnaire Appendix J1


If there is more than one ADMD in the country, the following Appendix J2
should be answered for each ADMD.


Appendix J2: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for each ADMD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Name of ADMD eg. C=xx;ADMD=yy;
.................



1. ADMD routing policy

	- Does your ADMD accept and reply to messages that come from
	  your WEP that have a different ADMD and/or country code. i.e.
	  do they allow messages to be funneled via your WEP from other
	  addresses.  .............(Y/N)
          If no:
               - Are these restrictions of a technical or a policy nature?
                 .............(technical/policy)

	- Has the MHS offered to the ADMD to route messages to any R&D
	  destinations via the COSINE MHS community? ...........(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - What was the result? (ie. offer rejected, still under 
                  discussion, other)
                  ....................
                  ....................


2. ADMD Value Added Services

    - What conditions of use does the R&D MHS network define per service 
      for other COSINE MHS community domains? (fill in table as indicated)


      Value Added services           : Conditions of use 
      --------------------------------------------------

      - X.400 message transfer       : ............... 
      - FAX gateway service          : ...............
      - TELEX gateway service        : ...............  
      - Voice delivery service       : ...............  
      - EDI service                  : ...............  
      - Paging service               : ...............  
      - Internet email gateway       : ...............  
      - other email gateways         : ...............  
      - other value added services not listed above:
        .................
        .................
          

3. ADMD tariffing

    - Does the R&D MHS network have an agreement with an ADMD for volume 
      independent charging?.................(Y/N)



4. ADMD connectivity

	- Which connections were verified by the MHS manager? Please
          indicate whether incoming, outgoing or bidirectional connectivity
          were verified. (fill in table as indicated)
         
        Please state connectivity for each ADMD in the table as one of 
        the below:

        x: not applicable
        i: incoming connectivity from ADMD in the table to this ADMD claimed 
        o: outgoing connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table claimed 
        b: bidirectional connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table 
           claimed 
        +: confirmed by COSINE MHS community by sending &/or receiving
           a message 
        -: no connection
        ?: do not know

        An example on how to fill in the table follows:

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity
        -------------------------------+-------------
        xx          MAYA               | b+
        yy          ACME               | ?
        zz          BLAH               | i+



                      Connectivity Table
                      ------------------

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity 
        -------------------------------+-------------
        at          ADA                |
        au          OTC                |
        au          TELEMEMO           |
        be          RTT                |
        br          EMBRATEL           |
        br          EMBRATEL INTL      |
        ca          TELECOM            |
        ca          TELEGLOBE          |
        ch          ARCOM              |
        de          DBP                |
        dk          DK400              |
        dk          TELDK              |
        es          MENSATEX           |
        fi          ELISA              |
        fi          FUMAIL             |
        fi          MAILNET            |
        fr          ATLAS              |
        fr          RED                |
        gb          GOLD 400           |
        gb          INTERSPAN          |
        gb          TMAILUK            |
        gb          CWMAIL             |
        hk          INET.HK            |
        ie          EIRMAIL400         |
        ie          INET400            |
        in          VSNB               |
        is          ISHOLF             |
        it          MASTER400          |
        it          OMEGA400           |
        it          PTPOSTEL           |
        jp          KDD                |
        jp          NTTPI              |
        jp          ATI                |
        jp          DALOMMHS           |
        lt          LITPAK             |
        lu          PT                 |
        nl          400NET             |
        no          TELEMAX            |
        no          UNINETT            |
        nz          STARNET            |
        pt          GOLDMAIL           |
        pt          MARCONI-SVA        |
        se          SUNET              |
        se          SIL                |
        se          TEDE               |
        si          MAIL               |
        sg          SGMHS              |
        su          SOVMAIL            |
        us          ATTMAIL            |
        us          IBMX400            |
        us          MARK400            |
        us          MCI                |
        us          TELEMAIL           |
        us          INFONET            |
        us          DIALCOM            |
        us          WESTERN UNION      |
        us          COMPUSERVE         |
        yu          MAIL               |
        za          TELEKOM400         |

(Please note the following ADMD's country code is uncertain)

                    EMBARC             |
                    OMNIPOST           | 
                    POLECOM            |
                    CRO400             |
                    EMNET              |
                    TOMMAIL            |
                    BEZEQ              |
                    STM.TELEMAIL       |
                    TTNMAIL            |
                    PACBELL            |

(Please fill in any other ADMD that is missing)

                                       |

======End of Questionnaire Appendix J2


If there is more than one ADMD in the country, the following Appendix J3
should be answered for each ADMD.


Appendix J3: Questionnaire to be filled in by the MHS manager for each ADMD
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (preferably this questionnaire should be filled in together
             -----------------------------------------------------------
              with the ADMD)
             ---------------

Name of person, and his/her organization, filling in questionnaire:
.................
.................

Date questionnaire filled in:
.................
.................

Name of ADMD eg. C=xx;ADMD=yy;
.................


1. ADMD general

	- In which international coordination bodies does the ADMD
	  participate? e.g. IETF, RARE-WGMSG, EEMA, EMA, others?
          .................
          .................

2. ADMD transport stacks

        - Does the ADMD offer to transport X.400 mail to customers over
          any other transport stacks besides public X.25? eg. RFC1006
          (ie. X.400 over TCP/IP), other
          .................
          ................. 

3. ADMD routing policy

	- Does your ADMD accept and reply to messages that come from
	  your WEP that have a different ADMD and/or country code. i.e.
	  do they allow messages to be funneled via your WEP from other
	  addresses.  .............(Y/N)
          If no:
               - Are these restrictions of a technical or a policy nature?
                 .............(technical/political)


	- Has the ADMD registered an RFC 822 domain? ...........(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - what's the domain name?
                  ...................
                  ...................

                - Is there an RFC 1327 mapping rule defined for 
                  the domain?................(Y/N)
                  If yes:
                        - What is it?
                          ....................
                          ....................

        - Does the ADMD accept originator addresses from other ADMDs that 
          have a national ADMD backbone value in the address?............(Y/N)
          If yes:
                - What national ADMD backbone values, and from which 
                  countries, does it accept? eg. C=UK;ADMD='space', 
                  C=CH;ADMD='space', etc
                  ..................
                  ..................

4. ADMD services general

	- Which body parts are supported by the ADMD?
		mandatory:
                ..............
                ..............

		optional:
                ..............
                ..............

	- Does the ADMD provide on-line databases with user and/or
	  PRMD address details?..............(Y/N).
	  If yes:
                - How are they accessible?......(email/FTAM/telnet/PAD/other)
                  ................
                  ................

                - What are the conditions for accessing the database? 
                  eg. price or free, must register or openly available, etc
                  ................
                  ................
          If no:
               - How does your ADMD inform its own existing PRMDs/users
                 of the ADMD's new PRMDs/users?
                 ................
                 ................

	- Does the ADMD operate an S=autoanswer echo server?.......(Y/N).
          If yes:
                - What is its address?
                  ....................
                  ....................
          If no:
          - Does the ADMD operate another type of echo server?...........(Y/N)
            If yes:
                  - What is its address?
                    ....................
                    ....................

	- Is S=helpdesk and/or S=postmaster supported?............. (Y/N)

        - What is the ADMD's email helpdesk address?
            ................
            ................

5. ADMD Value Added Services

    - Which of the following value added services does the ADMD provide? (fill
      in table as indicated)

    - What comments are there for this service? eg. price, features, benefits,
      any other details that are thought useful to elaborate upon.
 

      Value Added services           : Y/N   : Comments
      -------------------------------------------------

      - X.400 message transfer       : Y/N   : ......
      - FAX gateway service          : Y/N   : ......
      - TELEX gateway service        : Y/N   : ......
      - Voice delivery service       : Y/N   : ......
      - EDI service                  : Y/N   : ......
      - Paging service               : Y/N   : ......
      - Internet email gateway       : Y/N   : ......
      - other email gateways         : Y/N   : ......
      - other value added services not listed above:
        .................
        .................
          

     - If the ADMD provides an Internet email (RFC822) gateway service,
       - Is this service, RFC 1327 compliant? ..............(Y/N)

       - Where does the ADMD get their mapping tables from?
         ................
         ................

6. ADMD tariffing

     - What does your ADMD charge for X.400 mail, exclusive 
       of lower layer transport costs? e.g X.25 (fill in table as 
       indicated).

      (Please fill in all prices in your local currency + the date
       applicable. We will do the conversion to ECUs.)

     Date:............

          Traffic charges
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     |                                | National |  Europe  |  World   |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | price per message per recipient|          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | price per kB (1024 bytes)      |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+

          Non-traffic fixed charges
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | monthly price to remain        |          |          |          |
     | connected to service           |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+
     | initial connecting to          |          |          |          | 
     | service price                  |          |          |          |
     +--------------------------------+----------+----------+----------+

    - Does the ADMD charge for both outgoing AND incoming messages?.....(Y/N)
      If yes:
            - And the charges for incoming mail differ from the charges
              for outgoing mail, please fill in also the charges for 
              incoming mail in the tables above using brackets to signify 
              this value.


7. ADMD connectivity

	- To which other ADMDs does the ADMD claim connectivity? What type 
	  of connectivity is claimed? eg. incoming, outgoing, bidirectional
          (fill in table as indicated)

         
        Please state connectivity for each ADMD in the table as one of 
        the below:

        x: not applicable
        i: incoming connectivity from ADMD in the table to this ADMD claimed 
        o: outgoing connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table claimed 
        b: bidirectional connectivity from this ADMD to ADMD in the table 
           claimed 
        -: no connection
        ?: do not know

        An example on how to fill in the table follows:

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity
        -------------------------------+-------------
        xx          MAYA               | b
        yy          ACME               | ?
        zz          BLAH               | i


                    Connectivity Table
                    ------------------

        Country     ADMD               | Connectivity 
        -------------------------------+-------------
        at          ADA                |
        au          OTC                |
        au          TELEMEMO           |
        be          RTT                |
        br          EMBRATEL           |
        br          EMBRATEL INTL      |
        ca          TELECOM            |
        ca          TELEGLOBE          |
        ch          ARCOM              |
        de          DBP                |
        dk          DK400              |
        dk          TELDK              |
        es          MENSATEX           |
        fi          ELISA              |
        fi          FUMAIL             |
        fi          MAILNET            |
        fr          ATLAS              |
        fr          RED                |
        gb          GOLD 400           |
        gb          INTERSPAN          |
        gb          TMAILUK            |
        gb          CWMAIL             |
        hk          INET.HK            |
        ie          EIRMAIL400         |
        ie          INET400            |
        in          VSNB               |
        is          ISHOLF             |
        it          MASTER400          |
        it          OMEGA400           |
        it          PTPOSTEL           |
        jp          KDD                |
        jp          NTTPI              |
        jp          ATI                |
        jp          DALOMMHS           |
        lt          LITPAK             |
        lu          PT                 |
        nl          400NET             |
        no          TELEMAX            |
        no          UNINETT            |
        nz          STARNET            |
        pt          GOLDMAIL           |
        pt          MARCONI-SVA        |
        se          SUNET              |
        se          SIL                |
        se          TEDE               |
        si          MAIL               |
        sg          SGMHS              |
        su          SOVMAIL            |
        us          ATTMAIL            |
        us          IBMX400            |
        us          MARK400            |
        us          MCI                |
        us          TELEMAIL           |
        us          INFONET            |
        us          DIALCOM            |
        us          WESTERN UNION      |
        us          COMPUSERVE         |
        yu          MAIL               |
        za          TELEKOM400         |

(Please note the following ADMD's country code is uncertain)

                    EMBARC             |
                    OMNIPOST           | 
                    POLECOM            |
                    CRO400             |
                    EMNET              |
                    TOMMAIL            |
                    BEZEQ              |
                    STM.TELEMAIL       |
                    TTNMAIL            |
                    PACBELL            |

(Please fill in any other ADMD that is missing)

                                       |



======End of Questionnaire Appendix J3


Appendix K: Characters recommended NOT to use in e-mail addresses 
-----------------------------------------------------------------

This section is empty intentionally. It will be updated in the non-draft
version of the report. This section is not complete.


<End of report>


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10840;
          31 Oct 92 1:15 EST
Received: from CNRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa10836;
          31 Oct 92 1:15 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa27801;
          31 Oct 92 1:15 EST
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <10651-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 31 Oct 1992 00:10:25 +0000
Received: from ics.uci.edu by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 31 Oct 92 00:10:15 -0600
Received: from nma.com by q2.ics.uci.edu id ah17764; 30 Oct 92 22:06 PST
Received: from localhost by odin.nma.com id aa23910; 30 Oct 92 21:43 PST
To: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu, snmp@psi.com
Subject: FORW: Meeting Plans for EMailMgt at IETF -- 19-20 Nov in Washington
Reply-To: Stef@nma.com
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Date: Fri, 30 Oct 1992 21:43:01 -0800
Message-Id: <23908.720510181@nma.com>
X-Orig-Sender: stef@nma.com

I need to be sure that this has gotten to all who might be interested.

Please exercise your delete key if you are not interested, or have
received more than one copy.  Very soon now all interested people will
be assumed to have subscribed via <ifip-emailmgt-request@ics.uci.edu>,
and these broadcasts will cease.

More information about the meeting has been sent to the ifip-emailmgt list.

It will not be broadcast here!

So, if you want more information --  subscribe now.		Best...\Stef

------- Forwarded Message

From: Einar Stefferud <stef@nma.com>
Reply-to: Stef@nma.com
To: ifip-emailmgt@ics.uci.edu
Subject: Meeting Plans for EMailMgt at IETF -- 19-20 Nov in Washington
Date: Tue, 27 Oct 1992 22:58:28 -0800

Hi All --

I have obtained Birds-Of-a-Feather (BOF) session slots at IETF for
EMailMgt to meet and work on whatever we have on our agenda by that
time.  Things have moved more slowly than we wish so far, but now we
should be able to get rolling.

						Best...\Stef

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

IFIP-EMAILMGT BOF MEETING TIMES:

At IETF, we have three EMailMgt slots reserved on Thursday AM & PM,
plus Friday morning.  IETF closes at noon on Friday with another group
taking over the hotel for the weekend.

Our EMailMgt slots are as follows.  
Room assignments will be announced at the IETF meeting.

THURSDAY, November 19, 1992
8:30-9:00 am  Continental Breakfast

9:30-12:00 Morning Sessions

Breaks        Coffee available throughout the morning.

1:30-3:30 pm  Afternoon Sessions I

3:30-4:00 pm  Break (Refreshments provided)

FRIDAY, November 20, 1992
8:30-9:00 am  Continental Breakfast

9:30-12:00 Morning Sessions

I copy of the latest full IETF AGENDA will be posted to the EMailMgt
mailing list.  Our EMailMgt BOF is not yet listed in this version.

Information on IETF registration will also be sent to our mailinglist.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
IFIP-EMAILMGT AGENDA ITEMS:

1.  Administrativia:  Introductions, Contributions, Minutes, Agenda, ...

2.  Review Output from OIW meeting in September.

3.  Discuss Requirements for EMail Mgt per Work Plan (Leader = McCoy)

4.  Discuss Modeling Concepts for EMail Mgt (Leader=Brusil) 

5.  Discuss and Modify Workplan (Leader = Stef)

6.  Map Requirements to Models (Leader = Brusil)

7.  Plan for Next Meeting (Leader = Stef)

8.  Matters Arising ...


+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
INITIAL IFIP-EMAILMGT WORKPLAN: (Output from meeting at OIW, Sept 1992)

A.  Administrative Items

    1.  Mailing List (Stefferud).  Done -- 
        Name is ifip-emailmgt@ics.uci.edu ...
    2.  Document Repository (Leuder).  Both paper and Electronic.
        2.1.  Document Register and Repro Master Library (Leuder)
	2.2.  Identify Internet Electronic Document Service (Stefferud
    3.  Maintain Liaison Contact List (Brusil & Stefferud)
    4.  Initial Meeting Output Editor (Freiwirth)  Charter, Workplan, Etc.
    5.  Meeting Schedule and List (Brusil & Stefferud)
    6.  Send Liaison Letters and Announcements (Brusil & Stefferud)
    7.  Contact Media regarding EMAILMGT Group (Brusil & Stefferud)
    8.  Develop and Maintain ongoing Work Plan (Brusil & Stefferud)
    9.  Maintain Living Glossary Document (Freiwirth - Editor)


B.  Substantive Work Items

    1.  Determine Requirements for EMail Management (Leader = McCoy)
	1.1.  User and Operational Administration Requirements (92-09-22)
	1.2.  Synthesize inputs into a Working Draft-v0 (McCoy)
	1.2.1.  Get contributions from EMailMgt Mailing List.
	1.2.2.  Review Draft-v0 via Mailing List (Lebeck)
	1.3.  Progress into Draft-v1 (McCoy)

    2.  Develop Appropriate Models (Leader = Whom?)
	2.1.  Collect existing Models for all sources (Who?)
	2.2.  Meld Models into single Framework (Who?)
	2.3.  Articulate Objectives of Models (Lebeck)

    3.  Map Requirements against Selected Models in Framework (Leader = Whom?)
	3.1.  First Attempt at IETF (Washington) Meeting in November

    4.  Determine Management Functions (Leader = Whom?)
	4.1.  Solicit Discussion Papers (Stefferud)

    5.  Define Management Architecture (Leader = Whom?)
	5.1.  Begin After Models are defined.

    6.  Define Management Information (Leader = Brusil)
	6.1.  Collect existing definitions (Brusil)

    7.  Evaluate need for Tutorial Information for Target Audiences (FFS)

NOTE: Each work area listed will be filled in as the work progresses.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

------- End of Forwarded Message


Received: from ietf.nri.reston.va.us by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03575;
          31 Oct 92 19:39 EST
Received: from CNRI.RESTON.VA.US by IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa03571;
          31 Oct 92 19:39 EST
Received: from mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu by CNRI.Reston.VA.US id aa15368;
          31 Oct 92 19:39 EST
Received: from cs.wisc.edu by mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu with SMTP (PP) 
          id <17066-0@mhs-relay.cs.wisc.edu>; Sat, 31 Oct 1992 18:01:37 +0000
Received: from haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk by cs.wisc.edu; Sat, 31 Oct 92 18:01:27 -0600
Received: from glengoyne.isode.com by haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk with Internet SMTP 
          id <g.01060-0@haig.cs.ucl.ac.uk>; Sun, 1 Nov 1992 00:01:13 +0000
Received: from localhost.cs.ucl.ac.uk by glengoyne.isode.com with SMTP (PP) 
          id <01105-0@glengoyne.isode.com>; Sun, 1 Nov 1992 00:00:56 +0000
To: Stef@nma.com
Cc: wg-msg@rare.nl, ietf-osi-x400ops@cs.wisc.edu, nmsig@ics.uci.edu, 
    mhsig@ics.uci.edu, snmp@psi.com
Subject: Re: FORW: Meeting Plans for EMailMgt at IETF -- 19-20 Nov in Washington
Phone: +44-71-223-4062
In-Reply-To: Your message of Fri, 30 Oct 92 21:43:01 -0800. <23908.720510181@nma.com>
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Type: text/plain; charset="us-ascii"
Date: Sun, 01 Nov 92 00:00:38 +0000
Message-Id: <1103.720576038@isode.com>
Sender:ietf-archive-request@IETF.CNRI.Reston.VA.US
From: Steve Hardcastle-Kille <S.Kille@isode.com>

Stef,

You are clashing with the SAM (SNMP Application Monitoring) BOF on Thursday
morning, which is VERy relevant to MHS management.

Steve

